IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 1.1 kitU |25 ■ 22 lU u 140 l^i'-^l'-^ ■ ^ 6" ► /] "^ ->>' ^.v ^ ss> '/ /A Hiotographic Sciences Coiporation 23 WIST MAIN STRUT WEBSTM.N.Y. 14SS0 (716) S73-4503 v ■^ jiih* ■^^ REPORT TO THK n SECRETARY OF W./iR OF THE UNITED STATES, Ox\ INDIAN AFFAIRS, COMPRISING A NARRATIVE OF A TOUR PERFORMED Ui THE SUMMER OF 1820, UNDER A COaiMIBSION FROM THE PRESIDENT Of THE UNITED STATES, FOR THE PORPOSE OF ASCERTAINING, FOR THE USE OF THE GOVERNMENT, THE ACTUAL STATE OF THE INDIAN TRIBES IN OUR COUNTRY: ILLUSTRATED HY A MAP OF i HE UNITED STATES; ORNAMENTED BY A. CORRECT PORTRAIT OF A PAWNEE INDIAN. BY THE REV. JEUIDIAH MORSE, D. D. Late MiuiMterof the Fint Congregational Church in Charleston n, near Botton, now midtot in New-Hav« p NEW-HAVEN: published by Davis & Force, Washington, D. C. ; Cushin^ & Jewett, Balti- more ; W. W. WooJward, and E. Littell, Philadelphia ; Spalding & Howe, and R. N. Henry, New- York; E. & E. Hnslbrd, Albany; Howe Si .Spalding, New-Haven ; G. Gootlwin & Sons, Hudson & Co. O. D. Cooke & Sons, Hartford ; Richardson & Lord, S. T. .Armstrong, Lincoln Si Ed- munds, Cummings & Hilliard, and G. Clark, Boston. PRINTED BY S. CONVERSE. 1822. \' I 11 HIT M u r DISTRICT OF COJS-XECTICUTy ss. BE IT REMEMBERED, That on the twenty-third day of September, in the forty-aeventh year of the Independence of I the United States of America, Howe ic Spalding, of the said District, have deposited in this office the title of a Book, the right whereof they claim as Proprietors, in the words foUow- ingy to wit : f* A Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs, comprising a narrative of a tour performed in the summer of 1820, under a commission from the President of the United States, for the purpose of ascer- tainiqg, for the use of the Government, the actual state of the Indian tribes in our country. Illustrated by a Map of the United States ; ornamented by a correct portrait of a Pawnee Indian. By the Rev. Jedidiah Morse, D. D. late minister of the First Congregational church in Charlestown, near Boston, now resident in New-Haven, In conformity to the Act of the Congress of the United States, entitled, "An Act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of Maps, Charts and Books, to the authors and proprietors of such copies, during the times therein mentioned." CHA'S. A. INGERSOLL, Clerk of the DiMtriet of Connecticut. A true copy of Record, examined and sealed by me, CHA'S. A. INGERSOLL, Clerkof the District of Connecticut. ii i i If f n f.k¥60 INDEX. A. Absorok AS,or Crow Indians, A pp. %3 Adam!, J. Q. Opinion of on Indian Ti- tles, App. 281 Plea before Supreme Court U. S. App. 283 Adultery, punishment for, App. 99, 135 Agriculture Sic. of Sauk and Foxes, App. 126 Alabama, Indians in. Rep. 3t| Alleghany Reservation, App. 83 American S W. Fur Company Rep. 65, App. 7, 30, 39, 40, 43 Anecdote, Rep. 72, note. Annuities, Indian, App. 23, 139 Arkanaaw Territory, descrijition of, App. 212 Arricaras, or Riccaras, App. 252 Arrapahays, App. 253 Ard, James, App. 49 Armstrong, Fort, murder at. Rep. 15 Astoria , Rep. 38 Astor, John Jacob, Esq. Rep. 38 Assiniboin River, Rep. 51 Aus-kin-naw-wau-wish, Speech of, App. 53, 56 Au-to-ko-ko-ne-be, Chippewa chief, interview with, App. 140 B. Uarclay, Hon. Anthony, Rep. 16 Daigne, or Pancake Point, App. 28 Bad River, App. 29 Baylies, Mr. extract of a letter from, App. 72 Badger, Rev. Joseph, App. 91 Beaumont, Dr. Rep. 17 Bell, Capt. extract from Journal of, Rep«74note, App. 240, 254 Bell, Capt. John R. App. 151 Belle Point, Fort at, App. 254, 355 Blackburn, Rev. Gideon, App. 158 Blackloot Indians, App. 252 Black Hoof, App. 92 Boyd, Col. Geoi^e, Rep. 14 Boscn, Sock, App. 65 Boyer, a Wyandot, conversation with, App. 16 Bowyer, Col. Rep. 40, 42, App. 57 Brainerd, Missionary Establishment at, App. 159 to 182 Brotherton Indians, App. 85, 1 12 Brown, Fort, App. 58 Burial of the dead, App. 137 Burnt River, App. 30 C. Caddos, App. 257 Catholic Missionaries, App. 144 Cass, Governor, Rep. 16, App. 42, 43, 324 Canal, Erie, App. 62 Catawbas, Rep. 32 Cato, an Indian of great wealth, App. 24 Campagne, Baron de, App. 266 Calhoun, J.C. circular letter of, App. 290, 291 Cherokees, Rep. 33, App. 152 Population, 152 Missionary Establishment at Spring Place, 153 Establishments of the Amer- ican Board, 159 School regulations, 160 Encouraging fruits, 161 Report to the Secretary of War, 162 Address from Dr. Worces- ter to the Educat ion Fam- ilies, 164 Baptist establishment, 166 Progress of civilization, 167, 199, 2(10 Letter from Charles Hicks to the Secretary of War, 167 State of the school January, 1822, 170 Advances in christianiza- tion at Spring Place, 17 1 Extracts from laws of the Cherokee Nation, 172 Mr. Hoy t's Rep. 177 Boundaries and extent of Cherokee country, 178 Encouraging prospects, 179 Progress of the children, 304 Cherokees of the Arkan- saw, App. 214 Education establishment at Dwight, 214 Report of Superintendants, 215 Plan of education, 215 War between Cherokees and Osages,216 Visit of John Joliv.231 Exemplarydevoto»aie8s,231 Darkness of Paganism, 231 Visit of Waterminnee, 2;{2 M II i, ti '■%' 4 INDEX. Cherokne!!, F'.xtract from Capt. Bcirs Cornwall Sotinol, letter iVum Sii^annuli, Journal, 255 Chayonc Inilians, App. 251 Chiens, or Cliayennes, A|>)). 254 ChoctawB, ilcp. 33 Boundaries of their country App. 182 Misitionary Establishment at Eliot, 183 Mr. Kingsbury's Reports to the Secretary of War, lf{3 Property belonging to the Estublishint-nt, 185 Capt. Coles' Petition, 186 Mr. Kinjfsbury's Report, 30th January, I<522, 187 Es'tnblishrnent at Mayhew, 191 School at Newell, 1)4 laiitlier of E. Bomlinot, 272 " Rev. Mr. Da<^ett to J. Moise, 272 " Oavid Brown to the Prcsidoiitofthe U. S. 273 " John Ridge 1«i do. 275 " Israel Ful-r. Rep. 11 Council Blufts, Hop. 29,34, 3G,Ai.p.3l7 —32. J Columbia rnfr, Ucp. 37 Co'lcj;;', iMuiai., Uep. 7(5 Colonization of itir Iii(li!in!=, Rcj'i. 82 Con» lii''!oii, Kfl- 03 Coj/t.«jr r(;rlc, App. 29 Co| : cr, Ai'p. 41, 42 Advances of (Jhodaws in CoiiiKctiont, Indian" 'n, App. 74 civilization, 197 Description of \layiicw, 197 Sentiments of a (>hoctaw chief on education, 355 Charge, delivered to Missiouancs, App. 357 Chickasaws, Rep. 33, Apj). 200 Chippawass and Ottawas, App. 19,46, 131 Chippawa Indians, App. 27, 29, 30, 47, 49, 140 . Chippawa chiefs, interview with, App 44 Ciiah-aqniddick Indians, App. 72 Chiciisjo, .\pp. 108 Children, ceremony in naming;, Apn. 135 Clark, Governor, letter from, App. 107 Claims of Indians on the United 5-(atos; Rep. 79 Clark, Rev. Daniel, extract from his discourse. Rep. 66, note Claus, Hon. William, Rep. 20 Clinton, Governor, Rep. 16, App. 62 Comauch Indians, App. 259 Colony Indian, site for, App. 312 Cornwall School, Rep. 78, App. 163 Orig^in, pro;j:ress and present state of, A;ip. 264 Object of the school, 264 English and native names ofj Communication from Gentlemen at Green Bay App. 51 Criminal laws, App. 99 C:rees Roi). 35. App. 329, 330, 332 Creeks, Rep. 32, App. 146 Crooks, Capt. ilcp. 17, 37, 38, App. 26 Creation of man, Indian ideas of, App. 138 C n mm ings,Maj. information from, App. 140 Customs, Indian, App. 14^1 Cusic, Speech of, App. 5 D. Dalhousic, Governor, Rep. 20 Dare, Fort, Rep. 51 Daggett,Rev. Mr. Letter from, .\pp.272 Detroit, Rep. 14 Descriptive eloquence, (note,) Rep. 29 Delaware?, App. 90,110, 111, 112, 113, 115, 116, 236 Distru'^t oi the Indians, Rep. 89 Dick=on, Col. Robert, .App. 49 Distances of places, App. 49 Diocess of New- York, extract from Journal of, .\pp. 79, note. Divisions of Indian tribes, App. 97 Divorce, App. 105 Doxtator, iVIary, Indian woman, App. 86,324 Dog:s used for drawing, App. 40 members, 265 JDoty, Mr. Kep. 55, App. 31 Liberality of Baron de Cam- Drummond's Island, Rep. 44, .53, 54, pagne, 266 | App. 7, 327 Letter from Elias Doudinot toiDwight, Rep. 36, App. 214 do. 267 E. Education Family, station for. Rep. 14, 15, 26, 29, 39. Ap[.. 20, 26,a56 Education of Indian Females, Rep. 73 Education Families, improvements in. Rep. 87 " David Brown to do, 268 " David Brown to J. Evarts Esq, 269 " Catharine Brown to her brother, 270 INDEX. fidiicution FainiliM, New Matinn« for, Kiiurulion uninug Sauka anil Foxci, Ai.|>. IJ3 Kdu<:Hti(»ii Kstablishmonts Hniong 0»a» ges nml ClieroUcns, Ap|>. 209 l',(iiirHti(in Funiilio!<, description of, llpp. 311 J:iio(, App Openings tor, App E.^tulilishnient at, Missionary Evarts, J. Esq. extmct from comniuni cation of, App. 178 F. Feasts, App. 136 Finlcy, Rev. James B. App. 92 Fish, Rev. Mr. extract of letter from, App. 69 Florida, Indians in. Rep. 33 Description of, App. 147 Actnal state of Inilians in, App 306 Number, character, dress, Sec. of Seminoles, 309 White popniation, .310 Fort Smith, App. 234, 3.">6 Fort Dare, Rep. .51 Fond du Lac Indians, App. 37 Fox Indians, App. 49,.'il, 61, 120, 12« Harmon, Credulity of Indians, 320 Character and conduct of Tra- lii rs 32J{ Indian drunken scene, 329 Indian mode of taking a sweat, 3.J0 Crecs and .Assiniboins ; their customs, t>if. .')30 Indian hospitality, 331 Indian crime, 331 Indian worship, ti32 Grasshoppers, 333 Indian inhumanity, 33.1 Indian customs, '.iiJ Rainy f.ake, 'jiii4 Sicaimies, 33-1.— :)36 Rear's Lake, :13.') .McLcml's Lake Fort, 33."j Stuart's Lake, 'J3C, Frazer's Lake, ;137 .Nate-ote-tains, 337 New Caledonia, 341 Indians E. Rocky Mountain* and N. Missoiu'ies, 3*17 Mode of cooking, 348 Reli<>;ion, 351 Gonoral remarks. 353 . Ilellwits Indians, Rep. 3H Horrin» Pond Indians at, App. 71 Houry's Mr. account of medicine men, App. 100 Cambold, Rev. John, App. 153 tJay Head Indians, .App. 71 General remarks and suggestions, Rep 65 Geor^ii), Indians in. Rep. 32 Goodell, Rev. Mr. letter from App. 197, 301 Government of Sauks, Foxes, &:c. App 1.32 (J rand Ri\tir Indians, App. 327 (Jreat Crossings, school at, App. 166 Grace, work of, among Ciierokccs A[)p. 1.56 Great pirit, Indian ideas of, .App. 106 (ireen Bay Fly, App. 56 note Grand Islands, App. 27 CJrand Vlariaix I'ond, App. 27 Great Rocks, (I'ortaile,) .\pp. 27, .12 Green Bay, Rep. 14,45, App. 50 H. Harmony, Education Eslablishment at, Rep. 36, App. 222 Ilalkett, L. Esq. Rep. .50, note, Hawkins, Col, App. 146 Harmon, Daniel W. Rep. 34 Extract from Journal of, ,App 228 Future slate, Indian Ideas of, App. 13({Hendrick, Capt. App. 108, 111, 115, 116 Historical facts relating to Northern tribes, App. 60 Hicks, Charles, letter from, App. 167 Character of, App. 180 Hicks, Elijah, App. 199 Ho»e Rev. Mr. Rep. 27 Holliday, hitcrview with, A ; }Ioa;e, Rev. James, letter frotii Hod'j;son, Adam Esq. visit to biainerd and Eliot, App. 294 Reflections, 294 Do. on the state and prospects of Indians, 29.5 Hudson Bay Company, Rep. 52 Huron River, Ai)p. 28 Hunting of Sauks and Foxes, and its fruits, App. 125 Hyde, Jabez H. letter from, App. 3,82 ?6 •.pp. 94 I. Intermarriage^ belwecn Indians and white people, Ron. 73 Increase of Indians within the U. S. Rnp, 65 Indiana and Illinois, Indians in. Rep. 29, App. 108 Indian Trade, Rep.39, plan for conduct- ing, Rep. 92 Indian civilization, App. 118 :ft INDEX. M i! II , ' r I >■ Inwnys, App. 2M IrcKiiioifi, App. (K) Iron River, App. <29,;(n Irwin, Maj. Rep. 4:i, App. 46, 57 J. .Inonbs, John, Rep. 50, .W, 5:1 Jrnny and her son Tom, story itf App. '260 JohnMin, Jnilgo, Rep. 56 JohnHlou's.John F.iu|. nccounl uf Indium in Oliio, App. 90 Kaninnvixch Indian?, App. 25;! Kansas Indians, App. '20'.), '^'.H Kasknyus, or liad Hearts, App. '25:{ Keesli-kah-ko-np,Ue:irH Den, nitcrviow witli App. 21 Kentucky, Uep. '.JO Kiawas, or Wetapuhato liuliau'^, '^l»I'- 2,->J Kiekttpoos, App. I'JO, r27, !?« Kingsbury's, Rev. .Mr. Reports to Sec- retary of War, App. HU L. L'Abre CrfK-he, Rep. II, Indians of, App. '.'.J, ••5 Lake .Siiporior, deseription of tlie S, shore o*', App. »(» Lake ihi Kiarnbeau, App. 39 Lan<;'ia,;( o; Sauks, .\pp. 120 Laa!j;uaj;T.>^. Indian, A;^p. 'J56 I^a Train River, App. 20 I^eeeh Lake Indians App. 32, 33 Letter, lntro;ation,talk with Chiefs ol, App. 249 Minetaries, App. 252 Moheakunncks, App. 1 10, 1 1 1 Morse, Rev. A. letter from, App. 316 .Moor's Indian Schmil, App. 399 Morrison and Hf resi- dence of Indian Tribes in Uie U. S. Rep. 22 Narrative, Rep. 13 Narragansetts, App. 73 New-England, Indians in, Rep. 23 New-York, Indians in. Rep. 24 Newell, School at, App. 194 New-Caledonia, App. 341 Nottoways, Rep. 31 O. Objections to civilizing the Indian^, stated and answered. Rep.' 81 Obligations of the Government, Rep. 84 Ohio, Indians in, Re[). 27, App. 90 O'Mahn Chief, speech of, App.2 16 O'Maha partizan, do. App. 247 O'Mahas, App. 251 Onondagoes, visit to, App. 323 Ontonagan river, Ai»p. 29 i Oneida?, App. 86 lOnondagns and Senecas, .App. 87 INDEX. Osiipps, Rep. 36, App. 203 KilucHtiuiiesUibii!tliinents,App.2()'J Oescriptiiin or Arkansaw Tcrrito* ry, App. 211 Arkuniuw river, 212 OHa^e villnvp and town, 213 War l>ctwccn Cticrokccs anil Osa- Minsioiiary itatioii at Union, 217 Tally, second Oiuii^e cl)ief°,21ti Visit to the Indian villn«;e, 2IH Report to Secretary o(VVar,219 Mr. CImpinairs Journal, 220 Visit of the principal chief, 221 Letter Trom Dr. Palmer, 226 " Rev. Mr. Vail), 228 " " Mr. RetUieUI, 228 »» " Su|)erintendant, 230 Supply of mineral coal, 230 I.«tter from W. C. Requa, 233 Moral darkness of the Osages, 233 Education Establishment at Har- mony, 222 Letter from Mr. Newton, 222 " " Mr. Sprague, 223 " " Mr. Dwigc, 223 " " Rev. Mr. I'ixlcy, 224 " '' Miss Comstock, 226 " " Mr. Sprague, 228 »* " Mrs. Jonet", 229 »* " Mr. Jones, 229 ♦♦ " Dr. Belcher, 230 " 1^ Superintendant, 234 Journal of the .Mission, 235 Ottoes and Missouries, .App. 251 Ottawas, App. 93, 128, 140,311,324 Ottoe Partiziin, speech of, App. 246 Ouisconsin river, App. 50 P. Parrish, J. Esq. Rep. 13, .4pp. 76 Pacific Ocean, Rep. 37 Passamaquoddies, App. 65 Paganism sinking among the Six Na- tions, App. 84 Pawnees, App. 237 Pawnees, Grand, App. 237 Pawnee Republics, App. 238 Pawnee Loups, App. 238 Pawnee chief, speech of, App. 242 Pawnee Brave, anecdote of, App. 247 Pancas, App. 251 Pennsylvania, Indians in. Rep. 30 Pembanon, Rep. 51 Persons and character of Indians, Rep. 69 Peron, M. French naturalist, Rep. 69 note. Penobscots, App. 65 Pequots, App. 75 Peace, App. 98 Peniere, J. A. Esq. App. 147, 310 j Phrase!!, Indian, App. 2.W l'ici)lala,.Vpp. |5I Plan for civilizing the Indiana, Rep. )<2 Platt, Judge, Rep. 16 Porter, Maj. Cen. P. B. Rep. 16 Pontiuo, Rep. 44 Pollard, Capt. speech of, App. 4 Porcupine Mountains, App. 29 Pottawattamies, App. 120, 128, 131, l;)5, 140,311 Polygamy, Rep. 73 Prairie du Chien, Rep. 14, App. 316 Prcsque Isle River, App. 29 Q. Quapaws, App. 236 Quewionone, or Keweena river, .%pp. 28,41 R. Rabun, Governor, App. 166 Rapid Indians, .App. 332 Reaume, Judge, App. 57 Red River, Rep. 51. Regulations of schools at Brainerd,App. 160 Red Jacket, speech of, App. S Religion, App. 97, 135 Reichard, Father, App. 25, 145 Remarks and Suggestions, Rep. 60 Remarks, Preliminary, Rep. 21 Requa, W. C. letter from, App. 233 Revolution, in operation among the In- dians, Rep. 84 Rh«^e-Island, Indians in, App. 73 Richardville, Jean Baptiste, Rep. 27, App. 96 Ridge, Maj. a Cherokee, App. 156, 161 Rice country, App. 30 Rocky Mountains, Rep. 37 Rock River country, App. 59 Ross, John, Letter from, App. 399 S. Saut of St. Mary's, Rep. 14,52, App. «. Sandy Point, App. 29 Sandy Lake, App. 30 " Indians, App. 33,35 Sauks, App. 49, 51, 120, 128 Sa-que-tock, conversation with, App. 56 Sacrifices and Thanksgiving, App. 105 Sauk and Fox Chiefs, interview of Major Murston with, App. 121 do. do. Nation, history of, App. 123 Saganau Bay, App. 325 St. Louis River, App. 30 St. Helena Island, App. 60 St. Johns Indians, App. 64 St. Johns River, App. 147 St. Peters, military station, App. 317 St. Clair, Lake, App. 325 Schoolcraft, Mr. extract from commuui- 3 INDEX. I' i nttionof, A pp. -11 I Shiniilt, Hcv. John K^nutii*, A pp. I.>U Schools, nmuuiit of Fund all*iwi*d tu rnrli, A|)p. Wl r.«r)PHiit, Rev. Mr. Rep. "27, App. JK), 06, loh, I0{», IN, 116, UK SiMiiiiKil*- ln*liuii!i, Rep. ;tJ, App. :i09 Selkirk, Ldivl, Re|). 5<> 8«'ii'>cH!», A,. p. HI, S>J, 91 Siio-thonrv, or Simke lii'lians Rep. :M, note ShawHiieose, App, W, 97, lOU, «33 Six NutioiK, Rep. 13, 24, App. 76, 327 ♦» " interview witlifouiuilof,App. 3,79 Sibley, (l. Esq. extract of a letter from. Rep. 49, App. 2013 Silver und Copper mines, App. 29 Sioux, App. 4'J Sioux of the Vlissouri, App. 251 Smith, Col. J. Rep. 14 Small-pox, Rep.39,91, App. 24, 25, 257, 259 Smith, Jacob, App. 19 Snake, blowing, of Lake Erie, App. 354 .South-Carolina, Indians in. Rep. 31 So«;iety, for promoting wolfare of In- dians, expediency of forming, Rep.75 '^ '^ Constitution of, App. 284 t» " Otficers of, 288 Speech to the Chiefs of the Six Nations, App. 1 Speech to the Ottawas at L'Abre Oof;he, App. 9 Spring-Place, App. 153 Stuart, Charles, Estj. Rep. 16 Stuart, Mr. Rep. 17, 37, App. 26 Straclian, Hon. and Rev. Dr. Rep. 20 State and Territories west of the Missis sippi. Rep, 34 Stockbridge Indians, App. 05, 110, 112, 113,117,312 Staughton, Rev. Dr. letter to the Se«!re tary of War, App. 166 Staitans, or Kite Indians, App. 253 Statistii!al Tables, App. 361 to 397 Stewart, Rev. Chas. letter fr. App. 326 Supreme Court, U. S. opinion on In dian Titles, Rep. 68 T. Tennessee, Indians in. Rep. 33 Tecumseh, App. 18, note. Thaxter, Rev. Mr. extract of a letter from, App. 7 1 Title, Indian, extinction of, to state of Missouri, &.c. App. 200 Titles, Indian, nature of. Rep. 67 Opinion of an eminent lawyer on, App. 279 Vattel's opinion on, 281 J. Q.Adams, do. 281 J. Q. Adams', plea before S. Court If. S. 283 Decinion S. Court on the tubjeut. 28.1 Tour into Canada, Rep. 19 Tounawanta, Seneca villa};e, App. Hi 'IribcK N. of the MisMiuri, and W.of llir Mississinpi river«. Rep. :M Tribes between the Mii*'oiiri and Red rivrrc, VV. Missisxippiand E. Ro<:ky Motnitains, Re|). 3it Tribes in hnuifiana and others be- tween Red river and Rio del Norte, Rep.:l6, App.2.'>6 Tribes in N. Carolina in 1708, .\pp. 145 Tribes beyond the llorky Mountains, Rep. 37 Trimble, Col. Rep. 36, App. 256 IVoy Indians, App. 72 Translation 19th Psalm into Muh-he- coii-nuk, App. 3.'S9 Turner, Edie, Rep. 31 Tv-ee-ma, Be«-ond chief of Fox nation, Api*. 129 U. Union, Education Establishment at, Rep. 36, App. 217 Union of New- York and United For- eign Missionary Society, App. 89 Upper Rod Cedar Lake, App. 43 V. Van Rensselaer, Gen. S. Rep. 16 V^arnum, Mr. Rep. 46 Vattel's opinion on Indian Titles, Apj). 281 Villages of Sauks and Foxrs, App. 124 Virginia. Indians in. Rep. 31 Visger, Col. .App. 16, 17 W. Wallaumut River, Rep. 39 Watson, Elkauah, Esq. App. 62 War, App. 98 War Physic, App. 100 Ward, Rev. iVlr. speech of, App.^297 WelsJi Indians, App. 145 VViunebagoes, Rep. la, 44, .App. 48, 58 Williams, Eleazer, Rep. 25, App. 79, note. Winnipec Lake, Rep. 51, 52, 53 William, Fort, Rep. 52 Wild rice, App. 1 5, 35, 52 Mode of curing it, App. 36 Do. of preparing it for use, Apj).1' Witchcraft, faith of VVyandots in, App. 18 Williams, John, E^q. App. 21 Williamson, Hon. Wm. D. App. Ht» Woodbridge, Lieut.Gov, Rep. 16 Wool,Col. Rep. 17 Worcester's, Rev. Dr. addrass to Edu- cation Families, App. 164 Wyandots, App. 16,91, 94 Y. Young, James, Letter from, App. 87 INTRODUCTORY LETTER. Nlw-IIavkn, .Uiih; r?, 1322. 6 IK, l.\ the last aiul preceding winters, I IihJ the honor of pre- senting to the President of the United States, through your hands, a Ileport, in part, of the results of my several visits among the Indian Trihes of our country, and of my inquiries eoncerning their past history and present actual estate. This Report, in compliance with a Resolution of Congress, has heen submitted to that honorable body, and, at my request, returned for the purpose of completing, and publishing it, under my own inspection. After some unexpected, but un- avoidable delays, I now, with much diiBdence, and under a deep sense of responsibility, present it to the public, as com- plete in matter and form, as my means, my time, and my health, and the nature of the work itself will admit. If it shall, in any measure, meet the feelings and expectations of those who are interested and engf'ged in promoting the wel- fare of Indians, prove instrumental in awakening the atff'n- tion of other to the state of this neglected and oppressed people, and of laying foundations for their future civil, so- cial, and religious improvement and happiness, I shall not regret my arduous and long continued labors, nor the con- siderable sacrifices, I have made at my advanced age, of time, of property, and of domestic comforts, in obtaining and preparing for use, the facts and information comprised in this Report. These facts, with the remarks, and plans oi' improvement, which, on much reflection, they have sug- gested to my own mind, I now respectfully submit to the candor and consideration of the President and Congress ; to the various benevolent Institutions, engaged in imparting 2 10 INTRODUCTORY LETTER. the blessings of civilization and Christianity, to these un- tutored heathen tribes, and to the people generally, in this fa'-ored country. With high consideration and respect, I am, sir, your obedient servant, JEDIDIAH MORSE, Hon. John C. Calhoun, Secretary of War* REPORT TO THf!: HONOURABLE SECRETARY OF WAR. COMMISSION. Sir, On the 7th February last, I had the honour of receiving from your hand a commission, of which the following is a copy.* Department of War, 1th February, 1820. Sir, I have laid before the President your proposition, to make a visit of observation and inspection to the various Indian Tribes in our immediate neighbourhood, in order to acquire a more accurate knowledge of their actual condition, and to devise the most suita- ble plan to advance their civilization and happiness. The Presi- dent approves of the proposed arrangement, and has directed me to allow you the sum of five hundred dollars towards the expense of your contemplated journey ; and he further authorizes me to state to you, that should your actual expense exceed that sum, that the excess will be allowed you, provided the state of the ap- propriation for the Indian Department will, at the end of the year, justify the allowance. It is desirable that you should make your visit to the Northern Tribes the next spring and summer, and to the Southern, the next autumn and winter, as it is the wish of the Department to have your report as early as practicable, in order to avail itself of it in the future application of the fund for the civiHzation of the Indians. * It is proper here to note, that the author was, at this time, acting under commissions from the Hon. and Rev. Society in Scotland for propagating Christian Knowledge, and the Northern Missionary Society in the State of New- York, for the same purposes, as those expressed in this commission from the President. The prosecution of the objects of these two commissions, led to the reception of that under which he is now acting, in behalf of the Gov- ernment. 12 REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. I enclose a gener;il letter of introduction to the superintendent* and agents for Indinn affiiirs, with a list of their names and residences, who will afford you all the information and facilities in their power. Your attention will be directed to ascertain the actual condition of the various tribes, which you may visit, in a reli<;ions, moral, and political point of view, and your report to the Department, which you will make, at such times as will be convenient, will comprehend all such facts, with your reflections on them, as will go to illustrate this interesting subject. You will particularly as- certain, as far as practicable, the number of the various tribe* which you may visit, and those adjacent ; the extent of territory, with the nature of the soil, and climate of the country occupied by them ; their mode of life, customs, laws and political institu- tions ; and the character and disposition of their most influential men. You will also particularly report on the number of schools, their position, the number and character of the teachers, the num- ber of scholars of each sex, the plan of education, with the degree of success which appears to attend the respective schools, and the disposition which appears to exist iu the tribes, and with their chief men, to promote among them education and civilization. You will also report your opinion as to the improvements which may be made, and the new establishments, to promote the object of the government in civilizing the Indians, which can be advantageously formed. The moral condition of the Indians will necessarily be very de- pendent on the character of the trade with them, and a subject so important will, of course, claim your attention. You will report such ficts, as may come within your knowledge, as will go to show the state of the trade with them, and the character of the traders, ajjd will suggest such improvements in the present system of In- dian tra4> 1' if At Detroit we spent twelve days. Here is concentered a variety and abundance of valuable information concerning the Indians, out of which I endeavoured to collect whatever related to the various topics specified in my commission. At Mackinaw, at the military establishment of that Island, we spent sixteen days : from the 17th of June, to the 3d of July, in the family of the Commandant of this post, Capt. Pierce, where we received the kindest attention. Probably there is no situation of more importance to the government of the United States, in pro- moting the civilization of the Indians, than Mackinaw.'*' The contemplated removal of this Military Post, or the princi- pal part of the establishment, to the Saut of St. Mary's, near Lake Superior, to prepare the way for which a purchase has been made of a proper site for such an establishment,! will furnish another very advantageous station for planting an Education Family, whose influence, in connexion with that of Mackinaw, through the medi- um of the thousands of Indians, and that of the Tradei*s, who annu- ally resort to these stations, may be extended over the whole of the wide territories, bordering on the largest of oar Lakes. At L'Arbre Croche, to which place we were accompanied by Col. George Boyd, the Indian agent at Mackinaw, with his inter- preter, Mr. Graverod, we spent a day and a night, in which time Col. Boyd held a Treaty in behalf of the Government of the United States, with the Chiefs of that part of the Ottawa Indians, who re- side here, for the purchase of the Martin Islands, j which are in the vicinity of Mackinaw. Aflerwards I held a conference with them on the subjects of my mission.§ At Green Bay we remained fifteen days, from the 7th, to the 23d of July, in the hospitable family of Col. J. Smith, Commandant at the military post in this place. Green Bay may vie with Mack- inaw in its importance, as a place adapted to carry into effect the benevolent plans of the Government in reference to the Indians. This place, and Prairie du Chien, will probably be the future cap- itals of the N. W. Territory, which is now without any white pop- ulation, except the garrisons of the U. States, and a few fami- lies of mingled French and Indian blood, settled around them. This, therefore, is a country well a lapted for the developement * Appendix B. t Appendix C. X Appendix D. { Appendix E. REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 15 of a project to be submitted in its place in this Report. An Edu- cation Family, in connexion with the military posts, at each of these two stations, would have a commanding influence on many popu- lous and powerful Indian Tribes, whose influence again would be great, if not controlling, over other large tribes inhabiting along the northern border of the United States, westward, even to the Paciflc Ocean. The information which was collected at Green Bay, and the other places above mentioned, will be detailed in the Appendix to this Report.* We found the Winebagoes and Menominees, who live on Win- ebago Lake, Fox River, and near Green Bay, in a state of consid- erable agitation ; the former in consequence of the recent murder of two of our men, at Fort Armstrong, by two of their young war- riors ; the latter, on account of an unauthorized treaty, professed- ly in behalf of the Government of the United States, which the In- dian agent had just concluded with the Menominees, for the pur- chase of a large tract of their most valued land, on both sides of Fox River.t Nearly all the real, acknowledged, chiefs of the nation were strongly opposed to the sale of this land, which they very justly considered, as the most valuable part of their territory. Divisions and contentions immediately succeeded this sale, be- tween those who signed, and those who were opposed to the trea- ty, one immediate consequence of which was, the murder, while we were at Green Bay, of one of the signers of the treaty. Hap- pily, and for the honor of the Government, and for the union and peace of this tribe, this treaty, after a statement of the facts in the case to the President, was not submitted by him to the Senate, and has not been ratified. The joy expressed by these poor In- dians, on receiving intelligence that this treaty was not to go into effect, was correspondent to the extreme grief and depression, which they had previously felt.| From all the officers at the several military posts, Superinten- dants of Indian affairs, Indian agents. Factors, and their interpret- ers, and the Missionaries and teachers among the tribes we visit- ed ; from the Clergy and respectable officers of Government and citizens, in the places in which lay our rout and principal business, * Appendix F. t Appendix G. % Appendix H. 16 REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. we received every desirable civility, kindness and prompt assist- ance in accomplishing the objects of the Government. The In- dians, also, treated us, without a single exception, with much re- spect and attention, and listened, with their usual politeness, to my communications, as the representative of their great father, the President. Were it not that they are too numerous to be recited, and that it would be invidious to omit any, it would be gratifying to our feelings, to give the names of those who, for the government's sake, from regard to the cause in which we were embarked, as well as for our own sakes, shewed us this respect and kindness. It is a circumstance of regret, that Governor Cass, Supcrinten- dant of Indians in the Michigan Territory, from whom I had expec- ted to receive much assistance and information, had, just before our arrival at Detroit, departed on his N. W. Expedition. The disappointment, however, was rendered as little inconvenient to us as possible, by the politeness and ready assistance of Lieut. Gov. WooDBRiDGE, Major General Macomb, and many other respecta- ble gentlemen of this city. We were favored on our way with the company of gentlemen of high consideration and intelligence, from whom was derived, not only the usual social gratifications, but much information relative to the object of my mission. We were so fortunate as to be on our way, when Governor Clinton, General S. Van Rensselaer, and other gentlemen, Commissioners, were going to visit the Grand Erie Canal^* and enjoyed their company for three or foui days, during our ride from Albany to Utica, and on the Canal, from JUtica to Montezuma-T— Judge Platt, also, was our fellow passen- ger to Utica, — gentlemen, than whom none could do more, or could be more ready to do what they were able, to promote the views of the Government ; particularly in regard to the remnants of the Six Nations residing in the State of New-York. In crossing Lake Erie, among other respectable passengers, we were gratified in finding the commissioners for settling the North- em boundary of the U. States ; Maj. Gen. Peter B. Porter, and the Hon. Anthonv Barclay, and the gentlemen associated with them; also Charles Stuart, Esq. of Maiden, Upper Canada, who took a deep interest in the objects of my mission, and mani- * Appeudiz I. REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 17 the i fested m ardent desire that the British Government would co-op- erate with our own, in some general pluit, that might be formed for the benefit of the Indians within the jurisdiction of both Gov- ernments. On tliis subject, of much importance, as will be shown hereafter, 1 converged, at Detroit and Mackinaw, with several intelligent gentlemen, British subjects, who coincided with Mr. Stuart in their feelings and opinions. These conversations sng gested the idea of the visit to Canada, which was nuule in the sum- mer of 1821. In the feeble state of my health, I felt it to be a peculiar smile of Providence, to be favoured, as wc were, from Canandaigua to Mackinaw, and during our stay at the latter place with the com- pany of Dr. Beaumont, Post Surgeon of the 3d Regiment of the U. S. Army, a gentleman of much skill in his profession, and of most amiable and kind dispositions. To him, by means of his med- ical prescriptions and attentions, I feel indebted, under Provi- dence, for the degree of health, which enabled me to fulfil my du- ties to the Government, probably even for my life. On our passage from Detroit to Mackinaw, we had the pleasure of the company of Gen. Macomb, Col. Wool, (who, in his office of Inspector General, for which he seemed peculiarly well fitted, was on his rout to visit and inspect the northern military posts) Capt. Crooks, and Mr. Stewart, and many other gentlemen of respectability. The two gentlemen last named, are intelligent members of the American S. W. Fur Company, conversant with Indians, and had both of them visited Columbia river, and travel- led overland, one of them twice, through the wide region inhab- ited by the Aborigines on both sides of the Rocky Mountains, and on the head waters of the rivers, which pass into the Missouri, and of those which pass directly into the Mississippi. Probably no men have had opportunity to acquire so extensive and accurate a knowledge of this terra incognita of our country, as these two gentlemen ; and what they had acquired, that was valuable to my object, they have communicated with great readiness and polite- ness, and also made me acquainted with several of their most intel- ligent agents, who had resided a number of winters among the in- terior tribes. From these sources, beside much inlbrmation ot other kinds, / received for my statistical table, the names, num^ ■ It ^ I ; i» 18 REPORT TO THE SECRET AllY OF WAR. bers, nnd places of residence, of many tribes, and of not a few, who had never before been visited by white people, and who(>e names, even, were not before known to us. We endeavoured to be useful on our way, when there was op- portunity, without injury to the main object of my mission, by preaching to the troops of the U. States, at the several military posts which we visited, and at other destitute places, administering the ordinances of religion, and dispensing moral and religious in- struction by the distribution of bibles and tr dians, within their respective jurisdictions, and whether their co- operation, in such manner as they should deem proper, might be expected.* I proceeded by way of Buffalo, Niagara Falls and Town, to York, the seat of the government of Upper Canada, where I arrived the 3d of August ; and the same day had a very full and satisfactory conversation with His Excellency, Sir Perc- GRiNE Maitland, ou the subject of my visit, the result of which will be found in the following letter, which I had the honor to ad- dress to you from Niagara. Niagara, August 5th, 1821. Dear Sir^ I HAVE just returned to this place from a visit to His Excellen- cy Peregrine Maitland, Governor of Upper Canada, at York. He received me with much civility, in a manner respectful to the Government under whose commission I had been acting; heard my communications with an attention, which indicated deep interest in them; communicated, in tiirn, what had been done, and was now doing, for the Indians in this Province ; expressed in strong teilns his approbation of what was doing in the U. States, for the benefit of our Indians; rejoiced very sincerely in our success, and manifested his readiness to co-operate with us in all suitable ways and meas- ures practicable for the accomplishment of the great and common object in view, the complete civilization of the Indians. A plan of * A Bummarj Jonraal of this Tour is given in the AppenJixK, 1^ so REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OK WAR. Hr? future procco» suhject, and of whose approbation of Ihc benevolent design, of do- ing good to the Indians, he entertains no doubt. I have conversed also with the Hon. and Rev. Dr. Straciian, and other gentlemen of York ; and with the Hon. Wilmam Claus, Deputy Inspector General of Indian Affairs, in Upper Canada, and a considerable number of other respectable gentlemen in Niagara, on this business, and by all am assured of their warm approbation of it, and have their p'omises of cordial support. A foundation, I trust, is thus laid for future intercourse and co operation between the Governments, and respectable and influen- tial individuals in these Provinces, and our own Government and individuals connected with it, which will tend to harmoni/e and strengthen the efforts which shall in future be made, each within their respective jurisdictions, to raise the long neglected native tribes, whom the Providence of God has placed under our care, as christian nations, from their present state of ignorance and wretch- edness, to the enjoyment, with us, of all the blessings of civiliza- tion, and of our holy religion. In all events, I shall never regret, that I have made this visit and effort to accomplish an object obvi- ously good, and of deep importance. The gratifications I have enjoyed in the polite and favourable manner in which my commu- nications were received, as well as in other respects, are an abun- * The plan suggested was, that a correspondence should be opened and con- tinued between the Honourable and Reverend Dr. Stuaut of Lower Canada and myself on the subject at large, under his, the Governor's sanction, and that in this form he would most cheerfully give the business his influence. A letter, accordingly, introducing and opening the subject, has been forward- ed lo Dr. Stuart. • The absence of Governor DALHOtrsiE, prevented my going, as I had inten- ded, to Montreal and Quebec, and of course my ascertaining from personal conversation, the feelings and opinions ofa number of respectable gentlemen in those places, particularly Chief Justice Sewall, and Sir William Johnson, Bart. Inspector General of Indian Affairs, to whom 1 had letters of introduc- tion. These letters have been since forwarded, with letters explaining fully the design of my intended visit to them. Theit answers have not yet been re ceived. REPORT TO THR SECRETARY OF WAR. 21 rlnnt reward for all the fatigues and privations 1 have endured in so long a tour, in so hot a season, and far away from my family. I am, dear Sir, with high consideration and esteem, Your obedient Servant, JEDIDIAH MORSE. Hon. John C. Calhoun. Secretary of War. PRELIMINARY REMARKS. 1. On the difficulties peculiar to this subject, of which the read- er of this report should be apprized in the outset. Accuracy in regard to the names, numbers, and situations of the numerous In- dian Tribes, which are spread over our widely extended territory; and in the spelling of their names, seeing that these tribes, in not a single instance, have a nrittcn language, is not pretended, nor must absolute correctness be expected. The nature of these subjects precludes accuracy. No individual can visit the whole territory inhabited by the Indians and person- ally make the necessary inquiries. Even this, could it be done, would not prevent mistakes. Information is derived from many sources, on which different degrees of reliance are to be placed. No standard of spelling and pronouncing Indian names, has yet been agreed on, though we have several learned and able disser- tations on this subject.* The same tribes are called by different names, by the French, English, and Spaniards, and even by the Indians themselves. The Winebago Tribe, for example, is call- ed by the French, Puant ; by the Sioux, Ho-tonka — among them- selves their name is 0-shun-gu-hip. The Fox Tribe is called by the Chip-pa-was, Ot-tah-gah-mie; by the Sauks, or Sacs, Mus- fjicah-kie; by the Sioux, Mich-en-dick-er; by the Winebagoes, 0-sher-a-ca; and by the French, Renard: and so of others. Our acquaintance with many tribes is but commencing, and with many * By P. S. DupoDceau, Esq. Rev. John Heckewelder, Hon. John Pickerings, E?q. Rev. Dr. Jarvis, and others. *i » I," I! *\ $:■ ff ! li.". 1: 1 ! 1) I' i!^. S3 REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. more, contnincH In our Tabic, we hnvc only the uncertain iii- formation of travelieri), who have barely passed throiiKh, or only near, their villages. I can only say, 1 have been fully aware of these difficulties, and have met them with diligence and fidelity, and have employed my best and most assiduous endeavors to lay before the Government, as full and correct a view of the numbers and actual situation of the whole Indian population within their jurisdiction, as my information and materials would admit. It is a subject, ind(>ed, in which accuracy is not now required. Enough is given for present use; — enough to show us our object with suffi- cient distinctness, and to commence our operations for the attain- ment of it. Our advances in knowledge of the names, numbers and situation of the western tribes, will keep pace with the ad- vance of our operations. We shall always know enough on this $4ubjcct, to enable us to do present duty. 2. My second remark relates to the nature of the composition of this report. The body of it is not intended to be original, but to consist of existing facts and m.iterials, now scattered in many books and manuscripts, which it is important should be collected and ar- ranged, for convenient use, under proper heads. To accomphsh this, so far as it has been accomplished in this volume, has cost no small labor. The length of the report will excite no surprize in the mind of any one, who will reflect a moment on the extent of my commis- sions, the magnitude of the subject, the number and variety of facts and materials relating to it, and the deep interest happily ex- cited concerning it, both in the civil and religious community. JVameSf lumbers and places of Residence, of Indian Tribes in the United States. The following article in my instructions, is the first in order: I. " You will particularly ascertain, as far as practicable, the number of the various tribes which you may visit, and those ad- jacent." REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 23 I have taken the liberty to (five » liberal coiiHtrurtion to tluH ar- ticle; and a8 the object of the govefnmcnt iri to attempt the civiliza- tion of the Indiant) generally, I have prrparofl, with no «mall la- bor, from the most authentic mateiMU wbi«:h I rould command, a Stutiitical Table, embracing the named nfN) numberH of all the tribes within the jurisdiction ot th<' Ignited States, and have ac- companied this Table with a map, shewinft, an far as is known, where each tribe resides. [The reader m referred to the Tahle and Map, preceding the Title pasrc.] II. After the foregoing general bibular and map views, of a preliminary nature, I proceed to give, in order, such particular nccounts of the several tribes enumerated in the tabic, as shall ex- hibit, what my commission requires, " the actual condition*' of the Indian Tribes — particularly " the extent of their respective territories, with the nature of their soil and climate, their modes of life, customs, laws and political institutions, — the character and dispositions of their principal and most influential men; the num- ber of schools, their position, the number of teachers — of schol- ars of each sex, the plan of education, with the degree of success which appears to attend the respective schools, and the (fisposi- tion, which appears to exist in the tribes, an, who have lieen long insu- lated, corrupting and \vasting away in the midst of us, a portion of them might be persuaded to take shelter in it from the ruin which •therwise seems inevitably to await tlu!m. The body of them, however, would doubtless prefer to remain where they are, for this prominent reason, amons; others, that very few of them are of unmixed blooil. The others, having intermarried with the lowest classes of white people and negroes, and feeling no sympathy with Indians of pure blood, would not be comfortable, or happy, or of wholesome influence, if removed and planted among them. In the view g'ven of the history, and present state, of these tribes, we may see the results of past experiments; and continue those means which have been successful, and correct, or abandon those, which have proved abortive. On these tribes, formerly, and on others now extinct, were bestowed the Missionary labors almost single handed, of Eliot, the 3Tayhews, Edwards, the Sergeants, Kirkland, Wheelock, Badger, Occum and others, whose zeal, trials, and faithful services, are remcm!»ered and recorded on eirth, and, we doubt not. in heaven. NEW-YORK. In this State, are what reinmn in the C^nitod States, of liie cele brated confederacy of the Six jYations, with the Stockbridge, Brotherton, and some of a few other tribes, who are planted on lands given them principally by the Oneidas and Senecas. Of the present slate of these Indians, in all the particulars desired by the Government, a full account will be found in the Appendix.* There is a division among tiiem on the subject of removal. The greater part, probably, at present, choose to remain on their seve- ral Reservations; and they are supported in this choice by some religious associations and individuals, who believe that they c;u!. ■■•■ Appeiulix M. IIEPORT TO THE SKCRETARY OF WAR. H to more advantage, be civilized where they are, than in any place to which they could be removed. My own opinion, however, and that of many others, and of a large part of the Indians themselves, is different. A removal of these, and of all other reduced tribes, m the settled parts of our country, and their colonization on some sequestered spot, selected and prepared with judgment, and Hbe- rality, under the direction and patronage of the Government, would place them in circumstances for improvement, far more eligible than those in which they are now placed. The spot which has been lately selected, and purchased of the Winebago and Mc- nomine Indians, on Fox river, m the N. W. Territory, by a dele- gation from the Stockbridge, Oneida, St. Regis, and some other tribes, at the head of which was Mr. Eleazer Williams, I consid- er as judiciously chosen for this purpose. After those who are now willing to go, shall have settled in this chosen and pleasant country, under the auspices of tlie Government, and some reli- gious Association, who will plant Education Families among them, there is little doubt, in my own mind, but more of these, and other reduced and feeble tribes, and ultimately the whole, or nearly all of this class, will voluntarily, or with a little persua- sion and assistance follow them. But more will be found on this prominent subject in the Appendix, F. G. H. All these tribes remaining in New-York, have been supplied for many years with more or less of religious and moral instruc- tion; several houses for public worship have been erected for their use; schools established, various kinds of mills have been built, tools for husbandry and for carrying on several of the me- chanical arts, furnished, and other means employed for the gene- ral improvement of these Indians. Besides what has bean done for them in these ways by the Legislature and religious Associa- tions of the State in which they reside, the Society in Scotland for propagating Christian Knowledge, the Society for propagating the Gospel among the Indians and others in North- America, establish- ed in Boston and vicinity, and the Corporation of Harvard Col- lege, have supported for many years, one or more Missionaries and school-masters among the Oneida and Stockbridge Indians *f; ' ■;! :(ti !:m 't :26 REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. Ill: iii'^'., .1 ii a It- !!;■ ! !<1 jlili i. 1^; These means have not been used without very apparent good ef- fects. Whole tribes have been converted from Paganism to Chris- tianity; many hopeful converts have been made to the faith of the Goppel; churches, respectable for their numbers, have been formed; the ordinances of religion have been regularly adminis- tered; ch»irch music has been successfully cultivated; valuable improvements have been made in agriculture, manufactures and some of the most useful and necessary mechanic arts, and in their dwellings j and style of living. Some of them are wealthy, in cat- tle, and other stock, and in the produce of their farms; numbers have ihade such advances in the common branches of knowledge, reading, writing, and arithmetic, asito become teachers of schools — and some have risen to be respectable religious teachers. Among these last is Mr. Williams, who has jiist been named, who is of Indian descent, and who for several years has officiated successful- ly in the Episcopal forms of worship, as the religious Teacher of the Oneidas. All these improvements, however, have fallen short of the public expectations, and seem not to have produced generally that encouragement to continued and increased exertion, which the friends to the happiness of the Indians had hoped. The success of these efforts has doubtless been much obstructed by the influence of low and depraved white people, who have insinuated themselves among these Indians, and whose interest it is to keep them ignorant; and whose exertions, of course, would be against all improvements. The imperfect plans upon which these be- nevolent efforts have been made, have lessened their good effects. As the new plans to be submitted, provide against these evils and defects of both kinds, past experience should in no degree discour- ;*.ge new attempts on new plans, the wisdom and efficacy of which have been tested by a variety and succession of experiments. The aid given by the Government to religious Associations, who have made establishments for the improvement of several por- tions of these Indians, appears to have been judiciously bestowed, and probably is the full proportion of the fund, placed at the dis- posal of the President for the civilization of the Indians, which should be appropriated to the tribes in this section of our country. An Education Family, formed and organized on the plan hereafter recommended, would be able to impart all necessary instruction o ! I y-4>iii^i HKPORT TO THE SECKETAK¥ OF WAR. 27 to a much larger number than now dwell together in any part of the state of New-York; and hence may be drawn a weighty argu- ment in favor of their colinization. It would economise, to a great extent, our means and labor for the benetit of these Indians. A large family, embracing instructors in all branches of useful knowl- edge, might superintend and conduct the education of a largQ body of Indiana. OHIO. M I have given in the Appendix,* so full an account of the Indians, who remain in this State, in answer to the enquiries of the Gov^ ernment, that very few observations remain to be made in this place. It seems not easy te reconcile the accounts given of the feelings and opinions of the Delawares, by the Indian Agent, and the Rev. Mr. Sergeant.! These differences render it difficult t9 determine the real state of facts. Very considerable attention has been paid to the instruction of these Indians by several de- nominations of Christians, more especially by the Society of Friends, and the favorable results are stated. Several remarks of Rev. Mr. Hoge in bis letter,^ are worthy of special notice, par- ticularly the following. " They (the Indians) begin to be con- vinced, that their migratory life is unfriendly to their welfare; that it will soon be impossible to gain subsistence by hunting; that they must have recourse to agriculture and the mechanic arts." These convictions are undoubtedly fast becoming general among the sensible part of the tribes within the circle of our settlements. On the subject of Colonization, the reply of Richardville,§ ex- presses the sentiments of some of the Indians, who have a con- trolling influence over their respective tribes. " I think," says this sensible Chief, in answer to my question to him — " I think the plan of collecting the Indians now scattered, into large bodies, for the purpose of educating them with more convenience, and at less expense, both practicable and advantageous." * Appendix O. t Appendix P. t Appendix Q. { Appendix R. f,l, •< li REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. MICHIGAN AND NORTH WEST TERRITORIES. f V ^■ I: > ,,: J i: ;|1 I ■ ' 1 I put these together, because, though distinct territories, thej are at present under one Government, administered by one Gov- ernor. Some parts of these Territories, as Detroit, Mackinaw. Green Bay, and Prairie du Chien, have been places of renown in ancient and modern wars; but the countries around them, till very lately, remained unexplored, known only to the native tribes, who occupied them as their hunting grounds. Within a few years, these territories have risen into such importance, as that the Govornment of the United States, by their appointed Agents, have explored them to their remotest corners. Border- ing, to a great extent, on the line which divides the United States from the British colony of Upper Canada, embracing points of much importance in conducting our Indian Trade, it has been thought necessary to be acquainted with them, that we might be the better able to avail ourselves of the advantages which belong to us, and to defend ourselves against encroachments. The sur- vey of this wide spread wilderness has brought to our knowledge large bodies of Indians, hitherto known only to a few, who have been in the practice of trading with them. At different, distant, and commanding points within these Ter- ritories, five military posts have been established, and a sixth is in contemplation.* These posts are intended to protect our rights in carrying on the Indian trade, and to exert an influence to pre- serve peace on these borders between us and the Indians, and between their different tribes, and to protect and aid any Educa- tion establishments which may be made in their vicinity. These circumstances, with that which has often been brought up to view, the selection of some part of these Territories, as the seat of a colony of Indians; and another, that this is the part of our coun- try which I have personally visited, have led me to give a full and particular account of them. The view of them, which will be found in the Appendix,! renders it unnecessary here to add any ft;;; * Detroit, Mackinaw, Green Bay, Prairie du Chien, St. Peters, near St. An- thony's Falls— and one is contemplated at the Saut of St. !\Tary'!«. t Appendix S. REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. £9 further information on the several topics enumerated in my Com- mission. The whole of these Territories constitu;le one great Held for moral cultivation; and when Education Families shall have been planted at the different military posts, a plan seriously con- templated, of immense importance; and which it is hoped will shortly be carried into effect, a channel, through them, will be opened to many large tribes W. of the Mississippi, to the Council Bluffs. Here again a military post is established, and a large Education Family are ready to occupy this commanding station.* All the tribes within the United States, N. of the Missouri, as far W. as the Council Bluffs, and beyond them, placed between these posts and these families, may be made to feel, in a greater or less degree, their combined, controlling, civilizing, and re- forming influence. INDIANA AND ILLINOIS. Our table shews what tribes inhabit, or rather did once in- habit, these states. The most of them have sold their lands and are either still lingering on them, unwilling to take a last look over the fertile fields, which they once called their own, and at the mounds which contain the bones of many generations of their ances- tors ; or they are scattered, and roaming without a home in the territories of strangers. Not many years since, we could point to the populous villages of these Indians, and knew where to direct our efforts for their benefit. Now we may ask the question *' Where are they ?" and there is no one among us who is able to give an answer. The most of them, however, are already gone, or are going, beyond the Mississippi, to some spot selected, or to be selected,! for their future "permanent," residence.;!: Appendix T. t Appendix U. 1 1 cannot deny myself the melancholy gratification of inserting here the lollowing pertinent and touching specimen of Descriptive Eloquence. "This charming country," speaking of a part of Virginia, "belonged to the Indians ; over these fields, and through these forests, their' beloved fore- fathers once, in careless gaiety, pursued their sports and hunted their game ; I ill; so REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. This important change in the situation of these tribes is now in operation, and till it shall be completed, nothing definite can be either said or done as to their civilization or religious instruction. Very valuable information relating to some of the tribes who have inhabited, and are still within the limits of these states, I have re- corded in the appendix,* in hope that while it answers the enquiries of the Government, it may come into use, when these Indians shall have found, if they ever do find, an unmolested home. KENTUCKY. tri I have no knowledge that any Indians are remaining in this Static The Board of managers of the Baptist General Convention, under the conviction that the better way to do effectual good to the Indians is to " bring them from the recesses of the forest, and inure them to the usages of civilized life, and in the hope, that they might them- selves become the instructors of their brethren," have established a School for the above purpose, at the Great Crossings in this State, which has lately been removed by the Board, to Rogersville in Missouri. They have the assurance of the Secretary of War, of receiving ^250, for promoting this object. Ii ■ >i! PENNSYLVANIA. Few of the Indians mentioned in the Table, as having resided in this State, thirty years ago, are now to be found. They have every returning; day found them the sole, the peaceful, the happy proprietors of this extensive domain. But the white man came, andlo! the animated chase, the feast, the dance, the songr, of fearless thoughtless joy, were over. Ever since, they nave been made to drink of the bitter cup of humiliation • treated like dogs, their lives, their liberties, the sport of the white men — their country, and the graves of their fathers, torn from them in cruel succession ^ until, driven from river to river, from forest to forest, and through a period of two hundred years rolled back, nation upon nation, they fiad themselves fugi- tives, vagrants, and strangers in their own country !" British Spy. * Appendix V. 4:1:;; REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 31 been scattered and diminished in the manner that hundreds of oth- PT tribes have been before them. VIRGINIA. JVotlamays, Pamunkies^ and Mattaponies. ■i i Of these tribes, twenty-seven of the former, and a still less number of the two latter, it seems are all that remain of those nu- merous tribes, who once constituted the formidable Powhatan confederacy. The Nottaways possess 27,000 acres of excellent land, on the W. bank of the river which bears their name, a small portion of which only, is under cultivation. A woman of this tribe, about sixty years old, named Edie Turner, is its present reigning Queen. Though uneducated, she has good sense, easy and fluent in conver- sation, has a well furnished and comfortable cottage — has horses, cows, and other domestic animals, and manages her farming and other business with discretion and profit. This Q,ueen, and two others, of the most aged of the tribe, are all who now speak the ancient, or Nottaway, or Powhatan language. This language is said to be evidently of Celtic origin, and in expression and harmo- ny, is equal to either the Erse, Irish or Welsh. It has two gen- ders, masculine and feminine, three degrees of comparison, and two articles. Its verbs are very irregular.* It would be easy, and of some importance, to preserve a speci- men of this language. We do not know that they have ever been visited by missionaries, or favored with schools, or teachers in agriculture, or the mechanic arts. SOUTH CAROLINA. When this State was first settled by the Enghsh, it was inhabit- ed by twenty-eight tribes of Indians. The principal of these, * I am indebted for the foregoing information to an anonymous article un t'rr the head of Petersburg, (Va.) March 17, 1820. *i 32 REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. r H! i $ |i : I ( 1 ''1 f "' \l' i 1^ i were the Cherokees, Catawbas, Creeks, Chickaaaws and Choc- taws. The Cherokees inhabited the Western part of the State which they sold in 1777, and retired over the mountains, W. where they now reside. The Catawbas dwell on the river which bears this name, in the Northern border of the State, partly in North Carolina, lat. 34°. 49.' N. on a Reservation of 144,000 acres, granted by the Proprietory Government, where there is still a remnant of about four hundred and fifty souls, all that re- main of the bravest, the most formidable, and generous enemies of the Six Nations. All the twenty-eight original tribes, excepting those above named have disappeared.^ GEORGIA. rho Creeks and ;i part of the Cherokees reside in the Western parts of this Stale. An account of these tribes is given in the Ap- pendix.! Overtures have heretofore been made to the Creeks to introduce among them Education Families, upon the plan of those eslatdishcd among the Cherokees and Choctaws. But their minds, irritated by the recent wars with them, on the part of the United States, were not at the time, in a proper frame to listen to these overtures. Lately, however, they have manifested more favora ble dispositions in reganl to this subject, and the General Conven- tion of Baptist?* arc directing their attention to them. Their num- bers are such as will require more Education Families, to give in- struction to all, than this Convention will be able to supply. This tribe, respectiible in numbers and character, dwelling in the midst of us, and connected with several of the tribes West of the Missis- sippi, among whom, emigrants from this tribe are mingled, demand the special attention of the Government and of the Christian com- munity. This tribe, with the three adjoining, the Cherokees, Choctaws, and Chickasaws, are in situations and circumstances very favorable to be educated where they are, raised to the rank and privileges of citizens, and merged in the mass of the nation. On these tribes we hope tlu.' Government will make tlie experiment -Appendix W, t Appendix X. REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 33 of the practicability of a complete civilization of Indians. TIm' success of the institutions of the American Board of Conmiission ors for Foreign Missions, now in operation among two of these tribes, the Cherokees and Choclaws, is in a high degree favorablr to such an experiment. FLORIDA. There are, in East Florida, about twelve hundred pure blooded .Seminole Indians, and a number of Creeks and of other tribes, a mixetl body, not numerous, scattered along the Northern border of this Territory, and on the coast of the Gulf of Mexico, near Tampa Bay. Of these Indians, and of their country, &c. a partic- ular account is given in the Appendix.* Before the wars of 1812 and since, these Indians with their negro slaves, lived in comfort, and many of them were wealthy in cattle and horses. But these wars have broken them up, destroyed great numbers of their bra- vest warriors and chiefs ; also their villages and cattle, and thrown them into a state, most distressing and pitiable. Efforts are ma- king, with prospects of success, to collect all these Indians into one body, to make them comfortable, to educate and civilize them. They are willing and desirous to receive these blessings. ALABAMA, MISSISSIPPI, TENNESSEE. In these states reside the Cherokees (principally) the Choctaws and Chicasaws, of whom some remarks have been made under the head of Georgia, to which the reader is referred. These tribes, the two former particularly, have lately attracted an unusu- al share of the public attention, in consequence of the operations going forward among them for their civil and religious improve- ^nent. Of the state of these tribes, and of the measures devised and put in operation for their benefit, by the American Board of Commissioners, under the patronage of the Government, an ac- count is given in the Appendix.! * Appendix Y . tAppendix A. a. Ili ! J 34 KKl'ORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR m State and Territories xvest of the Mississippi. Having liiken a brief survey of the IndianH east of the Mississippi I pass over that river, anil in the order of the Table, give such in formation of the numerous tribes west of it, to the Pacific Ocean, as I have been able to collect. No measures have been taken to con- vey the blc.«f>irigs of civilization and of the Gospel, to any of these tribes, (if we except what a few Catholic Priests have done among some of the northern nations) till within the last two years. Dur- ing this period. Education Families have been established among the Osnges. and a portion of the Cherokee tribe, who have lately migrated and settled on Arkansaw river ; and another large family are prepared to plant themselves at the Council Bluflfs.* Those will be noticed in their place. I begin with ® The Tribes north of the Missouri, and west of the Mississippi rivers. M'.] Of these tribes I have received, in a letter from Mr. Daniel Harmon, an Indian Trader, the following summary information. " From ICOO to 1806, I resided in that extensive piaiu country, which lies between the Mississippi, Missouri, Red and Se-se-satch- ewine rivers, bounded west by the Rocky Mountains. This coun- try lies between 44°, and 52° N. Lat. The climate is about the same as in Canada. The soil, generally, is good. There is on it but little timber, or wood of any kind. There are plains of more than one hundred miles in extent, on which thei'e is not a shrub to be seen. The natives, when travelling over these plains, use Buf- falo dung, which burns like peat, for fuel. Scattered over this wide tract of country, there may be 12 or 15,000 Indians, some say more, of the following tribes, viz. Crees orKristineaux, Assiniboins, Mandans, Rapids, Blackfeet, Blood In- dians, Sursees, and a few of the Coutouns. The body of the latter tribe are spread over the Rocky Mountains, and westofthem.f o * See Rev. Mr. Badger's letter, Appendix B b. + These arc probably the same nation, described to me by Capt. Ramsay Crooks, under the name of Shoshonee, or Snake Indians. They are, he states, REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 'SB Thosf> • I know of no Indians," says Mr. If. " who I think wouhl more reaihly receive Education Families among them, than those above mentioned. The Crees, indeed, are more than half civihzed al- ready. When Canada foil into the hands of Great Britain, there were, at that period, two Catholic Priests among these Indians; and in 1817 or 18, there ivcnt another, who still resides on the Red River, where Lord Selkirk has attempted to establish a colo- ny, of which an account is given in the Appendix.* Since the above letter was received, Mr. Harmon has publish- ed his Journal. From this and other sources, some further account of these Indians is given in the Appendix.! From the information Mr. Harmon has given of the dispositions of these Indians, we may hope, that the way is already prepared for introducing among them the blessings of civilization, and tho Gospel. Of the Tribes between the Missouri and Red rivers, west of the Mis- sissippi, and east of the Rocky Mountains. By a reference to the Table, it will be seen, that within the limits above specified, there arc more than 100,000 Indians. In different and very advantageous positions, in the midst of this pop- ulation, are planted already three Education Families, one at very numerou8,about30,000souls, and formerly occupied the fine Ruffalo couu- try north of the Mis80uri,along the Rocky Mountains. But the Blackfeet Indians, about 10,000 souls, living east of the Shoshonees, on the waters of Assiniboin river, meeting with the British fur traders, obtained of them fire arms. With these they attacked the Shoshonees, who Iiaving no other weapons of defence than bows and arrows, were driven into, and even across, the Rocky Moun- tains. They now dwell miserably in these mountains, and five hundred miles beyond them, in a country, with few exceptions, barren and rugged in the extreme, and without game. They barely subsist on fish, and a great variety of roots, found in different places, have no huts, are attached to no place, have no home. The climate is very fine, the cold moderate, the heat not oppres- sive, and rain very uncommon. * Appendix C c. tAppendix D d. <#> [, * I ;i .,i'i III I, 36 aEFORT TO THE SECRETAUY OF WAU. Dwi^ht* amonjc; tho Cherokees, on Arkiinnjiw river, (>HtHbliHhcd by the American Board of ConimiH<)ioner» for Foreij^n Misfnions, two by the United Foreign Missionary Society, among the Great and Little Osajjes, at llarmonif and Union. More are in contem- plation, one particuhirly at the Council Bhifls. These cstnblitih- ments are on the phm of those planted among the Cherokees and Choctaws. The one contemplated at Council Biufls is planned on a larger scale, and is to consist, if carried into effect, of a little colony of christians. Its intended size is well suited to the inte- rior and important station, which it is to occupy, and the large connexion it will have by branch establishments, with surrounding tribes. For more particular information concerning these Educa- tion stations, and of the tribes with which they are connected, and over whom they may obtain ultimate influence, and the country they inhabit, see Appendix.! From the facts which will here be found, it will appear, that the great work of educating this large portion of Indians, and preparing them to exercise and enjoy with us the rights and blessings of citizens, has already commenced with very promising prospects. Perseverance can hardly fail to secure success. Of the Indians in Louisiana^ and others between Red River, and the Rio del JVorte. \\\\ I. 'ii }^ H In our Table are given the names, numbers and locations of these Jribes, furnished by Col. Trimble, with an account of their pres- ent state, peculiarly appropriate to the views of the Government, which may be found in the Appendix.^ Though a large part of these tribes are without the limits of the United States, their con- nexion with our Indians is such, as renders it important that we know their situation, in order the better to make arrangements for the education of^hose who are under the jurisdiction and care of our own Government. Among these Indians, it will appear from the Table, are scat- tered in considerable numbers, emigrants from the Cherokee, * Named after the late President Dwioht. t Appendix £ e. :j: Appendix F f. imia RLFORT TO THE SFXRFTARY OF WAR. 37 Choctaw, Delaware iuid other tribes, residing on this side of the Mississippi. These, in time, may constitute a vnUabIc medium of rommtinication with the tribes amoni; whom they arc ni)W min- gled; being acquainted with the lani;uages of these tribes. Indi.ui youth, of the tribes above named, now receiving e■ ■ ■! REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 45 ihe ground of a particular partiality, on the part of the British viuthorities in Canada, for the Menomine tribe. This induces me to notice the practice of the Indian tribes in this quarter, of visiting Drnmmond's Island. The object, on their part, is to obtain presents; and these they always receive, in sufficient quantity to induce them to visit that place every summer. The British government, it is supposed, have their politicd views in making these presents; and when their generosity is combined with (he refusal on the part of the American government, to give like presents, the effect on the minds of the Indians cannot be doubtful. I do not wish to be understood, that it would be a proper meas- ure, on the part of our government, to be equally liberal as the British are in making presents to the Indians. On the contrary, I know that it does great injury to them, making them idle, and caus* ing them to neglect the cultivation of the soil, the chase, &c. and leading them to intemperance, by frequent intercourse with im- moral white people. The trade with the Indians in this quarter, is usually conducted at places on Fox, Ouisconsin, and Menomine rivers. The custom has been, and still exists, for trjiders to winter at those places. The amount of business done, varies according to the favorablcness or unfavorableness of the seasons for hunting. • Property to-the amount of five thousand dollars, has been brought here, in one season, from Menomine. river. A company of British Traders, usually do all, or nearly all, the business at those other places. Sometimes they have collected furs and skins to the amount of from eight to ten thousand dollars, during the winter and spring. The amount of business done in the settlement of Green Bay, may probably be about three thousand dollars annual- ly. Whisky* forms a principal article in the traffic at those places. The United States Factory at this place, (Green Bay,) does very little business with the Indians, notwithstanding the goods it con- tains can be sold on better terms, than the private traders sell theirs. I am well acquainted with the cause of this, and will ex- * It is a practice with some traders, in order to deceive the Indians, to promise them a keg of whiskey, as a present after closing the bargain ; whereat the practice is, to make the Indians pay for this very whisky, in the good* they purrhas^!. 1 ir ' i 46 REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAK. plain it. The British traders have used every effort to prevent the Indians from trading at the Factory; by representing the good? as being of American manufacture, of bad quahty, and high in price; beside the Indians know that no whiskey c.nn be obtained at the Factory. In 1817,1 sent an American citizen,(Mr. Rouse,) with goods from the factory to trade with the Indians at the Ouisconsin river, and two others to Menomine river. On their return, the spring following, they represented that they might have done a good deal of business, had not the British traders and their agents at these settlements, used exertions to prevent the Indians from doing business with them; and advised those that had done busi- ness \fith (hem, not to pay for the goods they purchased on credit. Those gentlemen, in consequence, lost a good deal of money; and would not be willing to trade with the Indians again. The annual average of goods sold to the Indians, since the es- tablishment of the Factory, does not amount to more than about sixteen hundred dollars. Those sold to white people, and to the people of mixed blood, to about three thousand five hundred dol- lars annually; and to the Indian agent five hundred dollars annu- ally. For cash, and to Fort Howard, two thousand four hundred and fifty dollars annually. Under date of Dec. 5th, 1818, Mr. Varnum writes from Chicago to Maj. Irwin. " The indiscriminate admission of British subjects to trade with the Indians, is a matter of pretty general complaint, throughout this section of the country. There are five establish- ments now within the liraits of this agency, headed by British sub- jects. These, with the large number of American traders, in ev- ery part of the country, will effectually check the progress of this Factory. I have hardly done a sufficiency of business this season to cle.ir the wages of my interpreter." Green Bay, July 18th, 1820. Rev''d Sii\ In conformity with your verbal request yesterday evening, 1 will here state to you some of the facts in relation to the extraordi- nary diminution of the Indian trade, at the United States Factory '■:-^ ■ ■« REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 47 at Chicago, which, by the factor there, is said to be owing to the introduction and sale of whisky, by private adventurers. In one of his letters to me, about two years since, he stated that he had not done busitiess enough with the Indians to pay the ex* pense of his interpreter. In another, dated Chicago, 23d May last, he says, " The Indians have been induced to come here this season by the facility with which they are enabled to procure whiskey." " In fact," he continues, " the commerce with them (the Indians) this season has been almost exclusively confined to that article." He adds, " I will venture to say, that out of two hundred barks'*^ of sugar taken, not five have been purchased with any other commodity than whiskey. I have not been able to pro- cure a pound (of sugar) from the Indians, but can get a supply from the traders at ten cents a pound." Independent of the known veracity of Mr. Varnum, the fact that private traders cou!d afibrd to sell sugar at ten cents a pound, is pretty conclusive evidence of the manner in which they obtain it. The copy of an account current, a sketch of it which follows, will show the amount of busines done, while I was factor there, from 1810 to 1812. Amount of furs and peltries forwarded to the Superintendant of Indian trade, June 30th, 1810, and invoiced at $2,972,56 Amount of drafts on the Secretary of War, in favor of the Superintendant of Indian trade in that year, 1 ,740,01 Total amount of business done in 1810, $4,712,57 Amount of furs and peltries forwarded to the Superintendant of Indian trade, 25th, Sept. 1811, - - - 5,280,60 Amount of drafts on the Secretary of War, trans- mitted in favor of the Superintendant of Indian trade, 775,39 Total amount of business done in 1811, $6,055,89 *' Indian boxes to contain su|;ar, averaging about forty pounds each. # r !■ ] 48 iiEPORT TO rm: pkcretarv ok war. ^ ^i im ■Si:' .. m Amount of furs and peltries fonfardcd to the Superiiitondant ol' Indian trade, 11th Jul), IC 12, - * - . 5,781,91 Amount of drafts transmitted in favour of the Siipcr- intendant of Indian Trade, - - - 600,67 Amount of articles gold for cash, . • «< • 51o,4t> Amount of business done in 1812, $6,798,07 I am induced to believe that the husiness done in tiic factory at Chicago, for the Inst twoyearf^, doos not average two hundred dol- lars a year, in consequence of the whiskey traders at that place. The result must be, (unless it is checked in time,) that the In- dians will be made a miserable set of beings; and the most of the rising generation will be cut off in the early part of their lives. 1 am, with respect and regard, Sir, your ob't serv't, MARVlli, U.S. Factor. To Doctor J. MoRsK, at Green Bay. The foregoing, it will be perceived, is a view as far as it goes, of ihe affirmative ^ide of the question, as to the policy of the Factory system of trade with Indians. I now present the other side. An intelligent gentleman, who had just visited Chicago, informed me, (July, 1820,) that " there were goods belonging to govern- ment, at that place, to the value of $20,000, which cost more at Georgetown, than the traders ask for their goods at the post of de- livery; and that the goods are inferior in quality, and selected with less judgment, than those of the traders ; that only twenty five dollars worth of furs were sold by the factor at Chicago; ^that the Government make no profit on their capital; and pay the super- intendants, factors, sub-factors, and their clerks, out of other funds.* '* The fact," he added, *' that the Government sell their goods at * It will be understood, that I am stating; what was communicated to me by respectable gentlemen, aafactSf and which fidelity to my government obli- gee me to state. I hold not myself responsible for the authenlicity of these facts, or for the justness of the opinions which 1 quote ; but only for the correctness with which they were stated, and the respectability of the sources whence ther have been derived. % ^ H cost H (liar H that 1 |rOO tr:ul mm said ^ * REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 49 cost !UhI rarnnue, and pay tlioir own a\ hO!! "'i iK . 50 KLiORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. insert tlio information in the order in which it was verlmlhj rcceiv- eil ami penned. At Green Bay, I was visited l»y Mr. John Jacobs, an intellii^cnt Indian Trader, whohadjuMt arrived from the Forks ofAssini- boin and Red rivers, the seat of Lord Selkirk'' s, or lied River set- licincnt.* Lord Selkirk made this estabU.<>hnicnt about the year * The following «« McmoramUim relative to Lord Selkirk's Mettlemeutonthc Itcd River of Lake Winipic," w:>-j rccoivcJ from F^. Halkctt, Esq. a respecta- ble English g;entlcman, a relation of Lord Selkirk's, who has personal knowl- edge of the history and facts which ho relates. " The Hudson's Bay Company, in the year 1811, granted to the lato Earl of Selkirk a large tract of land, belonging to them in North America, for the purpose of commencing an agricultural settlement. As soon as the proper spot was fixed upon, he sent out a body of Emigrants with their families from Great- Britain, who built houses, and began their establishment. Thesitua- tion chosen for the settlement, was upon the Red River, Cof Lake VVinnipic) about fifty miles fiom ita entrance into tiia . Lake, audinlat. 50° N. and long. 97" W. of London. In the years 1015, and 1016, the settlers were successively driven away by persons in the employment of certain Canadian fur traders, and many of them were killed, their cattle, and implements of husbandry destroyeu, -^nd their houses burnt. Those who were driven off, however, successively returned, and received repeated accessions to their numbers. At present, (1022) they amout probably to about six hundred souls. There is a Catholic, and also a Protestant Clergyman, established in thit settlement. There has recently commenced a school for the education of the children, not only of the settlers, but of the servants, and traders employed in the service of the Hudson's Bay Company in the interior. The leading men among these settlers are also doing every thing in their power to per- suade the Chippewa Indians to send their children to the school. The lands upon the Red River are very fertile, being composed of a deep alluvial soil. There are no trees, or stumps to interrupt the agricultural operations. The prairies are very extensive, and covered with fine grass. Along the immediate banks of the rivers, there is plenty of fine timber of va- rious sorts. The rivei-s, and Lakes abound with fish ; and the settlers obtain abundance of Buffalo from the plains. The neighboring Indians (the Chippe- was) have always been on the most friendly footing with the colonists. The settlers are not allowed to carry on any trade for furs and peltries with the natives, and are prohibited from giving spirituous liquors to them, under the penalty of forfeiting their allotments of land. The crops of wheat, barley, potatoes, &c. have been generally very abun- dant; but the grasshoppers, for the last two seasons, have proved extremely destructive. REPORT TO THE SF-CHETARY OF WAR. 51 f rcceiv- itelligont f Artsini- Uver set- he year teuton the respecta- lal knowl- ! late Earl :a, for the :he proper lilies from Thesitua- VVinnipic) . and long;. n away by ny of them •«ncl their returneJ, 022) they cd in thit tion of the employed le leading rer to per> of a deep ricultural ine grass, jer of va- ers obtain Chippe- ists. The with the under the ery abun- jxtremely 1JJ12. It !!» fiilnatod, on the point of land formed by the junction of the Assinihoin river, (here a quiirter of a mile wide) from the west, with Red river, (half a mile wide) from the south. These rivers, (hu^ united, run north ahoiit fifty-four miles into the south section of hake Winnipic. 'I'he banks of hoth these rivers, are high, of clay, clothc) ii'u .'1 iH 1 t I !■ m IM friendly intercourse and co-operation, between the Traders and the MiUtary posts, and the F^lucation Families. Let this be par- ticularly enjoined, as an indispensable duty. On this plan, there would be a reciprocal watch of the Military, Education F^imilies, and Traders, over each other, to guard against, to check, or, in cfise of necessity, to expose, any misconduct in either. The gov- ernment, on this plan, would have the best possible security of a faithful fulfilment of the respective d-ities of these several depart- ments, and would find great rolief from tiicir present responsibili- ties to the Indians. Let the Company who are to act under this charter, be selec- ted and formed by the GovernnuMit; be responsible to it, and re- movable by it for mal-practices. Let the Company appoint their own agents, and be responsible for their good behavior; and, with due regard to their charter, conduct all their affairs in their own way. For the y>rivileges of this charter, require of the Company a reasonable and generous bonus, of a fixed sum, to be paid out of their profits, annually, into the Treasury of the U. States, to be added to the fund appropriated by Congrej's for the civilization of the Indians. Among the advantages which would result from a plan of this kind, would be the following: — 1. The Government would be relieved from a perplexing, un- profitable, burdensome, and, shall I add, nudignijied business and responsibility, which can be much better and more satisfac- torily performed and borne by others, in the way proposed, than by the Government. 2. The Indian Trading Fund of ^300,000, now yielding no in- come to Government, and no substantial benefit to the Indians, which would not be made up to them by the new system propos- ed, would be withdrawn, and with it the salaries of all those who are now employed in managing it, amounting to the annual sum of ^16,600. This latter sum, together with the interest of }j;300,000, (^18,000,) the ^10,000 now given by Government, and the bonus of the chartered company, say ^10,000 more, would constitute a fund of about ^55,000, to be expended for the civilization of the Indians, without increasing the present burdens of the Govern- ment; a sum not too great to carry on, with energy, the extensive RF.POKT TO THE SECRKTARV OF WAR. 63 operations necessjiry to the full arcomplislimonl of' the liberal and benevolent views and projects of the Government. 3. The Government would have the 'asy inspection and con- trol of this trade, now conducted away from the notice of their eye, and so perplexing and ditHcult in its management; and this too without embarrassing interference with the concerns of the com- pany. 4. From all the information and facts 1 have received, I believe the plan now recommended wouUl be the most acceptable to the Indians, would best secure their interests, promote their civiliza- tion, excite their respect for the Government; and most effec- tually cure two prominent evils, the intcrcoursp of corrupt, and corrupting white peojde with the Indians, and the introduction of whiskey among them, and thus prevent wars, and promote peace among themselves, and with us. 6. This plan would place the now unhappy and irritating com- petition between the British and American Indian Trade and Tra- ders, on its proper and equal ground. Each company would know, and in the manner common in all cases of rivalry in trade, would maintain their respective rights; and where the interfer- ence of the Governments concerned should become necessary, it would devolve on the Companies to make application for redress of any wrongs, or for making any necessary arrangements in con- ducting this trade. But to this plan it may be objected, that it tends to an unjust and injurious monopoly. If this be admitted, and the plan in conse- quence be rejected, I would respectfully suggest the following substitute. Let the trade be 0])en to all men of fair character integrity and inteUigence, and of triendly feelings to the plans pur- suing by the government for the improvement of the Indians. Let Traders of this character, and of this character only, receive li- censes, from men qualified and authorized to give them, and be required to plant themselves in some central spot within the sphere of their trade, in companies of four or five, or more, say within a quarter of a mile of each other, or nearer, in a little vil- lage of separate stores, like so many merchants. At this village, let it be required that all trade with the Indians be done; that they may enjoy all the advantages of commendable rivalry, pur- •4 REPORT TO THL btCRKTARY OF WAR. r ,; Jl f » I t •■,\ M '« chasing where they can have the best goods, anil on the belt termH. Let there be a catoniible and hberal sum required for the licenses of these traders, to be added to the sum now conse- crated to the education of Indians. At each of these trading vil- lages, let an Education Family be established, to be useful and agreeable companions to the Traders, and to do all other things for the Indians, which like families do at other stations. An ar- rangement of the Indian trade in this manner, though more com- plex, and difficult to manage, would secure the advantages of the other, without the danger of monopoly, and in the opinion of very competent judges, would be preferable to any which can be adopted. In case either of these plans shall be embraced by Government, there will be necessary an officer to be stationed at the seat of Government, who should have a general superintendance of all the Education establishments, so far as relates to the procuring and transmitting to the respective Education and Military stations, all the husbandry and mechanic tools and implements, provisions to be given to Indians on their visits, and in seasons of scarcity; Ainds, for erecting buildings for the accommodation of the Educa- tion Families, kc which the Government will provide with the funds placed in its hands. This officer, whose title should cor- respond with the nature of his office, would have full employ- ment, should the Education Families be multiplied, as they have been for the last twelve months, and as there is reason to believe they will be, in time to come. Such are the plans for conducting the Indian trade, which I would respectfully submit to the consideration of the Government, and such the advantages which, 1 conceive, would result from the adoption of either. All which is respectfully submitted by JEDIDIAII MORSE. N'tTi'-Haven. Nov. 1821. ■::i .' 'i r "M : ') ii . REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OFVaR. 65 The fourth iUHi \mt urtirle in my InHtructionn, is in thcH^ wonis — IV. " After you have collected your Materials, you will dij^ent the whole into one body, and present it in such form, and accom- pany it with such reflections and suggestions, as you may deem necessary to accomplish the interesting objects, which it is inten- ded 10 promote by your tour." ^ The readers, whoever they may be, who shall submit to the labor of examining the facts collected and embodied in this volume, will doubtloss make their own " reflections,''* .ind form thoir own opinions. Still, jis it is required in my commisi icn, an for iho»n- selves, 1 submit, with much diffidence and respect, to the coitMvi- eration of the Government, and of the public, the fofloiviu^ GENERAL REMARKS AND SU0GESTI0A8. Increase of Indians within the extended limits of the United Sfi:.''\\. and their peculiar condition. By the treaty with Spain, of 1819, the Territory of the Uniteil States is extended from the Atlantic, to the Pacific OcPan ; wud a host of Indian tribes, in consequence, has been broughi within our national limits. Many of these tribes, in point of numbers, rank among the largest in our country. These tribes are shut up within their present continually narrowing limits. They c}u\ migrate neither to the north, nor to the south ; nciaier to the east, nor to the west. The cold and barren rejjon, isprt i ling from our northern b.'mdary, in lat. 49 north io ae Frozen Ocean, has already a pc pulation, as large as its "canty productions can support. Other tribes possess the r- now strip of territory, between our southern borders, we;?f of the Mississippi, and the Spanish settlements. The rapid advance of the white population presses them on the east ; and the great Pacific Ocean hems them in on the west. " Where the white man puts down his foot, he never i;dfcs it up again," is a shrewd and correct remark of an Indian Chief. The hunting grounds of the Indians on our frontiers are explored REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. ,! Jii II' Ill ¥\V'4 ir. -\ uii ft 'd in all directions, by enterprizing white people. Their best lands are •elected, settled, and at length, by treaty purchased. Their game is either wholly destroyed, or so diminished, as not to yield an ade- quate support. The poor Indians, thus deprived of their accus- tomed means of subsistence, and of what, in their own view, can alone render them respectable, as well as comfortable, are con- strained to leave their homes, their goodly lands, and the sepulchres of their fathers, and either to go back into new and less valuable wildernesses, and to mingle with other tribes, dependant on their hospitality for a meagre support; or, without the common aids of education, to change at once all their habits and modes of life; to remain on a pittance of the lands they once owned, which they know not how to cultivate, and to which they have not a com- plete title : In these circumstances they become insulated among those who despise them as an inferior race, fit companions of those only, who have the capacity and the disposition to corrupt them. In this degraded, most disconsolate, and heart sinking of all situa- tions in which man can be placed, they are left miserably to waste away for a few generations, and then to become extinct forever ! This is no fancied picture. In a few years it will be sad reality, un- less we change our policy towards them; unless effectu.il measures be titken to bring them over this awful gulf, to the solid and safe ground of civilization. How many tribes, once numerous and respectable, have in succession perished, in the manner descri- bed, from the fair and productive territories, now possessed by, and giving eupport to te\ millions of people !* * This view of the state of the Indians, reminds me of a pertinent and elo- quent passage in a discourse I have lately read, which I am sure will interest, and I will hope benefit, those who may read it. " I hear too the voice of the savage, sounding from the bosom of the trackless forest. And there is in that cry a wild and native eloquence, " You have stripped us of our hunting ground, all in life that we held dear ; you have cor- rupted our morals ; our tribes, already incalculably diminished, have nothing before them but the dreary idea of being swallowed up, unless it be the more fearlul ajiprehension of perishing forever in our sins. Once we were the heirs ofyour soil ; we now only ask to die the heirs of that salvation, which is re- vealed to you in your bil>les." A cry like this has been uttered and is heard. Already the heralds of salvation have gone to look up the remnants of theii* depopulated tribes, and point them to a Savior. Their sun is setting in the T^•est, an I we should give evidence that we had their ilinpitying nature, as well REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 67 The nature of the Indian Titlex (o their lands. and elo- interest, nothing he more the heirs ;h is re- is heard. of their ig in the , as well The relation which the Indians sustain to the government ol the United States, is peculiar in its nature. Their independence, their rights, their title to the soil v hich they occupy, are all im- perfect in their kind. Each tribe possesses many of the attributes of independence and sovereignty. They have their own forms of government, appoint their own rulers, in their own way, make their own laws, have their own customs and religion, and, with- out control, declare war and make peace, ana regulate all other of their civil, religious and social affairs. The disposal of their lands is always done by formal Treaties between the government of the United States, and the tribe, or tribes, of whom the lands ar»: purchased. They have no voice, no representation in our government; none of the rights of freemen, and participate with us in no^ie of the privileges and blessings of civilized society. In all these respects Indians are strictly independent of the govern- ment and people of the United States. Y ci the jurisdirtion of the whole country which they inhabit, acconhng to the established law of nations, appertains to the government of the United States; and the right of disposing of the soil, attaches to the power that holds the jurisdiction. Indians, therefore, have no other property in the soil of their respective territories, than that of mere occupan- cy. This is a common, undivided,-property in each tribe. When a tribe, by Treaty, sell their territory, they sell only what they possess, which is, the right to occupy their territory, from which they agree to remove. The complete title to their lands, rests in the government of the United States. The Indians, of course, cannot sell to one another, more than what they possess, that is the occupancy of their lands. Nor can they sell any thing more than occupancy to individual white people. Indian cotuoyance-* as their soil, were we willing to see it go down in total darkness. If the few that remain may live forever, it alleviates the retrospect of their wrongs, and creates one luminous spot in the Egyptian cloud that hangs over the place of their fathers' sepulchres. I would give any price for their foi*giveness and their blessin*; and it cheers my heart, that my country is beginning to pay the long arrears which are due to that injured people."* * Sermon of Rev. Daniel Clark, Amherst, Massachusett«. ( 68 REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 1 li 111!'! P 'fl .'ill ;ii. ' in I ' ■'iiiij give no title to the soil. This title can come only from the pow- er that holds the jurisdiction. Besides, the territory necessary to give support to any given number of people, in the hunter state, as it is designated, is vastly greater than is required to yield subsistence to the same number oT people in the agricultural state. Here, again, the Indian title to their respective territories, is imperfect in another respect. When the hunter state, from whatever cause, is relinquished, and the agricultural state adopted, the Indians are entitled to no more of their territories, so changed, than is requisite to give them, from cultiviiting the earth, a support equal to that which they derived from their whole territory in the hunter state. The advantages of the agricultural, over the hunter state, are presu- med to be a just equivalent to the Indians for the lands they are constrained to resign to the civilized state. Such appear to be the established laws and doctrines of our general and state gov- ernments, in respect to our relation to the Indian tribes in our country, to their independence, their rights, and title to their lands. A few of the authorities, which support the foregoing state- ment, are given in the Appendix.* I have stated the loregoing, as the established opinions concern- ing Indian titles to their lands, and have referred to the au- thorities given in the Appendix. The opinion there stated, of a majority of the Supreme Court of the United States, however, is very guardedly expressed on this point. " The Indian title,'* the Court say, " is certainly to be respected, until it be legitimate- ly extinguished." But what constitutes a " legitimated^ extinguish- ment of an Indian title ? On this point we have not the opinion of the Court, further than may be inferred from the following clause. The Indian Title to their lands is not such " as to be ABSOLUTELY repugnant to seisiw in fee, on the part of the state.''^ We may, 1 conceive, fairly infer from this important decision of the first Court in our nation, made after a full discussion by some of the ablest members of the American bar, that they had some hesi- tancy, to say the least, in admitting the correctness of the common opinion on the subject of the Indian title to their lands. If their litle were such as to be " repugnant to seisin in fee h^ the state,'" * See A pp. I. ii, ■i i '. REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 69 it would of course follow, that their title and ours, to our lands re- spectively, is of the same nature, i. e. complete. But this is not, say the Court '• absolutely'' the fact. There is a difference in these titles ; but in what it consists is not stated. The phraseol- ogy of the Court, though indefinite and inexplicit, clearly implies, that in their judgment this difference is small. It s not " absolute- ly repugnant" — but it is nearly so. The differe..^e is less than has been usually considered. This decision, is obviously at variance, in a degree very important, with the principles which have govern- ed in making all the vast purchases of Indian lands, which have hith- erto been made. It is a decision highly favorable to the interests of the Indians ; and if regarded, (and the decision of our highest Court must be regarded as the law of the land) in future purcha- ses of their lands, will give them advantages, such as they have never before enjoyed, and will effect much toward conciliating that confidence and good feeling, which are indispensable to the success of our efforts for their benefit. Persons and character of Indians. Indians, generally, are about the size of the white people. The Osages, and some other tribes, who are of remarkable height, and fine figure, are exceptions to this remark. In these respects they exceed any equally large body of white people known among us. In the shape of their limbs, and their erect form, Indians have ev- idently the advantage over the whites. Some, whom I have seen, would be perfect models for the sculptor. Instances of deformity are rare. In bodily strength they are inferior to the whites ; as is true of all savages ; civilized man being always superior in strength to savage man.* They are fleet in their movements. ' I * M. Peron, one of the distinguished French Naturalists, has had opportu- nity to notice, that men in a savage state are inferior in strength to men civili- zed. By actual experiment, he is said to have demonr*.rated, in every satis- factory manner, that the introduction of social order, and the sober habits of civilized life, does by no means, as some have asserted, impair, but actually * 70 REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. Ml ■ IV 't l\ t liidinn runners are prodigies in respect to their long continued rapidity in conveying messages to distant tribes. Their jonrnies far exceed in length, what a white man could perform in the same time, and with less weariness. With wonderful quickness inter- ♦..'-1(1'.:, information is circulated among the tribes friendly to each otlier.* Indians talk but little. Their knowledge is limited, and their ideas few ; and they have the wisdom not to talk when they have nothing to say — a trait of character worthy the imitation of many, who claim to be wiser than Indians. In conversation they do not interrupt each other, but wait respectfully till the speaker has fin- ished. Except when intoxicated, they are not vociferous, noisy, or quarie!>ers for Foreign Missions, and is now in successful operation luider the direction of this Board, and of other similar associations of different denominations, and has already received the sanction and patronage of the Government. This plan, "in the full tide of successful experiment," is now in a course of exhii/ition before the public, and is looked at with joy and admiration, by philaa® fhropists on both sides of the Atlantic* Miit m :'!i'"'l-:ii ^ Removal ani colonization of the Indians, 7iorv living within ihe sess tlements of the white veovle^ © * On the subject of the removal of the Indians, who now dwell within our settlements, there are different opinions among wise •and good men. The point on which they divide is, whether it be best to let these Indians quietly remain on their present Reser® rations, and to use our endeavors to civilize them where they are; or for the Government to take their Reservations, and give chem an equivalent in lands to be purchased of other bribes be* * See A pp. N. n* REPORT TO TFIE SECRETARY OF WAR. m voikI our present settlements. The IniHans themselves too, are divided in opinion on this subject ; a part are for removing, and a a part far rcmainin;;, as in the case of the Cherokees, Delaware?, Seneca*, Oneidas, Shavvanec;^, and indeed most of the other tribes livinjf amona; us. Difficulties in deciding this question present them- selves, on which side soever it be viewed. To remove these In- dians far away from their present homes, from " the bones of their fathers," into a wilderness, among strangers, possibly hostile, to live as their new neighbors live, by hunting, a state to which they have not lately been accustomed, and which is incompatible with civilization, can hardly be reconciled with the professed views and objects of the Government in civilizing them. This would not be deemed by the world a wise course, nor one which would very probably lea(! to the desired end. Should that part of the, tribes only, remove, who are willing to go, and the remainder be permitted to stay — thi? division of already enfeebled remnants of tribes, would but still more weaken their strength, diminish their influence, and hasten their destruction. Nor would this partial removal satisfy those who are for removing the whole ; nor those either, who are for retaining the whole. The latter wish them to remain for the benevolent purpose of educating them all where they now are, urging, that they are now among us, in view of ex- "amples of civilized life; and where necessary instruction can be conveniently, and with little expense, imparted to them. On the other hand there is much to be said in favor of the removal of the smaller tribes, and remnants of tribes — not, however, into the wilderness, to return again to the savage life, but to some suitable, prepared portion of our country, where, collected in one body, they may be made comfortable, and with advantage be educated together, as has already been mentioned, in the manner in which we educate our own children. Some such course as this, I ap- prehend, will satisfy a great majority of the reflecting part of those who interest themselves at all in this subject, and is, in my belief, the only pra.iicable course which can be pursued, consistentlx ^vith the professed object of the Government.* * See Appendix Or Ou i I I i j 1. ■ l: (■ 1 ^'•1 ill ' 64 REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. Revolution now in operation among the Indians. There is evidently a 2;reat and important revolution In the statR of our Indian population already commenced, and no a^ rapidlj goini; forward, affectinj^ immediately the tribes among us and on our bor- ders, and which will ultimately and speedily be felt by those at the remotest distance. The evidence of this revolution exists in the peculiar interest which is felt and manifested for the general improvement and welfare of Indians, and in the peculiar corres- ponding feelings and movements among the Indians themselves. The civil and religious communities are remarkably awake on this subject, and are making joint efforts for the improvement and happiness of Indians, such as were never made in any former pe- riod of our history. The Chiefs and sensible men among these tribes, to a great extent, feel that a change in their situation has become necessary, that they must quit the hunter, and adopt the agricultural state, or perish. Of this fact I myself am a ,/itness. There is an increasing willingness, which in some instances rises to strong desire, on the part of the Indians, to accept the benevo- lent offers of instruction held out to them by the Government, and by Christian Associations. There is a most remarkable reciprocity of feehngs on this subject,which plainly indicates, that the hand of heave en is in it; as no power short of this could ever have produced such a state of things. This is for our encouragement, and it is encour» agement enough, to persevere. In such circumstances we can® not go back* Honor, justice, humanity, all that makes man re* spectable in the sight of God and men, imperiously require us io" go forward, in full faith, till this work, so auspiciously commenv ced, shall be accomplishede * «■ J»» ■ti> ■ '!l Obligations of the government to meet this new state of things. anS the manner of fulfilling these obligations^) This new state of things requires corresponding measures on the part of the government, to whom we look to take the lead in carrying on this revolution, which, if rightly directed and conduc- ted, will save the Indians frrm ruin, and raise them to vespecta- RKPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 85 bility and happiness, and reflect hij2;h and lasting honor on the Ad- ininis;r;««:on which shall acconriplish it. As the sjovernment assumes the guardianship of the Indians, and in this relation provides for their proper education, provision also should be made for the exercise of a suitable government and con- trol over them. This government, unquestionably, should be in its nature parental — absolute, kind and mild, such as may be created by a wise union of a well-selected military establishment, and an Edu- cation Family: The one possessing the power, the other the sof- tening and quailfying influence; both combined would constitute, to ail the purposes requisite, the parental or guardian authority. A code of laws and regulations must also be formed, to neet the new state of the Indians, which should remove the u.-just, morti- fying, and provoking differences which are now made between them and white people, in the administration of justice; a code, which shall provide effectually against the introduction of spiritu- ous liqt'OiS iitrong them, which are thi' source and immediate occa- sion of most of the difficulties, quarrels and wars, which take place among themselves, and between them and us. This is an evil, which, if not effectually cured, will binder and render abortive, all efforts which may be made for their benefit. No good can be done to the Indians, while this evil remains. Another evil equally destructive of the Indians, and equally necessary to be provided against by proper laws and regulations, IS, intercourse with unprincipled white people. Indians complain, and justly too, that their "morals are corrupted by bad iichite men,'" This is well known to be the fact, and the cause of incalculable injui*) to the Indians^ as well as of national disgrace. As we would hope to promote their welfare, this evil must, in some way, by the wisdom and arm of the government, be removed. It can be done effect- ually in one way, and but one way; and that is, by the appointment, exclusively, of good men to fill all public offices relating to Indians; men of principle, who, in the discharge of their oflkial duties, will honestly, faithfully r,)d disinterestedly promote the welfare of In- dians. Such men, of competeiit abilities and qualifications, can undoubtedly be found, and in sufficient numbers, to carry on the whole trade, and other intercourse with the Indians, on the plan suggested in another part of this Report; and to fill all the offices pertaining to the superintendancy and agency of Indian affairs, a? 1 'I'- ■'1 . 1 ' '^>j] ;i.. r- ill \iw i, 86 RKFOIIT TO riJi: SKCRETARY OF WAR. well as to negotiate treaties for various objects, with the indirin tribes.* lam fully aware of the delicacy of this subject, in the view of it 1 am now taking; but its importance in order to the attainment of the object of the government, forbids that 1 should pjiss it unnoticed. 1 dare not be unfaithful to my government— to my conscience— nor to my God. Example, in the case before us, peculiarly, as in all oth- er cases, must accompany instruction and precept. We cannot rea- sonably expect that the latter will have any good effect, where the first is wanting. Let, then, the plan of Indian trade, the selejtioo of officers and soldiers for the military establishments, which are connected with Indians, the appointment of Indian superintend* ants and agents, and treaty commissioners, all be made, in future, in reference to the influence \vhich these establishments and offi- cers, respectively, are expected to exert over the Indians. Let this whole combined influence be uniform in its character, and wholly good, and be made to bear upon every measure put in ope* ration for the civil, moral, and intellectual improvement of the In» dians. In other words, and to come to the very pivot of this business* Let the whole existing system of operations in regard to Indians^ embracing trade, and all other kinds of intercourse with them by Indian Agencies, Treaties for their lands, and all laws relating to them, be annulled, and all things removed out of the way, prepara- tory to the laying of new foundations, and the erection of a new and more commodious and sightly fabric. I pass no censure o on the present system. It was formed by our wise men. But ife was formed for other times, and for a state of things among our© selves, and among the Indians, widely different from the present® 1 he alterations in this system, which have been made at different periods, to meet the changes which have taken place, have de- formed it. It is now an unsightly, and, compared with what ?'. might be made, an inefficient mass. In many instances its opera- tions are wasteful and injurious. Many agencies, formerly neces* sary, from the removal of the Indians, or a change in their cir- cumstances, have become mere sinecures, places of emolument, without business, consuming the public money, without contribu- ting any thing to the public good. Several of these agencies * « Soe next arliclp. HEPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 87 combined, would furnish no more business than a single man, of proper quaUHcations for an agent, could perform. The tault is in the system its^elf, not in the minister whose office it is to carry this system into effect ; nor yet in the officers who occupy these sinecures. Many abuses, many sinks, uselessly swallowing up the public funds exist, which require, and no doubt will receive the pointed eye of the Executive, and remedies, which Congress alone can supply. These remedies will be found in a new system throughout, of all Indian affairs, into which is to be incorporated all that is sound and good in the old, leaving out only that which has become obsolete — a system shaped to the new state of things, to the great changes now in operation — a system, that shall com- bine in it all the results of past experience, all the wisdom of the Cfovernment, and command in its execution the energies of the nation — a system, which shall hereafter, when they shall have felt its effects, call forth the thanks of the Indians, and secure for our nation the applauses of the world. improvements in Education Families^ and JVew Establishments re- commended. My instructions are "to report my opinion as to the improve- ments which may be made, and the new establishments, to pro- mote the object of the Government in civilizing the Indians, whicli can be advantageously formed." The number and location of the Education Families already es- tablished, the dates of these establishments and the religious asso-. r.iations who have made them, are given in a table annexed to this work. The manner in which these families are formed, the pur- poses they are intended to accomplish, and the means they are to employ, have also been stated. The single improvement which 1 would here respectfully suggest, and recommend, is tlie following: that, as ftstxas the course of things shall render expedient and practicable, Indian superintendants, agents, sub-agents, and all other officers of government, who have to do with Indians, for reasons stated in the last article, be either members of one or other of these Education Families, (the Families in future to be formed in refer- ence to this purpose, and to contain persons qualified for these several offices,) or, so intimately connected with, and friendly to them, as sh-dl bring all their official influence and authority over the Indians, to aid them in all their operation^. if: ! i « l«i V ■ I'-'fi^lh hjif '*r^ 88 RKFORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. The advantages of such a course would be, 1st. An entire sav- ing of all the salaries and expenses of these officers; because alt the members of these families are without salaries, receiving mere- ly support. What is now given to these officers from the United States' treasury would, of course, go into the common treasury of the Education Families, and be expended in the same manner as are other ftmds, given by the government. The amount of this saving would be equal to the amount of all the salaries of the offi- cers above named, who should be taken from the Education Fami- lies. 2dly. Were these officers members of Education Families, it would bring to these families all their official influence with the Indians. Channels, in this way, would be opened, numerous and extensive, for diffusing useful knowledge among them. The duties of an Indian agent, faithfully and affectionately fulfilled, are pecul- iarly well adapted to open the hearts, and conciliate the esteem and love of Indians. 3dly. The selection of candidates for these offices, by the several religious associations who form these Edu- cation Families, would greatly assist the government in discharging a delicate and difficult duty, and would happily divide with them the responsibility for the faithful discharge of the duties of officers so appointed. It can hardly be supposed, that men so selected, appointed, and inspected, would violate their trust. It is extremely important that all these officers should be honest men, of fair moral character; men of discernment, of knowledge of human nature, of kind and affiible dispositions and manners, of decision, promptness and energy in action. If to these should be added christian piety, the character would be complete. Were all the officers above named, of this description, their influence to do away existing prejudices in the minds of Indians, and to secure their affections and confidence, would be immense. On the char- acter of these officers in future, very much will depend in effecting the object of the government. These offices should never be con- verted into mere sinecures. Under this article it may be proper to suggest, the great impor- tance of establishing, at every military post in the Indian country, an Education Family. By the union of thet^e two esi ashments ulone, in my opinion, can be formed, the kind of authority proper to be exercised over Indians, in their present state, with reference to their education. In this wav, at the same time, would be imparted KEl'ORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 89 to the poldit'iy, tliat moral and religious instruction which is neces- sary to prepare theui ("or whole«iome and exemplary intercourse witli the Indians. Those military estahlishmonts, removed heyond the influence of civih/od soriety and ofit' staled relij^ious and mor- al inslituLion«, without Cliin)l-.iin.-i, or any means to resist or check the natural propensities of man to hecome corrupt, have, in fact, dejienerated into a lamentable state, e\hihitin<„', at once, to lufhans a demoralizing; example; conntay be so, or it may he not. We doiiht it. Wo don't know what to hehove." Unless this dustnist he removed I'rorn the minds of Indians, and their confidence in the Government established, tjie best efiorts for their benefit will be impedetl, if not wholly frnstrated. I am happy in the explicit sanction of the President and Sec- retary of War to the sentiments now expressed, contained in their Kee;nl.«tions for distributing the funds deposited in their hands for the civilization of the Indi ms.* They say, " it is considered to be the duty of all persons, who may be employed, or attached to any institution, not only to set a good example of sobriety, in- dustry and honesty, but, as far as practicable, to impress on the minds of the Indians the friendly and benevolent views of the gov- ernment toward them, and the advantages they would derive by yielding to the policy of government, and co-operating with it in such measures, as it may deem necessary for their civilization and happiness. A contrary course of conduct cannot fail to incur the displeasure of government, as it is impossible that the object which it has in view can be effected, and peace be habitually preserved, if the distrust of the Indians, as to its benevolent views, should be excited." In these just and excellent sentiments, we have the ptcdgt. of the government, that they will remove at once every ofii- cer in the Indian department, who does not " set a good ex« ample of sobriety, industry and honesty," to Indians, and that no officer in any branch of this department will be appointed in future, who is not a " sober, industrious, and honest man. This pledge is invaluable, and cannot fail to receive the applause and gratitude, and to command the confidence and warm support, aj, *he religious community* If"-!' J^ew stations for Education Painilfcs® Under this head I shall stmpl/ name these stations, anS refer to the Appendix for my reasons for naming them. I • See App, p. 290b liyvv '»*T RFl'ORT TO rriK SECIIKTARY OF WAR. 01 I. In F'ast Floriilii, iimong the Scininoloji, and tho remnant-* of liihes in that 'J'erritory, at the place whore it i* proposed to col- lect thefie now scattered Indian;*. [App- N- n.] 'i. Anjons; the Creeks, one or more. 3. Several more amont; the Cherokees and (^hoctaws, in addi» lion to the stations already occupied. 4. Ainon;^ tin; Chickasaws, one or more. 6. Among the F'otawattamies and Ottawas, on the south cast shores of Lake Michigan. [App. O, o.] 6. On Flint River, and another on Saganau Bay^ in Michigan Territory, west of Detroit. [App. p. 20.] 7. At L'Abre Croche, on the east shore of Lake Michigan^ thirty-six miles south west of Mackinaw. [App. p. 26.] 8. At Mackinaw. [App. p. 6.] 9. At Green Bay. [App. p. 50.] 10. On the new purchase made by the Stockbridge fndinns, with some portion of the Six Nations, on Fox river, between th« Menominee and Winnebago Indians* [App. P. p. J II. At Chicago. [App. pp. 108 and 140.] 12. At Fort Armstrong. f 13. At Prairie du Chicn. [App. Q,. q.^ 14. At Sandy Lake. [App. pp. 30,31, 33, &c.| 15. At St. Peter's near St. Anthony's Falisc [Ap|>. K. ^-.J 16. At Council Bluffs. [App. S. s.] 17. Several more among the Osages, Cherokees^ Kansas^ and Q,uapaws, on Osage, Arkansaw and Kansas rivers^ 18. At or near Natchitoches, in Louisiana^ 19. On Columbia rivere For reasons stated in the Appendix, all these aov fivorablo ^openings for the establishment of Education Familiess w Small fox^ ® o To secure success in civilizing the Indians, ft Is necessary, by all acts of kindness for their welfare, to gain their confidence and their affections. This is done, as in other ways, so particularly, by making them comfortable, and by marufesting, that we take an ® IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) ^^i^I-^ 1.0 I.I Ijo "^^ ■■■ ■^ lii 12.2 •u L£ 12.0 u& IL25 II 1.4 1.6 -^ 7. Hiotographic Sdences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. M580 (716)872-4503 ^^^ '4^ i'1 '-■ml 92 REPORT TO THK SECRKTARY OF WAK. W- 1 '" M If (11 i' interest in promoting their good. One effoctual way of doisig this is, to make them feel the benetits of otir medical knowledge. One skilful physician should be attache his own, w ith a title which ho can transmit to his posterity; a APPENDIX. 13 house and barn, oxen, cows and horses, fields of corn, wheat and potatoes, gardens and fruits, and to dress and live like the white people; to have one language, and to enjoy all the comforb* of life, which your white brethren enjoy. In this way, you would .avoid the evils and impositions which you now suffer from wicked, unprincipled men. You would have plenty of provisions, and no longer suffer the pains of hunger and want, and dependence. You would be under no necessity of separating from your wives and children, during the winter; or taking them with you longjournies, through many sufferings. You might live with them, and have plenty of the comforts of life, at one continued home. You would then be companions and equals with your white brethren, and be prepared, in due time, to sit and deliberate with them in the councils of the nation. In all these privileges, and blessings, your father invites you to partake with his other children. To accomplish these good purposes, your great father, the President, and your christian fathers, will send among you, at their own expense, good white men and women, to instruct you and your children in every thing, that pertains to the civilized and christian life. Your red brethren, the Cherokees, Choctaws, Osages, the Six Nations, ami other tribes, have had the same of- fers made to them, which I now make to you, and have accepted them with readiness and gratitude; and are beginning to reap the precious fruits of tho iiltivation, which has already been bestow- ed on them. Oth<^r lubes are listening to these offers, and we ex- pect will accept th(!m. All who accept them will be in the way to be saved, and raised to respectability and usefulness in life. Those who persist in rejecting them, must, according to all past experience, gradually waste away, till all are gone. This we ful- ly believe. Civilization or ruin, are now the only alternatives of Indians. Among the means for your civilization, in addition to what have been already mentioned, we will bring you the best, the only ef- fectual, means of making you truly happy — we v/ill bring you our Bible, the best of all Books. We will teach you to read and un- derstand it. This book is a revelation from God, and contains the words of eternal life. It reveals the true character of God, the Great Spirit, in whom you profess to believe, and of man, and the U I'i' •! •(.. f'.i '.. w •i. ^' ■I 14 AIM'KNDIX. relntion niul duty of man to his Maker, imkI to Ins fellow men. It mnketli wi^io to salvation, liy revealing a .Saviour, the liono Jkhvh CimisT, and the way of salvation l»y him. It rontainH the «loc- trines and precepts of the Christian relijjion. This hook canses the wide ditTerencc which exists, as you see, hetween the white man and the Indian. We will brinp; you this blessed book; we will teach your children to read it, that they may be happy, and comfort you; that they may know how to live, and to do good; and how to die, and to live forever. Children, attend to what I have said. Lay it up in your memo- ries, and in your hearts. l)clil»eratc well upon it, according to your usual custom. I am going to Green Hay, thence in two or three weeks to return to Mackinaw. There let me meet a delegation of your chiefs, with your answer, that 1 may communicate it to your Great Father the I'resident. Till 1 receive your answer I have no more to say. To this speech no answer was received, my stay at Mackinaw on my return, being too short to give the chiefs the necessary no- tice. F. G. H. Michigan and North-WkstTkuritohiks. Rep. p. 16. This large section of our country, considered in reference to the object of the government, relative to the Indians, is probably more important than any other; and as it is to become the theatre of immediate and extensive operations, requires to be more thor- oughly and particularly known. It being the portion, also, which I have personally visited, more information concerning it is rea- sonably to be expected. The various tribes who inhabit these territories, are named in the Table, with their numbers, and places of residence. The map will shew the relative situation of these tribes, and the gene- ral features of the country. A few observations of the geograph- ical kind, will properly introduce the detail which will follow. These Territories spread between Lat. 41° 30', and 49° N. and Lon. 82° and 96° W. from London, or 6° and 19° W. from Wash- ington. APFRNDIX. IB The rlimfito of this piirt of llio couiilry is salubrious; tlio soil atliiptcil, with proper culture, to prochice in abundance, the vari- ous kinds of grain, grasses, vegetables, and fruits, which are found in the same latitudes in New- York and New-England, and the southern parts of the two Canadas. The waters of the great Lakes, of the Mississippi, and of the boatablc rivers, which to a great extent border on, and in every ilirection intersect them, are remarkably pure, and abound with fish in variety, and of the fmest flavor. A very extensive interior portion of the North-West Territory, is watered witli many lakes or ponds, and rivers, in which grow spontaneously, and without culture, immense quanti- ties of av7f/ r/fc,a very palatable and nutritious food, which is gath- ered and prepared in autumn, with little labor, in any desirable quantity, and at very trifling expense. This rice invites, at the proper season, and furnishes food for, and fattens, immense flocks of ducks, geese, pigeons, and other wild fowl. These various natural proiliirdoiis, as they may properly be denominated, the fish, wild rice, and wild fowl, aflbrd the Indians, who at present are the only inhabitants of the portion of these territories wliich we are now describing, with a great part of their subsistence; and these sources of support are unfailing, and inexhaustible. The interior rivers of these Territories, the Mississippi, which washes their western border, and the great lakes, which connect and bor- der them, and the water communications, opened anrl opening, to connect them with the great capitals of our nation, will serve to fa- cilitate intercourse between their inhabitants, and give them easy and cheap access to the best markets with their surplus produce. Should it bethought expedient, and be found practicable, *o collect the remnants of tribes now scattered, and languishing and wasting away among our white population, and to colonize them for the purpose of preserving them from utter extinction, and of educa- ting them to the best advantage, and with the greatest economy, some portions of these Territories will, 1 think, unquestionably be found better suited to these objects, than any other in our coun- try, and as such I deliberately recommend them to the attention of the government.* *■ Since the above was penned, I am informed, that Mr. Williams, and the r>f location that accompanied him, with the countenance of the Government, IG Ari'KNDIX ■'m III'. ' ^\ v^ R. ■.■•■•'i',j ' if > X. I,i « II :i!li^* Hi ■i!;i?l' V t; WvANPOTS. Of thistribe some furlUrr Hrrounl will he. Riven horoaftor.* Tlir fullowiiiK, whirh is more piirliniliii', is from one of IhcircliiofH, Riv- en me by Col. VisRor, (Fisbcr) lii(«'r|»rolor of tboir lanRuaKP, antl wbo bas bad tbo care of tbal portion of (be tribe wliicb rcsidcH near Detroit. Diirinu; tbe war of lOl'J, so disastrous to tbis part of our conn- try, tbe Wyandols, wbose rhiof residence was at Brownstown, near Maiden, were reduced and dispnsed, a part oftliem under Split- log, one of tbeir cbii'fs, joined (be Kritisb, the remainder adbered to tbe U. States. Tbe former, about 100. after tbe war, with Splillog at their bead, removed to Andierstlxirgb, near Maiden, in 1810. Five or six fannlies, about thirty souls, estal)lisbed them- selves on Huron river, of Lake Krie, 10 or 12 miles from itjs month, on n reservation of five thousand acres of excellent land, to which they have a full and legal title from the Government. Here fValk-iu-the-7iuttcr,i\ celebrated Wyandot chief, died in 10 IB, at the age of about seventy. Another part of tbis tribe, is planted at Sandusky, and another on the Scioto river in Ohio. Thus tbis far famed nation is divided, weakened, and brought to the verge of extinction. At Detroit I had conversation with Hoyer, (pumet-zi-ou-har,) a Wyandot, sensible, and of good appearance; the chief man of that small part of the tribe, who reside on Huron river. I asked him what be thought of the plan of collecting the scattered Indi.ins to one spot, that they might be educated in the arts of civilized life, and in religion, to better advantage. He replied with decision and emphasis — " I will not consent — I never will." I was told that he has made a purchase of the Menominces ami Winebagocs, of a tract 20 by 40 miles in extent, on both sides of Fox river, 40 miles from its mouth. The principal part of the Stockliridg^e Indians, some of the Oneidas, and other of the Six Nations, and many of those mentioned by Mr. Sergeant as desirous of removing to White river, it is expected will shortly remove to this new coun- try. This will form a hopeful commencement of the colonising plan. These may form the nxc/cujof a numerous colony, possibly, in due time, of a Statf. * See Mr. Johnson's account of tiie Indians of OhiOf under that head. ArPKNIUX 17 iHiiKuoil r.ii'iiirr, iiiiti IIvoh ^vM, uliicli arroiints fur IiIh drtcrmina* lion. Itoycr iiiforiiMd iiM;,tlial li<> had, willtiii a lii*H' da^M, hiMi'd a ro- |iorl iVoiii AiidicrsllMirKli, (liat iUv. Aiiu'rican (iuvitrniiKMit had lh(^ intention to lake iVotii Iht; VVyatidots thvir lands. Ji«; gavo no rr(!(ht to lh(> rc|»ort, h(> Haid, an h<> had never seen any thing in the rondurt of (he Kovernrnent to Han<'tioti it. I)nrth(! Ut'iu\ot'Mtsvell(invous .^rticlrs in this report, I have pre* served two spc'c^^hesof the celehrated chierVValk-in-the-water,(hv livered to (iov. Hull, in litO!). The oriunrdsol' these speeches, as taken by the interpi-eler, ('o\. V'is;j;er, were haiuh:d me hy llio Cohmel, in his own hand wrilinv;. These speeches are preserved heeansc they express stront;ly Ihe ftM linjis of one; of the most seri- sihh; and candid Indian chiefs of mofh'rn times, and of the chief m(!n of his trih<>, on s(>v<>ral important topics, hut particularly in regard to the manner in which their lands have hern, in too fre- quent instances, ohtaint'd. On this snhject I shall have occasion (o remark in a suhsecpient part of this report. Col. Vis^;<'r has he(;n empl<»yed hy the government many years, as an interpreter, and instructor of tin; Indians in the vicinity of Detroit; particularly the Wyandots, at Mongmiga, in the best method of cullivatins; th«;ir lands. In ICOU, in a letter to Gov. Hull, he stales, that he had spartid no pains nor personal labor to accomplish the business assigned him ; that some of the most influ- ential men of the Indians had become sensible of the importance of culti valine; their lands for subsistence ; thai they were grateful (o the govermnentfor their care of them, and for their assistance; that thirty families had joined theiu that y^ar, and more were pre- paring to join them ; that they had planted one hundred afid sixty acres of corn, and two individuals had sown twelve acres of wheat; that farming utensils were in great demand, and that successful experiments in agriculture had been made in six villages of In- dians, within forty miles of Detroit. All this success too, Col. Visger informed me, was in opposition to tl»e Prophet, brother of Tecumseh, at this lime in the height of his influence, who exerted 3 18 APPKNDIX. 'i' 'lul^ ffl -1 immi his utmost efforts to prevent the introduction of agricultural im- provemoiits.* From the representations of Col. Visger, there appears to be u £feiiori»l and (jrowin"; impression among the Indians in all this re- gion, that thoy must chani!,t; the hunter, for the agricultural life. Considering their reduced numbers, they have large tracts of rich and valuable land, a small part of which, if well cultivated, would furnish them with an abundance of all the necessaries and comforts of life; and yet, amidst all the^e means of wealth and happiness, and in view of the examples around them of the effects of civilization, they are, as a body, miserably poor, and filthy, and frequently in a starving condition. All the facts stated by Col. Visger, and oth- ers, relating to the past and present state of these Indians, served to evince the correctness, and importance of the plan of collecting and embodying those of them who are now scattered among the set- tlements of the whites, on some portion of our Territory; else, it is to be feared, notwithstanding all their partial improvements, and indications of disposition and capacity for still higher cultivation, provided they were placed in other and proper situations for the purpose, they must waste away, and ultimately become extinct. The Wyandots still retain their faith in witchcraft. A woman of this tribe, forty years old, sister of one of the chiefs at Browns- town, was recently accused of witchcraft, condemned and execu- ted, being knocked on the head with a club. ■^fci: * Tecumseh, before his uuliinely death, hail conceived a plan of collecting hU the Indians of N. America on some portion of the continent, not inhabited by white people, there to dwell together under their own government and laws, to enjoy their own customs and religion, inherited from their ancestors — to live in a state of independence ; to sell no more of their lands to the white people ; to cultivate, by all means, peace with them ; to wage no other thau necessary defensive wars ; to quit roving and hunting for subsistence ; to di- vide their territory into farms ; and to live, as do the whites, by agriculture and the arts. In this way, and by these means, he conceived that Indian; might recover what they had lost, rise again into importance and influence, and once more assume their rank among the nations of the earth. This plan, though no adequate means of accomplishing it exist, is a noble one, and wor- tliy the groat and patriotic mind of its author. Had he lived, and in earnest attempted its accomplishment, it probably might have been easily shaped, and, by compromise, have been brought, to coincide with that which is now contemplated by the government of the United States. i APIENDIX. 19 C'Hiri'AWAS AND OtTAVVAS. The following infornmtioii concerning the Imlians of the Michi gan Territory,* particularly of the Chippavvas, 1 received for sub- stance from Mr. Jacob Smith, who has resided among these In- dians more than twenty years ; and at the treaty of Saganau, of 1819, \vas appointed by government one of their guardians. Within the last twenty-live years, the Indians of this Territory, have disjiosed of, it can hardly be said sold, the greater part of their lands to the Government of the United States, reserving but small portions, in different places, for themselves. These Reser- vations, in most instances, have become adjacent to, or nearly sur- rounded by, white settlers from dilTerent parts of the Union. This has made the game scarce, and obliged the Indians, inhabiting these Reservations, to disperse themselves in small bands, into dil- ferent parts of the Territory, and even into U. Canada, to fmd game, hunting being their only means of subsistence. Formerly Indians were embodied in large towns, of from one to two hundred dwellings, as at Sandusky, Miami, St. Joseph's, L'- Abre Croche, Saganau, Flint river, &c. Now, their game hav- ing year after year become more and more scarce, and no substi- tute yet provided, and no corresponding change in their education and habits taken place, they are becoming spiritless, poor, objects of commisseration and charity. In their present state, they are, to a great extent, a burden on this part of the country, and a bar to its settlement. If the General Government would adopt effect- ual means "to embody these dispersed Indians," and have them taught to till the ground for their subsistence, "civilization would gradually follow, and they would become a happy, and useful peo- ple to the United States — whereas if they remain in their pres- * The Indian agency of Mackinaw, includes all the Territory of the U. States, bordering upon Lake Superior, the country in the vicinity of Macliinaw, extending west to the line designated between this agency and that at Green- Bay ; and south-east to the river Au Sable, including the east shore of Lake, Michigan, as far Soutli as Dead Man's River. APPENDIX. pi' *nt ilnplornblfi «lntp, in twenty or thirty yp.u«, tlioy must licrume extinct." Mr. Smith is of the opinion, th:»t if government wouM tiike u number, or nil of these small Re«»erv;itioiis now orcupied by more or fewer of theHe divided or scattered tribes, and f^ive them in ex- change an equal quantity of the lands belonging to the U. States, of whieh they have here enough, (say on Flint river, near Saga- nati, a tract sclertod for a like purpose by Gov. Hull, durins; bin aihninifitralion,) that the Indians would gladly make the exchange. This spot if admirably suited to this purpose. The land is excellent forcukiv;t«ion; and tliat whicth the Indians would give in exchan;;;c is equally excellont for white settlements. The exchange would be reciprocally advantageous. The Indians would bo taken from among the whites, a measure much and mutually desired, and by being pla- ced together, the Indians would be strengthened and animated, tliey would feel more their own importance ; and their num!»ers would nuthoii/c the establishment among them of a large and effi- cacioi s Education Family. The location proposed is peculiarly ailapted to a:coir)mo'!ate .md invite all the Indians in this part of the ;vjichi':;;inTernt'^ry. in Ohio, New- York, and New-En^'ind, who mi ■ i.t lie inclined to remove ; a body of from twenty-five, to thir- ty thows.ind ilert: is room enough to accommodate this number, and more. Its climate is fine, tl»e soil is of the first quality ; its rivers arc boatabl.»; it is ifi tho vicinity of three of the great Lakes, in ivlirh are ibunfianoe offish ; is easy of access; and away, suf- fi' iently so, f»om white population. To this spot, so strongly re- commended hy Mr. iSmith, for the purposes mentioned, I would turn the attention of the government, as being probibly next to the vicinity of Green I?ay, the best situation for colonizing the Indians. In accomplishing any plan of this kind, especially should this be the selected spot, Mr. Smith, who has resided among the Indians here for twenty years successively, is familiarly acquainted with their languai^e, has their confidence, is one of their guardians, and anxious for their improvement, might be an important and efficient Agent. Mr. S. states that from some partial experiments made on the Indians upon Flint river, they are found to be as " ingenious and susceptible of improvement, as were the uncultivated nations of -I APPKNDIX. 21 lecoine t-.\ke a y mor« 1 in cx- Statcs, r Saga- rins; hii^ change, ccollent [lanjTC is ouhl bo (1 among iing pla- limatcd, ium!»prs md eftl- iculiarly part ot' in(l,wlio to thir- iumber. ity; its t Lakes, ay, suf- ngly le- 1 would Kt to the Indians. J this be Indians cd with ans, and efficient on the lous and lions of 1 M m H n . tbrmor ages." ** The Indians (Chippcwas) on Sagatian river, about -ijf hundred in number, are a niixe ishnds, )W strait, rees. is twen- 1, cover- oint is an ted, lev- over to brty-five found a 1. Jones, aint, six- gh small a port- , west of '^t Baigne Point. To go round the Point would be ninety miles. Crossing by the above mentioned river and portage, saves sixty miles. Trout river, is nine miles from the portage, twenty yards wide, not boatable. Oniona^an, or, as it is erroneously named on some of our maps, Denugon, river, thirty-six miles from Trout river, is eighty yards wide at its mouth, boatable twenty-four miles, to a cataract of a- bout thirty feet, rapid descent, at the foot of which, in the mid- dle of the river, (here forty yards wide) is the celebrated Copper Rock, three fathoms in circumference; and on the banks of the river, are the copper mines, which, many years ago, were wrought by the French. On this river, is a Chippawa village, of about sixty souls. Iron river is west of the Ontanagan, fifteen miles. It is about eighty yards wide, and on its banks, the Indians say, iron and copper are found. Prescjue Isle river is west of Iron river, twenty-four miles, thir- ty yards wide, full of rapids. On the east side of this river, are the Porcupine Mountains, which are shaped like the animal, from which they take their name, extending nine miles along the shore of the Lake, rising to the height of about eleven hundred feet, sloping toward the shore. Montreal river empties into the Lake from the south, twenty- four miles west of Presque Isle, (sixty-three from Ontonagan) sixty yards wide, boatable only half a mile, then are two falls of water, which together, descend upwards of one hundred feet. Through this river, and over several portages, traders pass into Lake Flambeau. Bad river, fifteen miles west from Montreal river, is seventy yards wide, boatable eight or nine miles. On this river, the In- dians say, are silver and copper mines; but they conceal the spot where they are to be found. Sandy Point is nine miles from Bad river. Here was a settle- ment of the French, while they possessed this country. On this Point, the Indians say, is a silver mine, of which they have the ore, but refuse to tell where they obtained it. *i m\ 30 APrKNhlX. West of this Point is n cluster of thirty-Hix islunds, some of con- nidcrablc size, covered with various kinds oftre«»s, of a stroni; clayey and stoncy soil, inhabited by about one hnndred Chippa- wa Indians. Iron river, forty yards wide, is hixty-three miles west of San- dy Point. Burnt river, eisjhty yards wide, is six iniles beyontl Iron riv- er. Traders ascend this river in csinoes, to Kollesvoine, thronirh a short portage into St. Croix river, a water of the Mississippi, oh which are establishments of the S. W. Fut" Company. The Chip- pawas inhabit this country. St. Louis river, is twenty-one miles from Burnt river, one hun- dred and fifty yards wide. Up this river, twenty-four miles, is a trading establishment of the American S. W. Fur Company. At this place begin the Rapids, three miles in length. Boats ascend them with ditliculty, to a portage, called Fondnlac Grand Port- age, of nine miles, along the banks of the river; then three miles to the next portage of two miles; thence up the river, ('strong cur- rent, nine miles of rapids) sixty-three miles to the Savan river, a western branch of St. Louis river. Traders as- cend this river, of easy current, twenty-four miles; then cross a portage of six miles, into Sandy Lake river, fifteen yards wide, boatablc with ditficulty nine miles into Sandy Lake. This Lake is nine miles in circumference, full of small, low islands, covered with wood, occasionally visited by the Indians after the wild fowls, that frequent them in abundance, and the wild rice. Which grows plentifully in its shallow waters. On the south side of this lake, is an establishment of the Ameri- can S. W. Fur Company. From this lake, descending Sandy Lake river, thirty yards wide, two miles, you enter the Missis- sippi. The Rice country, extends north to the Lake of the Woods, thence along the northern borders of the United States, to Lake Superior; and south, to the Ouisconsin, and Fox rivers; and from the last river northerly along the west side of Lake Michigan. A tract of about one hundred and fit\y miles wide, along the south shore of Lake Superior, is broken land, has no rice, and is the hunting ground of the Chippawa Indians. Their game is beaver. ■i ¥'■ Al'rKNDIX. 31 otlRF, marten, a few elks, hejira, miiskriitH, and rein deer, weiirli- ing fioin four to five liiindrr*! pounds w».'i';lit. Tliis lurint tract of untry will not adntit of cultivation and settlement, and mav alwavs remain hunting groinid. . Extract from Mr. DoUfs Letter to fjov. Cass. I give next under this head, ns containing additional informa- tion, an extract of a letter from Mr. J. \). Doty, who accompa- nied Gov. Cass in his late exploring expedition into the region of which we are speaking. This letter is addressed to Gov. Cass. " There are three, chief places of residence, of the Indians in this country. The first, and principal, is Leech Lake; the sec- ond, Sandy Lake; and the third. Fond du Lac. At Leech Lake, there are more than two hnn«lred men, at least three hundred and fifty women married to them, and about eleven hundred boys and girls. Theirhunting ground is around the Lake, and extends north to Round Lake, west to the Red River, south to the Sioux, and east until they meet the Indians of Sandy Lake. Their game ia deer, bear, beaver, otter, muskrats, marten, fisher, raccoon, and a few red and grey foxes. The only buffalo they kill is on the borders of the Sioux country. The beaver is hunted particular- ly on the river St. Peter's, and its tributaries; a few are found in other parts. Most of the small rivers abound in otter. The oth- er game is found throughout their country. None of the western waters are as abundant in white fish, as Leech Lake. There are great numbers in Wintiipic, Red Cedar, and Cross Lakes; but the rivers are destitute of them. They are fine flavored, and more delicious than those of the Saut of St. Mary. There are various other fish in these and the other lakes, and rivers; as pike, carp, black bass, cat fish, &c. A fish called by the savages " Too-nie-boe," and by the English and French " Telibees," not equal to, but greatly resembling, the white fish, is found in the large Lakes above mentioned, and particularly, in abundance, in Leech Lake. The fish and the wild rice are the chief sustenance of the traders, and without them the trade could M « Vffil V ri fflil . t 1 ilil ! ill!. •if Ill ' "'rltf *■• ■ iP: 32 Al'l'KNDIX. ^carrely be rarriod on. Tho Toliheos sire l-.iken in nets of from sixtv to one hundred fathoms lot\<;, late in autumn, and to pre- serre them, are hunt; up by the tail in the air, until fro/.en. From July until November, the white tish are taken, and the Tvliboes, from th" first of Septomhor, to the latter part of No- vriid)er, at theneftlo^j; in of the ice, and l»oth on the same ground. N.'ither arc tikcn in the winter; but from the *iOth of May to the 2()th of June, immense numbers ofTelibees are raupht. During the winter, pike and pickerel may be obtained. The water fowl, throui!;hout this north-western country, are uearly the same. They are the bustard, wild goose, several kinds of ducks, as the black, French (resembling the tame) wood duck. iic. swan, pelican, loon, and the gull. A fowl called the '* cor niorant" is found here. It lives on fish, is nearly the size of the ravens and of the same color, has a lenj like a loon, a bill about four inches long, shaped like that of a «r)ii)e, except at the peak, which is crooked and sharp, rather like that of an eagle. It lights in the water, and on trees, and, ii is said, roosts at night by suspending itself by the bill from tlie limb of a tree ! ! The birds are nearly the same, as those commonly found in the eastern states. The moose, elk, rein an' common deer, wolf (not north of Sandy Lake) red and white ermine, wolverine, lynx, skunk, por- cupine, wood chuck, and red and striped squirrels, are found in different parts of the country. There are many turtles, and of different sizes; some very large and delicious, found in the lakes. No rattle, or other sn;Uies, except the small striped or garter snake. The Indians of Leech Lake are in bands, and each band has its own Chief. No general leader of the whole is acknowledged. The Brachie, who resides at Sandy Lake, has, however, when he is present, considerable intluence over them. The Chieftain- ship descends from lather to son, and the line becomes extinct, by the death of the last male, the females being entirely excluded. In filling vacancies, they generally elect from the tribe, the most yaliant, brave and powerful, or the man they deem the wisest. and the most eloquent speaker; and they are frequently determin- >.\m I 153 large garter ind has edged, when eftain- nct, b) ded. e most wisest, ermin- APPENDIX 83 ed in their peU'Ction by this l;ist (iu;dil\ tor (hoy Merm i« hinhly esHcntial. The persott elected becomes lieir to all llie h^ s of the old line. Thi^ ri^htof election they always claim, hnt i s occa- sionidly jlispensed with, when some daring, bloody fellow, li •irping llie throne, either by his ferocity, or his many and influential rC' lations, holds the tribe in awe. Such an one, however, is soon casual! If disposed of, if he does not in a short time ingratiate him- self by sojne extraordinary act, with the band. Even then he ciui scarrely be considered secure, for he is only feared, not lov- ed; and is moreover liable to be deposed at any time. Aware of this, he generally moves cautiously, and deals severely. The Chief of the Leech liake Indians is I'ls-kee-huc-cc-rosc, or " /7«t wo«i//;" the regular Chief of those at Sanrly Lake, the Bras C'rt.vsc, or " broken arm.,^'' in Indian, linnk-no-Sam-ire-gun; and of Fond du Lac, Shingziuiuby, or, as called by the English, " the (leaf man." These arc severally influenced by the Brachie, who it seems, raised himself to this superior station, merely by his eloquence. His ancestors have always been of i>;ood staniling, and for a time furnished Chiefs for the tribe at Samly Lake. It ap-* pears that he is the tirst Emperor of these tribes, they having been entirely distinct and independent, previous to his time. The Sandy Lake Tribe oj Indians is the second in size. It has eighty-five men, two hundred and forty three women and chil- dren, besides thirty-five half-breeds. They are divided into throe parlies; one resides about halfway from Sandy Lake to Leech Lake, at a place called Pac-au-qum-aw, on the Mississippi, and near the boundary between these and the Leech Lake Indians. These Indians hunt north to Vermillion Lake, the head waters of the Fond du Lac river, on which the North-West Company, has an establisnment; west to I*ac-au-gum-avv above mentioned; east to the Fond du Lac river, and down it the portage du Prairie; and south to the borders of the Sioux country, or near Elk river, which falls into the Mississippi. It is about one hundred miles to Pac-au-gum-aw; the same to Vermillion Lake, fifty miles to Port- age du Prairie, and one hundred and twenty miles to Elk river. These are considered direct courses. Their furs and the game are the same as those of the Leech Lake Indians. The birds do not vary from those in the countrv 34 APPKNDIX. around Leech Luke. White tish nnd TelihecK are tbiind in San* dy Lake, hut inferior in r|Uiility to those of Leech Lnke. The lat- ter part of Septemher the white ti'*h hopin to run, and continue until winter sets in. The Tehbees are taken at the same period H8 in Leech Lake. Winter commences about the first of December, and breaks up by the first of April. It is about the name in severity as at Mon- treal. This applies also to Leech Lake; but it is much colder at Fond du Lac, where the season is generally fifteen days later. The depth of snow is not as great at Leoch Lake as at Sandy Lake. Around Lake Superior, it tails two and a half or three feet deep, but decresises to the west, so that when the snow is three feet in depth at Fond du Lac, the ground is scarcely covered at Sandy Lake. A south wind may prevail three days at Fond du Lac, without decreasing the snow; while at Sandy Lake, one of twelve hours invariably produces a thaw. The summer is gene- rally warm and pleasant. Vegetation springs, and advances ra- pidly, as soon as the snow has disappeared. Potatoes grow finely at Sandy Lake, and most of the garden vegetables may be raised. The food of the Indians in this country principally depends upon the different seasons. They occasionally subsist on the Waub-es- see-pin. It resembles a potatoe, is mealy when boiled, and grows only in wet clay ground, and about one and a half feet deep. The crane potatoe is another article of food, called by them the Sitch- auc-waub-es-see-pin. It is of the same kind, but inferior in quali- ty, to the Waub-es-see-pin, and is found throughout this country. The Wau-tap-pin-ee, is a small root, frequently pulled three feet long, and is dried in order to preserve it. This root is found on the southern shore of Lake Superior, but is seldom brought as far as Sandy Lake. These three are prepared for food by boiling. They also use the Bois retors, or " twisted wood," in cases of extreme necessity. It resembles the bitter sweety runs into the tops of the highest trees, and from one tree to' another, has a thick bark, and is sweet and palatable, when boiled. To these may be added the wild rice, (foils avoine) and such game as they occasion- ally kill, of which they eat every kindy and every part. I saw them yesterday cooking a skunk, and even when ready for the ta- ble, it was impossible to approach the lodge, except to the wind ■i I d in Snn- Thc lilt- continue le ])crio(J reaks up si ut Mon- colder at ater. at Sandy hree feet r is throe overed at Fond dii e, one of is geno« mces ra- ow finely i raised. ;nds upon Waub-es- jnd grows ;p. The he Sitch- : in quali- country. three feet found on ight as far •y boiling. I cases of ) into the las a thick 36 may be occasion- •t. I saw 'or the ta- the wind At'PF.NDlX 35 ward. They boil the excronuMib of the rabbit with their rice " to scanonit/' and esteem it a luxury! To make that dish still more palatable, they occasionally take a partridge, pick ofl'the featiicrs, and without any farther dresiiing, except pounding it to a jelly, fling it into the rice, and boil it in that I'tate! In this they seem not far al)ove the brute creation. It is scarcely possible to ac- count for such an appetite or relish, except it is, that necessity of- ten compels them to resort to this loathsome food for sustenance. A band of the Sandy Lake Tribe of Indians resides at Fauc-quiu- me-no-min-ic-con, or Kice Lake, between twenty and twenty-tivc miles south of Sandy Lake. There arc only thirteen men in the village. Their number of young men, s(piuws and children, is forty-seven. They hunt in ihe woods adjoining the Lake. To the east of Uieir village, and near Fond du Lac, they occasionally kill a few mocse. This band has never received much notice from the English Governmeot, and has been generally well dis- posed towards ours. All of tiie men at Sandy Lake, and south of it, annually, in the month of March, go to the borders of the Sioux country, and as far beyond as their fears will permit them, to hunt the beaver; which hunt is called by them No-tah-mic-qua, and signifies " searching for Beaver." Their families being left behind them in this hunt, repair to the sugar camps, and are engaged in manu- facturing sugar from the maple tree, during the absence ofthe men. The Indians around Sandy Lake, in the month of September, remove to Rice Lake, to gather their rice. In no other place, near this point, does it grow in ' large quantities, and as luxu- riantly, as there. This Lake is about five miles long, by three broad. It might, perhaps, be correctly called a morass, for the water is not over five feet deep, and is almost entirely covered with rice. It is only in morasses, or ponds, with muddy bottoms, that this grain is found. It was formerly the practice ofthe Indians, when the grain was in the milk, to pass around in canoes, and gather up the tops, in large shocks, or bunches, and fasten them, to render the collect- ing of the grain much easier, after it had ripened. By this means they obtained it also, in much larger quantities, than at i*4. '-■iirtifl,:*'! i ^6 Ai'PENDIX. present. This work of harvesting is performed by the fennales. It is now gathered by two of them, passing in a canoe, one sitting in the stern, and pushing it along, while the other, with her back to the bow, and with two small pointed sticks, about three feet long, one in each hand, collects it in, by running one of the sticks into the rice and bending it upon the edge of the canoe, whih', with the other she strikes the heads suddenly, and rattles the grain into the canoe. This process she performs on both sides of the canoe alternately, and while the canoe is moving. About a gill is generally struck off at a blow. It falls covered with a husk, and has a beard two inches long. It is not ripe when harvested. One method of curing the rice, and that which makes it most palatable, is, by putting it in a kettle in small quantities, and hang- ing it over a fire, until it becomes parched. A round hole is dug in the ground, about one and a half feet deep, and three in circum- ference. Having first spread in this hole a moose skin, the grain is poured in, and is there trod by an Indian, until completely hull- ed. This is a very laborious work, and always devolves upon the men. After being sufficiently trod, it is taken out, and claan- ed in a fiin, made of birch bark, shaped something like those used by our farmers. This is the most expeditious mode o^curing it. The other method differs from this, only in drying. It is as follows: A scaffold is made of small poles, about three feet from the ground, and covered with red cedar slabs. On this the rice is spread, and under this scaffold a small slow fire is kindled, which is kept up until the grain becomes entirely dry. It takes nearly a day to dry one of the scaffolds full. The grain cured in this way, is more nutritious, and keeps much longer, than the other. In that parched in a kettle, the substance appears to be destroyed. The rice, when cured, is put into sacks of about a bushel. A sack is valued at two skins. A fathom of stroud or a blanket will buy two sacks. A skin is valued at two dollars; two skins for a sack, gives four dollars a bushel for the rice. One family ordinarily makes about five sacks, though those who are industri- ous, few in number, make twenty-five. A few provident families save a little for the spring of the year, to eat with their sugar, though generally, by the time they have done curing it, the whole is disposed of for trinkets and ornaments. Thus by ^[ratifying ■ ., Al'PKNDlX. 37 their vanity, they are left nearly destitute of provisions for the winter, choosing to endure hunger, and the greatest misery, rath- er than to mortify their pride ! The Fond du Lac Indians are divided into bands, and have no fixed places of residence, wandering on the rivers and lakes, al- ternately hunting and fishing; thoir country being poorer than that of either of the above mentioned tribes. They hunt west, to the Sandy Lake Indians; north, to the sources of Snake river, which empties into the Fond du Lac river, eighteen miles above the mouth of the Savannah; north-east, to Encampment Island, in Lake Superior, thirty-six miles above Fond du Lac; and on the north- ern shore of the Lake, to the river Brule; and south, to Pine Lake, the northern boundary of the Foils avoine (Menomine) Indians, and about one hundred miles from the establishment on Fond du Lac. Their principal game is moose, bear, marten, mink, muskr.it, case cat, (lynx,) hedge hogs, (plenty,) otter, and a few beaver. They have neither the buffalo, deer, wolf, raccoon, fox, or wol- verine. The tribe consists of forty-five men, sixty women, and two hundred and forty children. There are about thirty of the half breed, and three freemen, who have families. They are Cana- dians, married to Indian women, living entirely with the Indians, and are not engaged to the company, by whom, as well as by the Indians, they are considered as a great nuisance, being forever ex- citing broils and disturbances. An old negro, in the employ of the company, has a squaw for a wife, and a family of four children, who reside at Fond du Lac. These Indians have little of the spir- it and genius of those in the upper country, by whom they are considered very stupid and dull, being but little disposed for war. They consider the Sioux as their enemies; but make few war ex- ertions. They sometimes join those of other tribes, but never have taken a very deep interest in the struggle. In their manners and customs, they resemble the Indians of Sandy Lake, but are in no respect their equals; particularly in those things, which may be supposed to ameliorate their condition in life. There are two grand water communications with this country, the first by Lake Superior, and Fond du Lac river, which is con- 38 APPENDIX, , '' m sidered the most eligible; and the other by the Mississippi. It is about one thousand three hundred miles from St. Louis, up the Mississippi, to Sandy L;ike, and one thousand and fifty from De- troit, by water, to the same place. There are many rapids in the Mississippi, particularly above the falls of St. Anthony, which it is almost impossible to ascend with boats or canoes.* The waters of this river are also considered unhealthy. On the other course the greatest difficulties are found in the rapids of the Fond du Lac river; but as this river is ascended only one hundred and fifly miles, and the rapidity of the Mississippi continues for six hun dred, and a strong current the residue, the difference in the de- gree of exertion and fotigue between the two routes, is very great in favor of the former. Communication is had with the Mississippi from Lake Superior, by the Tenaugon, Iron river. Carp, Presque Isle, Black, Mont* real, Map va:s, Brule, and Fond du Lac, rivers. The Tenaugon is ascended thirty-six miles, where a portage commences of two hundred pauses, to the " old plantation,'' as commonly called, but by the French, " vieux desert, — old de- serted place," which is on a small lake about four miles long, and three broad. Two rivers rise in this lake, one the Menominee, which empties into Green Bay, the other discharges into the Saun teur river. They are both navigable for canoes. Iron river is so rapid, that a portage is commenced at its mouth, and the canoe is scarcely put into its water in the whole length of the river. It heads near some navigable water of the Ouisconsin. Three miles above the mouth of Carp river, is a perpendicular fall, of about forty-five feet, over the Porcupine mountains- Above, the stream is small, and with difficulty ascended. Presque Isle river, has many rapids, and is seldom used. Black river, is the same. The Montreal river is not navigated; but at its mouth, on the cast side, a portage is made of one hundred and twenty pauses, to a small Lake; in which distance the Montreal river is crossed twice, the first time at eleven pauses, and the second at eighty. The Lake is a letigue long, and is the head of another branch of * See Gov. Cass' letter, following; this. •■:i 'I APPENDIX. 39 It is up the »mDe- i in the ch it is waters course 'ond du red and (ix hun the de- [•y great uperior, , Mont* portage lion," as pold de- jng, and lominee, the Sau< s mouth, ength of isconsin. jndicular ountains. . Black h, on the jauses, to , crossed at eighty, ranch of the Sauteur. This fork runs fifteen miles into Turtle Lake, which is about two miles over; thence it runs a few leagues into a small Lake, passing through which it continues on, until it joins the fork from old Plantation Lake, thirty 'three miles from Turtle L^ke. A Lake of considerable size is connected with Turtle Lake, on the north-east, by a river. On Lake du Flambeau, the American S. W. Fur Company, have an estabUsment of five traders, and twenty hands, the return from which the last season, was about fifty packs, it lies south-east from Turtle Lake. The rout is from the mouth of the Montreal to Turtle Lake, from which there is a portage of one fourth of a mile, to a pond, thence up the outlet of a small Lake, one fourth of a mile, from which a portage of three miles is made to old Planta- tion river. This is descended eighteen miles to the entrance of the river du Fluinbeau, which rises in the Lake of the same name, and is twenty-four miles long. The company's fort stands on the north side of the Luke. The Lake is crooked, is four miles long, and one broad. From this there is a chain of Lakes, which extend down to the head waters of the Ouisconsin. Portages are made from one to another, so as to connect the communication in that direction. The small river formed by the junction of the Turtle and old Plantation rivers, is almost entirely a rapid, and running over a bed of rocks, is very dangerous. It takes seven days to de- seer d it, and is one hundred and seventy -five miles long. The river Sauteur, or Chippawa, which is also rapid, is very wide, is about one hundred and eighty miles long, and empties into Lake Pepin. Mauvais river, is ascended about one hundred miles. A port- age is then made of twenty-two pauses, to a small Lake, which is connected with another by a stream one fourth of a mile long. From this are portages through a chain of small lakes, to Clam Lake, in which t, branch of the Sauteur rises. The Lake is one mile long, and three fourths of a mile broad, which is the general extent of all the lakes on this rout. It is from this, six miles, to Spear Lake, fifteen miles to Summer Lake, and twelve miles to a lake, called by the Indians, Poc-qua-yah-wan. The branch con- tinues through this Lake, and passes oOt on the south-east side. On the west a small river enters, which is ascended fifteen miles, ■s i 40 APl'KNDIX. HI III i ME.jB H||t;'|j'Ji ^pw MgiPiW' Mh « 9nl& ^' wLM nlwi< ^H Bttji whence a portni;e is made of ten pauses, into Lake Botitere, ob which the Amuriciui S. W. Fur Company have an eHlahlishment. It in nine miles Ion!;, and three broad, and in connected with >Suu- teur, hy a stream thirty milets long, which issues from it. The rher Brule is ascended ninety miles, to a bcn . At this interview, 1 communicated, at considerable length, the views of the Government, and the design of my mission, and left them to consider my message to them. Two days after, I met them again, and received from the speakers, hereafter named, answers which follow. The names of three of the Chiefs present are, Mau-cau-tau- bee, aged 22, son of the celebrated Thomaw,* a modest, sensi- ble young man, of good countenance; Sha-kaut-che-o-ke-mazv, a- bout the same age; these are the two firet Chiefs of the nation. The name of the other is I-wye-ma-taw. Their speaker, not a Chief, was Aus-kin-naw-wau-wish, a pleasant, affectionate old man. He said: " Father y I am happy to see you here to-day, and give you my hand, as if given to our Great Father the President himself. The sky is clear." Pointing to the three Chiefs above named, he said, " These are our three principal Chiefs, acknowledged to be such by the na- tion. They bear the names, and have running in their veins, the blood, of our former Chiefs.! * Thomaw diad, and was buried, at Mackinaw, and over his grave Mr. Law erected a monument, on which is the following; inscription : " Here rests the body of Thomas Carron^ Grand Chief of the Folles avoine (Menom- ine) nation, who departed this life July 8th, 1818, aged 56 years, regretted by all who knew him/' t This particular mention of the Chiefs, and of their troubles, and sorrows, was occasioned by a Treaty recently held by the Indian Agent with a small part of the Menomine nation, for the purchase of a large tract of the most valuable part of their Territory. The real Chiefs of the nation above namedt were so decidedly opposed to the sale of this land, (a tract of forty miles square, intersected by Fox river from its mouth upward) that they refused to attend the Treaty at the invitation of the Agent, who, inconsequence, was (Constrained, of his own authority, to create Chiefs to sign his Treaty. In this way their lands were sold in opposition to the will of the nation, though from the face of the Treaty, it would appear, as if done with their consent. This was the subject of their complaint. The President, on being made acquainted with these facts, as before stated, laid the Treaty aside, and it has not been ratified. See a more particular account of this affair in another part of this Appendix. I (S I ft 54 APPENDIX. P in'i mi m Father, we are glad to see you. We welcome you here. We are poor. The Great Spirit put us here in this world, as well as his other children; and we were first found by the French. Father, You see your children here before you, full of grief and sorrow. We know not how to answer you. The moment we turned our backs, this spring, a change took place; and our fami- lies and children are all in trouble, in consequence of the conduct of some persons who are not true Menominees. Father, It is a clear day. We are happy in the opportunity to tell you our complaints, and to explain to you our situation. We disapprove of what has been done by the Agent, and of the con- duct of those of our nation, who treated with him, and sold our lands without our consent." Afler making some heavy complaints against the Agent, on ac- count of his rough treatment of them, and refusal to supply their wants, when in distress, their speaker added: " Father, notwithstanding our different color, the Great Spirit has made us all. We hope that our talk to day will go to our Great Father. , -^ Father, the Great Spirit made every thing. Formerly the white people lived on the other side of the Great Water, and the red people were thrown on this Great Island, and the game and the fish were given them for their support. Father, We are going to tell you what we think of the message you bring us from our Great Father the President — or (as they des- cribed him,) he who governs the eighteen branches''' — meaning the eighteen states. Father, It is a great happiness that we see you here. You have foolish men among you, who have education, and laws to regulate and govern you. We also have foolish men among us. How can we, who have no education, or laws, govern them ?" The questions were here put to them, whether they would be willing to collect together in one place, large enough to accommo- date each family with a farm ; to cultivate the earth ; have schools for their children, and live as the white people live? All this, they were told, might be done in consistency with their hunt- ing and fishing, to a limited extent, and that their Great Father would aid and patronize them, in effecting these changes, so fa- APPENDIX. 55 vorable to their happiness, if they would give their consent, and make the proper efforts to bring them about. They were inform- ed, that Mr. Williams, with a number of the Chiefs ef the Six Na- tions, were on their way to Green Bay, to look out for a place of settlement for themselves, and such others of their tribes, as might be disposed to migrate and settle with them. Should they be pleas- ed with the country, they were asked, will you sell, or give them, lands on which they may settle? Mau-cau-tau-bee, with apparent diffidence and modesty, then rose and said: " Father, We don't know what to say, or what to do, in re- gard to the question you propose. We know that what you say is all good, and all true, and we take it as a great favor that you have come to see us. But we are but few here. The great part of our nation is elsewhere. If we were all together, we would give you a final answer. Father, you see the few that are here of our nation. We can- not, therefore, give you a full and proper answer to your ques- tion. We can only speak for ourselves. But the Chiefs who are here, with myself, will endeavor to put in motion what our Gieat Father proposes. We hope to hear from our Great Father agfiin on this subject. Our nation at present is scattered. Father, In regard to the Delegates from the Six Nations, we Menominees have no enemies. We are ready to give them our hand. But in regard to a piece of land to give them, we know not what to say, our Territory is so small. Father, I listen always to what the white people say, but I do not want to do as some of our foolish people have done. I do not want to take on myself, or to have those with me of the disposi- tion, to steal a piece of land;* but if all our nation were together, we would know what to do- Father, my conduct in life has not been irregular. We have listened to the whites. In general what they have told us is the'j truth, or nearly the truth; but in this place it is not the sam^ '1- i: * Alluding to the sale of a large tract of their land, by a minority of the nation, in opposition to the will of the ntq/ort/'^. it APPENDIX. m ;#'! m ^mWl i wi l&ESi ference ; its wings long and narrow ; its legs long and barbed. It has four feelers, two on the head, at an angle with each other of 20°, and two at the tail, one and a half inches long. A swarm of them makes its appearance about the 10th of July, and disappears in ten days ; is followed by a second, that by a third, which disappears about the 26th of August. They light on the shady sides of buildings, which are made black with them. The limbs of trees and their small branches, on which they hang in clusters, like a swarm of bees, are bent down and often broken with their weight. At particular times the at- mosphere is so filled with them, that at mid-day one cannot see across the pa- rade of Fort Howard. A very thick snow storm does not more efiectually ob- ;'.i. .-irt^ ML^. APPENDIX. 67 leds come from the swamps and bad water along the shores of the Lake." I stated to them the design of the Government concerning the Indians, viz. to teach them agriculture and the arts, to drest and live like the wh' ;e people, &c. " It will look droll," said he, " to see Indians in such a situation. We are willing," he added, " to receive these blessings, if others will.^^ On this condition they were willing to quit their village and to live with others of their tribe as farmers, at a place (which they name,) thirty miles north-east of the Fort. This chief was not present at the late treaty held by the Indian Agent for the pur- chase of a part of the lands of the Menominees, and seemed very indifferent about the sale, though his own villiige was included in the purchase. <* Major Irwin informed me, on the authority of Col. Bowyer, and an old Ottawa chief, living at Ma-nuou-wauk, the river of bad spir- its, that more than a century ago, the Fox and Sac Indians, who then inhabited the country on Green Bay and Fox river, were conquered and driven away by the Menominees, aided by the Ot- tawas and Chippawas; that the Menominees hold this country by conquest, and that their title is admitted to be good by the Sacs, Foxes, Chippawas, and Ottawas. Charlevoix found the Meno* mineeshere, on his visit to this place in 1719. Judge Reaume, an Indian Trader, who has resided at Green Bay thirty years, said to me — " The Menominees, in great part, are of mixed blood, Ottawas, Chippawas, Pottawattamies, Sacs, and Foxes, with whom they intermarry. There is an intimate inter- course between all these tribes, who have a common language, (the Chippawa,) which they all understand, and many of them struct vision. Under an elm tree, whose wide spread boughs formed a shade of twelve or fifteen yards in diameter, the depth of several heaps of these flies, which had fallen dead from the trees near the edge of the shade, measur- ed by a rule, were found to be four inches deep, and increasing in depth toward the trunk of the tree, were, there found, on measurement, to be nine inches deep. Swine feed on them, as they fall from the trees and buildings. Their appearance is sudden, after a warm night. They cast their skin about once in twenty-four hours. While they remain, the musquitoes entirely disappear. These flies, when dead, in feet the air tor a short time ; but a hot sun soon dries up what are not eaten by the animals. 8 58 APPENDIX. U' hunt together in the interior of the N. W. Territory, on the head waters of the Fox and Ouisconsin rivers." Fort Howard, now Fort Brown, is on the north side of Fox river, a mile from its mouth. Its situati )n is so low and sandy, that it has been deemed expedient to select another spot for the Fort. This has been done. An elevated, commanding site, a quarter of a mile ascending from the south side of the river, three miles above the present Fort, has been fixed upon, where a new Fort and ap- pendages are now (1820,) building, and when finished, and occupied by the troops, the Old Fort will be converted to another use. It may be converted into a residence of an Education Family, and used for the accommodation of such Indian youth, as may be induced to attend the schools, which such a family may here establish. For a purpose of this kind it is well adapted. In this place, on both sides of the mouth of Fox river, are about eighty fitmilies; some say less, principally French — all the married men, but one, connected with Indian women. There are here about two hundred and sixty children of mixed blood, beside the children of the officers and men belonging to the Fort, and of other inhabitants of the place. These children, falling little short of three hundred in number, are growing up without any public school education, and by far the greatest part of them, without any edu- cation at all. A small colony of French Jesuits settled in this place about the year 1700, from whom descended the greater part of its present inhabitants. The Menominees have ever shewn themselves to be friends to the white people, and have acted in their defence, whenever at- tacked by any tribe of their Red brethren. Some striking proofs were given of their friendship, particularly by a principal man of the nation, called the Rubber, during the last war with the British in this quarter. Winebagoes. The following account of the Winebagoes, and description of their country were verbally given by Mr. Law, and the other gen- tlemen, Indian Traders, who gave me the account of the Meno- minees. APPENDIX. 59 " Eight years ago, (1812,) the Winebagoes were numbered, and amounted to seven hundred warriors, one thousand women, and about two thousand eight hundred children — whole number, three thousand five hundred souls. Their present number, ('1820,) is estimated at nine hundred warriors, one thousand three hundred women, three thousand six hundred children. Total, five thousand eight hundred souls; an increase in eight years of two thousand three hundred souls, a remarkable fact in the history of Indian population. The Territory of the Winebagoes embraces what is called the Rock river country, and commences at the south-east end of the Rapids, in Fox river, at the entrance of Winebago Lake. Here they have a large village, and two other villages at the S. end, where they raise considerable quantities of corn. On other parts of the Lake, they have two other villages, five in all. On Hock river and its branches they have fourteen villages, one of which, the largest, the lowest down Rock river, three hundred miles by water from its mouth, is called Kus-kou-o-nog. This village is the resort o( Renegadoes from the other villages, and from other tribes, and the inhabitants have a corresponding character. Their vil- lage is on the west side of a Lake of the name of their village, six miles long by three wide, abounding with fine flavoured firm fish, suckers, pickons, and catfish. On this Lake are three other Win- ebago villages. On Green Lake, about the size of the one above named, with few fish, pure water; rocky and high banks, is another village, twenty five miles west of Winebago Lake, four or five miles south of Fox river, fifty south-east of the Portage. The Rock river country, extending south one hundred miles, to Illinois river; on the north-west side about sixty miles; thence north to Ouisconsin river, is Prairie land, without trees, except here and there an island, if it may be so called. This country has abundance of springs, small lakes, ponds^ and rivers; a rich soil, producing corn and all sorts of grain." [The remainder of the account of this interesting tribe of In- dians, of their country, character, and dispositions as to civiliza- tion, &c. was to have been conunitted to writing by the gentlemen, and forwarded to the Secretary of War, or to me, but has not yet been received. It is still expected.] ■< m bO APPENDIX. Historical facts relating to Northern Tribes, The following facts, of a general and historical nature, relating to the Indian tribes, who ancienti}' possessed the northern part of our country, from the Hudson to the Mississippi river, are derived chiefly from Bovven and Gibson's map of N. America, published in 1763, and may be properly introduced in this place. The Iroquois, after expelling the Hurons^ and exterminating the Eries, who inhabited the country bordering on the great Lakes, which now bear their names, events which happened about the years 1650 to 1660, took possession of this vast Territory, and re- tained it for more than a century after. Their hunting country, which they once occupied, is now embraced in the State of Ohio, and while in their possession, was called Canakague. The hereditary country of the Iroquois was between Lake Champlain and the Iroquois, now called St. Lawrence, river. In 1701, the Six Nations, by deed of sale, surrendered to Great Britain the vast Territory lying south and east of a line, beginning at the Mississippi, up the Illinois river, through the south and east parts of Illinois to Lake Michigan; across this Lake; thence across the west end of Lake Huron, and embracing the country of the Messasaugua Indians,* on the north si^de of Lake Huron, Up- per Canada. This tribe, (the Messasauguas,) had been subdued by the Iroquois, and afterwards united with them. As early as 1740, the English had a Fort and settlement on the head waters of the Great Miami, at the forks, one hundred and fif- ty miles from Ohio river; and another settlemen., ..ailed White u'onutn^s town, on Elk's Eye, now Muskingum river. Green Bciy was formerly called Puans Bay, and the northern part Noquett's Bay, " north-east of which, toward Mackinaw, is St. Helena Island.! At the bottom or south end of Green Bay, * A remnant of these Indians, a poor, filthy, wandering, wretched set of be- ings, are in the neighborhood of York, in Upper Canada. I saw numbers of them, when I visited this place in the summer of 1821. t On this desert island, (formerly visited by Charlevoix,) July 5th, 1820, passing from Mackinaw to L'Abre Crochc, four of us, my son, the Indian Agent and Interpreter, and myself, in two birch canoes, paddled by sixteen APPENDIX. •1 ilfvcit the Sakis (Sac or Sauk,) Indians, and here was established a Catholic Mission by Francis Xavier." The Foxes, accorcingto Charlevoix, were the original possess- ors of the country on the river which bears their name, and were driven from it, through surpri/e, by the French and Menominee?", united. The Foxes, whose principal settlement was sixty miles up the river, had committed some depredations on the French Traders, exacting tribute of them, and doing other provoking things. Whereupon, the French commander, with a party of his own men, in covered boats, and a party of the Menominees, to act in the rear, approached the settlement of the Foxes, who, sus- pecting no danger, collected on the shore of the river, when, at a signal given, a fatal fire on them commenced from the covered boats; the party of Menominees, at the same time, attacking them in the rear, a dreadful slaughter ensued. The consequences were, the removal of the Foxes, who survived the slaughter, to Indians, spent a night and part of a day. The island is about eighteen milee west of Mackinaw, is small, covered with trees and shrubs, and has nothing remarkable about it. It was on this island, that the Indian, who acted as our cook, named John^ a Chief, perceiving that I was without appetite, and very feeble, of his own accord, and without any intimation from any one, took his gun, went into the woods, and shot a pigeon ; dressed it very neatly ; cut a slice of pork ; prepared from the woods two small sticks, about a yard long, by sharpening the larger ends, and splitting the others into four quarters. Into the split end of one he neatly wove the dressed pigeon, and tlie pork into the other; stuck the sharpened end into the ground so near the fire, as that, when bent down, the meats could feel the heat sufficiently to cook them ; bas- ted the pigeon with butter, and when done, brought them to me, with much apparent satisfaction, as savoury meat. The kindness with which he did all this, and the satisfaction expressed in his countenance, when he found I relish- ed his delicate morsel, were as gratifying to my feelings, as the food was to ray appetite. The whole behavior of these Indians,while they were with us, three or four days, both toward us in fulfilling all their duties, and among them- selves, was perfectly unexceptionable. No men could have conducted with more propriety. They were well skilled in their business, temperate, faith- ful, respectful to us, and kind and pleasant among themselves. Some of these Indians, in their figure, and the form of their limbs, were as perfect as I ever vuw among human beings, and would make fine models for the sculptor. We pdCted from these natives of the forest with reciprocal affection, and very fa- vorable impressions of the character of the Indians, and of their capacities for improvement in all that pertains to civilized life. ii:^ 62 APPENDIX. the Mississippi, where they have since resided, and the possession •f the conquered country by the Menominees. From the few facts here stated, we can perceive the great and almost total change which has taken place in the population of this extensive portion of our country. Of the tribes, who could once number their thousands of warriors, we may ask, *' Where are they? Many of them, by their perpetual wars among themselves, or with their white neighbors, or by both together, have become, long since, wholly extinct, and the rest reduced comparatively to a handful, in their numbers, are but the pitiable skeletons of their former selves. New races both of white and red people, with a few scattered exceptions, now inhabit this extensive country. Appendix I. Report p. 16. — Erie Canal. |»,v' f::j Under this hejid I give only a few facts from my journal. Oth- er sources of ample and authentic information on this great sub- ject, are open to the public. This noblest of all the internal improvements in our favored country, was begun July 4th, 1817, about two miles west of Rome. Judge Platt has the honor of striking the first stroke in opening this Canal. Among the projectors, or perhaps more correctly, sug- gestors of it, probably the first, was Elkanah Watson, Esq. who in this, and in various other projects and enterprizes for public improvements, has been a benefactor to his country. Its promi- nent and efficient Patron, is his Excellency Governor Clinton, to whose wisdom, energy, perseverence, and commanding influence, this country will, to the latest generation, be indebted for the ac- compHshinent of this splendid and immeasurably useful work. In September, 1819, this Canal was finished, and navigated from Utica to Rome, fifteen miles, and shortly after, twenty-five miles further west of Rome. In May, 1820, the time I was on it, it was finished ninety-six miles, from Utica to Montezuma, with a branch of a mile and a half, to the salt works at Salina. In this dis- tance are nine locks, each ninety feet long, and ten feet wide, and one unbroken level of sixty-seven miles, a fact, probably unparal- leled in any other Canal in the world. The average total expense APFKNDIX. 63 fur each mile, the above distance, including the nine IocUh, was 511,850. This was the estimate for the whole remaining west*^ crn section of the Canal. The eastern section was estimated at ^13,000 a mile. The whole length of the Canal from Lake Erie to the Hudson, when completed, will be three hundred and tifty miles. We know of no other Canal of equal length. The width of the Canal, forty feet on the surface of the water, twenty-eight feet at the bottom, and four feet deep. It has many and plentiful feeders, supplied by waters drrJned from a tract of country of more than two millions of acres, abounding with lakes and rivers, and springs of water. The passage from Utica to Montezuma , inety-six miles, is made in thirty-six hours ; the wholf ei'p«-' ic, provision as in steam-boats, ^4. Our pas.""; gc wasi moi't* leisurely in the boat named Montezuma, commanded hy Cniit. Biiss. Tiv.^ boat is sev- enty-six feet long, by thirteen fnev. wiiif ; will ca'^ry sixty ci* seven- ty tons, is well fitted for (he iicc;miPO(iaticn < 1 patisengerii. l»y night as well as by day. We passed a raft of four hundred ;;;»'• lortyfiix ton'- o\'\\mher. coming down the Canal, drawn b^ ttuoi: hoirsfSj \\i tho thU t' eighteen miles in a day and a ha'.f. T'ue, expense was esti»n;;r:".d at ^30 ; while the transport;;tiori of the sruni qufmtiijt by iano', would be $1200. The calculation of the commissiOiieis, wilh whom I »rwyfiri«'d the Canal in May 1820, was, tiuit it ^vouJd b'i conjpletot) m far- thest by the year 1826, probably betbr«i, a\ a toiul o ^ ease ot Jive millions of dollars; the whole to be paid by 'Jie Stote. The funds appropriated by the Lej^isJ.atnre of tne State, to de- fray the expenses of this voiii, are, 1. A duty of 12^ cents on c/ery hufilif>I of salt manufac- tured at Salina, anH >ti'.er places in the State — the amount of this di'(y in l?iO, was - - - $62,000 2. Auction dulsos, amounting annually to about - 100,000 3. Dutifi? oii Steam-boats, do. - . - 6,000 4. Proceeds of existing Lotteries, after the purposes for which they were originally granted, shall have been answered, the Lotteries to be continued, and their proceeds applied to the Canal. 64 APPENDIX. b. Tolls of the Canal, as fast as completed and used. 6. 100,000 acres of land, given by the Holland Compa- ny, estimated at 75 cents an acre, ... 76,000 7. 1000 acres given by Hon. Gideon Granger. The commissioners of the Canal, appointed by the Legislature, were, His Excellency Gov. Clinton, Hon Stephen Van Rensse- laer, Myron Holley, Esq., Hon. Samuel Young, and Henry Seymour, Esq. First Engineer, Capt. Benjamin Wright ; second, James GeddeSy Esq. ; third, David Thomas, Esq. Others, Canvass White, Esq. ; Nathan S. Roberts, Esq. ; David S. Bates, Esq. In passing up the Canal on its north bank, near Montezuma, we were pointed to a button wood tree, (Platanas occidentalism forty- eight feet in circumference at bottom, by actual measurement, sixteen feet in diameter, hollow, large enough to contain forty men standing. A sermon was once preached to thirty-five men, collected at one time within this tree. K. Rep. p. 19. In The Journal here referred to, with that to Green Bay in the summer of 1 820, will be found under the head, Miscellaneous Ar- ticles, Hi the close of the work. L. Rep. p. 23. — Maine. 1. St. John's Indians. These are the remnants of a tribe of Esquimaux Indians of mixed blood. They live mingled with about two hundred French families, in a village of about thirty wigwams, or lodges, at Meductic Point, on the junction of Matta- wascah river, with the St. Johns, N. Lat. 47° 16': about twenty- five miles west of the dividing line between Maine and New-Bruns- wick. Of these Indians we know very little. They have been under the care of the Catholics, and have seldom been visited by our missionaries. APPENDIX. 65 2. Passama(]uodilies. These Indians, in number three hun- dred and seventy-nine souls, including some scattered families, (250 to 270 dwell together) have about tifty wigwams — have one hundred acres of excellent land, bordering on the Schodic river, open to the markets of Eastport, Lubec, and St. Andrews, from four to seven mile^ from these places, in a corner of the township of Perry. The anchorage in the harbor of this village is good. Here is abundance of rock weed for manure. The one hundred acres are capable of being made a garden by cultivation, and of forming a flourishing settlement for ship building, and other me- chanic arts. The Governor of th ise Indians is an old man of seventy-five years, of good understanding and disposition ; can speak a little English, wishes to know more of it ; is pious, and well disposed to receive instruction. Catholic Priests have had the care of these Indians. Sock Bosen, a man of about forty years old, is a Deacon in thte Catholic communion, speaks pretty good English, writes a decent hand, is able to keep accounts, is intelligent, rigid, swayed by the religion in which he has been educated, but more by inter- est and ambition. His influence is against schools and improve- ments, and will be to be conciiiiued or overcome, before any thing for the good of these Indians can be done. " They are sadly giv- en to intemperance. None of the young speak English, and the aim of the influential men is to prevent their learning it. A school, notwithstanding, is about to be established in the white settlement near the Indian village, and a hope is entertained, that some of the Indian children may be induced to attend it.* 3. Penobscots. For iheir present number and place of resi- dence, see Table. In 1811, the number of their families, by enumeration, was fif- ty-seven ; and of souls two hundred and forty-one. Their in- crease has been ascribed to an obligation imposed by the chiefs, on the young people, to marry early. * The information in this article, is the substance of a recent letter froni Rev. E. Kellogg, to Rev. Dr. Holmes, Secretary of the society for propaga- ting the Gospel among the Indians and others in North America. Mr. K. in the employment of this Society as a missionary, visited these Indians, and gi vei the above iDformation from personal knowledge. 96 APPENDIX. lif I: The three tribes above named live in great harmony and friend- ship with each other. When either tribe elects, and instals a chief, the chiefs of the other two tribes are always present to as- sist in the ceremonies. In religion, these tribes are professedly christians of the Catho- lic faith ; have each a church, with a bell, and Priests to instruct them, steadily or occasionally. The Priests, who minister to the two latter tribes, receive a stated stipend fiom the treasury of the State. The State has lately engaged to provide and support a far- mer among the Penobscots, to instruct them in agriculture. We know not that any of these tribes have ever admitted schools to be established among them. The Peuobscots, in government and internal regulations, arc independent. The legislative and executive authorities are vest- ed in the sachems ; though the heads of all the families are invited to be present at their public meetings, which are held in their house of worship, and conducted with order and decorum. The Provincial Congress, at the commencement of the Revolu- tionary War, forbid that any white person should settle on land, commencing at the head of the tide in Penobscot river, and exten- ding six miles on each side of the river, embracing a tract held in common by the whole tribe, tw< Ive miles wide, by twelve long, intersected in the middle by the river. The tribe has the right to hunt and fish along the banks of the river, to the mouth of Pe- nobscot Bay. None of these tribes have made other than incipient improve- ments in any thing which pertains to civilized life. It is not prob- able, such is the religious influence under which they act, com- bined with their natural attachment to their native places, and to the sepulchres of their fathers, that a proposal to remove, and join a larger community of Indians, should it be made to them, would be accepted. It is probable they will remove in a sort of half independent, half civilized and evangelized state, gradually diminishing, as other tribes, once their powerful neighbours, have done before them, till there shall be none remaining. , An interesting account of the tribes which formerly inhabited the Territory now constituting the State of Maine, follows, re- ceived from the Hon. Wm. D. Williamson, Esq. to whom I am in- debted for part of the foregoing information. APPENDIX. 67 friend- nstals a t to as- 1 Catho- instruct er to the ry of the ort a far- re. We >ols to be ions, arc are vest- re invited i in their 1. e Revolu- e on land, ind exten- ctheld in elve long, the right uth of Pe- improve- i not prob- act, com- :es, and to imove, and Tie to them, tn a sort of I, gradually pours, have inhabited follows, re- )m 1 am in- 400. 500. " After considerable pains and inquiry, the best information 1 can obtain as to the Aborigines in this State, (Maine) is concisely this : — Probable original numbers about the year 1616. 1 000 ^ ** ^^'^ Newichwannucks, on the Piscataqua. ' * ^2. The Ossipee tribes, on the river of the same name, emptying into, and forming, the Saco. 3. The Pigwackets, whose principal town, a resting place, was the present Fryburgh, above the Ossipee. 4. The Amariscoggins, at the head of Casco Bay : These Indians, as far east as the Kennebec, were generally called by the generic name of " .^ftenayutes." 5. The Norridgewock tribe, whose ancient town, or head-quarters, was the present town of Nor- ridgewock, thirty miles above Hallowell, on che Kennebec. Of all the tribes above-men- tioned, a few only, say twenty souls of the latter, remain. 6. The Pemaquids. This was a powerful tribe, probably at the head of the Tarrateens, till the great and mortal sickness among the na- tives along the whole coast, from the Penob- scot to Narraganset, A. D. 1617. The seat of the Pemaquids was at Bristol, in the county of Lincoln, fifteen miles east of Bath. 7. The Penobscots, > whose situation is de- 8. The Passamaquoddies, ^ scribed in the Table. 600. 600. 1,300. 600. 6,000. The probable numbers of natives in the territory, constituting the present state of Maine, two centuries ago, was 6 or 6000 souls. The white population, in 1760, was estimated at 13,000 souls. It probably was not half that number in 1712, at the treaty of Utrecht. The Indians were more than a match for the settlers at 68 APPENDIX. that time, even tnfter the numbers of the natives, during the pre- ceding century, had been greatly rcdured."* In the gradual diminution, and final extinction, of these tribes, who were the terror of the early settlors, we have a melancholy specimen of what has happened in like manner to all the Indian tribes, who onoc inhabited the territory of New-England, except the few feeble renmants we have enumerated ; and of hundreds of other powerful tribes, once spread over the settled parts of our country. And such will be the inevitable destiny of all Indians now mingled among our white population, if a radical change in our treatment of them, be not adopted. Massachusktts. All the Indians remaining in this State, reside on their respec- tive Reservations at Marshpee, Herring Pond, Martha's Vineyard and Troy, in the south east part of the State, from lifty to one hun- dred miles from Boston. The State, by a Board of Overseers, exercises a guardian care over them, as to their lands, and civil rights and privileges ; and the corporation of Harvard College, and " The Society for ])ropagating the gospel among the Indians and others in North America," provide for their religious and moral instruction ; each having charity funds in its Treasury, ap- propriated to the benefit of Indians, the former 5^12,000, the lat- ter, ^9,000. A stated missionary is supported at Marshpee, and another at the Vineyard, who, as they have opportunity, visit the other remnants at Herring Pond, and Troy. No official census of these Indians has recently been taken. They are estimated in our table, at 750, viz ; at Marshpee 320 ; Herring Pond, 40 ; Troy, 48 ; the remainder at Martha's Vine- yard. ^#^ * Mr. Williamson is preparing a history of this Slate ; and from our knowl- edge of the means he is employing to collect his materials, we anticipate fron his pen, a correct and valuable work. AITENDIX. (M Their lands are held in common, and arc Uiialienable, but with the consent of their overseers.* Some have gardens, and culii- vate their lands to a considerable extent and advantage. The wood on their Reservations, pipe clay found on one of them at Martha's Vineyard, and pasturing the cattle of the white people, are sources of income. Many of the young men arc employed in the whale and other fisheries, and shew much skill in their em- ployments ; and all have at their command, the means in abun- dance of living in comfort, and even in affluence, if they had but the knowledge, and the dispositions, to use them. Their iniirm and aged poor, are considered as foreigners, and taken care of b} the State. The Indians are not taxed ; have no voice in elections, none of the rights and privileges peculiar to the citizens of the Commonwealth. In this, their state differs from that of the free negro population, who are taxed, and have the right of voting in elections, which many of them regularly exercise, and are eligi- ble to the highes^ offices in the government ; though other than legal obstacles, have prevented this sable race from receiving any of the civil honors, or offices of the state, or town, in which they reside. The following are valuable and pertinent communications from missionaries residing among these Indians. In answer to ques- tions forwarded to Rev. Mr. Fish, the worthy and intelligent mis- lionary stationed at Marshpee, he writes me thus under dates of Feb. 1820, and Jan. 1821. " I will answer your several inquiries'as well as I am able. 1. As to the descent of the Indians of these parts, I believe it cannot be traced at this day. They have altogether adopted the habits of civilized life ; of course, have forgotten their ancient names, and indeed their language also, with the exception of a very few individuals, who retain a slight knowledge of it, and are able to converse a little. 2. The number oi pure blooded Indians is extremely small, say fifty or sixty, and is rapidly decreasing. The mixture of blood 'i 11 * These overseers are appointed by the government of the State, and their duties are, as guardians of the Indians, to see that they are not Dial-treated by the white people, and to rdvise them in the management of their afiairi. 70 APPENDIX. ]>»'l K %\ '■ arises far more frequently from connexion with negroes, than with whites. 3. Professors of religion are considerably numerous. Perhaps there may hejifty ; composed of Congregational ists and Baptists ; a few of whom are eminently pious, considerable numbers decent in their lives, and not a few shockingly profligate. The number of men and women are perhaps nearly equal. The state of mor- als generally is low. Intemperance, with its concomitants, is found among them, as with almost all Indians. They manifest a wish, however, to have their children instructed. Schools are maintained among them at the expense of the plantation ; and though increased means of instruction would be desirable, there are few children, who are not taught to read and write. 4. Their territory comprises about 13,000 acres, worth on an average about four dollars an acre ; held in joint stock (except what individuals choose to cultivate and enclose, which is theirs, not in fee, but only in tillage) guaranteed to them by the State, managed by a Board of Overseers, appointed by the Governor and Council, and rendered unaUenable, except by legislative au- thority. 6. As to the plan of removing them, were they in favor of the measure, it would scarcely be an object. They are of public utility here, as expert whalemen and manufacturers of various light articles; have lost their sympathy with their brethren of the forest; are in possession of many privileges, peculiar to a coast, indented by the sea; their local attachments are strong; they are tenacious of their lands; of course, the idea of alienating them and removing to a distance, would be very unpopular. This is evi- dent from the feelings manifested by those whom I have sounded on the subject; I have reason, therefore, to believe the scheme would not take with them. 6. As to the Indians of Marshpee, they are, I think, diminish- ing, though rather slowly. The proximate cause of diminution is their vices, occasioned, I conceive, chiefly by their concern in whaling, and their unavoidable connexion with whites, whose vices they imitate, particularly the sin which most easily besets Indians, an intemperate use of ardent spirits. If industrious and sober, they might live with the greatest comfort, and be respecta- APPENDIX. 71 ble. Their connexion with the State, and with those immediately superintending their affairs, is a very happy one, did they but know the things pertaining to their happiness. 7. At Herring Pond, there are not more than forty people of color. Their territory is considerable; but their affairs are em- barrassed, and probably at no distant day, Government will see fit to dispose of their land, and perhaps remove them to Marshpee. I preach to them as often as one sabbath in six or seven. They are fourteen miles from this place. Both at Marshpee and Herring Pond, there is a public allowance from the State for schools. A large proportion of their children live in white families, as ser- vants, and then the stipulation with their masters or mistresses always is, that they be taught to read and write, and frequently to manage domestic affairs, or the occupation of their master or mis- tress." The Rev. Mr. Thaxter, the venerable minister of Edgarton, on Martha's Vineyard, writes thus, to Rev. Dr. Holmes, Secretary to the Society for propagating the Gospel among the Indians and others in North America. " There was, early after the settlement of the Island, much pains taken by the Mayhems to Christianize the Natives. They were remarkably successful. The Natives of Gay Head made a grant of a large tract of land at Gay Head for the express purpose of obtaining instruction for themselves and their children."* Af- ter giving some account of their jealousies and disputes about this land, which they now consider as secure in their own hands, he observes: " Were they possessed of common prudence, such are the advantages they enjoy, they might contribute considerable to their own instruction. They are as jealous of one another, as they are of the white people. Those who have no children will not consent that their overseers shall apply any of their income for the instruction of the children of others. I consider the intruction * This is a tract of land, probably granted by the Indians of this island maLy years sgo, to the Society in England, for propagating; the Gospel in Foreign parts, to enable that Society to extend the means of instruction among our In- dians. The revolutionary war interrupted their operations in this country, which have never since been renewed, and this valuable property, it seems, has reverted to the descendants of the Indians, who gave it. 72 APPENDIX. «i (,' of these poor creatures an object of importance. I have been ac- quainted with them for near forty years, and am fully persuaded^ that schooling the children ought to be the first object; preaching to them the second. Farm Neck and Christian Town are trifling objects, compared with Gay Head and Chab-aquiddick.t I am often at Chab-aquiddick. They appear thankful for the instruc* tion afforded them. I often admonish them to be attentive; that if they are not, I must report them to the Society, and then they will lose their Instructor. They appear to feel it. It is true, we think we see but little good in preaching to these people; did we not take into consideration what evils we probably prevent, who would not be discouraged, and give up the cause, saying, 1 have labored in vain, and spent my strength for naught? Having put our hands to the plough, we must not look back." Mr. Baylies, an active and successful Missionary on Martha's Vineyard, 1819, writes to Dr. Holmes : " In my visits (among the Indians on Martha's Vineyard) my feelings are often hurt. The universal complaint is, " Our children are suffering J[or want of a school, and rve are not able to support one. Can you help us?''"' Women schools, superintended by a man, would be productive of great good." " In my schools I had one hundred and thirty -two scholars ; one hundred and twenty-two were colored; eleven were married people. In all the schools, I should say, there were one hundred and fifty colored scholars, of both sexes. The Teachers of some of the schools were colored men and women. These schools are very pleasing to the Indians." Specimens of writing from seventy of the Indian scholars, left with the Secreta- ry, do great honor to the schools, and furnish good encourage- ment to their continuance. Mr. Baylies visited Troy, was well received by the Indians there, forty-eight in number. They have a decent house with two rooms, one for religious worship, the other for a school. The Legislature of the State has recently granted three hundred dollars to the Indians at Chab-aquiddick, " to build a suitable house for public worship and a school." The house is built and dedicated. The effect on the Indians is happy, and the prospect of future benefit to them promising. t An Island east of the Vineyard. APPENDIX. 73 I am nstruc* e; that en they rue, we did we nt, who ;, 1 have ving put Martha's (among ten hurt. for want help usr luctive of hirty-two I; eleven ly, there |es. The women, cimens of Secreta- jcourage- : •':% The facts stated concerning the tribes above enumerated, shew the extent and vahie of several of their Reservations ; evince the dispositions, both of the old and young, in regard to schools; the capacities of their youth to receive instruction; their relation to the government of the states in which they reside ; their situation as to civil priviliges ; their feelings on the subject of a division of their lands and having individual property; of removal from their present places of abode; in regard to the christian religion and ite institutions ; and the effects of their conn»;xion and intercourse both with the white and black population around them. These results, of long experience, may be of much value to guide in forming plans, and devising measures, to preserve the remaining Indians from extinction. lihode-hland . The only Indians remaining in this State are Narnigansetts, at Charlestown, forty miles south-west of Providence, over against Block Island. This tribe, at the period of the first settlement of New-England, was one of the most numerous and powerful in all the country, and were long the terror of the English settlers, and of all the tribes around them. The territory which they occupied was extensive. As late as 1744, they were still so numerous, as that in a remarkable revival of religion, under Rev. Mr. Park of Westerly, sixty-four adults were baptized and received into the Church.* Now, their numbers are but four hundred and twenty- nine. Of these, twenty-two were denominated negroes; the rest are of Indian extraction, but are nearly all, if not every individual, of mixed blood and color, in various degrees and shades. Their territory is reduced to about three thousand acres, the joint prop- erty of the tribe, and is estimated to be worth about J^50,000 or $60,000. The Society for propagating the gospel anr.ong the Indians and others in N. America, support a missionary, and two schools of about fifty scholars, among these Indians, a part of the year. ♦Prince's Ch'n. Hial. for 1744. 10 *4 APPENDIX. These schools arc in a prosperous state, and doing much good. When these temporary schools cease, those who are disposed, send their children among the white people in their neighborhood. A regular church, of the Baptist denomination, has been formed among these Indians, who have a house for public worship, the only one in the town. The state of morals among this people is commendable. They are nominally independent, appointing a Council of five members, and a Clerk, from among themselves, to manage their civil affairs. Their lands are unalienable, but with the consent of the Legislature. Formerly they had chiefs, but this title has long since been extinct among them. As to the subject of removal, they say — " We wish not to be removed into a wild country. We have here farms and houses of our own. Those who will work, may here get a comfortable living; and those who will not work here, would not probably in a wilderness. We have land enough, and wood enough, and living on the salt water, and having boats of our own, have plenty offish, &c. &c."* Part of this tribe, emigrated to Oneida and Brotherton, some years ago, with the Rev. Mr. Occum. Connecticut. ' The Mohegans, once a very numerous tribe, whose territories embraced a great part of the present counties of New-London, Windham, Hartford, and Tolland, are now reduced to a small remnant, few of them of unmixed blood, who are the proprietor? and occupants, in their manner, of a reservation of about four or five thousand acres of fine land, on the Thames river, halfway between New-London and Norwich. A part of the tribe, with other Indians, in all about one hundred and fifty, under the care of Rev. Mr. Occum, by invitation, migrated and settled at Brotherton, near the Stockbridge and Oneida Indians, in New-York. Those who remain have made few advances in any thing which pertains *The principal part of the foregoin* information, was obligingly collected from the Indians, and communicated at my request, by Rev. Oliver Brown, of South Kingston, near the residence of these Indiana, APPENDIX. 75 to civilization; and nre gradually wasting away, after thfi manner of other tribes now extinct. The State has assumed the care of their property, and of themselves, in like manner as the other New England States have done for their Indians. They have iiich advantages of religious and school instruction, as they are willing to receive, which are fcw^ and the efl'ccts proportionally small. There is also a still smaller remnant of the Pequot tribe, of about tifty souls, in North Stonington. They own about three hundred acres of ordinary pasture land, with here and there a patch for tillage, worth about twenty dollars an acre. Their prin- cipal men Jire Samuel and Cyrus Shelley, Samuel Slientup, and James Ned. With very few exceptions, they are intemperate and improvident; of course, poor and miserable. They manufac- ture mats, brooms, baskets, &c. which are generally sold or ex- changed for ardent spirits. They have the same opportunity of sending their children to district schools, and of attending public worship, as have the white inhabitants of the town, but are gene- rally disinclined to avail themselves of these privileges. A few are apparently pious, and hold a meeting once in a month for reli- gious worship and exhortation, at which they all speak in turn. In Groton there is an Indian settlement of about the number and character of the above.* Individuals, a family, and in some places, several families togeth- er, are to be found, rarely however, in other parts of New Eng- land, than those named; but in no place in such numbers, as to de- serve notice in this Report. M. Report, p. 24. JVew-York. Of the few Indians who remain at Montauk Point, at the East end of Long Island, I have received no account, either of their present numbers or situation. \ The Six Nations of Indians, so celebrated in the history of our country, were originally the proprietors of a great part of the pres?- * Letter to the author from G. Trumbull, Esq. of Stonington. 76 APPENDIX. ot m I ent State ofNew-York, particularly the northern ami western parts of it, as far even as the Misi^insippi. This forinidiihlc confederacy of nations, has, lon^ since, been broken in pieceM. The MohawkH, *• the true Old Heads of the Confederacy," as they were styled, emigrated to Canada, with Sir John Johnson, about the year 1770. Fifty-seven of this tribe^ only, are at present within th. U. States, settled on Sandusky river, Ohio. The Cayuj;as l\»llowed the Mo- hawks into Canada, leavin"; in the Stale of New-York, in 179G, on- ly forty of their number, who are now mingled with the Senecas, and other tribes, having no distinct reservation. The Tuscaroras, (who are ihe sixth nation of the grand confede- racy, there being but^rc before they joined it,) theMoheakunnuk or New Stockbridge, the Moheagans and Narragansetts, or Broth- erton Indians, have been adopted into the confederacy of the Six Nations, and by invitation, are settled in the vicinity of each other, on lands originally belonging to the Oneidas, and near their vUlage. The Tuscaroras, who, in 1700, numbered one thousand two hun- dred warriors, or abotit six thousand souls, migrated from the sea coast of North Carolina.* The Moheakunnuks, to whom the Oneidas gave six miles square of their lands, removed from Stock- bridge, in the west part of Massachusetts, with their present ven- erable and worthy Missionary, Rev. John Sergeant, who has ever since lived with them, as their faithful missionary; and the Mohea- gans and Narragansetts, removed with the Rev. Mr. Occum, a cele- brated Indian preacher from Connecticut and Rhode-Island. In 1796, when I visited a part of these tribes, with the late Rev. Dr. Belknap, in behalf of the Society in Scotland for Propaga- ting Christian Knowledge, the whole population of the Six Nations, including their adopted children, was three thousand seven hun- dred and forty-eight. In 1818, according to an official return of Jasper Parrish, Esq. Indian Sub-Agent, to the Secretary of War, the number was four thousand five hundred and seventy-five. From the statements of this gentleman to the Secretary of War, and from several valuable communications and documents collected on my * An aifectingf account of the war which occasioned the mig^^ation of the Tuscarora Indians to N. York, is given by Dr. Williamson in his History of NorthCarolina, Vol.I.p. 187to203. • Lit: APPENDIX. 77 lour, I give the following extracts, which orif.»in the facts desired by the President. In his statement to the Secretary, of Hoc. 3d, 1818, he says, •• AjKreeahly to orders and inRtriictitits iVuin your luedecessors, 1 transmit to you a report relntivo >» the Six Nations of InthanH, their places of residence, their numhers in each place, with the quantity of land in each of tlui'^ reservations, and sonn' htief re- marks on the subject of their advancement towards civili/.ation. The Seneca Reservation, on the Alleghany river, contains 30,469 acres, on which reside 697 Indians, includin<; a few Onoii- dagas. Cattaragus Reser \^»on contains 2G,8CO acres, on which reside .)89, including a few Delawares. RufTalo Reservation contains 83,657 acres, on which reside (Sen- f ras, Cayugas, and Onondagas,) 686. Tonnewanta Reservation contains 46,209 acres, on which reside 365. Tuscarora Reservation, contains 1,920 acres, exclusive of the lands they have purchased of the Holland Land Company, on which reside 314. On the Genesee river, the Indians have five Reservations, con- taining together 31,640 acres, on which 456 reside. They have also a small Reservation, containing 640 acres. The above are all the Reservations and numbers of Indians rtsi- ding west of this place, (Canandaigua,) in the State of New- York. East of this place, and within the State of New-York, are The Oneidas, residing in Oneida county, on a Reservation of about 20,000 acres. Their number 1 ,031. Stockbridge Indians, who reside also in Oneida county, on a Res- ervation of 17,000 acres. Their number 438. The Onondaga Indians, residing at Old Onond;iga village, on a Reservation of 7,000 acres. Their number 299. By the foregoing statement, you will see that the population of the Six Nations of Indians is 4,675. That they own, and dwell on fourteen Reservations, scattered through this State, two hundred and fifty miles from the.r extreme points, containing in the whole 265,316 acres. All their Reservations are surrounded by settlements of whites; in consequence of which, there are frequent depredations, petty, f !;' !l'i !-:lil'r'"i ih'V li 78 APPENDIX. thefts, and trespasses committed on each other by the whites and Indians; most frequently commencing on the part of the former. It is very difficult to prevent these evils, while Indians and white people live, as they now do, in the near neighbourhood of each other. Under these circumstances, I think it would be for the in- terest of the U. States, and also for the welfare and happiness of the Six Nations, could they be persuaded to concentrate them- selves, and comply with the suggestions made in your letter of the 14th May last, which has been fully explained to them. The Six Nations have, for a number of years past, been furnish- ed by their Agent with implements of husbandry and farming uten- sils, suited to their wants and necessities, to enable them to culti- vate their grounds. The expenses have been paid from their an- nuities. The principal crops, which they raise, are corn, beans, and potatoes. The Oneida, Stockbridge, and Tuscarora Indians, raise English grain in considerable quantities; and some few fami- lies among the other tribes, do the'same. For a few years past, I have observed, that they are becoming more industrious, enlar- ging their cornfields, making fences, and comfortable houses. A small portion of them still depend principally on hunting for sup- port." Under date of Nov. 3d, 1819, the same gentleman writes thus to the Secretary: — " During the past season 1 have spent a con- siderable part of my time among the Indians, at their different vil- lages, for the purpose of persuading them to adopt the necessary measures for their civilization, and improvement in agriculture. I have also furnished them with the necessary implements of hus- bandry, as far as the means for that purpose in my hands would permit. I find the Six Nations, within two years past, have made, and are still making, great advances towards civilization, and in agriculture and industry. They are making extensive improve- ments, by clearing their lands, building comfortable houses, good fences, &c. At a number of their villages they raise considerable quantities of English grain. A spirit of industry and ambition among their young men, to excel each other in building houses, making fences, &c. is evidently rising and spreading among these people. The Six Nations have lately held two Councils; one at Oneida, and the other at Buffalo, for the purpose of taking into considera- APPENDIX. 79 tion proposals made to them for the estahlishment of schools, and other improvements among them. I explained to them the act of Congress, at their last session, making an appropriation of ^10,000 for the civilization of the Indian Nations, which border on, and are surrounded by, our frontier settlements. Some of the Chiefs, at first, exhibited considerable opposition to all the proposed plans for civilization; but at length yielded to the arguments of the Christian party, and finally hcve unanimously consented to accept them. Although they have not unanimously agreed to receive reli- gious Teachers among them, yet they have indicated a much more favourable opinion on this subject, than formerly, and the senti- ments of many of the principal Indians, seem to be entirely chan- pjd. The Oneida, Stockbridge, and Tuscarora Indians, have Missionaries among them, and for the change in their moral con- dition and conduct, we are undoubtedly indebted to the exertion of those men. The Oneidas have built them a handsome chapel, which, by the name of St. Peters', was consecrated September, 1819, in which divine service, in the Episcopal form, is regularly performed, with decorum and solemnity.* *Iti 1816, Mr. FAeazer Williams, of Indian extraction, the son of a chief o( the Iroquois nation, among whom he was born, was appointed School-Master, Catechist, and Lay Reader, to the Oneidas. The Book of Common Prayer, with select portions of the Gospels, and of the Historical books of Scripture, translated more than a century since into the Mohawk language, which is the common language of the Six Nations, by the Society in England for Propaga- ting the Gospel, it has been proposed by Bishop Ilobart, to republish, under the superintendance of Mr. Williams, for the use of the survivors of these tribes. The following very encouraging account of the state of this mission, is extracted from the Journal of the Diocess of New- York, 1818 : "It is a subject of congratulation, that our Church has resumed the labors, which for a long period before the revolutionary war, the Society in England for Propagating the Gospel in Foreign Parts, directed to tlie religious instruc- tion of the Indian tribes. Those labours were not wholly unsuccessful ; (or on my recent visit to the Oneidas, I saw an aged Mohawk, who, firm in the faith of the Gospel, and adorning his profession by an exemplary life, is indebted, under Divine blessing, for his Christian principles and hopes, to the Missiona- ries of that venerable Society. The exertions more recently made for the con- version of the Indian tribes, have not bee'.i so successful, partly because not united with effort/? to introduce among tlem those arts of civilization, without which the Gospel can neither be understood nor valued ; but principally be- ll 80 APPENDIX. The Rev. John Sargeant has resided among the Stockbridge In- dians, as their Missionary and Instructor, for twenty-five years. The Tuscaroras have also a missionary among them, Rev. Mr. Crane. There has also been a school among them a considera- ble part of the time for the last three or four years. The Indians residing on the Alleghany, Cattaragus, and Tonnewanta, have re- ceived from the Society of Friends, to a considerable amount, in farming utensils and implements of husbandry, as well as instruc- tion in the art of agriculture. By these aids they have made consid- erable improvements, and increased in industry the last three years. The Seneca Indians, residing at Buffalo, have, for eight years, had a school established among them by the Missionary Society of lhiJ|i|iSii' :i -i, ii ^ £Mt^.', ■ IH '? f f worship. They are particularly gratified with having parts assigned t xem *«i#l,'l' APPEiNDlX. 8) 11 1 New- York, which has been placed under the care of Mr. H)'de. Thev a]»|)C;ir to be warmly engaged in the education of their chil- dren, and have, this season, built a large school-houae for that pur- nose. Ml". Voung and his wife are now among them at BulTalo, who are to take charge of their school. He, to instruct their young men, while his wife is to teach the fncHan girls in school, and to instruct them in the use of the needle, the wheel and the loom. Mr. and Mrs. Young appear to be persons of respectability, and are under the patronage of the same society. The Genesee Indians have not had the same advantages in instruction, as the other tribes. The only advantages they have had for improve- ment in agriculture, have been the examples of the white people around their reservations. The Six Nations of Indians, residing within my agency, have, within the last season, r.iised more corn, wheat, oats, potatoes, kc. than they have before in any one season for thirty-five years This change among them, from an indolent, hunting, fishing life, to that of useful industry, is to be ascribed, un- Ing; aiui Ip^ercisr in the service, and repeat the responses with great propriety, and devotion. On my visit to thorn, several hundred assembled for worship ; those who could read were furnished with books ; and they uttered the confes^^ions of the liturgy, responded its supplications, and chanted its h>mns of praise, with a reverence and fervor, which powerfully interested the feelings of tliosc who witnessed the solemnity. They listened to my address to them, interpreted by Mr. Williams, with so much solicitous attention ; they received tlie laying on of hands with such grateful humility ; and participated of the symbols ot their Saviour's love, with such tears of penitential devotion, that the im'^jression which the scene made on my mind, will never be effaced. Nor wr.s this the excitement of the moment, or the ebullition of enthnsia m. The eighty-nine, who were confirmed, had been well instructed by Mr. Williams ; and none were permitted to approach the communion, who?e lives did not correspond with their Christian professions. Tiie numbers of those who assembled for worship, and partoolc of the ordinances, would have been greater, but for the absence of many of them, at an Indian council at Uufftlo. 1 have admitted Mr. Williams as a candidate for Orders, on the recommen- dation of the Standing Committee ; anil look forward to iiis inrrcn«ed influence and usefulness, should he be invested with the offire of the ministry." *' There is a prospect of his having, somo time hencp, ;i powerful auxiliary in a young Indian, ttie son of the hevl wrii'rior of iho Onomlagas, who was killed at the batUe of Chippawa, and who, pmiablfl ani.l pious in !n'« dispesi- tions, and s;- .'ightly and vigorous i'.i his intellectual powor?, is earnestly dp^i- II 82 APPENDIX. tier Providence, not only to the means which have been employed for that purpose, but in part to their necessities, for the support of themselves and families. Their hunting grounds being small, and game becoming scarce, have operated as a powerful stimulus- to this change in their habits. Mr, Hyde^s Letter. Mil m ■; :'..* .: From Mr. Jabez B. Hyde, who has for a number of years been em- ployed as an Instructor among the Senecas at Buffalo, in several communications before me, states,* that Tonnawantfj, a Seneca village, thirty miles from Buffalo, had been " the head quarters of opposition." A young man of this village, was among the first nine, who publicly embraced Christianity. During three months instruction, which he received at Buffalo, he made progress in religious knowledge, and in sacred music, of which Indians are extremely fond, and admirable performers. He then returned to Tonnawanta, carrying with him a hymn book, in his native law guage. Thesf. hymns he sang lo his neighbors, and became the open advocate of Christianity. Though opposed and ridiculed, lie remuned stedfast, and persevered. Success followed. In a l!W IC "': ■ I" ''' rous of receivings an education to prepare him for the ministry among; his countrymen. I trust that means will be devised for accomplishing; his wishes. We ought never to forget, that the salvation of the Gospel is designed for all the human race ; and that the same mercy which applies comtort to our woun- ded consciences, the same grace which purifies and soothes our corrupt and troubled hearts, and the same hope of immortality which fills us with peace and joy, can exert their benign and celeatia' influence on the humble Indian." In the Journal of 1819, it is stated, "The Young Onondaga chief, whom I mentioned in my last address,as desirous of prociu-iog an education for the pur- pose of qualifying him as the spiritual instructor of his countrymen, will be able, through the bounty of Epiecopalians and others, principally in the city of New- York, and through the aid of the government of the United States, to attain his object. He is advantageously receiving an education under the care of the Hev. Mr. Fuller, of RensselHerville." Ill 1821, the Oneidas were again visited, and the Holy Eucharist administer- ed to forty or fifty of the Indians, and five aduUs and fifty children baptized. ■it ;. ■ lualptlor Dec. IHIP. to the Juvenile Charitable Society in Lenox. APPENDIX. 83 i'ew months, eleven young men had renounced Paganism, and de- termined to listen to the word of God, and to obey its precepts. These twelve met frequently for the purpose of singing hymns, and for relig'ous conversation. This alarmed the Chiefs, who complained that these young men " were filling Tonnawanla with their doctrine." A Council of the people was called, and the young men entreated and admonished to renounce their new reli- gion. When they found entreaties and admonitions vain, they «' commanded them to desist from advocating Christianity, and singing Christian hymns." The young men, one excepted, who drew back, and left his companions, said firmly, " We shall not obey you in this thing." The Chiefs then commanded them to " leave the Reservation and go to Buffalo, where such things were allowed, and not remain to disturb their village with their new and wicked ways." The young men refused to go, and to leave their possessions, saying, " You can take our lives; but you need not expect us to renouce the Gospel of Jesus Christ." The ef- effects of this persecution, on the one hai?-' and of the firmness and patience, in resisting and bearing it on the other, have been such as might be expected; converts to civilization and Christiani- ty have been multiplied." Alleghany Reservation. At the meeting of the Council of the Six Nations at Buffalo, which I attended in August, on my return,* the following state- ments were handed to me. " Cold Springs, {Alleghany River) Bthmo. 1, 1820. "At the request of the Chiefs and Warriors, named below, I Inform, that the people on this Reservation have been number- ed, to see who are for school learning. Sabbath keeping, and im- provements on farms. They state the n'lmber to be two hundred and twenty-five for school learning, &c. eighty-seven of whom now pay attention to keeping the Sabbath day. They wish the United States \gent. Dr. Jedidiah Morse, to be informed, that th^ above is their number at present, who are disposed to join in tl.c object * See this Appemlix p. 3. 84 APPENDIX. of the United States government in improvements, in school lenni- ins;, and attention to sabbiUh keeping; and that the said Chiefs and Warriors beheve, unt of 11 chil- ill and pen, 1 »y and for the of knit- II unac- nty-five ogether e week, instruct them iu ise them he nuni- owrh tht> Although some time may ohipso before a fair experiment may he made, yol I think the present prospects of a successful school a- mong them are most promisiri*;. . I remain, kc. JAMES YOUNG." Kev. J. MoRsi., D. D. Ncw-IFaven. " P. S. i enclose two specimens of writing and print done by (wo boys, scholars of mine, in Tuscarora, wliosc respective names are annexed to the pieces,* fiiinu nf the JVeu'-York and United Foreign Missionary Society. The New-York Missionary Society, in December last, for- laally resigned the charge and support of these Missions and Schools, with their present occupants, to the United Foreign Mis- sionary Society, who have accepted the charge. The two Socie- ties merged in each other, will now, we trust, act with increased energy and effect for the benefit of these tribes. While these tribes, for certain purposes, and to a limited ex- tent, are independent of each other, of the State, and of the Uni- ted States, and in all Treaties held with them are so regarded; yet they are in confederacy with each other, and are so far under the control, of the Legislature of New- York, in respect to their lands, as that they are not permitted to sell them to private indi- viduals, or companies, but to the State oidy, who claim the right of preemption and of disposing of this right, to whom they please. The Indians are thus deprived of the privilege, common to free nrien, of going into the market with their lands, and of course, of obtaining their fair and full value. As these Indians are not repre- sented in the Legislature, it has been made a question, whether the penal laws of the State bind them. We know of no case, which has decided this question. * These specimens accompanied this Report, when presented to the Presi- dent and Congress. They are equal to the best specimens in our English 'chools. 12 ^ ^^. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) // // ^ /. 1.0 I.I 11.25 128 U2 1^ ■ 2.2 ||0 in I 2.0 ^ IIIIIMi p "? w 7 Photographic Sdences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14560 (716)873-4503 90 APPENDIX. App. O. P. Q, R. Report, p. 27. Ohio. Of the Indians in this State, the Indian Agent, John Johnston, Esq. under date of June 17, 1819, has given the following ac- count:* '^ The Indians inhabiting Ohio, are the Delawares, Wyandots. Shawancese, Senecas and Ottawas. Delawares, if'*:t The Delawares emigrated from the lower parts of Pennsylva- nia, and the adjacent parts of New -Jersey, and were the primi- tive inhabitants of that country. They were once very numerous and powerful, but many disastrous wars with the white people, reduced them to a mere handful. Attempts have been made. without success,^ particularly by the Moravians, to introduce Christianity and the habits of civilized life among them. At pres- ent, they are more opposed to the Gospel and the whites, than any other Indians with whom I am acquainted.} The far greater part of this tribe reside on White river, in Indiana. They have sold their country without any reserve, at the treaty of St. Mary'? of last year, (1818,) and the United States have engaged to re- move them west of the Mississippi; to provide them with a terri- tory there, and have guaranteed to them its peaceable possession. Their peculiar aversion to having white people for neighbors, induced them to remove to the westward. They intend to set- tle on the river Arkansaw. This tribe has been in Ohio, between fifty and sixty years. * Archeologia Americana, p. 271. t The writer of this article must have been unacquainted with the accouDte given of the Missions among these laiMAns by Brainerd, Loskiel, and many others, or he would not have used this expression. X See a different account of the dispositions of these Indians, given byCapt. Hendrick, who long resided among them, and bj Rev. Mr. Sergeant, under the headof //{(/uina and Illinois, in this Appendix. APPENDIX. 91 Wyandot*. Johtiiiou , wing ac- ^yandots. Pennsylva- the primi- numerous ite people. ,een made. J introduce At pres- rhites, than far greater They have ,f St. Mary'f ga^ed to re- |with a terri possession, neighbors, Intend to set- lio, between [ththeaccouoU byCapt. Breeant, under siven The Wya7idots came from the country near Quebec, about two hundred and fiAy years since. In their migratory excursions, they first settled at Detroit; then removed to the upper end of lake Michigan, and settled near Mackinaw. They engaged in war with the Indians there, and separated into two companies; one of which went to the northward; and the other, which was the most numerous, returned to Detroit, and finally extended its set- tlement along the southern shore of Lake Erie, all the way to San- dusky Bay. Their language is entirely distinct from that of any of the other tribes in Ohio. Many words are pure Latin. All the time the French had dominion in Canada, the Roman Catholics maintained a mission among them. They were nearly all baptized by the Missionaries, and nearly all the aged people still wear crucifixes in their bosoms under their shirts. Between the years 1803, and 1810, the Presbyterians sup- ported a missionary and a farming establishment among them on Sandusky river. A few converts were made by them, who were put to death by the Catholic Indians, on account of their re- ligion. The British traders were all opposed to the mission, and had influence enough to get Gen. Hull to unite with them against the Missionary, Rev. Joseph Badger.* Mr. B. was recalled by the synod, and was succeeded by the Rev. J. Hughes. The minds of the Indians having been much agitated by the prospect of hostilities between England and the United States, which were commenced at Tippecanoe by the Impostor, called the Prophet, the mission was withdrawn." For three years past, the Wyandots have had a Methodist preach- er, a man of color, among them. His name is Stewart. His preaching has wrought a great change among them. About fifty * This worthy man, now advanced in life, bat with unabated, pious zeal, is the projector of an Education Family, to be planted, as soon as the suitable preparations can be made, at the Council Blufls, on the Missouri, under the direction of the United Foreign Missionary Society, or some other reli§;ious Association. 92 APPENDIX. persons in the nation publicly profess to belong to the Frote>^t!Hi» Church. A school is about to be established for them at Upper Sandusky. Since this successful beginning, Hev. James B. Finley, of the Methodist Church, has been appointed to tlii!> station, where hi« labors have been blessed. Scuteash, a Chief of the Big Turtle Clan, a pious man, is his Class Leader. Prospects of usefulne!>.s arc pleasing. The p^^ople seem prepared to receive instruction. Mr. F. states, Nov. 1821, that if he had the means, he could at once have a school of fifty scholars. He had begun with fourteen, •• who learn fast, can speak the letters plainly, and will soon be able to speak English."* Shaziianeese. *' The Shawaneese have been established in Ohio about sixty-five years. They came here from West-Florida, and the adjacent country. They formerly resided on Suwaney river, in Florida, near the sea. Black Hoof, who is eighty-five years of age, was born there, and remembers bathing in the salt water, when a boy. '= Suwaney" river was doubtless named after the Shawaneese, "Suwaney," being a corruption of Shawaneese. The people of this nation have a tradition, that their ancestors crossed the sea. They are the only tribe with which I am acquainted, who admit of a foreign origin. Until lately, they kept a yearly sacrifice for their safe arrival in this country. From whence they came, or at what period they arrived in America, they do not know. It is a prevailing opinion among them, that Florida had once been in- habited by white people, who had the use of iron tools. Black Hoof affirms, that he has often heard it spoken of by the old peo- ple, that stumps of trees covered with earth, were frequently found, which had been cut down by edged tools. For several years past, the Society of Friends, at a considera- ble expense, have supported an agricultural establishment among the Shawaneese. They have a grist mill and saw mill, which are * Report of the Missionary Society of the Methodist Episcopal Churcb, June, 182?. APPENDIX. 93 kept in complete oriler for the use ef these Indiana. The Friends are about to establii^h u school.* This truly benevolent denomi- nation of Christians do not yet attempt to instruct these people in the principles of Christianity, believing that they are not yet suf- ficiently acquainted with the arts of civilized life. This tribe is opposed to Christianity, alleging, that God gave them a dispen- sation suited to their situation; and that he did the same for the whites. They fancy that the Divine Being comes and sings in their religious meetings, and if they do not hear his " still, small voice," they conclude their sacrifice is not accepted. Senecas. The Senecas came from the western parts of New- York, ^which is the home of the principal part of this tribe) and from the adjacent parts of Canada. They have not been long in this State. They labor more steadily, have better houses and farms, and appear more like white people in their dress and manners, than any other Indians in Ohio. Ottawas. The Ottaxais have resided from time immemorial on the waters, of Lake Erie. To improve them in their condition, no attempts have yet been made. The Ottawas, the Chippewas and Potowat- tiniies; from the similarity of their language, must have been one nation at no remote period. Agriculture makes a slow, but stea- * The public papers state, that the Society of Friends have cotnmrnced a plan, which is orig;inal with them, of dispersing Indian families among^ thft white population, on farms, to dwell among them as neighbors and equal.?, to conduct their farms and business, and the education of their children, as the white people do theirs ; and mingled with them to enjoy tegether, on an equal footing, all the ciTil and other privileges wbicli we enjoy. Tho plan is certainly worth the labor and expencc of the experiment. Should it suc- ceed, it will be a speedy method of merging the Indian, with the white popu- lation, which is the result we wish. 'J4 APPENDIX. riy, progress among them. Many Indians have taken to the plough. Last year, the Indian Agent deUvered to them thirty-six ploughs, and every thing necessarily belonging to them. These were chiefly furnished at the expense of the Society of Friends. The Agent has now on hand implements of husbandry, to the value of one hundred pounds sterling, to deliver them at the next Council. This w,as given them by an ancient female friend, of Cork, in Ire- land. The yearly meeting of the friends in Ireland have given the sum of one hundred and fifty pounds sterling, to be applied to the same benevolent purpose. The Indians are turning their atten- tion more and more to the raising of cattle. The Shawaneese have appropriated of this year's annuity, fourteen hundred and twenty dollars, for the purchase of cows and calves; and they previously had one hundred and twenty-tive head of horned cattle, and two hundred hogs. The Senecas and others, at Lewiston, have three hundred hogs, and one hundred and fifty horned cattle. The Wyandots and Senecas, on Sandusky river, have fifteen hundred hogs, and five hundred horned cattle. The stock of the Indians is every where increasing within the limits of this Agency. One individual owns seventy head of cattle. The Reservation of the Wyandots, at Upper Sandusky, is twelve by nineteen miles, including within its limits some of the best land in the State. When the Wyandots first settled at Detroit, they killed buffa- loes and elks at Springwells. The whole country between the Lakes and the Ohio abounded with them.'* App. Q,. Rev. Mr. Hoge's Letter. The following letter from the Rev. Mr. Hoge, minister of Co- lumbus, gives further and valuable information of the state of the Indians in Ohio. *' Columbus, OhiOf January 26mi Nation, a man of property, and good sense, whose dress and manners were like those of our respecta- ble llirmcrs. He was introduced to me as a man of much influence in his nation. He informed me that the whole number of the Miamies, residing in different places, was estimated to be between two and three thousand; that their annuity from the Government of the United States, was eighteen thousand dollars. That o Missionary, Mr. McCoy, a Baptist, resided at Fort Wayne, preached to them, and kept a school for their children; that a a great maj6rity of the nation were friendly to the project of their civilization; but some were opposed to it, "because they were ignorant." As to religion, he said, " I do not know. The chil- dren should be instructed, and rckiskcy kept from the nation." As to the proposals of the Government generally, for the improve, ment of the condition of Indians, he thought well of them, and would communicate them to his nation, and use his influence to persuade them to accept the offered blessings. He spoke of the diminution of their lands, as a calamity, which was felt. The Shawaneese Prophet, he said, was hostile to the plan of the civil- ization of Indians; but that his influence was gone, and himself had been rejected as an impostor. He had met a number of the Cherokees at Baltimore, he said, who informed him of what was doing among them, and gave good advice to him, for his nation, as to manufactures and other improve- ments. Miami Reservations. h'.U They had, he informed me, three Reservations. One at Missifc- sinua, forty-five miles square; another ten miles square; and a third six miles square. He thought the plan of collecting the In- dians, now scattered, into larger bodies, for the purpose of educa- ting them with more convenience, and at less expense, both prac- ficable and advantageous. APPENDIX. 97 The Government, he told me, were erecting n mill for the na- tion, ninety miles from Fort Wayne, which wa<( to be rompletod in August, 18S0. Divisions of Indian Tribes.* '' All the Indian nations are divided into tribes or c/anx, .il\er the manner of the Jews. The Shawaneese have four tribes, viz: — 1. The PiQUA tribe, which, they say, originated as follows: — In ancient times, they had a large tire, which having burned down, a great pnfling and blowing were heard in the ashes; they looked, and behold a man stood up from the ashes ! — hence the name Fiqua — a man coming out of the ashes, or made of ashes. 2. The MequACHAKR tribe, which signifies a fat man filled; a man made perfect, so that nothing is wanting. This tribe has the priesthood. They perform the sacrifices and all the religious cer- emonies of the nation. None but certain persons of this tribe, tattle^ 102 APPENDIX. } ■. II tfm mi lli'i'"!. with which he beat time to his medicine song. The sick child lay on a blanket, near the physician. She appeared to have much fever, and a severe oppression of the lungs, breathing with diffi- culty, and betraying symptoms of the last stage of consumption. "After singing for some time, the physician took one of the bones out of the bason ; the bone was hollow; and one end being appli- ed to the breast of the patient, he put the other into his mouth, in order to remove the disorder by suction. Having persevered in this as long as he thought proper, he suddenly seemed to force th(» bone into his mouth, and swallow it. He now acted the part oi one suffering severe pain; but, presently fmding relief, he made » long speech, and after this, returned to singing, and to the accom- paniment of his rattle. With the latter, during his song, he struck his head, breast, sides, and back; at the same time straining, as it to vomit forth the bone. " Relinquishing this attempt, he applied himself to suction a sec- ond time, with the second of the three bones ; and this also hr soon seemed to swallow. " Upon its disappearance, he began to distort himself in the most frightful manner, using every gesture which could convey tho idea of pain : at length, he succeeded, or pretended to succeed. in throwing up one of the bones. This v^'- s handed about to the, spectators, and strictly examined ; but nothing remarkable could be discovered. Upon this, he went back to his song and rattle ; and after some time threw up the second of the two bones. In the groove of this, the physician, upon examination, found and displayed to all present, a small white substance, resembling u piece of the quill of a feather. It was passed round the company, from one to the other ; and declared by the physician, to be the thing causing the disorder of his patient. " The multitude believe that these physicians, whom the French call jongleurs, or jugglers, can inflict, as well as remove dis- orders. They believe, that by drawing the iigure of any poi- son in sand or ashes, or on clay, or by considering any object a^ the figure of a person, and then pricking it with a sharp stick, or other substance, or doing in any other manner, that which is donr to a living body, would cause pain or injury: the individual repre- sented, or supposed to be represented, will suffer accordingly. mm APPENDIX 103 n asec- also ln' Lhe mosi vcy tho On the other hand, the mischief being done, another physician, of equal pretensions, can, by suction, remove it. Unfortunately, however, the operations which I have described were not suc- cessful, in the instance referred to ; for, on the day after they had taken phce, the girl died. " Wi/h regard to flesh wounds, the Indians certainly effect as- tonishing cures. Here, as above, much that is fantastic occurs, but the success of their practice evinces something solid. "At the Sautof St. Mary's, 1 knew a man, who, in the result of a quarrel, received the stroke of an axe in his side. The blow was so violent, and the axe driven so deep, that the wretch who held it could not withdraw it, but left it in the wound, and fled. Short- ly after, the man was found, and brought into the fort, where sev- eral other Indians came to his assistance. Among these, one, who was a physician, immediately withdrew, in order to fetch his prn- egusan, or medicine bag, with which he soon returned. The eyes of the sufferer were fixed, his teeth closed, and his case apparent- ly desperate. " The physician took from his bag a small portion of a very white substance, resembling that of a bone ; this he scraped into a little water, and forcing open the jaws of the patient with a stick, he poured the mixture down his throat. What followed was, that in a very short space of time, the wounded man moved his eyes : and beginning to vomit, threw up a small lump of clotted blood. " The physician now, and not before, examined the wound, from which I could see the breath escape, and from which a part of the omentum depended. This the physician did not set about to re- store to its place ; Jbiut,.cutting it away, minced it into small pieces, and made his patient swallow it. " The man was then carried to his lodge, where I visited him daily. By the sixth day, he was able to walk about ; and within a month he grew quite well, except that he was troubled with a cough. Twenty years after his misfortune, he was still alive. " Another man, being on his wintering-ground, and from home, hunting beaver, was crossing a lake, covered with smooth ice, with jtv?o beaycrs on his back, when his foot slippet^ and he fell. At his side, in his belt, was his axe, the blade of w hich came up- on the joint of his wrist ; and the weight of his body coming upon 104 APPENDIX. m the blade, his hand was completely separated from his arm, with the exception of a small piece of the skin. He had to walk three miles to his lodge, which was thus far away. The skin, which alone retained his hand to his arm, he cut through, with the same axe which had done the rest ; and fortunately having on a shirt, he took it off, tore it up, and made a strong ligature above the wrist, so as in some measure to avoid the loss of blood. On reach- ing his lodge, he cured the wound himself, by the mere use of simples. I was a witness to its perfect healing. " 1 have said, that these physicians, jugglers, or practitioners of pretended sorcery, are supposed to be capable of inflicting diseas- es ; and I may add, that they are sometimes themselves sufferers on this account. In one instance, I saw one of them killed, by a man who charged him with having brought his brother to death, by malefic arts. The accuser, in his rage, thrust his knife into the bowels of the accused, and ripped them open. The latter caught them in his arms, and thus walked towards his lodge, gath- ering them up from time to time, as they escaped his hold. His lodge was at no considerable distance, and he reached it ahve, and died in it.*" Marriage. " A man who wants a wife, never applies in person; he sends his iister, mother, or some other female, to the female relations of the woman he names. They consult the brothers and uncles on the maternal side, and sometimes the father, but this is only a com- pliment, as his approbation or opposition is of no avail. If the par- ty applied to, approve the match, they answer accordingly to the woman, who made the application. The bridegroom then pro- cures a blanket, and such other articles of clothing as he is able to spare, sometimes a horse, and sends them by the woman to the fe- males of the family of the bride. If they accept of them, the match is made, and the man may go to the house as soon as he choses; and when he has built him a house, made his crop, and gathered • Henry's Travels, p. 118. AITENDIX. 105 it in; made his hunt, and brought home the meat, and put all this in the possession of his wife, the ceremony ends; they are married; or, 5is they express it, " the woman is hound." The appellation is, " the woman that lives with me," or, the mother of my chil- dren." The law has been understood differently by some, who insist that when they have assisted the woman to plant their crop, the ceremony ends, and the woman is bound. A man seldom or never marries in his own tribe. Di vorce. '' This is at the choice of either of the parties. The man may marry again as soon as he will; but the woman cannot, during the continuance of the yearly sacrifices, which lasts about twelve days. Marriage gives no right to the husband over the property of his wife; and when they part, she keeps the children and the proper- ty belonging to them and to her. Not unfrequently they take away every thing the husband owns, his hunting equipage, only, excepted. Sacrifices and Thanksgiving. " The Indians have two sacrifices in each year. The principal festival is celebrated in the month of August; the precise time is fix- ed by the head Chief and the counsellors of the town, and takes place sooner or later, as the state of the affairs of the town, or the forwardness of the corn, will admit. It is called the green corn dance, or, more properly speaking, " the ceremony of thanks- giving for the first fruits of the earth." It lasts from four to twelve days, and in some places resembles a large camp meeting. The Indians attend from all quarters, with their families, their tents, and provisions, encamping around the council house, or house of worship. The anim • S.u, Not initil yesterday had I the honor of receiving your letter of the 24th of Au;rust, (enclosing; an extract from a Treaty, and a ropy of a letter from Gov. Cass,) on the subject of providing a . onritry for the residence of the Delawares on the west side of the Mississippi, &c. F>om the delay of your letter on the rout to me, I tear that I am tleprived of tho pleastire of aftbrdingyou (in time,) •,niy assistance in determining on the country west of the Mississip- pi, nio.'t advisable to siloct tor the permanent residence of that Tribo. On« of the principal objects I had in view, in making the last purchase of the Osage Tribe, in 1818, of that part of their lands north of the Arkansaw river, and west of the Cherokee claim, was to enable the Govei'ntnent to exchange with such Indian Tribes, as wished to move to the ^vest of the Mississippi, a part of the said purchase. I calculated on exchanging with the Shawanees and Delawares of the Missouri Territory, for their possessions on the Mississippi, above Cape Girardeau, in the event of their proposi- tion's receiving the approbation of the Government. {\\ selecting a country for the permanent residence of the Dela- ware?, I will venture an opinion, that a tract of country adjoining die Cherokee claim, and north of White river, above the white set- (lenients, and immediately east of the old Osage boundary line, viouid be better suited to both parties, than any other tract of country within my knowledge. That country is mountainous, and uill not admit of a thick population of whites; but within the tract there are vallies and small portions of country, very rich, well watered, and covered with cane, as well calculated for the conven- ience of the Indians, as a level country. If this tract of country is not approved, a part of the last purchase made of the Osage Tribes, embraces all the advantages which the Indians could ex- pect, or wish. I am told the soil is of the best (piality, and lies beautifully." No information has been received on this subject later than the above. ■{^ •t. lOU AFPENDtX. App. V. Kcp. p. AO. Indiana and Illinois. Chicuiro. '■r:^ :,ii *' 4 111 Chicago, in the Stfitc of Illinoii<, is on the west shore of Michi gnn Lake, twenty miles from its southern extremity, two hundred and twenty miles south of Green Bay. Fort Dearborn is on the south side of Chicaj^o river, half a mile from the Lake, lat. 42° 9' 10". The site is commanding. The buildings here are sufficient to accommodate two companies. This fortress is intended and adapted only to oppose and keep in subjection, Indians, when their hostile conduct renders military interference necessary. The po- sition of this place is bleak. Behind are extensive prairies; be- fore, the Lake, without a harbor for three hundred miles. The land, one mile wide, on the margin of the Lake, is a barren sand, thence a rich loam, on limestone strata. The Chicago river is sixty yards wide at the Fort, which is fif- teen miles from Des Planes river, a branch of the Illinois; thence thirty-five miles down the Des Planes, is its conflu'ence with the Kankakee, forming together, the Illinois river. The portage from the Chicago to the Des Planes, is nine miles, so low as often to be covered by water, to a depth sufficient for the passage of loaded boats. Beside the people in the employmentof the Government, there are at Chicago four or five Canadian Frenchmen, married to Indian women, with their chddren. The number of Indians in the imme- diate neighborhood, is estimated at from one thousand to fifteen hundred, the greater part Pottawattamies. The following account of the Indians, settled on White river, in Indiana, was verbally communicated to Rev. Mr. Sergeant, by Capt. Hendrick, in 1816, and by Mr. Sergeant, in a letter to the author of this Report, dated April 20th, 1816, while he held the office of Secretary of the Society for Propagating the Gospel among the Indians and others in N. America. ♦' Dear Sir, I have been waiting for a long time to get Capt. Hendrick to write you the proposed letter. Previous to our conference meet APPENDIX. 109 Michi iiundred 9 on the t. 42° 9' iufficient uled and len their The po- ries; be- is. The en sand, lich is fif- i; thence with the tage from 'ten to be if loaded int, there I to Indian Ihe imme- 1,0 fifteen river, in ^eant, by ter to the held the )el among [ndrick to Ice meet ing, he called on me, and I took down all the information he wa« nble to communicate, agreeably to your request. The towns of Indians, he had visited, he report*^ in the following order. '* I re- sided in the middle town, on White river. About twenty miles south, there is a town of Delawarcs, near the south line of their reservation. About sixteen miles north of the centre, there is an- other town. Between these two extremes there are two villagen. making, in the whole, five towns, or villages, containing about one thousand souls, of Delawares, Munsees, Moheakunnuks, and Nan- tikokes. who are all favorably inclined towards civilization and re- ligion. They claim all the lands lying on the streams running into the White river, supposed to be one hundred miles square,* North, about forty miles, on a river called Missis sinua, jt branch of the Wabash, there are three villages or towns of Mia- mies. Still further north, on Eel river, one town of Maimie^. (called Eel river Indians,) containing about eight hundred souls. I The land they own is .about two hundred miles square. All the Indians last named, are complete Pagans, living on a small river, which empties into Miami of the Lakes. There is a tribe of the Shawanees, who are, in a small degree, inclined to hear instruc tion. This town contains about five hundred souls. The Wyandots live on, or near, the Sandusky river, about fbui- hundred souls, and own about two hundred square miles, who arc somewhat inclined to hear instruction. Among these are many Delawares and Munsees. " All these places,"' Hcndrick says» "' 1 have visited. I .Judge that the information is correct." Yours, &c. JOHxV SERGE 4NT Rev. J.Morse, D.D. Under date of March 30th, 1818, Mr. Sergeant writes as fol lows : — Rev. and Dear Sir, I received your last in due season, and communicated the sam»: ■'' This was all sold in 1818, and the Delawares have now no lands east of the Mississippi. t The Miami nation was formerly designated, " The JUtamt Eel river^ and fVca tribes ;" the two latter being of the nation of the former, but living in if^parnte peltlements, taking; the names of the rivers on which they were settled. no APPENDIX. to Ciipt. Hendrick. Yestenliiy I obtained liif^ answer in writing. !uul transcribe it for the information of the Society for Foreign Missions. " In 1802, a council was held atWappeconimehkokc,onthc banks of White river, by Delawares and the delegates of the Moheakuniiiik nation. The former then accepted all the proposals made by the latter, among which was civilization, of which, sai«l the Chief, we " take hold ivith both hands."' In the mean time he declared hi> dependence on his grand children; that is, that we should either teach them ourselves, or lead a while man by the hand, who w*- know is a good, honest man, to instruct them; that they were de- ssirous it should take place before they die, &c. The Speaker was named Tatepahqsect, a principal s.nchem of the Delaware na- tion, and of the Wolf clan, and his head warrior, named Pokenche- lah. These, and a number of other principal men, are dead, anrl agreeable to human reasoning, I think the principal men, who hold the government at White river, will not readily accept such a pro- ject, and that, for certain reasons, I think the attempt should be put off', at least until next year. I will accompany such a mission when I see my way clear. *' The Delawares, their number about eight hundred souls, re- side on the banks of White river, and the streams that flow into it. " The name of the principal town is Wapeminskink, or chesnvi tree. This town lies partly on the north side of White river. The establishment* should be made, either east or west from this village. From conversation which took place between me and some of the principal men of the Delawares, three years ago, 1 think many of them would receive such a proposal, provided nn people should be seated near them. Their principal chief now i.« named Thahv.tooxsccelent, or Wm. Anderson, of the clan of the Tur- key tribe. The names of their other principal men you will se«; in the copy of their speech annexed." " The Stockbridge Indians have long had a claim to a large trad of excellent land on, or near, the White river, a branch of tho * It was, at this period, in contemplation to establish a mission station, some- where on Wliite river, around which should be gathered the Stockbridge oi Moheakunnuks and other remnants of Indians, for the purpose of enjoyin'.' the bcncfiti of its instructions and influenoc. AlU'ENDIX. Ill writing. c banks kvinnuk ; by ihft lief, we ared hi- id either who w»' vere de- Speaker ware n^ okenche- dead, anA who hold jch a pro- should be a mission souls, re- ow into it. or chesnvJ lite river. It from this n me and [ears ago, I 'ovidcd my lief now i? .ftheTur- ►u will set: large trad inch of the ttation, some- lockbridge oi fe of enjoyin:: Wabash, given them by the Miamics above one hundred year? since. One object, amonj; others, of the Stockbridge Indian Mis- sion, in years past, was, to get this title well established, which has been partly done by Capt. Hendrick, in the document below.* "A report was published in your Boston paper, about a year since, that "the Delawares had sold out their rights on White river,'" which greatly alarmed my ])eople. They immediately wrote, by mail, to the Delawares, to know the truth of the report, and re- ceived the answer, a copy of which I shall enclose, acrompanietl by a string of Wampum.t We were also informed by a letter from * Thomas Jefferson President of the United States, to whom it may concern. Whereas it appears by the declaration of Captain Hendrick, a Chief, and A<»ent for the Delaware bidian", and is confirmed by the acknowledgment made to me personally by the Little Turtle, a Chief of the Miamies. That the said Miamies have granted to the Delawares and Moheakunnuks and Mun- sees, and their descendants forever, a certain portion of their lands on White riyer, for the sole use and occupation of the said Delawares, Mohcakunnuks and Munsees, and their descendants forever ; but under the express reserva- tion and condition, that neither they, the said Delawares, Moheakunnuks and Munsees, nor their descendants, shall ever alienate the lands to any other persons or purposes, whatsoever, without the consent of the said Miamies, and the said Chiefs before named having desired me to bear witness to their dec- larations and acknowledgments aforesaid. Now therefore, know ye, that I the said Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States, do testify, that the declarations and acknowledg:ments before mentioned by the said Chiefs of the Delawares and Miamics, before named, were made in my presence, and on my interrogation in the exact tenor before stated. Seal. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand, at the H.Dearborn, City of Washington, on the 21st day of Dec. 18CR, Secretary of War. Thos. Jeffersopt. + Doings of the Council at IVappecominehroke. White River, July 21st. 181T Grand Children^ the Moheahmnuks. Your Grand Fathers, the Delawares, beg leave to address you. Grand Childrenj We have received your speech forwarded us by Mr. John-- son of Piqua. Grand Children^ We gently take away the flying report, that is in youi ears, put in by some bad person. Grand Children, Dont listen to any more false reports; but hold fast tht covenant that has existed these many years between the two nations of Wan- ponnoobkees. lan£;iiaKt> of tlu> iia- lives. It is lint «o trirreri, but that every e commiiiiiratcd to tlietn in their own languat^e. 3. Some books oni^iit to be printed in their language, and chil dren taught to read them. This plan is now in operation umniig the ()ncida<». 4. My people, I find, ran read their own language very fluent- ly, when they pronounce Knglish very indifferently. This will always be the case, so long as they speak their own language in their families. 6. If they lose their own language, they will lose with it their national pride and respectability. This is the case willi the Brolherton Indians. They have lost their language ; and are now, perhaps, more corrupt than any Indians in the country. G. Their Keservations ought to be large, and at lejist twenty miles from white or black inhabitants. 7. Civilization and religion must go hand in hand, as 1 have read with regard to Africa. " The plough and Bible must go together." As soon as they can feel and taste the sweets of a civilized life, their disposition to hunt and wander will cease. I am decidedly of the opinion, that if the good people in your state, had fallen in- to this plan in Apostle Elliot's time, there might now have been large and flourishing towns of natives in the vicinity of Boston. It is a settled point, that they cannot flourish where white peo- ple are allowed to mix among them. In order, therefore, to have religion and civilization flourish among Indians, the societies and Missionaries must use their influence with the government, to keep them fit a distance from all immoral squatters on Indian land. JOHN SERGEANT." To Rev. Drs. Morse and WoiicrsTKR, Members of the Prudential Coininittee of the board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. In a letter, dated June 29th 1818, Mr. Sergeant writes thus— Rev. and kind Sir, " About five families of my people will start for White River in three weeks. With the divine blessing they may arrive there ArPF.NDIX. 115 ICC, and ' tho ua- ami clul on amoi\!; ry fluent- This wiU inguagc in 5C with it case willi e ; ami are untry. litst twentj 1 have read I together." trilized life, decidedly id fallen in- have been Boston, white peo- )re,to have ocieties and ernmcnt, to s on Indian EANT."' lites thu*— liite Uivcr in urive there ihe beginnins; olSoptomluT. Three mkiIo mond»er'«, an«l tour or tive women of my church will go. It would ho very «lrsiral»l«', it your 'Society could employ some IMinsiouary to visit them the lat- ter part of Ortolter, hy which time tln'y n>;»y poxsjhly get into a ■ii'ttled "tl.ile. and it H'illbe desirable that iho sacrament of the sup- Agur should Im; fidministered to them. It i* reported ihixi the Indiana (jovenunrnt,* this season, intend to purchase the lands on the While river. It is my ottjnion, that they will not be able to do it, by fair mean<<. If they should be aide to do it by a stretch ofuidawful power, the proposed plan will be at an end. Partly on this» account, I would recommend that your Society employ some missionary, visiting the Ohio, or Indiana Territory, or some minister in the vicinity, to spetui a few weeks among my people, and from the Chief, who is going, the Missionary will be able to report to your Society all necessary in- formation respecting your Missionary establishment. 1 should be unwilling to have Capt. Hendrick go next spring to assist in your proposed plan, if it could be avoi«led, as I tear the tribe will go to destruction without him. He grows old, and at present, I am of the opinion, that the new chief, who is going, can do nearly as well. He is a very steady religious man. I understand the Delawares on White river arc strongly averse to white people coming among them; therefore it is thought that a young man should be placed at the head of the establishment, and lie empowered to employ some of my people, or pious Indian youth, in the establishment. This would be the most likely way to succeed. This Voung Missionary would soon acquire the native language, which wouUl be very popular among heathen Indians. 1 am well informed that the Tuscaroras, living near Buffalo, are about to remove to White river; ami by a late letter from Buffalo, 1 understand a number of the Munsees will go on with my peo- ple. All these will be friendly to a religious establishment. 1 am, &c. JOHN SERGEANT." * The Government of the United States have the exclusive right to purchase Indian lands. The « Indiana government" have no authority to do wh:\t i* hrre attributed to them. 116 AITENDIX. Ifthese fnclians were disposed to settle together in this {ihcc. why not, I ask, in some otJier eligible spot ? A letter from Mr. Sergeant on the same subject as the foregoing, of still later date, follows: — I; m vim :WI »'■;' Xew Stockb ridge, Dec. I5th, 1818. Rev. and Dear Sir, " 1 now enclose my journal, by which you will learn, that in Au- gust last, about one third of my church, and about one quarter part of the tribes started from this place with a view to form a set- tlement on White river, in Indiana. They did not get away so soon by a month, as they had intended ; and on that account they did not arrive at their place of destination before the country wan all sold ! /* " We have had direct information of the Treaty with the Indians, and it is reported, that " the Delawares were forced to sell, and to sign the Treaty," and that " the poor Delawares had not a friend to support their cause ! !" " The Stockbridge Indians, we understand, concluded to stop for the winter in a Reservation of the Shawanees, in Ohio, and to ap- ply to Congress to have the part of the country restored to them, to which they have long had a just claim.! How they will succeed, depends on the kind providence of God. They request your prayers for them. " Capt. Hendrick, accompanied by some faithful agent, will soon set out for Washington, and lay their grievances before the Gene- ral Government. When the truth is told to wise and good men, I have a strong faith, that some certain part of the country will be restored to them, as their undoubted right, with a good title.J " About three weeks after our people left this place, with their families, my people, hearing of the danger they were in of losing their lands, sent off two young men, as runners, who arrived in m * See the Speech sent b)' the Delawares, to quiet the apprehensions of the Stockbridge Indians, p. 111. Note. What deception somewhere ! +See p. Ill, notF. X The application was made and failed. APPENDIX. 117 Ohio a few days before their friends. They returned on Satur- day evening last, and report, that they visited the Dehiwares. After delivering their speeches and information, the Dclawareti were much affected: treated thera with the greatest possible friend- ship, and told them they should write to the President of the United States, and inform him horv greatly they had been deceived by their pretended friends in Ohio and Indiana ! I wish your Foreign Missionary Society would, at their first meeting, take up the subject of praying the Government to allow the Indians a large and handsome reservation, and by some effec- tual means, prevent immoral people from getting among them, when they shall have settled upon it. I can, with truth, inform you, that among the Indian tribes in Indiana, there are white men who have half a dozen wives. Here are the strong holds of Satan, which can, and may, be broken up; if the General Government would remove all such people, and appoint Traders and Agents of good moral character, to be near the tribes. In this way, with the blessing of the Lord on the labors of the Missionaries, I believe the poor tribes might be among the happiest people in the world. I am clear that this cause is the Lord's. Yours, &c. JOHN SERGEANT. • I take the liberty here respectfully to suggest to the President whether it would not be expedient, and have a conciliatory and good effect on the Stockbridge Indians, and on others also, white people as well as Indians, to consider the hard case of these Indians, and to grant them a portion of the lands which they claim on White river, with an understanding, that they shall exchange them for a tract some where in the N. W. Territory, which shall be agreeable to theni, and which the Government might purchHse of the present owners for this specific purpose? Or make them a grant in the first instance, in some part of the N. W. Territory. I have conversed with Mr. Sergeant on this subject, and he has suggested to me, that some course like this would satisfy the Stockbridge Indians. This, I think, might lead ultimately to the gathering together of many of the scattered remnants of tribes, in this Territory, so peculiarly adapted to this purpose. 118 APPENDIX. W ill IB mm ir. '4l;l' 1t;ji The course above recommended, it will be perceiTcd, has since been substantially pursued. Under the patronage and aid of the Government, a purchase in this territory was made the last summer, (1821) as stated below, and thither these disappointed set- tlers on White river, with others, of different tribes in that vi- cinity, are intending to remove, in due time, and to settle on this new purchase with the rest of their tribe, and such as will accom- pany them.* Indian Civilization. In a letter from Mr. Sergeant, dated December 16, 1821, he refers to his journal stot to the Society, for propagating the Gospel among the Indians and others in North-America, and says, " There you will find ?( great planin progress, to concentrate about five thousand of the natives in the vicinity of Green Bay, on the west side of Michigan Lake. My people, with a few of the Six Na- tions (so called) have been very successful in purchasing a large country there; and we understand the General Government are pleased, and have confirmed their title. This was a plan of Dr. Morse's. The means have been blessed hitherto. Means will now be used to obtain a law of Congress, to exclude Spirituous Liquors nnA White Heathen from Green Bay. If the Lord in his kind overrul- ing Providence should prosper this plan, my people would all be willing to remove. In this case, there will soon be the most inter- esting establishment for the benefit ofnear twenty thousand souls of these heathen tribes, scattered in, what is called, the North West Territory, that has ever been planned. My people would carry with them almost all the arts of civilized life. " If I should live until spring, I shall be disposed to give you further information of this interesting plan for the benefit of the poor natives, who cannot flourish surrounded by a white popula- tion. * See App. p. 13, Note, and a more full account of the purchase here re- ferred lo, under the head of Miscellaneous Articles. APPENDIX. 119 "■ There was a colony of my people moved to Indiana about three years since, consisting of sixty or seventy persons, and a small church was formed; they then had a lawful right to a large territory. Before they arrived it was sold. Pains have been ta- ken to have it restored, but without success. They are in a very unpleasant situation. We feel it a duty often to pray for them. Our wish is to obtain their consent to remove to Green Bay next season. '* 1 am in hopef to obtain copies of Elliot's Bible in the Indian language, and am of opinion, that this Bible will be understood by a good part of the natives in the N. W. Territory. •' My church, about thirty in number, have for several years kept up the Monthly Concert for prayer, and the praying zvomen meet on Thursday of every week for prayer." The fact that Indian Females associate for prayer, will he gratifying to every Christian sister; and their prayers are request- ed for that little band; and that such meetings may be multiplied among Indians. — {Recorder^ May 15, 1822.] I have been induced to insert here the foregoing authentic docu- ments, because they contain plain facts, which ought not to be kept back from the public, as they shew in what manner Indian rights have been regarded, and what is " the actual state," of the tribes here named, which my commission requires me to ascertain. The following information was received verbally from Rev. Isaac McCoy, a minister of the Baptist denomination, the instruc- tor of the school mentioned. " In Missasinua, sixty miles south of west from Fort VVayne, and one hundred and twenty north north-east of Vincennes, about the centre of Indiana, north and south, are about fifty lodges of JJIiami Indians, two or three families in a lodge. They have no school established among them; but a dozen boys and four girls are sent by their parents to a school, supported by Baptists, at Fort Wayne. This school, at the close of the year 1821, consisted of forty- eight scholars, fourteen of them girls, who are said to learn faster than the boys, and are taught, also, to knit, spin, and sew. Of these scholars, sixteen are Miamies, eighteen Potlawattamies, y: ''**« '•N^!. 120 APPENDIX. eight Stockbridge, three Shavranees, and thr^e Ottawas. Their progress in learning is equal to that of white children, with like adi'a.itage.<). In eighteen months, this school increased from eight to forty-eight scholars. "Since 1820, Mr. McCoy states, a perceptible change in the minds of the tribes, has taken place. Considerable, and continu ally increasing numbers, are already inclined, or becoming so, to quit their Indian habits, and to adopt those of civilized life. *< The Pottawattamies inhabit the northern part of Indiana, round the southern shore of Lake Michigan. Of their lands, some are good, but the greater part is of a middling quality." Sauks, Foxes, Kickapoos, Pottawattamies, 4'C. The following information concerning these Tribes is frora Maj. Marston, commanding officer of Fort Armstrong, received in a Letter, dated at his Post, Nov. 1820. Rev. Sir, " Your letter, dated Mackinaw, June 20th, 1820, requesting me to give you " the names of the Indian tribes around me within as large a circle as my information can be extended with convenience and accuracy; the extent of the territories they respectively occu- py, with the nature of their soil and climate, their mode of life, customs, laws and political institutions; the talents and character of their Chiefs and other principal and influential men; and their disposition, in respect to the introduction and promotion among them of education and civilization; what improvements in the present system of Indian trade could, in my opinion, be made, which would render this commercial intercourse with them more condu- cive to the promotion of peace between them and us, and contri- bute more efficiently to the improvement of their moral condition; together with a number of particular questions to be put to the In- dians for their answers, or to be otherwise answered according to rircumstanccs," came to hand in due time, and would have been answered immedi;jtely, had it been in my power to have done so, as fully as I wished. APPENDIX. Interview with Sauk and Fox Chiefs, 121 »» Soon after the receipt of your communication, I invited four of the principal Chiefs of the Sauk and Fox nations to my quarters, with a view of gaining all the information wished, or expected, from them; three of whom accordingly attended, when I made known to them, that you, as an Agent of the President, had re- quested certain information relating to their two nations, which I hoped they would freely communicate, to the best of their knowl- edge and belief; as their great father the President was anxious to be made acquainted with their situation, in order to be enabled to relieve their wants, and give them such advice from time to time, as they might need. " They replied, that they were willing and ready to comnjuni- cate all the information in their power to give, relative to their two nations; but I soon found that when the questions were put to them, they became suspicious and unwilling to answer thetn, and that many oftheir answers wore evasive and foreign to the ques- tions. Such information, however, as I was able to obtain, by putting your questions to them, follows:— Question to Mas-co, a Sauk Chief. What is the name of your nation? Answer. Since we can remember, we have never had any oth- er name than Sau-kie or Sau-kie-uck.* Question to Mascn. What its original name? Answer. Since the Great Spirit made us, we have had that name, and no other. Ques. to Masco. What the names by which it has been known among Europeans? Anszoer. The French called us by that name; they were the first white people we had ever seen, since the white people call- ed us Sauks. Q^uestion to Wah-bal-loy the principal Chief of the Fox nation; What is the name of your natioo? * Saukie is the singular, and Saukuck, the plural. The plural number of most names in the Sauk and Fox language?, is formed by the addition of the syllable uck. 16 i I-. i I .■> WIH ■H :■.. 122 APPENDIX. Answer. Mus-quith-kie, or Mus-quak-kie-uck. Question to Wah-hal-lo, What its original name? Answer. Since the Great Spirit made us, we have had that name, and no other. Question to Wah-bal-lo. What are the names by which it has been known among Europeans? Answer. The French called us Renards, and since, the wl:ite people have called us Foxes. Question. Are any portion of your tribes scattered in othei parts? Answer. Yes. Question. Where? Answer. There are some of our people on the Missouri, some near Fort Edwards, and some among the Pottawattamies. Question. To what nations are you related by language? Answer. The Sauk, Fox and Kickapoo nations are related b} language. Question. Manners and customs? Answer. The Sauk, Fox and Kickapoo's manners and customi' are alike, except those who have had intercourse with the whites. One of the Chiefs added, that the Shawanees descended from the Sauk nation; that at a Bear's feast, a Chief took the feet of the ani- mal for his portion, who was not entitled to them, (which were esteemed the greatest luxury) and that a quarrel ensued, in con- sequence of which he and his band withdrew, and have ever since been called the Shawanee nation. They acknowledged that the Sauks, Foxes, Kickapoos and lowas, are in close alliance; but observed that the reason for be- ing in alliance with the lowas, was, because they were a bad peo- ple, and therefore, it was better to have their friendship, than their enmity. Question. With what tribes can you converse, and what is the common language in which you converse with them? Answer. . There arc only three nations with whom we can con- verse, the Sauk, Fox and Kickapoo nations. By being with any other nation, we might learn lieii- language; but if we never see them, how can we speak to them, or they to us? Is it not the !«ame with you white people? APPENDIX. 123 (c^uestiuH. What do you call Grand Father? Ansxver. The Dehiwares call us and all other Indians Grand- children, and we in return call them Grand-father; but we know of no relationship subsisting between them and us. Question. What are Grand-children? Answer. There are no tribes or nations we call Gmnd-chil- tiren. Qi«e»e-sna'-feec, re buried d do much irould have r,t of coun- outhofthe ind follows ends back id some of his tract is he vicinity e. Their and are jtry. Irv claimed river, about (issippi, op- Unt lodges. I'here is also a small Sauk village of five or siv lodo;?^ on the west bank of the Mississippi, near the mouth of Dl's Moin river, and below Fort Edwards; and a Fox village near the \qm\ mines (about a hundred miles above this place,) of about twenty lodges; and an- other near the month of the Wapsipinica* of about ten lodges. The Sauk and Fox nations, according to their own account, which 1 believe to be nearly correct, can muster eight hundred warriors, and including their old men, women and children, 1 think the" do not fall short of five thousand souls ; of this number about two tifths are Foxes ; but they are so much mixed by intermarriage, and living at each others villages, it would be difhcult to ascertain the proportion of each with any great precision. Hunting and its fruits. "These two nations have the reputation of being hotter hunters, than any others who are to be found inhabiting the borders, either of the Missouri or the Mississippi. "They leave their villages as soon as their corn, beans, &c. are ripe and taken care of, and their traders arrive and give out their credit, (or their outfits on credit,) and go to their wintering grounds ; it being previously determined in council, on what par- ticular ground each party shall hunt. The old men, women, and children, embark in canoes ; the young men go by land with their horses ; on their arrival, they immediately commence their winter's hunt, which lasts about three months. Their traders fol- low them, and establish themselves at places convenient for col- lecting their dues, and supplying them with such goods as they need. In a favorable season, most of these Indians are able, not only to pay their traders, to supply themselves smd families with blankets, strouding, ammunition, &.c. during the winter, but to leave considerable of the proceeds of their hunt on hand. The surplus, which generally consists of the most valuable peltries, such as beaver, otter, &c. they take home with them to their villages, * VVap-si-pin-i-ca ; so called from a root of that name, which is found in great plenty on its shores, of the potatoe kind, and which they use as a substi- tute for bread. 126 APPENDIX. "::ii and dispose of for such articles, as they may afterwards find neces- sary. ♦•In the winters of 1819—20, these two nations had five traders, who employed nine clerks and interpreters, with annual salaric*^ of from two, to twelve hundred dollars each, (the average about four hundred dollars,) and forty three labourers, whose pay was from one hundred to two hundred dollars each per annum. These traders, including the peltries, received at the United States Fac- tory, near Fort Edwards, collected of the Sauk and Fox Indians during this season, nine hundred and eighty packs. They consif-tcd of 2,760 beaver skins. 922 Otter. 13,440 Raccoon. 1 2,900 Musk Rat. 500 Mink. 200 Wild Cat. 680 Rear Skins. 28,680 Deer. ;;[.l Whole number, 60,082 The estimated value of which wasjifcy -eight thousand and eight hundred dollars. "The quantity of tn'ow, presumed to be collected from the deer, was two hundred and eighty-six thousand eight hundred pounds. The traders also collected, during the same time, from these In- dians, at leiist three thousand pounds of feathers, and one thousand pounds of bees wax. mi: \M Agriculture^ Crops, Manufactures, Wines. " They return to their villages, in the month of April, and after putting their lodges in order, commence preparing the ground to receive the seed. The number of acres cultivated by that part of the two nations, who reside at their villages in this vicinity, is sup- posed to be upwards oi three hundred. They usually raise from seven to eight thousand bushels of corn, besides beans, pumpkins, melons, &c. &c. About one thousand bushels of the corn they an- API" -IfDUL 187 nually sell to traders andothen ; the remaii ler '^excofif about five bushels for each family, which is taken witli rhenr*,) ^v put i > bags, and bury in holes dug in the ground, for th^ . use m le spring and summer. "The labor of agriculture is confined principally l- the womif^n, and this is done altogether \.. ' a hoe. In June, the greatest part of the young men go out on a summer hunt, and return in August. While they are absent the old men and women are collecting rush- es for mats, and bark to make into b.igs for their corn, &c. &c. ♦'The women usually make about three hundred floor mats eve- ry summer ; these mats are as handsome and as durable, as those made abroad. The twine which connects the rushes together, is made either of basswood bark, after being boiled and hammered, or the bark of the nettle ; the women twist or spin it by rolling it on the knee with the hand. Those of the able bodied men, who do not go out to hunt, are employed in digging and smelting lead, at the mines on the Mississippi. In this business a part of the wo- men are also employed. From four to Jive hundred thousand zveight of this mineral is dug by them during a season ; the loss in smelting of which, is about twenty-five per cent. The most of it, however, is disposed of by them in the state in which it is dug out of the mine, at about two dollars per hundred. "About two hundred members of these tribes built a village last season near the mouth of Rock river. "I now proceed to give such further information as a years res- idence in the vicinity of the Sauk, Fox, and part of the Kickapoo nations, and considerable intercourse with several other nations, has enabled me to collect. " In the first place it is no more than justice for me to aknovvledgC; that I am greatly indebted for much of the information contained in this letter, to Thomas Forsyth, Esq. Indian Agent, Mr. George Davenport and Dr. Muir, Indian Traders. To the first mention- ed gentleman I am principally indebted for an account of the man- ners and customs of the Chippewa, Ottawa, and Pottawattamie na- tions, which are similar to those of the Sauks, Foxes, and Kicka- poos. In addition to the information furnished by these gentlemen; I have long been in expectation of receiving more from Mr. Blon- deau. late a sub Indian Agent, and a man of intelligence in tho ro- m 11 129 APPENDIX. livioM, ni, was, to have their lamh surveyed and laid off" into tnuts for each fainily or tribi. He has left a son, but as yet he is too yoinig to assume any authority. " The principal chief ofthe Fox nation, is H'uIi-IkiI-Io. Ilo ap- iiears to be about thirty. He is a man of considerable c;!p,ioily, iind very independent in his feelings, but rather uuiunbitious and indolent. The second chief of this nation, is Ty-ee-mn, (^Straichrr- ri/,) about forty years old. This man appears to bo nnue ituul to dance by night, and sleep by day. He further observed that when young children died they did noc at first flire so well. That originally there were two Great Spirits, who were brothers, and equally good ; that one of them died and went to another world, and has ever since been called Mach-i Man-i-to, the Evil Spirit ; that this spirit has a son, who makes prisoners of all the children that die too young to find the good path, and takes them to his own town, where they were formerly deprived by him of their brjiins, in order that when they grew up they might not have sense enough to leave him. That the Good Spirit seeing this, sent an Eagle to pick a hole in the head of every young child as soon as it dies, and makes its appearance in the other world, and to de- prive it of its brain and conceal the same in the ground ; that the child is always immediately after taken a prisoner by the Evil Spirit, and kept until a suitable age to travel, when the ejigle re- turns its brains, and then, it having sense enough, immediately leaves the bad spirit, and finds the good road. «' Most of these Indians say, that their deceased friends appear occasionally to them in the shape of birds and different kinds of beasts. A Fox Indian observed, one morning last summer, that the spirit of a certain Indian, who was buried the day before, ap- peared last night near his grave in the shape of alurkey, and that he heard the noise he made almost all night. I enquired of anoth- er Indian, quite an old man, if any of their people had ever re- turned from the dead. He replied, that he had heard of only one or two instances of the kind ; but that he believed they knew what we were about in this ivorld. " No part of what I have witten is taken from books, but almost every thing has been drawn either from the Indians themselves, or from persons well acquainted with their language, manners cus- toms, &c. &c. On this accouut I presume it will be the more ac- ceptable. ^^ "The annuities paid by Government to the Sauk and Fox nations appear to be a cause of dissatisfaction among them, in consequence of their not being able to divide and subdivide the articles receiv- ed, so as to give every one a part. I believe that powder, flints, and tobacco, would be much more acceptable to them than the Wi m Bill! 140 APrKNDIX. blnnkets, stroudiiig, kc. which they have been in the liabit ofit' ceiving. *' I enclose a list of the nations of Indians who inhabit the uppcr Mississippi,* and the bonlers of the great Lakes, showing the nanicj; by which they are known among Europeans and by each other ; the latter information I have obtained principally from the Indianf themselves. I have the honour to remain With great respect, Your obdt. servt. M. MARSTON, Bt. Moj. 6, Infy. Commandant.'^ hUervie'W with a Chippewa Chief. While at Mackinaw, I had an interview with a Chippewa chief, Au-tO'ko-ko-ne-be, from Grindstone river, Sheguening^ near Flint river, one hundred and seventy miles from Detroit. He was mourning for his mother. His face was blacked, which is the cus- tomary token of mourning among this and other tribes. I asked the number of souls in his village. In answer he handed me a bundle of thirty-three small sticks. This is the usual manner in which Indians, in this region, ascertain and communicate their numbers. In the same manner, similar questions were answered by the Ottawas atL'Abre Croche, and by the Menominees at Green Bay. Potlawattamies, Chippexvas and Ottawas. The following information was furnished by Major Cummings, of the 3d Regt. Commandant at Fort Dearborn, Chicago,f in an- swer to questions which I gave him at Mackinaw. ''^See this list in the general tabic. ttn a letter accompanying; this communication Maj. C. says, "The Indians ap- pear to be suspicious, that there may be some design in proposing these questions, and refuse to answer. For the little information I here communicate,! am indebt- ed to Mr. Kinzie, who has resided many years among these Indians, as a trader. APrKNDIX. 141 "Questions puttothn IndianH at Cliicii^o witli their aiHwerfl. Quest, int. What is the naino of your tribe ? what iU ori<;inal name ? what the names hy which it has been known among Kuro peans '! Ans. There are throe tribes of us joinetl, viz. the Pottawatta- tnies, Chippewas and Ottawas. Since the white people were in- troihiced amon;; us, we are known by these names. Our tradi- tions go no further back. Quest. 2rf. What is your numl)er of mi\les, females and chil- dren ? Ans. We cannot tell ; being so remote from each other, and no wars between us and our neighbors, we deem it unnecessary to take a census of our nations, and no individual considers it amattej- of sufficient importance to take the trouble on himself. Quest. 3d. Where do you live ? the extent and soil of your ter- ritory? Ans. (by Pottawattamins.) We live on a large tract of country, west of Detroit, extending to the Mississippi. Our soil we care little about, and take but little pains to cultivate it, hunting being our chief employment. Quest. 4th. Are your tribes divided and scattered in other parts? and where? Ans. Not to our knowledge. ' Ques. 5th. To what tribe or tribes are you related by lan- guage, manners, and customs, or descent or compact? Ans. (by the Pottawattamics.) The Chippewas and Ottawas speak our language more correctly than any other tribes within our knowledge. Their customs and manners are similar to ours, and we are bound, by compact, to support each other in war and in peace. Indeed I know of no other way of obtaining a satisfactory knowledge of them ; but by a long residence in their country. Their jealousy of every white man, particularly of every American,* is such, that they seem inclined to avoid, as much as possible, all intercourse with us. Nor is this to be wondered at, when we consider that the few whites who go among them, are generally of tile most abandoned character, whose sole object is to defraud the poor In- dians of what little property they possess." * Meaning an inhabitant of the Uuite'.l States. 142 AI'PKMMX Btijf (^Hesl, (!Ui. Have you iiiiy Iraiiidoii ol your luicc.storH, iuid o( your di'HCtMil, IIS ii tnlxi? Jlns. We liiivr noiio. We know not when our iincCHturs fnsl raine into this country. ({uest. 7tli. With what IiiIich chii you converse, and what is the common language in which you convi-rse with them? Jln$. The lliree tril»es al»ove named converse in the Pottawat- tamie language. (^ue5/. iUh. What tribe do you call (irand-l'atherf Jhi.i. We call the Delawares our (• rand-father, and sometime**, in derision, we call them (irand-nuHher. Quest. ;)th. What trihesare (i rand-children.' Jlns. The Delawares call all the tribes (ira»:ti-chi!t'ren. Qui'st. 10th. Where is held the great council lire of all the tribes connected with your tribe? At what times do you meet' What business do you transact? Mow lonu, are you usually toj«;eth- er? What are your forms of doinju: your public businet^s? Do y )u open or close them with any religious ceremony? if any, whatf Who performs the ceremony? How do you atldress your chiefs in council? By what titles? What is the badge of yoiir tribe? JIns. Fifty years ag<., our great council lire was kindled at the Miami Rapids, by the general consent of all the tribes of Indians then residing in the country, and has since beeii renewed by the liritish and Indians, at the same place. Since that period, it hns been removed to Maiden, near Detroit, as the Americans have never called the Indians together, but to consult on peace. This lire has been left in the care of the British and Wyandots, to pre- vent its going out. The times of our meeting are not stated, but occasional. When our peace is in danger, we call on all the na- tions to aid Us, and the British assist us with their advice, provis- ions, &ic. We remain no longer together than is necessary to settle our af- fairs, (and that depends on the nature of the business) as our wants have to be supplied by our friends the British, while together. Our forms of transacting business are simple; we open our council by smoking a pipe, selected for the occasion, and we ad- dress the audience through a speaker, chosen for that purpose,, first invoking the Great Spirit to inspire us with wisdom suilicieiii API'KNDIX. 14J iclimcHjn tn (Miiiblr ux to Kivcthr ^cusv ufotir diricoui'Mr to the audioncu, am) ilu'ii IIh" Hiil»)<'(t follow**. Wr open our coiiiicil iit tlu- name of tlir (irrat Spirit, ami v\om' nilli tfu' «am«'. W'<' luIdrrsM our ChirfH and Coiinril i»y tlu' tcrtiis, Firotlu'r*'. (;iii('ri, atiil VVariior-*, and latrl)', Yoiinn Mvu. Al tJH' «ommpiH,«'UK>iil of the lair war, whrn tlio T'liiffs were (idled on to rais<> I lie hiiteliet ated it. Since this lime thoy are alwiiy*' called in rounril. Our trihes take their hadj^es from parts of some insert, animal, fish, or fowl; as hear, tin, tendon, iic. Those of the lish are on»* trihe; of the heant another; of the fowl another, &r. ({ii'st. 11th. What ceremonies have you at tlu; burial of your dead? Ann. Those vary. We bury by puttini; the body under ground, in a coffin, or wrapped in skins; sometimes by |)lacin}:; it in trees, or standinj^ it erect, and enclosing; it with a paleing. This difference arises generally from the request of the deceased, or dream of a relative. We place with the dead some part of their proj)crty, believing that, as it was useful to them during the pre"- cnt life, it may prove so in that into which they are gone. (■lur.st. 12th. What are your idt-asofthe state of the dead? • Ins. We expect a better world than the one we leave; out: where there is no labor; plenty of game, and where we shall join our departed relatives. We believe there iis no end to this hap- piness. Quest. 1,3th. Do you believe that the soul lives after the body is dead? Jlns. We do; and that it does not leave this world till its rela- tives and friends fesist, and do brave actions, to obtain its safe pass- port. Quest. 14th. Do you believe there is a place of happiness and of misery? Jins. We do. The happy are employed in feasting and dan- cing. The miserable wander about in the air, without the plea;-- ure of feasting or dancing with their friends. 144 AFrENDIX. Qmcs<. 15th. What entities a person to the place ot* happinesa, and what condemns a person to the place of misery? Ans. To be entitled to the place of happiness, a man must be a good hunter, and possess a generous heart. The miser, the envi- ous man, the liar, and the cheat, are condemned to the place of misery." ( I 'I i Indian customs. Devirs River falls into Fox river, about one hundred and tweii- (y miles above its mouth in Green B;iy. In passing the mouth of the river first named, Indians, as soon as they come in sight of it, drop their paddles; one begins to speak, and continues till they are opposite the entrance, when they strew the water with tobacco, feathers, painted hair, &c. then chaunt a hymn, and resume their oars. On Illinois river, two hundred and eighty miles fjom its moutli, one hundred and twenty from Chicago, near its bank, is a large rock, whose top resembles the figure of a man. The Pottawatta- mies, passing this rock, stop and spend several hours in acts o( devotion. Catholic MissionatHes. The Kev. Father Meurain died at Praire du Rocher, tbrty-fivt miles below St. Louis, fifteen above Kaskaskias, on the Mississippi, in the year 1778. He was the last of the Jesuits in this country. He was ordered home ; but at the request of the Indians he re- turned and died with them. He was a very learned man, and has left a valuable Library, and a manuscript Dictionary of the Indian and French languages, in twenty-four volumes. He was Missiona- ry to the Illinois Indians, and was respected and beloved by them, as a very pious and faithful missionary. The two last Jesuit Missionaries at Mackinaw and L'Abre Croche, were Fathers Le Franc and Du Jaunay, who were sixtv rears in this countrv. APPENDIX. 145 Welsh Indians. Father Reichard, of Detroit, from whom I received the facts juflt stated, informed me at the same time, that in 1793, he was told at Fort Chartres, that twelve years before, Capt. Lord commanded this post, who heard some of the old people observe, that Mandan Indians visited this post, and could converse intelligibly with some Welsh soldiers in the British army. This hint is here given, that any person who may have the opportunity, may ascertain whether there is any affinity between the Mandan and Welsh languages. App. W- Rep. p. 32. In 1708, there lived in N. Carolina, near the settlements, and had intercourse with them, the following Indian tribes, viz: — ■ ."1 Tuscarora, warriors, in fil 'teen towns. 1,200 Waccon, in two towns. - 120 Maramijikeet, - 30 Bear river. - 60 Hatteras, - - 16 Neus, in two towns, - ■ ♦ 15 Pamlico, - - 15 Meherring, . 50 Chowan, r 15 Pasquotank, 1 - 10 Poteskeet, (Currituck,) - 30 Nottaway, - 30 Connamox, two towns. - 26 Jaupim - 2 Total Warriors, 1 ,608 Admit that there ar^ five persons for each warrior, 5 The whole number of souls would be 8,040 It is not known that any of these Indians remain in N. Carolina, and but few, except the emigrant Tuscaroras, in N. York, any where else. 19 < ml f 146 APPENDIX. App. X. Rep. p. 32. Creek, or Muskogee Inomns. This nation, among the most numerous on this side of the Mis sissippi, has long been in high renown among white people, as well as Indians. It is composed of various bands, or tribes, who, after a series of destructive wars, united against the Choctaws. The names of these tribes were Apalaches, Alibamas, Abecas, Cawittaws, Conshacks, Coosas, Coosactees, Chacsihoomas, Natch- ez, Oakmulgees, Oconees, Okohoys, Pakanas, Taensas, Talepoo- sas, Weektumkas, and some others. Their union rendered them victorious over the Choctaws, and formidable to all the other tribes. Their whole number, in 1786, amounted to 17,280; of whom 5,86u were fighting men. They are a well made, hardy, sagacious, anti politic people: extremely jealous of their rights; and averse to parting with their lands. In 1796, Col. Hawkins was appointed superintendant of Indian affairs, south of the Ohio. Great praise is due to this gentleman for his judicious, benevolent, and persevering exertions to melio- rate the condition of these Indians. He spent most of h. lime, from the period above mentioned, till his death, in draw' <;■ [?< off from a savage state, and. in introducing among them thv ' . ; ous arts of civilized life. His successor in office, David B. Mitch- ell, Esq. has pursued the steps of his predecessor. Till the late destructive war with them, they were fast advancing in useful im- provements. This war has alienated them from the white people, and lessened their inclination to receive instruction. They, how- ever, now cultivate tobacco, rice, maize, potatoes, beans, peas, and cabbages; nnd raise plenty of peaches, plums, grapes, straw- berries, and melons. They have abundance of tame cattle, hogs, turkiei, ducks, and other poultry. The loom, the wheel, the an- vil, and many other mechanical implements, are usefully estab-' lished among them; and some of their children are now regularly taught reading, writing, and arithmetic. The country which they formerly claimed, extended from Flor- ida to lat. 34*^ N.; and from the Tombigbee to the Atlantic ocean; they have successively ceded most of their lands by dif- ferent treaties, to the state of Georgia. Their principal town« APPENDIX. 147 he III lat. 32= and Ion. 1 1° 20' W. from Philadelphia. They are settled in a hilly, but not mountainous, country. The soil is fruitful in a high degree; and well watered, abounding in creeks and rivulets, whence they are called the Creek Indiana. Their present number is given in the table. Col. Hawkins made a manuscript grammar of the Creek lan- guage, which is said to be in possession of Mr. JeflFerson. Some movements were made several years since, by the Geor- gia Baptist Association, under the patronage of the late Gov. Ra- bun, to establish the means of instruction among these Indians, of the progress and success of which, no information has been re- ceived. For an account of the Cherokees in Georgia, and the neigh- boring States, see this App. Aa. p. 152. App. Y. Rep. p. 33. Florida. The following description of a part oi East Florida, and of its white and Indian population, is from manuscript communications of the intelligent J. A. Peniere, Esq. late Indian Agent, stationed in this Territory, to Gen. Jackson, and the Secretary of War. St. John's River and its Borders. Pico LAT A, 15th July, 18lfl. '' I again ascended the St. Johns river, which, as it appeared to me, is only a long and wide bay. At about two hundred miles above its mouth, I found scarcely forty dwellings on both its banks. I again went up more than fifteen miles above the last plantation southerly. I saw scarcely five or six Spanish families, and as ma- ny laboring farmers. The rest live in the greatest idleness. Fish, which is abundant in this bay, game, cabbage trees, milk, tortoises, oranges, and a little Indian corn, constitute the living of the half breeds, or demi Indians. " Seven years ago, some self sty led patriots conamitted great rav- ^es among the Europeans and Friendly Indians, in this part of m^'^- i"!.'-' I ^ I 1 , in 3 jH y;;i ii Basil '""■'■'• 148 APPENDIX. Florida. Almost all the houses were burnt; the domestic animalii killed, and the slaves carried off. The ruins seen, wherever there were settlements, go to prove these facts. " For about one hundred and fifty miles, the St. John's affonle! the finest navigation. There are constantly two fathoms of water from the bar or mouth, to the south-eastern extremity of Lake George, which is about sixty miles in circumference. " Here there is a shoal, where there are but four feet of water found, but some miles above, the arms of the river re-unite, and form a wide and deep channel. Steam-boats and keel-boats, of less than four feet draft, can, at all seasons, e.asily go from Sa- vannah to the last lake of St. Johns, (more than five hundred miles,) without going out to sea. Natural canals, every where along the Islands, or rather islets, favor this fine navigation. " The long bay v.f St. John's, which never overflows, presents charming views oii every side. Its gentle course admits the growth of an infinite number of natural flowers on its banks, and some floating plants, whither innumerable alligators retreat for refuge and enjoyment. Their skins, within a few years, have become an object of trade. •' Almost all the lands situated east, between St. Johns and the ocean, are slightly rising, and intersected by marshes, or stagnant creeks. Some herds, of course, are seen; some small Indian horses, too weak for draught; some hogs, and but very little culti- vated land. *' ](|irater, fit for drinking, is every where met with, at the depth of five or six feet. This long tract of land is almost level. I do not think it is twenty feet above *;he level of the spring tides. What proves this, is, that the ebb, which is seven feet at the bar of the St. Johns, is perceivable as high as the great lake, (lake Jackson,) which is two hundred miles distant. ♦' These light lands are not suitable for Indian corn. The best produces scarcely twenty bushels per acre. Indigo, cotton, mad- der, sugar cane, the mulberry tree, the dat.e, the olive, the pome- granate, the almond, the Madeira vine, the coffee tree, beyond the twenty seventh degree; the lemon, and above all, the orange trees, thrive well, on choosing suitable soil and exposure. The APPENDIX. 149 swampa, situated on the north of the Floridns, would furnish kali for a rich and abundant manufacture of Soda. Population. ♦' It appears certain, that the Floridas have never l>een well peo- pled. Some deserted plantations and ruined villa»^es are visible, but according to the information I have been able to procure, this country has never contained ten thousand souls, white population, and at present does not contain more than five thousand. The Island of Amelia, Fernandina, and Talbot Island, 400 Nassau river, and St. Mary's river, south, - 220 St. Augustine, - . - . . 2,600 St. John's bay or river, .... 260 Between the St. Johns and the ocean, . . 250 Southern points of the Floridas, (five families,) oO Pensacola and its environs, ... oqq 4,560 " The population of the Indian Tribes, known under the col- lective name of Creeks, composed of six others, designated by the names of Mickassauky, Souhane, Santa-fe, Red Stick, and Echitos, in time past, furnished one thousand two hundred warriors, which, at the rate of five to each warrior, would give a population of six thousand souls. " The nation, known by the name of Scminoles, is composed of seven tribes, which bear the names of Latchione, Okleouaha, Chok- echaitta, Pyaclekaha, Fatehonyaha, Topkelake., and one other. There are besides, some remains of ancient tribes, known by the names of Outchis, Chias, Cana ake, but they consist of only a few straggling families. There is, also, on the frontiers of Georgia, another tribe, called La^outto, which raised one hundred or one hundred and fifty warriors, under Mackintosh. Seven years ago they waged a barbarous warfare against the whites and Semi- noles, who detest them. " We must add to this enumeration, which will make the Indian population amount to more than five thousand souls, fifty or sixty 150 APl'EiNDlX. Vfl! i Mm f\u i'4 ill ill:! negroes, or inulattoes, who ure maroons, or halt' slaves, to the In dians. These negroes appeared fo me far more intelligent, thi>n those who are in ,;;h most of them live thirty, forty, and more mile^ Iron* Spring- ?''.ar,e. '?hk /«s particularly remarkable at such tinr.»=^5, when the cor,f;»o;:;"Uojii approacit rt the Lord's table, and wlit^ii baptisms (oot-. pla'.:e, wJi.'^h bn]|)p^:K'd sev- eral times in the course of ibe vf u. On *hi ttth ^»'\Novenr>,ber 1819, the new church was solen^.Jy f irisecratfci, tlurin||^ i^v vime of Brother Steiner's visit, v/hoi) rteMrty all v^ere present v,'b > uaci hitherto been admitted to the Church, or ey prosso^l a deffi/^e to be- come believers, besides a uoOTbwr of others; and the fr.»fi(iijce of the Lord was sensibly felt vipmi tltitit i«''casion. Chn^tmrif and Easter were no leas distinguisbed by u po.vnrfi'I manllestaUon of the gmce of God, and it was remarked con rprni ig i^ir lalter festi val, that some distant convert", although thf y to jk all possible pains, and travelled more than sixty in-lr- bacLwnrds and forwards to inform themselves, utv^Sf d fhki time, because they could not meet with any one, e^»in anvong these th;it were able to read, who understood the nun5Ci'C«J figures, which rendered both aim-macs and text bookd* useless in this respect. The letters, which Brother Hicks and Sister Crutchfield wrote to us, from time to iime, bore testimony to their growth in grace and knowledge, and to their gratitude for the benefits conferred on them. • A selection of texts for every day in the year, is annually printed for the use of the Brethren's Congrej^tion: 158 APPENDIX. In the course ot'a year, nine persons were added to the Church by baptism, so that our little flock of believers now consisted ot fourteen persons, besides those, in whose hearts there was an ev- ident work of the Holy Spirit." '! a The latest intelligence received from this establishment is in the subjoined letter from Rev. John Renatus Schmidt, missionary at Spring-Place, dated Dec. 10, 1821. "You have probably learnt before now, that I was favoured on the 14th of October, to baptize sister Nancy Hicks, wife of our brothel Charles Renatus Hicks, under a lively sense of the gra- cious presence of our Lord. Our School increased greatly, in the course of (he summer ; we now have nineteen children, six- teen boys and three girls, all of whom are hopeful subjects. On the Lord's day, and the festivals of the Church, I frequently have quite a respectable number of hearers, Indians, half-breeds, blacks, and sometimes whites. I cherish the fond hope, that our Divine Master will cause the seed, here sown in weakness, to spring up in his own good time, and bear much fruit." In 1803, the Rev. Gideon Blackburn, a respectable and en- terprising minister of Marys ville, Tennessee, projected a plan for the improvement of this nation, to which he obtained the sanction of the government of the United States, and of the Indians them- selves, and in fulfilment of it, opened a school in the spring of 1804, by appointment of the committee of missions, of the Gene- ral Assembly of the Presbyterian Church, which he continued with uncommon zeal, ingenuity and perseverance, and with great success, for four or five years, till his means were exhausted, and he was constrained to abandon his enterprise. He had at one peri- od, eighty scholars, who were clothed, fed, and taught, at his ex- pense. His labors have not been lost. They have helped to prepare the way for the enlarged and more permanent establish- ments since made. APPENDIX. 159 Establishments of the American Board of Commissionersjor Foreign Missions, among the Cherokees and Chuctaws. The public, through the medium of the numerous periodical works of the day, have already been made familiar with these Es- tablishments, probably the best organized, the most efficient, and successful, of any hitherto instituted for the benefit of our Indians. Experience has tested their vwisdom. They have been models according to which other Societies have since made their Estab- lishments, and will be, doubtless, with some improvements, mod els for future estab'ishments of the kind. On these accounts I feel justified in extending this article to u considerable length, for the purpose of giving a full view of the plan on which these establishments are formed, of their operations and results. The first establishment made by this Board in 1817, was in the district of Chickamaugah, in the State of Tennessee, on a creek of this name, which runs into the Tennessee river. The village, comprising the buildings and improvements belonging to the establishment, recei\ ed, at its commencement, the name ot Brainerd, from an affectionate respect to the memory of that best of missionaries, and of men, Rev. David Brainerd. It is on the southeiiy side of the Tennessee river, six miles distant in the nearest course, fifteen as the creek runs, on which it stands, and which is boatable to the vilhige ; 140 miles south-west of Knoxville, seven east of the Lookout mountain; 100 east of Hunts- vdie; 155 north-west of Athens, in Georgia, two miles north of the north line of Georgia. T'.e buildings, erected at the expense of the government of the United States, previous to 1819, were, a mission-house, a school-house, dining hall, and kitchen, and seve- ral smaller buildings, with a grist mill. The school, in May 1818, consisted of forty-seven scholars, Cher- okees; and was taught on the Lancastrian plan, and the progress of the youths in their studies, at this period, was highly credita- ble to themselves, and to their instructors, and very gratifying and encouraging to their patrons, and to the public. A considerable tract of excellent land is attached to this establishment, and about fifty acres of which were under productive cultivation. 160 APPENDIX. The beginning of August, 1821 , the number of scholars belon;,'. itigto the school at Brainerd was one hundred and two, sixty-two boys and forty girls. They have generally been healthy. Pros- pects, v»ith a few exceptions, were never more flattering than at ihat time. Several of their pupils had become hopefully pious; ;ind others very thoughtful and serious.* Regulations of the School, adopted Oct. 1 820. Resolved, That the principal teachers of the schools at thi;; place have charge of all the clothing, books, &:c. sent out for the use of vhe mission; th^t all applications for any of the said articles, by any member of the mission family, either at Brainerd, or any of the local schools, be made to one of them; that they keep an accurate account of all articles given out, in a book reserved sole- ly for the purpose; and that a copy of the account of articles sold, or given out, to any member of the mission family, or to the lo- <:al schools, be given to the Treasurer of this mission, to go up to the Treasurer of the Board, with our regular account. Resolved, That we deem it important, that a female teacher be provided for the school at T "loney to take charge of the girls. Resolved, That at each general meeting, the teachers of the local schools shall report the whole, and the avenige, number of scholars at their several schools, — their classes, and improve- ment from the time of the last general meeting; and that the same be entered by the Secretary in a book kept for that purpose. Also, that each teacher report, at the same time, the general state and prospects of religion and civilization, at his station. Resolved, That our general meetings be held semi-annually, viz. on the Saturdays after the second Wednesdays of October and April, and that the order of said meeting shall be as follows: 1st. Preparatory lecture on Saturday. 2d. Sermon and com- munion on the Sabbath. 3d. Examination of the schools in this place on Monday. 4th. Meetiiiij; for business conducted as fol- lows: First, read all communications, relative lo the concerns of the missions from the Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer of * The Rev. Mr. Hoyt's letter. APPEiNDIX. 161 the Boanl, which may have been received since the last general meeting, and all resolutions passed in the mectinjiis for busines-s at Brainerd. Secondly: The teachers of the loc.d schools maite their reports. Thirdly: The business of each lui.al school, iu alphabetical order. Fourthly: General business of the mission. Resolved, That, with the approbation of the Prudential Com- mittee, there be u s^-mi-annual vacation of three weeks, to com- mence at the locnl schools, on the Satv'rdays after the first Wednesdays in October and Aprjl, and at this place the d ly after examination. Encouraging Fruits. The following letter, (Oct. 1820,) was sent to the E2 APPENDIX, ucation; and he hopes the Lord will give him a good henrt, so that when he comes home, he may be very useful to his nation.'" The Council have made a law to compel parents to keep their children at school, when once entered, until they have finished their education, or to pjiy all expenses incurred forclothing, board, and tuition. They have also given the Superintendants of each Education Family, authority to take out of their schools such children, as they shall think proper, and, with the consent of their parents, put them to such trades, as are .attached to their establishments; and when such children have learned a trade, they are to be furnished with a set of tools at the expense of the na- tion. Official Report of the Secretary of the American Board, to the Secre- tary of War, JVov.3, 1819. Pi V'^' Iff Pf it:'i 1 '.,■ ^ will ■I ■■"'4 I, tji " Our establishments, actually commenced in the Indian coun- try, are three; one at Brainerd, and one at Talloney, in the Cherokee nation; and one Ri Eliot, on the Yalo Busha, in the Choctaw nation. The establishment at Brainerd was commenced, or r.ather ground began to be cleared, in January 1817. The tirst tree for that at Eliot, was felled in August 1818. At Tallo- ney, the beginning was made only a few weeks ago. In the Cherokee nation, we have seven men and seven women devoted to the service for life; and three young men, of excellent promise, who probably will engage for life; besides hired labor- ers. Of the men, three are ordained missionaries; four are well qualified for instructing; and all are men of sterling character, capable, industrious and cheerfully and ardently engaged in pro- moting the benevolent design. The women are of like spirit and character. Great care, indeed, is taken, that none of a different spirit and character be employed. The company possesses theo- retical and practical knowledge of agriculture, carpentry, smithe- ry, coopering, tanning, tailoring, and several other trades; and to these various occupations expect to apply themselves, as shall best serve the purposes of the establishments. APPENDIX. 163 In the Clioctaw nation we have five men and four women, on ihe same principle of life-engagement with those in the Cherokee; and four more men, now under appointment, will soon be sent to the station, with, probably, as many women. This company will not appear to disadvantage in comparison with the other. The Uev. Mr. Kingsbury, whose name is well known, is at the head of it; and one of the members is a respectable physician. At Brainerd, about one hundred Cherokee youths and children of both sexes, are lodged, fed and instructed, and in considerable part clothed, at the expense of the establishment. Besides being taught the various branches of school education, they are exer- cised regularly in various labors, and made acquainted, generally, with the rural and domestic arts. The establishment at Elliot is upon the same plan, and already enrols about sixty Choctaw pupils. At Talloney, the preparations are not yet in suflicient forward- ness for the school to be opened. We have sent out two missionaries, who are now on their w.iy to the Cherokees of Arkansaw, and are soon to be followed by others, for an establishment there, similar to those already des- cribed. Besides the establishments in the Indian nations, we have a school at Cornwall, Connecticut, instituted for the purpose of educating youths of Heathen nations, with a view of their being useful in their respective countries. This school commenced in May, 1817. The number of pupils is at present about thirty; fifteen of whom are Indian youths, of principal families, belonging to five or six different Indian tribes; several of these last receive an allowance from the government; and 1 beg to commend them all to the favor of the President, as very promising youths, in a course of education, which will qualify them for extending inllu- ence, and for important usefulness, in their respective nations. They, as well as the pupils in the schools in the nations, are exercised in various labors, and inured to industry; and the school comprises most of the branches of academical education, and is under excellent instruction and government. It is our desire, and our purpose, to proceed in this general system, to as great an extent as our means will admit. The na- tions of the South West, the Cherokees on both sides of the Mis- i64 APPENDIX. vil 'f. sis-ippi the Choctaws, and the Chickasaws, particularly engage out <^nrnf:M atfention. We intend, as soon as possible, to com- menco ^ staljlis'iments in two other districts of the Choctaw nation, uid in tho Chickasaw country. They have earnestly besought us; we hnv<^ pledged ourselves to them; and they are impatiently expcctins; the schools. The Choctaws, especially, have not only testified a strong desire for the extension of our system in their country; but have also shewn a wonderful liberality towards the obje^'t, an account of which, as I ;un informed by the agent, Col. McKoe, his been ofticially communicated to your department. We wish by ;dl means, to meet these favorable dispositions jjj. early, und as fully as possible; and in this we persuade ourselves that we shnli have the kind approbation of the government. We arc docply and very gratefully impressed with the kind and liberal manner in which our plans and operations for the benefit of the Aborigines, have been regarded and aided by the government." < ^J S:! ;■»"» Important snvgestioiis on the organization of Education Families. The following is extracted from an address to the Education Families among the Choctaws, from the Rev. Dr. Worcester, while at Mayhew, among the Choctaws, in the .spring of 1021. shortly before his lamented death. " The mission among the Choctaws is one. It is designed to occupy different stations, and to be in different divisions; — all to be under a ;»reat superintendency. Each primary establishment is to have a head, or rector, who is to be also an ordained minis- ter. The work, besides, is to be divided into several parts, and to be assigned to different persons, according to their respective qualifications. You are all indeed brethren, and are always to re- gard yourselves as such. Nevertheless there are, and must be, distinctions of a very important kind. So it is in the church. It has its distinctions of office — of labor and service — order and sub- ordination — distinctions according to the will of God. Besides the general principles of the Bible, which imply order and subordi- nation, there are several chapters in the Epistles on the subject. APPKNDIX. 165 This order is of no less importance on missionary grounil, than elsewhere. " Husbandry is a secular business in common life. But here husbandry is to be considered in a different light. The mission- ary farm should be regarded as the farm of the Lord; and those, who labor here, are to labor as for him, every day, and every hour. All, who are thus employed, are as really his servants, as the missionary. And they should shew cheerfulness in this labor; as for him, every day, and every hour. All, who are thus em- ployed, are as really his servants, as the missionary. And they should shew cheerfulness in this labor; as much so, as if they were laboring for themselves." In the several departments of the work, that of a steward is a very important one. I know not exactly how much is assigned to this office. It is not important to know, in reference to the re- marks I shall make. The Steward will be Treasurer, and have the management of the money. This is an important office. The Stewardship, in connexion with the whole concern, gives it a still greater importance. The department of husbandry is an important one, as a means of supporting the mission. In this respect it must become a great resource. The missions must depend much upon it. The chil- dren are to be educated in reading and writing, and all the arts of civilized life, on missionary ground. They are not taught at home. Every thing is to be learned here. They are both to be instructed and inured to labor. They must be made acquainted with husbandry and the labors of the iield. This is a leading ob- ject. " You are ever to teach the children in the house — in the Iield — and by the way. You must teach them, that there is another and a better kingdom. This must be more sacred territory than is found in Christian communities. It must be here, as inOtaheite, where every thing assumes at once a Christian character.'"' These sound observations, worthy a dying man, are to be re- garded as applicable to all Education Families, established among Indians. 166 APPENDIX. Baptist Establishment among the Miamies, Otiazvas^ and Cherokces. '^iWi' \'Al '11 ^^f I 'ill t I Extract of a letter from the Rev. Dr. Staughton, CorrespoiK!in|r Secretary of the American Baptist Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions for the United States, at Phihidelphia, to the Secretary of War, August 3d, 1819. In this letter the writer states, "that " Said Board, besides their other engagement.?, are endeavouring to carry forward the great object of Indian Reform — They have a valuable missionary and agent in Illinois, the Rev. Isaac McCoijy who appears entirely devoted to the cause of In also been found in the enlargement of their farms. The recom- mendations to the Cherokees made favorable impressions on many of them, who removed themselves from their Towns, and mproved separate farms. • The witggon roads, which were open ed through the nation a short period after, were also a stimulus to iettlingon, or near the road, which progressively improved their agricultural labors on their farms. But it is believed, that the manufacturing spirit, which had been improving in the middle parts of the nation, had received a check by the prices given for grain on those roads, which were travelled by numerous emigrants of the whites, to the westward; and the high prices demanded of the citizens of the adjoining States for live Stock, had primated the the interests of farming labor. But the emigrations on those roads, which have been opened by the natives themselves, have near- ly ceased ; and the high prices given for corn, and live stock, have subsided from their former requisition. It is now believed, that the manufacturing spirit that had been depressed, has taken a new rise in their occupations, as their domestic dependence is on the loom and wheel. " From what has already been stated, the Cherokees may be con- HiJered in a progressive state of improvement, more particular!} those in the middle part of this nation, for there is scarcely a fam- ily but what understands the use of the card ?ind spinning wheel ; except those in the mountainous parts of this territory, who have not had the same advantages, as those have had in the middle and lower parts of this nation. But the greater part of them understand the use of the wheel and cards. The arts of weaving and knitting have become a common part of the female attention of this nation. There are ten families within twenty or thirty miles of this place, who weave coverlets and double twilled cloth; a considerable number of persons besides these are provided with sheets, to supply the wants of their families. l^i»"fc]ji|?|i*if!7 APPENDIX. 169 •'The nxricuhural labor of the mule part of the Chcrokees, it m hoped, will continue to advance with progrcsd to the improvement of their farms, to fliipply the wants of their families and live stock, itfi the aid and labor of the horse, and the atlvantiigc!) of the use of the plough are properly estimated, as their best acquisition to their farms. Mcitt families cultivate from ten, twenty, thir- ty to forty acres of land, without the assistance of black people: The greatest number of whom might raise plentiful crops of corn, were they to get into the habit of plucking out one or two stalks m a hill in old ground, it is believed that there is not more than one eighth or ninth part of the families, but has either horses or cattle; and perhaps there is none without a stock of hogs. The art of making the spinning wheel and loom, has been acquired by five or six Cherokees, known in this neighbourhood; and also making water vessels out of wood. Besides, there are six or seven oth- ers, who work at the blacksmith's trade, though not to any extent, but only in repairing the plough, the axe, the gun, and shoeing of horses, some of whom even make the plough. ''The convenience of mills is begun to be felt, and much wanted in different parts of the nation; as a considerable number of fim- ilies, that live ten or fifteen miles from any mill, go to have their corn made into meal; as but five are in operation in this country, and lie scattered about in different parts. There are six grist, and two saw mills owned by natives, and fourteen or fifteen grist, and two saw mills owned by whitemen, who are married into native families. It is contemplated by the nation, as soon as circumstan- ces will admit, to purchase tools for those who work at some me- chanical branch of business, as they work on their wheels and looms to disadvantage with their rude tools, in the coopering and other kinds of business. Some sets of tools for blacksmiths have already been furnished to some of the Cherokees, and will be con- tinued as circumstances may be found necessary. "The Cherokee Nation is governed by the acts of one National Council, held one a year by a national Committee, and members of Council, constituted in separate bodies. A reform in this has been attempted, and it has been thought necessary to divide the nation into districts, with powers to hold Councils, or Courts, in each of them, to settle all cgntrovarsies brought before the District and i ss 170 APPKNDIX. ' ^i ^'isj M;i9in^^ Circuit Judges appointed fur that purpose; (roni which a hope i- entertained, that much good may result t«> tlie convenience of the people in the present arrangemcnt», when they hecomc well acquainted with the laws that are now, or hereaAer may bo made for their government, li is helieved, that the fewer the laws devised the better; too great a number w 'uld but clog the memory. *'The intercourse with the whites in, and through, this country \* still very considerable, on those roads leading from Georgia to east and west Tennessee, and from Tennessee to Alabama. Turnpike gates have been erected on the federal road, to enable the compa- ny to keep it in good repair, under the control of the national Council. Other roads, that have been opened by private per- sons, have been regulated in the rates of tollage by the national Council. " The information obtained from the Superintendant of the school at Brainerd establishment of the state of education among the growing youths of this country, will no doubt be considered a flattering advancement in literature among natives, who have had to learn their letters in English, to pronounce them in the same language without understanding the meaning. And a hope is entertained by the Cherokees that the advancement already made in education, will continue and increase, as more knowledge of their advantages shall be acquired. The present state of th»' school (Jan. 1822,) .is given by the Rev. Ard Hoyt, as follows: — "The school at Brainerd commenced in the spring of 1817. Since that time\ 29 boys and 18 girls have left the school, who could read and write; and the present number of scholars, inclu- ding those absent, expected to return, is 100, which has been the usual number for some time, and as many as can be accom- modated. "There have been baptized here ten Cherokees, two whitemen, and four African adults, and twenty-three Cherokee, and four white children. " The numberof scholars at Tallony is twenty, at Creekpath eigh- teen. The number of adults baptized at Creekpath is seven ; of children hine; of candidates for baptism four. AM'KNUIX. I7i ••The ImihlinKs nt Hrninord, are a dwpUi.ng house, dining room, kitchen, lumber house, meat house, t, ' ,imed house for the jprls, .(rhool house for the boys, framed barn, loj; stable, six cabins im- proved as dwcUing house-, a pr i-^t-mill a saw-mill, smiths' and ciirpenters' shops, a cabin used t ^r a wash house, and five c.ihins occupied by the boys. "We have engaged this year, «>fCherokees, 800 bushels of corn, many sweet potatoes, pumpkuis, beans, &:c. and a considerable quantity of Beef. A Cherokee, apparently full blooded, called on us today, wishing to sell us 400 bushels of corn, (another Mr. Koss) has lately informed us, that by means of reasonable informa- tion, he would ha' e supplied us with pork, and principally with corn. We hope, through the blessing of Divine Providence, to obtain most of our supplies from Cherokees another year.*" " The missionary school established in this nation by the United brethren, fifteen or sixteen years, ago, at Springplacc is now un- der the superintendence of the Rev. John R. Smith. The state of this school, from its commencement has been received from him, extracted from the church records, is here subjoined. " The number of children who have been educated by them in reading and writing, is eighty, sixty-one of whom have left it and gone, and the number that still remain under the tuition of the mis- sionaries, is nineteen. "The advances in christianization among the Cherokees, by the missionaries at that place, are twelve persons, who have been baptized, and twenty-four children, of whom six are black, and Hve white children, and twelve are communicants; four other per- sons are received intothe brethren's congregation from other de- nominations; and eight pair of marriages of the Cherokees. The present number of persons belonging to the brethren's Congrega- tion is fifteen, including three white men, married to natives; and the whole of the members, including the missionaries, is twenty, at Springplace and Eukilloggee. "There has been no particular information received from Elder Posey himself, superintendant of the mission schools at the Valley Towns, as to the number of scholars belonging to that establish- * They have purchased these articles heretofore, in the white settlements. 173 APPENDIX. « 4 .i< 1 1 < ' I ment, nor from the local school at Tensewattee, under hi^ direc- tion. The only certain accounts have been obtained, a few days past, from one of the people who had visited Elder Posey's school in October last, to satisfy his own curiosity, and to see the number of scholars there. He stated that there were fifty-four, of whom thirty-two were boys. Other accounts received last summer from the local school at Tensewatee, state that there were upwards of twenty. It is reasonable to believe that there is, at these two schools, upwards of eighty scholars, as Mr. Posey had written to the chiefs in October last, after the visit already stated, that his schoool was increasing, and there is good reason to believe the present number of scholars may be relied on to contain the num- ber stated. CHARLES HICKS." The Hon. John C. CalmoUiV, Secretary .of War. Extracts from the Laws of the Cherokee JVation, passed by the Na- tional Committee and Council. J^ezv-Town, Cherokee JVation, r October 24, 1820. \ " Resolved by the National Committee and Council , That the Cherokee Nation shall be laid off into Eight Districts, and that a Council House shall be established in each District, for the pur- pose of holding Councils to administer justice in all causes and complaints that may be brought before it for trial. There shall be one Judge and one Marshal in each district, and one Circuit Judge, who shall have jurisdiction over two districts, to associate with the district judges in determining all causes agreeable to the laws of the nation; the marshals are to execute the decisions of the judges in their respective districts; the District Councils to be held in the spring and fall seasons, and one company of light horse to ac- company each Circuit Judge on his official duties in his respective districts, and to inflict such punishments on thieves, as the Judges and Councils decide agreeably to law. It shall be the duty of the marshals to collect all debts, and they shall be entitled to eight per centum for the same. The Nation to defray the expenses of each District Council. Al'l'ENDlX. 173 •• In case of opposition to the marshals, in the execution of their liuty, they shall be justifiable in protecting their persons in the same manner, as is provided for the National lig;ht horse, by law. By order of the Coinmitlee, JOHN ROSS, President. Jlpprovt'.d hy the Cuunvil, PATH KILLER, Cll. R. HICKS." A. McCov, Clerk JVutional Committee. That the and that a »r the pur- causes and re shall be uit Judge, e with the he laws of the judges le held in lorse to ac- Other acts provide, " That each head of a family shall pay a noli tax of fifty cents, and each single man under the age of sixty years, shall also pay fifty cents per annum, to be collected by the marshals, in each district, and paid into the national treasury, to be applied for such purposes as the National Committee and Council shall deem proper." •■ That a Ranger shall be appointed in each District, whose du- ly it shall be to receive, post and advertise, all stray horses that may be found in their respective districts." " That single white men are hereby admitted to be employed as clerks in any of the stores that shall be established in this Na- tion, by natives, on condition that the employer obtains a permit, and becomes responsible for the good behavior of such clerks. " That any person or persons whatsoever, who shall bring into the Cherokee Nation, without permission from the National Com- mittee and Council, a white family, and rent land to the same, proof being satisfactorily authenticated before any of the Judges in the District Councils, for every such offence, they shall forfeit and pay the sum of five hundred dollars, and receive one hundred stripes on the bare back." New-To-mt, October 2Q, 1820. ' Whereas much inconvenience and expense have devolved upon the Missionaries, from their scholars running away from schools, and the negligence on the part of the parents to take such chil- dren back to the pchool?: Therefore, 174 APPENDIX, "^''^ It"; I I! ^ mMli ' r : I? i t * ' lilitf' ^1^ , ' vimmh ilifi ^^ Resolved by the National Committee and Co«n«7,Thatinlutuie any scholar or scholars who are now, or may hereafter be, put un- der the tuition of the Missionary Seminaries, in the Cherokee Na- tion, by the voluntary consent of their parents or guardians, who shall leave such schools without permission from their teachers, and without just provocation, and shall return home to their par ents or guardians, and after application being duly made by anv person authorised by ti e superintendant of the Mission establish- ment, from which such scholars run away to their parents or guar- dians, for the return of the scholar or scholars, and the parent' or guardians refusing to take proper measures to compel their children to return to school, shall be bound to pay all expenses incurred by their children to the Mission establishments for cloth- ing, board and tuition, to the superintendant of such institution. *^ And be it further resolved, That the superintendant of the Missionary stations, shall have the privilege to take out of their schools such scholars as they shall deem proper, with the consent of their parents or guardians, and bind them out to learn such mechanical trades as may be attached to their respective establish- ments, to the best interest of the apprentice so bound. And in case of the elopement of such apprentice, the same rules and regulations, as provided for in the foregoing resolution, shall be observed. The nation shall procure at the public expense, a set of tools for every ?uch apprentice, who shall have ftiithfully served his time, and shall have learned a trade." " Resolved, That any person who shall permit his negro or negroes to purchase spirituous liquors and vend the same, the master or owner of such negro or negroes shall forfeit and pay a fine of fifteen dollars for every such offence, to be collected by the marshals within their respective districts tor the national use: and should any negro be found vending spirituous liquors, with- out permission from their respective owners, such negro or ne- groes, so offending, shall receive fifteen cobbs, or paddles foi every such offence, from the hands of the patrollers of the settle- ment or neighborhood in which the offence was comr.ntted; and every settlement or neighborhood shall be privileged to org^ni/.o '-* patrolling company." APPENDIX, 176 tialt in lutui e be, put un- lerokee Na- irtlians, whc iir teachers, to their par- made by any on estabUsh- ents or guar- i the parents compel theii all expenses nts for cloth- institution, andaut of the :e out of their th the consent t to learn such :tive establish- f)und. And in lame rules and ition, shall be lexpense, a set ithfuUy served '* In Committee, New-Town, October ^Q, 1819. •' Unanimously agreed. That school-masters, blacksmiths, mil- lers, saltpetre and gun-powder manufacturers, ferrymen and turn- pike keepers and single hirelings as mechanics, are hereby privil- e(Ted to reside in the Cherokee Nation, under the following condi- tions, viz: Their employers procuring a permit from the Nation- al Committee and Council for them, and becoming responsible for their good conduct and behavior; and subject to removal for mis- demeanor. And further agreed, That black-smiths, millers, fer- rymen and turnpike keepers, are privileged to improve and culti- vate twelve acres of ground for the support of themselves and families, should they please to do it." " All citizens of the Cherokee Nation, establishing a store or stores for the purpose of vending merchandize, shall obtain a li- cense for that purpose from the clerk of the National Council, for which each and every person so licensed shall pay a tax of twen- ty dollars per annum, and no other but citizens of the Cherokee Nation shall be allowed to establish permanent stores within the nation. No pedlar or pedlars not citizens of the Nation, shall be permitted to vend merchandize in the Nation without first obtain- ing a license from the Agent of the United States for the Cherokee Nation, agreeably to the laws of the United States; and each and every one so licensed, shall pay a tax of eighty dollars per annum to the treasurer of the Cherokee Nation. No person or persons, not citizens of the Nation, shall bring into the Nation, and sell any spirituous liquors; and all such person or persons, so offending, shall forfeit the whole of the spirituous liquors that may be found in his or their possession, and the same shall be disposed of for the benefit of the Nation; and if any person or persons, citizens oi the Nation, shall receive and bring into the Nation spirituous li- quors for disposal, and the same or any part thereof, be ibnnd to be the property of a person or persons not citizens of the Nation, and satisfactory proof be made of the fact, he or they shall forfeit, and pay the sum of one hundred dollars, and the whiskey be sub- ject to confiscation as aforesaid. This dfecree to take effect from and after the first day of January, one thousand eisht hundred an■■ % '1:'I ii {■ iffihi (^J^^l ii' ^Hif^ 176 Al'PEMJlX. " Regolved, That itny white man who shall hereafter take a Cherokee woman to wife, be required to marry her legally by a minister of the Gospel, or other authorised person, aft^r procur- in;r a license from the National Clerk for that purpose, before he Hhall be entitled s not only provide an abundant supply of food for their families, by thelabour of their own hands, but have a surplus of several hun- dred bushels of corn, with which they procure clothing, furni- ture-, and foreign articlet. of luxury, particularly sugar and coffee, of which they are immoderately fond. Others manufacture their own clothes from cotton produced in their own fields. The cur- rent is now setting very strongly in favor of agriculture, and othf^r ^1.;' I 180 APPENDIX. K'^ m ikAl I ,'>■ • T,;: MmMa ,f „-, laborious pursuits. All are convinced, that the very existeiirr of the community must be preserved in this way, if preserved at all. ** Notwithstanding these encouraging appearances, however, it is not to be disguised, that many things, still remaining among the Cherokees, are greatly to be deplored. Much poverty ami wretch- edness, several gross vices, particularly drunkenness, and an al- most total ignorance of God, his law, and the plan of salvation, need to be chased a>Vay, before the people generally can reach the proper standard of rational and immortal beings. What has been already done, in the way of communicating evangelical in- struction, though of inestimable value to such individuals as have received spiritual benefit, and as an experiment of what may bo done, is yet a mere specimen of that benevolent agency which needs to be extended, not only to every part of the Cherokee country, but to all the Indian tribes in North-America, and to alt the heathen on the globe. *' The attempts of the Cherokees to institute civil government for themselves, adapted to their improving condition, succeed quite as well as could be expected. Their incipient jurisprudence ap- pears to secure the respect of the people. The distribution o^' the legisktive, judicial, and executive powers of government, is made with considerable skill and judgment. I have in my posses- sion, the details of the system; but cannot conveniently transcribe 4hem here.* While I was at Brainerd, a court was held for Chickamaugah district; and a member of it reported to me two of 1 he cases, which were then decided. "During my stay, I visitedMr. Hicks, who lives seven miles from 13rainerd. The Christian and public character of this man is well known. Though he has been confined for a long time by ill heaUh, his mind is active and vigorous. He appears to be influenced, in bis labors for the good of his countrymen, by patriotism under the control of Christian principle. He became a member of the Mo- ravian church about thirteen years ago; and his wife lately joined the same communion. " It deserves to h« mentioned with gratitude, that there ha? been no instance hi erto, among the Cherokee converts at Brain- * They are given, p. 172 to 177 of this work. APPENDIX. L81 existetirr served at wever, il imong the ul wretch- and an al- salvation, can reach What hae ngelical in- [ils as have hat may be ncy which » Cherokee , and to all eminent for icceed quite rudence ap- gtribution ot' ernment, is my posses- y transcribe ms held for me two of n miles from man is well )y ill health, luenced, in [m under the of the Mo- ately joined iat there ha= ;rts at Brain- erd and Creekpath, of any such departure from Christian conduct, as to bring scandal upon the cause, or call for censure from the church. On the contrary, all these converts discover a great de- sire to ascertain their duty; and, when they have learned what their duty is, an uncommon willingness to perform it. The same is true, so far as I have been informed, of the members of the Moravian church." The following impressive, closing observations of Mr. Evarts. cannot be too widely circulated, or too often read. " It is obvious to every reflecting person, that now is the time to benefit these south-western tribes, by the communication of the Gospel. If this time should pass away without being employed to the best advantage; if the present attempts should fail, either fronr the want of pecuniary means, or a deficiency of wisdom in plan- ning and directing the business, or of fidelity and perseverance in the missionaries, or in consequence of the divine blessing not be- ing granted; it is impossible to see how a remedy can ever be ap- plied hereafter. The present state of things cannot continue long. The Cherokees, the Choctaws, and the other tribes, must either rise to the rank of intelligent men, and well instructed Christians, or they must melt away, destroyed by vices copied from unprinci- pled whites, having sold their birthright for a mess of pottage, and being left, in the land of their fathers, without property, without a home, and without a friend. Who would not be pained at so lamentable an issue? How can any disciple of Christ hesitate, whether he shall do all in his power to impart the blessings of civ- ilization and Christianity, at this critical period? A favorable im- pulse may now be given, which, with the continued smiles of Providence, shall perpetuate the privileges and the hopes of the Gospel among a people, whose ancestors, from time immemorial, were enveloped in all the darkness of heathenism. Is not such an object worthy of continued labors and persevering efforts? " Whatever may be the issue of any plans now in operation, there is no doubt that the cause of missions is a good cause, and will ultimately succeed. No friend of humanity, who should wit- ness the present state of the Indians, and the efforts to improve their temporal condition, could fail to give these efforts his decid- 182 APPENDIX. cd Jipprobation. But if he wer»* also the friend of his Kedeemer; if his heart were fdled with an anxious desire that, the souls of men may be saved; if he consider the melancholy state of those who have never heard of a Saviour, and whose minds are utterly destitute of religious truth, while their depraved dispositions lend them far from righteousness; if, in short, he had a just apprehen- sion of the equal and urgeni need of the Gospel for all men, of every country and kindred, he would count the exertions hith- erto made as nothing, compared with the value of the object; and would set himself most industriously at work to bring new re- sources into action, and to hasten the progress of a cause, which he would wish above all things to see immediately successful. *' Such feelings, beyond a question, would be prompted by a survey of the present missionary attempts, in behalf of the Indians within our borders. May it please the great Benefactor of nations, speedily to rescue these tribes from their present state, and to make use of such instruments, in communicating his mercy, as 1o his unerring wisdom shall seem beet." Is""' CHOCTAWS. Hoxiiulary of their country ; population ; advancement in civilisa- tion ; Religion ; treatment of the dead. The Choctaws, or Flat-Heads^ occupy the country between the Tombigbee and the Mississippi, bounded north by the country of the Chickasaws, and south by a line running a little below the parallel of 32°. A small part of this territory is in the State of Alabama, but it lies principally in Mississippi. The number of the Choctaws is estimated as in the Table. Within a few years they have made great advances in agriculture, and other arts of civiliz^ed life. They raise corn and different kinds of pulse, meT- ons, and cotton. In one year they spun and wove ten thousaiul yards. An ingenious Choctaw, for a series of years, raised liis own cotton, made wheels, cards, Lc. spun it, wove it, and marie it into clothing. The Choctaws raise a great many cattle. They have laid aside hunting, as a business, though they sometimes en- gage in it for amusement. APPKNDIX. 183 They u|»eak very leverentially of the Supreme Rein};; but h;u'e no exterior worship. Polygamy is very common ; there is no marriiige ceremony, and their morals, in this respect, are very loose and corrupt. Till within a few years the/ did not bury their (lead, but left the bodies on scaffolds, erected before their doors, till the flesh was consumed. Their government 'i» entirely ad- visory. They are divided into three tribes, cxch of which has a chief: The tribes are subdivided into clans. The individuals of different clans do not intermarry. Thp Choctaws have strong tendencies towards a civilized state. They are friendly to travellers, for whose accommodation they have established a number of public inns, which for neatness and accommodations, actually excel many among the whites. The American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, in June, 1818, established a missionary station among the Choc- taws, which they named Eliot, after the celebrated New-Hngland missionary of that nnme. The seat of this mission is about four hundred miles south-westerly from Brainerd. It is three miles south of Yalo Busha Creek ; about thirty miles above its junction with the Yazoo; seventy or seventy-five miles west of the Choc- taw Agency ; one hundred north of that of the Choctaws ; one hundred and forty-five north-west of Walnut Hills. It is in a good country, adapted to the raising of cattle, in a climate supposed to be salubrious, and by the Yalo Busha, the Yazoo, and the Missis- sippi rivers, has a watei* communication with Natchez and New- Orleans. The state of this establishment, Nov. 1819, and Dec. 1820, was given by Rev. Mr. Kingsbury, who is at the head of it, in his Re- ports to the Secretary of War, as follows : — " Since the last report, thirty-eight scholars have been admitted to the school. Ten ha"e left it, and one has been dismissed for ill conduct. The number now in school is seventy-four ; six more are considered as belonging to it, but are at home on n visit. Of the whole number, sixty are males, and twenty females. Alt these board in our family, and are entirely under our direction, excepting ten, who live in the neighborhood, go home on Satur- day, and return generally on the Sabbath morning. Fifty of the scholars now belonging to the school could not speak our language when they entered. These have all made progress in proportion i^i ■ r. iA , fi ^ *i "* IMAGIE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I |io ^^* iWM itt Bii 12.2 ^ Ufi 12.0 1^ m m. Photographic Sdences Corporation 23 WfST MAIN STIf IT WiBSTER.N.Y. 145S0 (716)872-4303 #>• '^ WA V V 184 APPENDIX. to the time they have been here, and several of them now speak Enghsh fluently. Others, who have not advanced so far, can read ■correctly, and will soon acquire the spoken language. Sixty-five, now in the school, began with the alphabet. Twenty-eight of these can read with facility in the New Testament. All the schol- ars have been accustomed, from the first, to write their lessons on slates ; and, when advanced, to write on paper. Thirty-nine write a plain hand without a copy. Nineteen others can form let- ters with tolerable accuracy. Ten have made some progress m arithmetic, and two, who were considerably advanced, when they entered, have attended to gnimmar and geography. " The boys, when out of school, are employed, as circumstan- , ces require, in the various business of the farm and family. Each one, who is of sufficient size, is furnished with an ax and a hoe. We cultivated the past season about fifty acres of corn and pota- toes, most of which \vas planted and hoed by the boys. " The girls are in two divisions, and are employed alternately in the kitchen, and in sewing, spinning, knitting, and other domestic labors. At present, they are taught in a room separate from the boys ; and, a part of the time, by one of the females of the mis- sion. When our expected help arrives, it is designed to have them entirely under the direction of a female teacher. The edu- cation of girla is considered of primary importance, as it respects the prospective education of children, and the progress of civiliza- tion. " Since Oct. 1810, there have been erected, at Eliot, a joiner's shop, a meat house, two corn cribs, and four large cabins, which are occupied as dwelling-houses. Fifty thousand bricks have been made, and ttvo brick chimneys built ; also, considerable oth- er brick work has been constructed for the accommodation of the kitchen, including an oven, and arches for kettles. '' There is now building a house ninety feet by forty, including a piazza, calculated for four families. When this is completed, a sufficient number of cabins can be vacated for the accommodation of all the children, who can be admitted to the school. A barn will then be needed, to complete the principal buildings for thi« establishment. APPENDiA. isr, w speak can read xty-five, -eight ot he schol- esaona on tiirty-nine form let- rogress in when they ircumstan- ,ily. Each and a hoe. n and pota- ternately in er domestic ite from the of the mis- led to have The edu- it respects iS of civiliza- >t, a joiner's abins, which bricks have derable oth- lation of the ty, including :ompleted, a commodation )ol. A barn dings for thi« ■' The improvements have been considerably enlarged, both by clearing new land, and by inclosing two small unoccupied fields, which lie at the distance of about a mile. " Since the death of Mr. Fisk, (who was a blacksmith) an in- riiistrious young man has been constantly employed in the smith's shop ; and one Choctaw lad, and one half breed are learning tho trade. They are alternately in the shop and school, and their proficiency lias been good. Several other lads are desirous of learning trades ; but we are not yet able to give them an opportu- Hity. " Tivo whecl-wrights, and a cabinet maker, have been employ- ed for several months. It would be desirable to have permanent mechanics of the above description, that some of the scholars may be instructed in those arts. " In order to Hicilitate the communication with Eliot, and par- ticularly between Eliot and the new establishment on the Ook-tih- he-ha, we have, with the assistance of Capt. Folsom, (a half breed; opened a waggon road from this place to the Pigeon Roost, on iUv road from Nashville to Natchez. There is now a waggon commu- nication from the navigable waters of the Vazoo, to those of the Tombigbee. This road will accommodate those, who may wish to remove from Tennessee and Alaliama, to the valuable lands on the Yazoo, lately obtained from the Choclaws. A few bri«lges, and a little more labor on a part of the way, would render the road good at all seasons of the year, from the ferry, on the milita- ry road at Columbus, to Eliot. We have been with a waggon, as far down the Yazoo, as the new purchase ; but the road is not opened below our station. " The property belonging to the establishment, on the first of Oct. 1820, is estimated as follows : — Sixty acres of improvements at ^15 • A horse mill Joiner's and blacksmith's shops, tools and stock - Twenty-two other buildings of various sizes, \ waggon, t»vo carts, two ploughs, harness, and other farming utensils Seven Iiorses, at J^60 A yoke of oxen ...... 04 ^900 200 000 3,000 400 420 IfiO 186 APPENDIX. Two hundred and twenty htad of neat cattle, at ^8 Sixty swine at $2 50 Pork, flour, corn, potatoes, &c. Groceries Beds and household furniture Cloth of various kinds Library A keel boat, the Choctaw packet ... FiAy thousand brick ai$G , . . . I 1,760 160 1,75» 360 500 260 320 400 300 ^11,478 *' Seven cows and calves, one yoke of oxen, two wagons, one cart, and various other articles, had been taken from Eliot, for the new establishment. Similar aid will hereafter be afforded to other stations. ** The government allows an additional sum of a thousand dol- lars towards the expenses of the buildings at Eliot. The plan of the buildings at Mayhew is also approved, and a stipulated sum is allowed towards erecting them." The following incident will show in what light the school at Eliot is viewed by the natives : — " A half-breed Choctaw, whose name is M'Curtin, had five children at school, and sent a sixth. The school was then full, and the sixth could not be received. The missionaries had repesttedly been obliged to decline receiving children. On the return of his child, the father fell into a pas- sion, sent for his other five children, and took them from the school. Not long afterwards, the father being absent, an uncle of the children, called Capt. Cole, hearing that Mr. Kingsbury was at Eliot, repaired thither with a petition, that the children might be received again. It is a custom of the Choctaws, that an uncle is a sort of guardian to children, even during the life of the father. The following is a copy of Capt. Cole's petition. *^ A-be-ate-up-in-bogue, June 6, 1821. " Friend and brother, '* I reflect that my nephews and nieces have been taken from your care, and the loss of education gives me a great dissatisfac- APPENDIX. 187 1,760 150 1,75» 360 - 600 250 - 320 400 300 $11,478 raggons, one m Eliot, for e afforded to ;housand dol- The plan of ulated sum is he school at )ctaw, whose sent a sixth, be received, ine receiving 2II into a pas- lem from the t, an uncle of Kingsbury was [Iren might be an uncle is a he father. e 6, 1821. n taken from jat dissatisfac- tion of mind. 1 wish to return the boys to your care again. Your sanction to my request will give me much pleasure. The girls, 1 leave that to your own bretist, whether you wish to call them to your care once more. *' When they were taken from you, it gave me dissatisfaction of mind ; but 1 gave way to the father, as 1 thought it my duty. "Should you be willing to take them, you will please to answer me by the first opportunity, and you will oblige Your Friend and Brother, ROBERT COLE." " We the undersigned humbly request that Mr. Kingsbury should s»"'rtion Capt. Cole's request, and receive his nephews in the school again, as we feel sorry for his nephews — the loss of their education, which iippcars much to affect him. Capt. Levi Perry, his x mark. Tus-cain-i-ub-by, X Tag'le-on-tub'-by, X A-no-a-gtty X Hi-a-ca-gey, 2J Na-ho-le-ub-by, X Che-co-au'chub-by, X Neth'la-hom-a-chub-by, x " What can more clearly show the value, which the natives set on education, than the fact, that nine chiefs of a large district, should unite in a humble request, that children, who had been rashly ta- ken away, might be restored again to the school ? The mission* aries agreed to receive the children again ; but they had not re- turned at the last inteUigence. Capt. Cole is the chief speaker of the district, in which he resides, and may succeed Pnck-sha-nnb- 6ee, in the government of that district.'' /Jci>. Mr. Kingsbury's Report to the Secretary of War, January 30, 1822. Mayhexa, Choctaw JVation, Jan. 30, 1822. " Sir, *' In compliance with instructions from the War Department, I have the honor of submitting the following Report, of the Schools in the Choctaw Nation. 188 Af'FENlJiX. "Asthiit report has been long delayed, i would observe tlint al the time it ought to have been made, the family at Eliot were sulVerinij by severe sickness, and the scholars who in August went home tor a vacation of six weeks, were, by the sickness, prevent- ed from returning until late in the autumn, and some have but rf*- contly gone back. The report was delayed until it could be seen what effect this afflictive dispensation would have on the school. " There are two primary schools in this nation, under the joint patronage of the government, and the AiAerican Board of Com- missioners for Foreign 31issions ; and one local school which is assisted from the funds of the other two. I shall notice these, in the order of time in which they were commenced, beginninc with— Eliot. " This establishment was commenced in August, 1318. Duririt: the past year, it has been strengthened by the arrival of the Rev. Mr. Hyington ; Captain .John Smith, and Mr. Elijah Bradwell,witli their families ; and a single female. The following is a list of the persons permanently employed at Eliot, with their occupations. Rev. Cyrus Byington, Missionary and Rector. Mr. Moses Jewell, Mechanic. Mrs. Jewell and one child. Mr. Zechariah Hawes, Fjirmer and Shoemaker. Mr. Anson Dyer, Steward. Mr. Joel Wood, Teacher. Mrs. Wood. Capt. John Smith, Farmer, and Manager of Plantation. IMrs. Smith and five children. Mr. Elijah Bardwell, Farmer and Teacher. Mrs. Bardwell and three children. Miss Hannah Thacher, Teacher. •* All these persons, children excepted, have freely offered their services to labor for the support of the school, and have been duly accepted by the Prudential Committee of the A. B. C. F. M. All, whose health will permit, are diligently, and most of them laboriously employed in their respective departments. "Besides the above, from 8 to 12 Mechanics, laborers, and domestics, are hired to labor for the establishment. APPENDIX. 189 iservc ihiU liliot were ugtist went s, prevent- ave bul rc- ul(\ be seen e school, ler the joint lid of Com- ol which is ice these, in i, beginning 510. Durint: I of the Rev. ;radwell,with is a list of the occupation!^. or. *ker. Plantation. oflered theii |nd have been lB.C. F. M. most of them is. 1 laborers, and '* In the school, there is an annual vacation of six weekn, com- mencing on the tirst Wednesday in Aug. Tlie past vacations have been longer, on account of sickness in the family. From the com- mencement of the term in Oct. 1820, to Aug. 1821, when it closed, the number of scholars varied from 50 to 70. During this peri- od, 29 new ones were admitted ; one was expelled for obstinate disobedience ; and six others were taken home by their parents, who thought th.it they could no longer spare them to attend school. The latter had all been at school before they came to Eliot, and when they left, could read and write very well. '* The boys' school is taught on the Lancasterian plan. During the three last months of the term, the organization and discipline of the school was improved, and the progress of the scholars more rapid. While out of school they labored cheerfully, and with effect. Besides planting and hoeing, and laboring in various other employments, they cleared several acres of land. It is be- lieved that ten to tifteen acres, may in this way be annually ad- ded to the plantation. Three of the scholars are learning the blacksmith's trade. They are alternately in the school and shop. " The female scholars have been placed under a female teach- er. While out of school they are employed in various domestic- labors, under the superintendence of their teacher, and the other ladies. Their improvement has fully equalled our expectations. " Exertions were made to provide, as far as possible, for the support of the school, and family from our own resources. The plantation was cultivated in the best manner — the stock carefully attended to and every department was managed with economy, skill and persevering industry. The prospects of the establish- ment were never more promising than at the commencement of the vacation. " About that lime a distressing and fatal sickness commenced in the family. One after another was attacked with the bilious or intermittent fever. Those who for a time enjoyed health by at- tending day and night on the sick, soon became the victims of dis- ease. Of 28 persons, including children, who composed the per- manent family at that time, not one escaped. Several of the hired people, and 3 or 4 scholars, who continued at Eliot through the vacation, were also sick. 190 APl'EiNDIX. '' Mrs. Judith William^), uAer u long hikI dirttrcstsing illness, dicii on the 13th of October. She had taken an active and laboriuu! part in the domestic concerns of the family.* Mr. and Mrs. Jew- ell buried their oldest child. One of the scholars, a promising half breed lad, about 13 years old, also died. He was kind and affectionate in his deportment, much engaged in learning, and wc hope truly pious. " The school and the labors of the establishment were neces- sarily interrupted by the sickness. But we would acknowledge, with gratitude, the many mercies, which a kind Providence min- gled with these afflictions, health in a good degree, has been re^9- tored. The products of the field have been secured without loss, and have abundantly rewarded our labors. There have been harvested 1200 bushels of corn, 750 bushels of potatoes, besides some beans, peas, oats, turnips, barley, &c. *' The schools are more flourishing than at any former period. There are in both 75 scholars, descendants of the Choctaws, and about 20 of them full blooded natives. Five children belonging (o the white families, also attend the school. The natives, espe- ciiilly in the neighborhood of Eliot, are friendly, and highly pleai-- cd with the opportunity of educating their children. '* The past year, in some respects, has been an expensive one. Sickoess obliged us to hire more than would otherwise have been necessary. There has been erected a house 90 feet by 40, two stories high, smd calculated for four families. This house is not yet completed. Sixty of the scholars have been entirely support- ed, as to board and tuition, and many of them clothed. Smith- work and other property, to the amount of more than $300, have been furnished from Eliot, to the school now establishing among the Cherokees, on the Arkansaw. *' The whole amount of disbursements from Sept. 30, 1820, to Oct. 1st, 1821, was $8,388, 87; And the receipts, during the same period, amounted to ^8,191, 23. [A classified statement of the disbursements and receipts fol- lows, not important to be here inserted.] * Mr. Williams died at Eliot of a fever in 1819. APPKNDIX. 191 "The property belonging to the school the first of October, 1B21, vfM estimated ns follows: — 70 acres improved land at ^10 7 horses $420 — 3 yoke of oxen $225 'iC5 head neat cattle ^Q 170 swine $2 2 waggons, one cart, and other farming tools Joiner*8 shop tools and stock Blacksmith's shop tools and stock Horse Mill $100—22 other buildings $4000 4,100 .'jO barrels of flour $350—33 do. pork $404 844 Sugar, coffee, salt, and other groceries Crop of 1821 Beds .ind other household furniture Clothing, cloth, and other articles in store Library $400— keel bout $300 $700 G45 2,280 340 400 350 250 795 1,200 886 2,000 700 $15,490 "Much credit is due to Captain Smith, and those who have la- bored in the several departments, for their unremitting exertions in the midst of sickness, and difficulties. They have labored for this school with more persevering industry and self- xpcricn- lift Hchool »ome >. l!ibourc?rH, otid doiiieHtirs, einploytMl »t Miiyhew. '!'«•(» Iinli' breed ChoctiMv liul**, id»o M'side here, one a» interpreter, the other is h'iirnini; the Mack*Supplie»i to the amoimt of {^300 have been furnished to this school from Eliot and Mayhew, and Mr. Williams is authorised to support t or 5 poor scholars. At this school also, the scholars board with thp teacher ; the parents furnish provision and a book. While out of school, they are trained to habits of industry. The place se- lected for this school is called .Yewell, and is on the old Natchez trace, ubout 25 miles south of the road leading from Mayhew to Eliot. "One thousand dollars have been paid by the United ?t;itc«^ Agent to the supcrintendant, being the annuity for 1821, granted by the Choctaws for a third primary school in the S. E. District. This is reserved for the specified object, and w ill be employed so soon as sufficient atlditional funds can be secured, and suitable per- sons engaged to carry on the work. " Before closing this report, I beg leave respectfully to intro ducc a few remarks. The schools in the Choctaw Nation have very considerable resources, and are becoming extensive and im- portant in their effects. All the arrangements respecting them, have been made with reference to their permanent supportj and gradual increase. The advantfiges of this plan are already per- •eptible at Eliot. By a comparison with the former Report, it Ari'KNDIX. 196 Mrill b«'Hcrii lliiil tlic jli-tliui'Heim'iiis lor llio lasiyi'ir, wore Ics"* by almost # KKK), than iluwe of llu; iirecodini;. It will, howovcr, 1»h jiovcril yi'tiiii hei'ore tlio advaiitiigcri of the |>Ihii will l)u full) ro- nli/«^«l. " I'Cru'volciit iM'rsons in the United States, have scut lar;;e siip- |(Iio>» o( (lolhiii^ ami other vahiahle articles for the use of these schools. These (lonalions have been of esxontial stMvire. With- out tlioin the schools must have I lUKuisheii, and perhaps have been jriven up. Of some of these articles there has been a iiui.h lar^^er supply rectuveil than we expected, and we presume lary;er than was unlifipated by the various donors. After supplying the wants of the scholars and of the family, alar^e surplus remained. Some of this is sold to hired person'*, and so far saves the payment money. Sonu' is j^iven to the Indians, in exchange for corn, beef, and other articles purchased of them, to the mutual advantage of the schools and the natives. The remainder of the surplus \vill 1)6 reservi'd until some way is opened for its disposal. " The proper distribution of these charities, imposes on ns highly responsible and dilVicult duties. We wish ever to keep in mind, that an injudicious bestowment of charity, increases the evil, it is desiijned to remedy. This is especially the case among saviiges. Our object has ever been to furnish them only sucli aid and instruction as would enable them better to provide for their own wants, and not to induce them to depend on the United States for a supply. *' The fact, that such a liberal support of clothing has been sent to the schools, doubtless induces some to do less for their chil- dren, than they otherwise would. The parents of most of the scholars are poor, and unable to do much towards the board and clothing of their children. But it is sometimes a question how far charity ought to be extended to those, whose parents are well able to support them. Several of this description have clothed their children, and paid for their board, and all appeared willing to do it, until they were told by gentlemen from the States, that the Government would educate their chihiren, and that they need be at no expense for it. Previously to this rumor, the Choctaws had manifested a noble liberality. It is presumable they will again manifest a similar spirit, whon they come better to appreciate the 196 APPENDIXi advantages of education, and more correctly to understand the mean!!> hy which it is supported among them. *' As yet but a small portion of the children of this nation can be educated at these schools. What is contributed by the rich towards the support of their own children, will enable us to ex- tend just so much further the benefits of instruction to the poor. " The wretchedness of this people is daily becoming more manifest; as Js also the importance of extending, as speedily as possible, to the rising generation, the salutary influences of civ- ilized and christian education. On thi» rests the only hope of rescuing them from the avarice of unprincipled white people, and from the influence of their own ungoverned appetites and pas- sions. " During the past summer, in one neighborhood of about eight miles square, ten men and two women lost their lives by whiskey. Gapt. L. Perry, one of the most useful Chiefs in the nation, was recently murdered in a drunken aff'ray. The murderer of course was killed. Two other men committed suicide, in consequence of having lost their property by intemperance. " We would respectfully submit to the consideration of the Ex- ecutive, whether any direct measures can be adopted to diminish this great evil, and stop the efi'usion ot human blood, with which this land is so deeply stained. With great respect, I have the honor to be your obedient servant, CYRUS KINGSBURY, Superintendant of Schools in the Choctaw Mission.'"' The Hon. John C. Calhoun, Secretary of War. The following information was verbally communicated to me at Washington^ March, 1822, by a respectable gentleman from Natchez. The Choctaws, in Council the last October, resolved, that small schools shall be established in all populous parts of their country, so that none of the families should be more than three or four miles from a school, that children might conveniently go home at night, and save expense. APPENDIX. 197 rstand the nation can J the rich > us to ex- Lhe poor, tming more speedily as aces of civ- nly hope of people, and js and pas- ' about eight by whiskey, nation, was er of course consequence »n of theEx- nt, RY, Mission.'^ ted to me at tleman from sd, that small leir country, hree or four go home at They passed a law, at the same time, prohibiting the introduc- lion of ardent spirits into the country, on penally of its-forfeiture. Committees were appointed and authorized to carry the vote into effect, by seizing and destroying all such articles, wherever found. He aduod, that these Indians were making rapid advances in civil- ization, and that it was the desire of the white inhabitants of this 4tate, that these Indians, as soon as educated, should be merged among them, and enjoy with them, the rights and privileges of freemen. Description of Mayhew. Letter from the Rev. Mr. Goodell. "Creek-Path, April 30, 1822. My dear Sir, " I have visited Mayhew, the French Camps, and Eliot, with much satisfaction ; and am now on my way, with Mr. Kingsbury, to meet the Corresponding Secretary at Brainerd. The situation of Mayhew is pleasant indeed. As you approach it from the east, there opens unexpectedly to view, an extensive prairie, which contains several thousand acres, and which appears to be without a single stdne, or tree, or fence, except now and then a small clustei of of trees at great distances, like the little isles of the sea, and except also the railing which incloses the fields of Mayhew. These fields are on the north side of the prairie, and directly in front of the Mission-houses. *' Beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth, is Mount Zion, on the sides of the north." Cast- ing your eye over the prairie, you discover here and there, herds of cattle and horses, smd wild deer, all grazing and happy. — •' This," said Dr. Worcester, as he passed Mayhew, on his way towards home, and towards heaven — " This is the loveliest spot my eyes ever saw." The grass, which will soon be eight feet high, is now about eight inches, and has all the freshness of spring The prairie has very gentle elevations and depressions, which contain each from 100 to 1000 acres, and which, from a distance, resemble the undulating motion of the Atlantic, a few leagues from 106 APPENDIX. land, after a storm. Ad hundred horses and chariots could go abreast in any direction, and with almost any speed. As you pro- ceed, Mayhew often almost wholly disappears ; again it rises to view in still greater loveliness, half encircled with the oak, which, with the sycamore and mulberry, border the prairie on all sides. Flowers of red, purple, yellow, and indeed of every hue, are scattered, by a bountiAil God, in rich profusion, and in all the beauty and innocence of Eden, on each side of the path ; and their fragrance is, as if the very incense of heaven were there ofl'ered. You can stand in almost any place, and count flowers of ten or twelve different hues. The distance to Mayhew, which at lirsf appears to be no more than a few hundred yards, is no less than two miles. And as you walk on, contemplating this lovely scene. with all its interesting associations, your soul, or ever you arc aware, will make vou like the chariots of Amminadab. " This," said one of the missionaries to me, "is the Lord's plan- tation. These are his fields. These houses, these cattle, and these utensils, are also his. We are his servants, and hope to dip in his service." The missionaries are laboring constantly, cheer- fully and prayerfully, and with much of a spirit of self-denial. A school, on a large scale, is about to go into operation. *'Last week Mr. Kingsbury assembled the chiefs and principal men of the district, and explained to them the nature and design of the school. To this, one of the chiefs replied; — " I be not accustomed to idake a talk with the whites, but when a man's heart feel glad, he can say it. We have listened to your talk. We never understood this business so well before. We never before understood so well, that the missionaries labor here without pay ; but leave their farms and houses, and all for good of the Choctaws. The Choctaws are ignorant. They know when day come, and when night come. That all they know." He wished, when I returned to the north, through the great cities, I would say to the white men, — " You are our fathers. We are poor and feeble. Fathers must pro- vide for the children. When these missionaries die, send more. We expect to die in our old habit ; but we want our children do better." APPENDIX. 199 I close my account of the Cherokees with the following extnict of a letter from an intelligent lady, who lately made a visit to Brain- erd, and was a witness of what she relates. *'■ Delightful as social intercourse must be in the mission family, we found but few opportunities of spending .in evening as a do- mestic circle. In one of these few, the conversation turned on "' the Star in the West.*" Elijah Hicks, son of the venerable Charles Hicks, and clerk of the nation, was one of the circle. His presence would not have disgraced any circle, either in ap- pearance, manner, or conversation. He listerfed to our various remarks with deep attention, but gave not his opinion. At length with much propriety of manner and expression, he asked, " Whether our divines generally supposed the return of the Jews, predicted by the Prophets, was a spiritual, or a temporal return ?" " Judge Boudinot's statements were found by the missionaries to be correct. Customs, like those of the Jews, were from time to time, discovered. Their present "city of refuge for the man- slayer," is in the vicinity of a white settlement, where the guilty must stay till after corn-planting, when he may return in safety." Progress of civilization among the Indians, " Some of the Indians are said to live in very decent style, cul* tivate their lands, and keep good tables. Two Cherokees by th*' name of Van, have built good brick houses, and another Cher- okee, who would imitate the Misisionaries in all they do, Yvm^ built him a house in exact imitation of theirs. A pious man from Georgia, four years ago, passed through the nation, and again, last year : he says, " their improvement is astonishing." The Missionaries are richly compensated for all their trials, in knowing that a nation are reaping, not only temporal, but eternal benefit, through their exertions. Father Hoyt says, nothing of any con- sequence transpires at the mission, but it is known through the nation in three days. Circumstances, little thought of by our- selves, would excite much interest and observation through the * A book with this title, of which the late President of the American Bible Society (Dr. Bottdinot) was the author. 200 APPENDIX. Itiiid. The IVIiH^ionnry lias hiiidl^ time to rcllect on theemiiir>ticc on which he statxi.'^. *' CiviU/^ation, and a knowledge of the Scriptnres, will doubtless, dispel the mist which has ^o long hnng over these nations, and show them to he not inferior to any other people. Their lands are now divided into counties ; judges are appointed ; and courts held. Judge Hrown was once at Hrainerd, while I was there. He possessed no small degree of unaffected dignity. I saw his neice, Delilah Fields, a girl not twelve years old, make coffee, and prepare hint a breakfast in good style, and then wait on the table. *' I saw but one intoxicated person, and did not hear an oath from a Cherokee, during the term of three months. " Theft was common : but the nation condemned it. During our stay, two horses were stolen from the mission. Several Cher- okees assured us of their safe return, and, with our brother Reed, were many days engaged in their pursuit. The thieves were of- ten heard of, in different parts of the nation ; and finding no pros- pect of escape, they turned the horses loose upon the mountains, where they were soon found. Several small articles had also been stolen. Mr. Butler made a journey to the venerable Charles Hicks, for redress. The good man said, " We are to have a council next week. 1 will have a talk, and rou will hear no It. Chickasaw?. The territory of the Chickasaxvs is included within the charter- ed limits of the States of Tennessee, Kentucky, and Mississippi. More than half is in Mississippi. It i.s bounded west by the Mis- sissippi river ; north by the Ohio ; ea^=t by the Tennessee river, and Alabama Territory, and south by the country of the Choc- taws. The boundary lino, commences on the Mississippi, a little below Lat. 34° north, proceeds up this river to the entrance of the Ohio; up the Ohio to the junction oftfie Tennessee ; up the Tennessee to Cany Creek, about twenty miles below the Muscle Shoals: up Cany Creek (o its source; thonce in aline to the i: APPENDIX. 201 •eminence mountains, es had also ble Charifis e to have a Ivill hear no Toinhighee ; down this river to the mouth of Oketibba, in about l,;\\. 30°, where it meets the Choctaw hne ; and from this point in a north-west direction, to its commencement on the Missis- sippi. A lurge portion of the country is very fertile and valua- ble. They have, by lute treaties, ceded to the United States, all their lands lyino; north of the parallel of 35° N. Lat. or the south- ern boundary of Tennessee. Their present Territory lies whol- \y in the State of Mississippi. The number of sotds in this tribe is given in the Table. There arc four males to one female. This inequality is attributed to the practice of polygamy, which is general in this tribe. The Chickasaws have always been warm friends of the United States, and are distinguished for their hospitality. Some of the Chiefs are half breed, men of sense, possess numerous negro slaves, and annually sell several hundred cattle and hogs. The nation resides in eight towns, and like their neighbors, are con- siderably advanced in civilization. The American Board of Com- missioners for Foreign Missions, have in contemplation the spee- dy establishment of a mission among these Indians, preparations for which are already made. This is done at the earnest solicitation of the nation.* One of the Synods of the Carolinas, is engaged in planting an Education Family among this Indian nation. Of the Tribes west of the Mississippi^ and north of the Missouri. I the charter- Mississippi, by the Mis- lessee river, If the Choc- sippi, a little entrance of |see -, up the the Muscle line to the Of these tribes I have here nothing to state, other than what will be found in pp. 34 and 35 of the Report, and in the Table. Appendix B. b. — Rep. p. 34. V-,f- The contemplated establishment at the Council Bluffs, planned by Rev. Mr. Badger, of which some further account may be giv- en, if our limits permit, luder the head o( Miscellaneous Articlen^ * See Dr. Worcester's Letter to the Secretary of War, p. 164. 86 802 APPENDIX. is for the present suspended, but will probably, in some form, be renewed. • App. C. c. — Rep. p. 35. See an account of the settlement referred to, in Report, p. 50, note. App. D. d. — Rep. p. 35. Interesting extracts from Mr. Harmon's Journal, relating to the manners and customs of the Indians on the north west borders of the United States, and the adjoining territories on the north, will be given under our Miscellaneous heady which see. The Table gives the names of the Tribes in this portion of our country, with their numbers and places of residence. In Maj. Marston's letter, p. 120, App. and Mr. Sibley's, p. 203, will be found important information concerning several of the large tribes who inhabit the Territory of which we are speaking. With- in this Territory two military posts, one at the mouth of St. Pe- ter's river, and the other at the Council Bluffs, have been estab- lished by the Government. Of the Indian Tribes between the Missouri and Arkansaw rivers. Within the Territory of which I am now speaking, i. e. be- tween the Missouri river, north, and Red river, south, dnd the Mississippi, east, and the Rocky Mountains, west ; a number of the tribes lately residing on the east of the Mississippi, having sold all their lands to the U. States, are re -planted, or to be re- planted, on lands selected; or to be selected, and such as shall be approved by the tribes concerned. Some of these tribes are sat- isfactorily settled: others have had limds assigned them, with which they have been dissatisfied, and have refused to accept them ; and others still linger on the lands of their fathers' sepul- chres, which they have sold, and the places which are to be their APPENDIX. 203 jnsaw rivers. future home are unknown to them. Not a few of the tribes lately rich in valuable lands, have now no spot to which they can point, and say, " that is my land ; there is my home." Of the Indian tribes within the limits just mentioned, the fol- lowing information has been collected from various sources. Under this head I give first a letter from G. C. Sibhy Esq. Fac- tor, at Fort Osage, to Thomas L. McKenney, Esq. giving a partic- ular and valuable account of the Osages, Kamas^ and loway Indians. " Fort Osage, 1st October, 1820. •Sify " Your letter of the 9th August, was received three days ago, I hasten to reply to the queries therein contained. '' The tribes of Indians, who usually hold intercourse with this trading house, are *' 1st. The Kansas, residing about three hundred miles up the Kansas river, in one village. They hunt all through the exten- sive country watered by the Kansas River, and on the Missouri, south side, above this place to the Nodoway. I rate this tribe at somewhere about eight hundred souls, of whom about two hun- dred and thirty are warriors and hunters, thirty or forty superan- nuated old men, and the rest women and children. " 2d. The Great Osages, of the Osage River. They live in one village on the Osage river, seventy-eight miles (measured) due south from Fort Osage. They hunt over a very great extent •f country, comprising the Osage, Gasconade and Neeozho rivers and their numerous branches. They also hunt on the heads of the St. Francis and White Rivers, and on the Arkansaw. I rate them at about one thousand two hundred souls, three hundred and fifty of whom are warriors and hunters, fifty or sixty superannuated, and the rest are women and children. " 3d. The Great Osages of the Neeozho, about one hundred and thirty or forty miles south west of Fort Osage ; one village or the Neeozho River. They hunt pretty much, in common with the tribe of the Osage river, from which they separated six or 204 APPENDIX. MM '.♦ eight yenrs ago. This village contains about four hundred souls, of whom about an hundred are warriors and hunters, some ten Or fifteen aged persons, and the rest are women and children. *' 4th. The Little Osages. Three villages on the Neeozho River, from one hundred and twenty to one hundred and forty miles south west of this place. This tribe, comprising all three villages, and comprehending about twenty families of Missouries that are intermarried with them, I rate at about one thousand souls, about three hundred of whom are hunters and warriors, twenty or thirty superannuated, and the rest are women and children. They hunt pretty much in common with the other tribes of Osages mentioned, and frequently on the head waters of the Kansas, some of the branches of which interlock with those of the Neeozho. " 5th. The lowaysy only visit this place occasionally. Tins tribe is about as numerous as the Kansas. They are latterly mucii divided, so that I am unable to state precisely how many vill;tj,P8 they occupy, or where they are located. About half the tribe 1 understand joined the Ottoes, near the Council Bluffs, last year, with the intention of remaining there. I am not sure whether they still remain there or not. The other part of the tribe remains in two villages, I believe, on the De Moines and Grand Rivers. The loways hunt principally between the Missouri, north of it, and Mississippi rivers, from the heads of the two Chacatons, up to the Nodoway, and sometimes still farther up. " 6th. Of the Chancers, or Arkansaw tribes of Osages, I need say nothing, because they do not resort here to trade. I have al- ways rated that tribe at about an equal half of all the Osages. They hunt chiefly in the Arkansaw and White Rivers, and their waters. " It must be understood, that the above is merely an estimate of numbers founded on the general knowledge I have of the sev- eral tribes mentioned, and without any pretensions to accuracy, though I do not believe I am far from the truth ; if any thing, I am over the mark. As relates to the Osages ; it is next to impossi- ble to enumerate them correctly. 1 have made several attempts in vain. They are continually removing from one village to an- other, quarrelling and intermarrying, so that the strength of no APPENDIX. 205 dred souls, (, some ten hildrun. e Neeozho d and forty ng all three ' Missourics ne thousand id warriors, women and th the other ad waters of with those of )9ages, 1 need e. I have al- the Osages. ers, and their y an estimate ve of the sev- s to accuracy, ny thing, I am ;xt to impossi- ireral attempts village to an- strength of no particular village can ever be correctly ascertained. 1 do not be- lieve that any of the tribes, named above, increase in number, take them in the aggregate, and I think they are rather diminishing. They are always at war, and not a year passes that they do not lose some in that way. Epidemic diseases attack them now and then, and sweep them off by families. " 1 proceed to answer your 4th query. The main dependence of each and every of the tribes 1 have mentioned, for clothing and subsistence, is hunting. They would all class alike in respect of their pursuits ; therefore, one general remark will suffice for all. ♦< They raise annually small crops of corn, beans, and pumpkins, these they cultivate entirely with the hoe, in the simplest man- ner. Their crops are usually planted in April, and receive one dressing before they leave their villages for the summer hunt, in May. About the first week in August they return to their villa- ges to gather their crops, which have been left unhoed and unfen- ced all the season. " Each family, if lucky, can save from ten to twenty bags of corn and beans, of a bushel and a half each ; besides a quantity of dried pumpkins. On this they feast, with the dried meat saved in the summer, till September, when what remains is cashed, and they set out on the fall hunt, from which they return about Christmas. From that time, till some time in February or March, as the season happens to be mild or severe, they stay pretty much in their vil- lages, making only short hunting excursions occasionally, and dur- ing that time they consume the greater part of their cashes. In February or March the spring hunt commences ; first the bear, and then the beaver hunt. This they pursue till planting time, when they again return to their village, pitch their crops, and in May set out for the summer hunt, taking with them their residue, if any, of their corn, &c. This is the circle of an Osage life, here and there indented with war and trading expeditions ; and thus it has been, with very little variation, these twelve years past. The game is very sensibly diminishing in the country, which these tribes inhabit ; but has not yet become scarce. Its grad- ual diminution seems to have had no other effect on the In- dijuis, than to make them more expert and industrious hunters, and better warriors. They also acquire more skill in traffic, '' \f i:i i'^ 206 AITENDIX. become more and more prone to practice fraud and deception in their commerce ; are more and more dependent upon the Tra- ders, and consequently more and more debased and degraded. ** I ought to have stated that these people derive a portion of their subsistence regularly from the wild fruits their country abounds with. Walnuts, hazlenuts, paeons, acorns, grapes, plums, papaws, parsimmons, hog potatoes, and several other very nutri- tious roots ; all of these they gather and preserve with care, and possess the art of preparing many of them, so that they are really good eating. I have feasted daintily on the preparation of acorns (from the small white oak,) and Buffalo grease. I had the ad- vantage, however, of a good appetite, well whetted by nearly two days abstinence from food. The acorns and fat agreed with me, however, and convinced me that a man may very well subsist on it, if he can get nothing better. This dish is considered as the last resort, next to acorns alone. From these facts you will not be surprised to learn, that the arts of civilization have made but little progress, as yet, among the Indian nations in this quarter, knowing as you do, the natural propensity of the Indian to hve without toil, upon the bounties of wild nature, rather than to sub- mit to what he considers the degradation of labor, in order to pro- cure sustenance. So long as the facilities I have enumerated exist, 80 long will exist the propensity to rely chiefly on them. This is nature. Art assumes the reins when nature gives them up, and we cling to nature as long as we can. So long as her exuberant bosom affords us sustenance, there we tenderly repose, free and untrammelled. On the failure of that resource we are obliged to resort to art for support. The whole history of man shews that art never gets the ascendency of nature, without a desperate strug- gle, in which the object of contention is most piteously mangled, and often destroyed, and a compromise is always obliged to be effected; which compromise, if I understand the subject, is the very thing we call civilization, in reference to the Indian nations; an object we are all aiming at, and what I feel as anxious as any one to effect. *'I have often noticed Indians observing, with much appa- rent interest, the effects of our agricultural skill, our fine gar- dens, abundant crops, and our numerous comforts and convenien- ces. A very sensible Osage, the Big Soldier, who had twice been APPENDIX. 207 sception in a the Tra- graded. I portion of jir country tpes, plums, very nutri- th care, and !y are really on of acorns had the ad- y nearly two ed with me, ill subsist on idered as the I you will not ive made but this quarter, Indian to live r than to sub- order to pro- merated exist, them. This them up, and ler exuberant »ose, free and e are obliged lan shews that -sperate strug- mangled,and to be effected; |the very thing |s; an object we one to effect, much appa- our fine gar- md convenien- Ihad twice been at Washington, once said to me, when I was urging the subject of civilization on him; *' 1 see and admire your manner of living, your good warm houses ; your extensive fields of corn, your gar- dens, your cows, oxen, work-houses, waggons, and a thousand ma- chines, that I know not the use of. 1 see that you are able t« clothe yourselves, even from weeds and grass. In short you can do almost what you choose. You whites possess the power of subduing almost every animal to your use. You are surrounded by slaves. Every thing about you is in chains, and you are slaves yourselves. I fear if I should exchange my pursuits for yours, 1 too should become a slave. Talk to my sons, perhaps they may be persuaded to adopt your fashions, or at least to recommend them to their sons ; but for myself, I was born free, was raised free, and wish to die free." It was in vain to combat the good man's opinions with argument. *' I am perfectly content," he added, "with my condition. The forests and rivers supply all the calls of na- ture in plenty, and there is no lack of white people to purchase the surplus products of our industry." This is the language that is held by the Indians in this quarter generally. Like all people in a state of ignorance, they are bigoted, and obstinately adhere to their old customs and habits. 'Tis in vain to attempt to bend the aged oak to our purposes. The tender sapling, however, can be made to yield to our efforts, and bend to our will. "The Missionary establishment now forming near the Osages, 1 have no doubt will tend very much to promote the civilization of those tribes, so far at least, as regards the rising generation. Few, if any, of those now above the age of fifieen, will ever wholly aban- don their present savage pursuits. " It is a singular fact, however, that although the Indians who have attsrined the age of twenty-five years and upwards, generally refuse instruction, yet they seem by no means averse to have their children taught our arts. " I will conclude this communication with the following proposi- tion, which you may make use of as you think proper. It is for the Government, by compact with the Indians, to cause to be surveyed certain dstricts of the Indian lands, suitable for the pur- pose, in the same manner that the United States lands are survey- ed; only I would recommend that the lines should be more dis- f 1 I 208 Al'FliINDIX. :i- (iiictly niitrkcd. Whenever an Indian evinced a serious dispoHi* tion to Hcttle himself permanently, and to pursue civih/ed habilH, si portion of this land, from IGO to 040 acres, as might be proper, pIiouUI be allotted to him, patented to him by the Government, mid secured to him and family forever, lie should not have the right to sell, or alienate it, in any manner, excopt by the express per- mission of the President of the United States, nor should it be held liable for debts. I believe that by locating each Indian family, dis- posed to adopt our mode of living, on a tract of land, of their own distinctly marked out, and permanently secured to them. Govern- ment would greatly promote the scheme of civilization. You would thus give them, at once, a distinct and permanent property, an interest in the soil, instead of a vague, transient, undivided, property in a vast extent of country, from which the art of a few of his leaders may expel him forever at any time. Each individ- ual may thus be secured in his own right. He may have a house, where he and his family, may live securely on the fruits of their own industry. Each may sit under his own vine and fig tree, and have none to make him afraid. At present each individual Indian is emphatically an outcast in his own territory. We are perpetu- ally norrowing their Umits by purchases. By degrees they resign to us their best lands, and tind themselves at length hemmed up, like a herd of Buffaloes, in a remote corner of their once boundless possessions. Here they sit down in despair; they have no longer a home or a country. Yet here we pursue theno, and importune them to become farmers, after their spirits are broken, and after they have unwillingly deprived themselves of the power of posses- ing what a farmer values most, an independent home. I forbear any farther remarks on this subject for the present. A little reflection, will, I am sure, satisfy you that it is worthy ot consideration. GEO. SILBY. Extinction of Indian title to State of Missouri, and part of Arkan- saw Territory, " In the year 1817, the Indian title (by different Treaties,) had been extinguished to about 70,000 square miles, a tract as large as APPF.NDIX. 200 us dmpuM- Btl hnbilH, ;i be proper, nment, nml ve the v\%\\[ xpress per- il! it be held I family, d>8- of their own jm, Govern- '.ation. You ent property, t, umhvidcd, . art of a few Sach individ- liave a house, fruits of their d fig tree, and lividual Indian ; are perpetu- jes they resign 1 hemmed up, )nce boundless lave no longer and importune iken, and after iwer of posses- le. (r the present, it is worthy ot ;0. SILBY. \j)art of Arkan- Treaties,) had Itract as large as ilie whole uf Noiv-F.ngliind, inchiiled within i\w following hounda- n<"«> IW'ginningat the mouth of th«> Kan/.an, three hundred milcN fiplhc Missouri riviT, in lal. :iir /i' north, and running north ov) on one side. A school house, 24 feet by 36, is nearly completed, constructed on the Lancasterian plan, and designed to accommo- date one hundred children. A considerablo part of the work is done for a dining hall and kitchen in one building, 24 feet by 68, with piazzas on both sides, and a cellar under it, 24 feet by 40. Aside from what has been mentioned, we have built, a corn-crib and stable, and have cleared and fenced a garden, yards, &lc. " The property, at present belonging to the establishment, con- sists principally of stock and farming utensils: — three horses, two yoke of oxen, ten cows and calves, between thirty and forty head of swine, two waggons, one cart, ploughs, &c. " We have not yet made sufficient progress to enable us to open a school for the instruction of heathen children ; but hope to do so in about two months. The number, which will be admitted to enjoy the privileges of instruction, cannot at present be named, as no limits will be set to the extent of benevolent action, except what is involved in the want of means. The plan upon which the school will be conducted, is similar to that of the schools at Brainerd and Eliot, with which the executive is in some measure acquainted, and which has already received its approbation. The plan requires, that all the children taken into the school, be received also into our family, that they may be con- stantly under our care and direction. By taking them before their habits are formed, placing them in a Christian family, and teaching them not only the common branches of human learning, but the various kinds of labor on the farm, and in the work-shop; 216 APPENDFX. %ii \\ and thereby inuring them to habits of industry, temperance, and sobriety, there will be a foundation laid for their future useful- ness, and reason to hope, so far as the influence of such an educa- tion extends, that the condition of our aborigines will be essential- ly improved. This plan of education, embracing a practical knowledge of agriculture, and such of the arts as are suited to the condition of the Indians, on the part of the boys ; and spinning, weaving, sewing, and the various kinds of labor in a well reguhi- lated family, on the part of the girls ; is that which we design to introduce into the school, about to be commenced. We fully ac- cord with the views of government, so far as they are known to us, as to the high importance of teaching Indian children to la- bor ; and not only how to do this to good advantage, but also to feel sensible of the necessity and utility of it in their own case; and to prepare their minds gradually to be plctised with industri- ous habits and active life. But for the accomplishment of the object contemplated, time, perseverence, exertion, and no small expense, will be requisite ; particularly is it necessary, in order to make the Establishment respectable, useful, and permanent, that buildings for various mechanics, a saw and grist mill, and more dwelling and other houses, be erected, and a large planta- tion cleared, and put under the best cultivation, and farming and mechanic tools, and live stock increased in quantity and variety. " The actual performance of all this, will require greater meauit than we can at present expect, unless the benevolent aid and fos- tering hand of government be extended to us. To this we look with humble confidence, for at least a part of our resources for carrying on the great and highly important work of civilteing a part at least of our long neglected aborigines. To this work we have devoted ourselves for life, desiring and expecting no other earthly reward, than what is experienced in benevolent exertion, having a full conviction of its entire practicability." The distressing war, which has raged for some time between these Cherokees and the Osages, has created insurmountable ob- stacles to the progress and diiccdss of the infant Establishments among them. It is asked with deep solicitude, whether the gov- ernment, if persuasion fails to reconcile these contending nations, as is the fact, ought not, authoritatively, to forbid it ? These In- dians, as are all others, within, and on the borders of our settle- APPENDIX. 217 ments, being by Treaties, in friendship and under the care of the Government, it would certainly be correct and humane, to inter- pose by force, if necessary, to stop this shocking warfare in the midst of us. It is chilling and painful to every good feeling in man, to witness such bloody and murderous scenes. But what can we say in condemnation of this savage warfare, while we permit, in open violation of the laws of God and of our country, our own cit- izens, and these too of the respectable class — law-givers, to at- tempt deliberately and repeatedly to murder each other, without the effectual interposition of the authority which should pr vent it ? How can we escape the just judgments of heaven, while such crimes are committed with impunity !* Un •iion. This station, occupied by one of the Families sent out by the United Foreign Missionary Society, " is about twenty-five miles from the principal Osage village. It is situated on the west bank of Grand River, about twenty-five miles north of its entrance into the Arkansaw, and about seven hundred miles above the junction of the Arkansaw and the Mississippi. The buildings are erected on a moderate eminence, about one mile from the river, and equally distant from a valuable saline, at which a considerable quantity of salt is annually manufactured for the supply of the settlements below. The situation is pleasant, the soil rich, the * Since the above was written, the following article from the Fifth Report of the United Foreign Missionary Society has come under my notice. " It is believed that the Governor of the Territory, and the Commandant of the Garrison, had made every effort within their reach, to prevent the disas- ters which have occurred. They were not clothed with authoriti/y to inter- pose the arm of military power ; nor had the Executive of our Government the right to communicate that authority. A bill to empower the President to resort to military force, tor the purpose of suppressing Indian wars within the limits of the United States, was introduced into Congress during its late session ; but the friends of Missions, and the advocates ot Indian civilization, have to lament, that a measure so interesting to both, was finally rejected. Until such a law shall have been enacted, or the Indians shall have univer- sally imbibed the spirit of the C : spel, no calculations can be made of a per- manent peace among the contiguous and conflicting Tribe? in onr country." 28 ,. VM . m i 4Mmi 218 APPENDIX. face of the surrounding country diversified, and the air and cli- mate generally more salubrious than in most places under th«- same latitude. The tract of land ceded to the Mission by the In- dian Chiefs, is bounded by Grand River, on the north and east, and by the adjacent hills, on the west and south ; embracing a prairie of about four square miles in extent. As its name denotes, it i^ unincumbered with trees or shrubs, and is at once fit for the scythe or the plough. So far as fuel is concerned, the deficiency of timber is already supplied by the discovery of mineral coal. " On the 20th of February, two days after the arrival of the Mission, they were visited by Tally, the second Osage Chief, and several of the counsellors and warriors of the tribe. The Chief expressed the warmest satisfaction at the arrival of the family. Among other things, he observed, "When Mr. Chapman first came to this country, he said he would come again and bring good white men and women to teach us. Now we see your laces ; and feel glad. We know you are true men." After a friendly inter- view, it was mutually agreed, that the Missionaries should visit the principal village in the course of a few days, for the purpose of attending a Council of the Chiefs, and of being formally introdu- ced to the tribe. "On the 5th of March, the Superintendant, Assistant, Physician, and one of the other brethren, proceeded, according to agreement, to the Indian village. On their approach they were met by Cla- morCf the principal Chief, who bade them welcome, and conduc- ted them to his own residence. On their way through the village they were surrounded by hundreds of the natives, all apparently gratified by their arrival ; and, during the whole of their visit, they were entertained with a spirit of hospitality and kindness, which would have done honor to a civilized community. On the ensuing morning, a general council was convened. The Mission- aries were introduced, and their papers, furnished by the Society and the Government, were interpreted and explained. The prin- cipal Chief expr3ssed on the occasion, the highest satisfaction ; and, in an animated and eloquent strain, recommended the Mis- sion, and its object, to the attention and the confidence of his peo- ple. He concluded with the assurance, that, should war not pre- vent, he would send his own children to the Missionary school, as soon as it should be opened for their reception. \>'' APPENDIX. a> " The Osages of the Arkansaw occupy several villages. The \ / principal village contains about three hundred lodges or huts, and about three thousand souls. The lodges are generally from fifty to a hundred feet in length ; and, irregularly arranged, they cover a surface of about half a mile square. They are constructed of posts, mattings, bark and skins. They have neither floors nor chim- neys. The fire is built on the ground, in the centre of the lodge, und the family, and the guosts, sit around in a circle, upon skins or mats. The men are generally of a lofty stature, of a fine .orm, and of a frank and open countenance. In council they are dignifi- ed, and, in their speeches, eloquent. The women, although strong and active, are not proportionally tall. As in all uncivilized and pagan countries, the women are doomed to perform the drudgery of the nation, while the men resort to the chase or the battle, or consume their time in vain and unprofitable amusements. Their children arc numerous, and remarkably submissive to parental au- thority. As a people, they are punctual, and apparently fervent in their morning and evening devotions ; but, like the ancient Athenians, they address their worship " io the unknoren God.''^ They live in the practice of polygamy, and o£ many other vices ; and like many a whiter, and better informed pagan, they deem it a virtue of the purest order, and an honor of the highest grade, to plunder, torture, and destroy their enemies. Such is a brief ac- count of the village, and of the character of the people, to whom you are conveying the arts of civilized life, and the glad tidings of the gospel. " On the 30th of October, 1821, the Superintendant and As- sistant transmitted the first annual Report of their improvements to the Secretary of War. By this report, it appears that the esti- mated value of the Missionary property at this station, including buildings, live stock, produce of the farm, agricultural and me- chanic tools, medicines, books, and furniture, amounted to more than seventeen thousand dollars. In addition to this amount, sup- plies to the value of three thousand dollars, shipped at this port, are now ascending the Arkansaw, or have recently arrived at the station. " In the month of August, it was ascertained, that the Great O- sage Mission had arrived at Harmony, and that a skilful interpreter had been found at the United States' Factory, in the immediate vi- ill 220 APPENDIX. 'h*. '/i rinity of that station. It was thought expeally of pr. irit'«, bu'B** and small, skirted, near the rivers and creeks and on if>c irooi ns, wi' > scrubbed growth of oak. The inferiority of Uic l' utr is a* >t^ to the annual burning of the prairies. The rivcr-l. ton».>* roi,,„iin ash, walnut, black-walnut, locust, hack-berry, colion wood, &c. of various sizes. But these bottoms are of small extent, and gen- erally at a considerable distance from our residence, it is, there- fore, difficult to find suitable timber for large buildings. Wo have however, lately found a small grove of beautiful pino, about five miles distant. Soon after our arrival at Union, which was the 15th of No- vember, " the Principal Chief, with his son made us a visit. Hav- ing welcomed us with the utmost aflection, he gave a history of the circumstances of his family and nation, since he saw me last year. He observed, among other things, that his f.imily had been very sick, and that one of his wives had died. " But," he added, " the Great Spirit has been so good, that the remainder arc all now in health." When he had finished, and expressed a wish to hear what I might have to s;'.y, I informed him, that after I had parted with him last year, I passed through his country, and told him by a letter the place I had selected for our settlement. I asked him whether he had received the letter, and whether my choice met his approbation. He replied in the affirmative ; and said, that the place I had selected was a good one, and was appro- priated to our use for the education of his people ; and added, that its limits should be Grand River on the east and north, and the surrounding hills on the other sides. This tract contains about four square miles. 1 then told him, that after having been long interrupted by sickness on my return home, I arrived and infor- med their Great Father, the President, and the Society of good white brothers, who had sent me out, that their red brethren, the Osage Indians, were desirous that good men and women should come to teach them ; that, when the inquiry was made who would go and help our red brothers and sisters, these good people who had come with me said "we will go ;" and that we all immedi- ately left our fathers and mothers, brothers and sisters, and came on to instruct them and do them good. I mentioned, that sickness had kept some of our good people back ; that the Great Spirit was so merciful that only two had died ; and that the remainder Pi B- «• 22% AI'l'ENDM. were recovering, and would join us ns soon ns the water iihonlil rise. Hitving tininhed my narrative, I showed him our papers. Me then, evidently devaled with joy, exclaimed — '* This is n hright day ! This day is glorious! There are no dark cloud»i ((• hinder the light of this bright day !'' Harmony. The best view of the location and present state of the Eihicu- tion Kstublishments at this station, is given in the letters and jour- nals of its principal members. Mr. Newton writes to General Steele, from Harmony, state of Missouri, September 27th, 1821, thus — " Harmony is situated on the margin of the Marias de Cein river, about six miles above its junction with the Osage. This place was granted to us by the Indians in Council, on the 13th of Au- gust. " Our limits embrace excellent timber in abundance ; first rate prairies for ploughing, pasturing, and mowing ; the only mill-sent known in this vast country ; stone coal on the surface of the ground, and within a few rods of our buildings : and a large ridge of lime stone, sufficiently near for our convenience. Our river bottoms are rather low for cultivation, without draining ; but our prairies are high, and inclining towards the creeks, which re- ceive and carry off the surplus water. The soil of our prairies is a dark, rich loam, about two feet thick, beneath which we have clear clay, as deep as we have yet penetrated. We shall depend on wells for water for family use. The grass of the prairies va- ries from two to seven feet in height, and forms an average im- pediment to travelling, equal to that of snow from eight to ten in- ches in depth. Cattle are raised in this country without much expense. Indiap corn can be bought for fifty cents a barrel^ of about Jive bushels. Pork in the hog is advertised at seventy-five cents per hundred weight. This abundance is within a hundred miles of us, and there is a waggon way from our Station to Fort Osage, seventy- eight miles of the distance. I APPKNUIX. iW,\ nter (thonltl our papers. ♦• This is i» A' the Eihicii- Lers and jour- nony, de Cein river, . This place le 13th of Au- ince; first rate only mill-scat surface of the id a large ridge ce. Our river lining; but ouv eks, which re- of our prairies which we have Ve shall depend the prairies va- an average im- eight to ten in- xpense. Indiafi )ut Jive bushels, nts per hundred niles of us, and Osage, seventy- ,Ur. Spmi^ve writes about the same time tu Ilia brother— r- *' Our buildings will be crortcd on the river's biirik, but sutfi* ciently remote to give us n spacious and handsome green in front. In the rear we have a vast prairie, covered with grass, vielding in its uncultivated state, from one and a half to two tons of hay on the acre. On either side of us we have good timber in great plenty. We have, also, near at hand, an excellent spring of water, stone coal, lime stone, and clay of the first quality for making bricks. Our Mill-seat is about a mile below us, and directly opposite to the United States' trading house, which was commenced in July, and which is to be completed by the first of next month. VV«' :«re within fifteen miles of the great Osage village. *' The Indians appear very friendly. They frecjuently visit us; and we feel the assurance, that some of their children will be sent to us as soon as we are able to accommodate them. Mr. Wil- liams, the interpreter, talks of giving us his little daughter, who can speak both the English and the Osage languages, and who, o( course, would be of great help to us." The latest accounts from Harmony, are up to February of tlii:' year. (1822.) Mr. Dodge writes thus to the Domestic Secretary. Jan. 1022: — " We have already twelve children, who are given to us for in- struction. We have not as yet built a school house, but, at pres- ent, occupy one of our houses for the use of the school. We cal- culate to build accommodr' ons for the school, as fast as they are needed, so as not to reject one Indian child that may be offered for our instruction. As our family is now large, and we have the prospect of a numerous school, we think it would promote the interests of the mission, if the Board were to send us a carpen- ter and joiner, a thorough workman at tanning and shoemaking, an additional farmer, and a man acquainted with brickmaking and bricklaying. Some, or all of these, would be very useful at this station immediately. ' " We have several hands employed in assisting u» in erecting some necessary out-buildings, preparing us a well, splitting and hauling rails to fence our field, kc. We calculate to commence lit 224 APPENDIX. huilding a saw-mill, and grist-mill, early this spring, with the hope of having them finished in the fall. We have fitted up a room, which will probably hold forty scholars; and our school is now in operation under as favourable circumstances as we could expect. We find much difficulty in persuading the natives to give up their children, and in keeping them after they have been given up. ♦' Brother Sprague is doing very well in the blacksmith depart- ment; but he very much needs an assistant, which we wish you would procure for us, one who is a real, substantial workman; for we have not only our own work to do, which we find must be considerable; but the Indians are determined to come here for their work also, although they have a blacksmith under pay from the United States. Some of the principal men among the Osages have manifested a wish that governmennt would establish their blacksmith at our station. " The mode of building in this country, if it is ever settled, will undoubtedly be with brick, as there is abundance of the best of clay to make them, and of lime-stone for lime; and there is but little timber, the country being principally open prairie. If econ- omy is used in this country with the timber, there may be enough to finish brick buildings, and no more. We b- e concluded, if we over erect permanent buildings in this place, they must be of brick. Rev. Mr. Pixley to the Domestic Secretary. " Previous to our coming out to this distant country, the public mind had been prepared, to suppose these Osages a very different people from what they are ; but, however things may have been presented to our minds about the condition and desires of thi^ people, a better knowledge of their case, from actual observation, does not less excite our pity, nor make us wish we had not come out for their instruction. They pray, indeed, if it may be called prayer, as we were told ; and even now, as the day dawns, whilst I am writing in my house, I can hear them at their orgies, where their lodges are set up more than a mile from me. They begin very high in a sing-song note, as loud as they can halloo, and then run their voice, as long as they can carry breath, to the lowei-t key. Thus they continue the strain, until they are wrought to a pitch, wherein you will hear them sob and cry, as though their hearts would break. I have not yet learned, whether it be some APPENDIX. 225 the hope » a room, 19 now in Id expect, e up their n up. ith depart- B wish you rkman-, for id must be le here for jr pay from ; the Osages ablish their settled, will ' the best of there is but lie. Ifecon- ly be enough eluded, if wo the of brick. \ particular individuals, who mtike this their business, as mournini; men and women, or whether they are all adepts in it. In such a case, they put mud upon their faces and heads, which, as I under- stand, they do not wash off till their desire is in some measure an- swered. Thus, you will often see men, women, and children, be- daubed with black mud. But this is more especially the case when they are going off upon an expedition to shoot game, or to fight their enemies, or when they hear some bad news, or have lost some friend or relative. In warm weather, the men go quite in a state of nature, except a cloak around their waists. Many, and indeed most of their little children, are seen going abroad na- ked, even at this cold season of the year, notwithstanding the ther- mometer has sometimes stood below zero, and the ground is fro- zen six or eight inches deep. Their villages are nothing more than what they can remove on the shortest notice, one horse be- ing capable of carrying house, household furniture, and children all at one load. From this period of the year to the time of plant- ing their corn, they generally reside together at one place, which they call their village. The rest part of the time, they separate into parties, and stay but a few days in a place, in proportion to the abundance or scarcity of the game where they happen to set up their lodges. '* Our school went into operation about two weeks since ; and we have now twelve children from the natives, of both sexes, and of all sizes ; five of the full blooded, and seven half breed. These children are certainly as interesting and active as the generality of children among the whites, and I have sometimes thought they are more so : and the Lancasterian method of instruction is pe- culiarly calculated to interest them. We are now all turning our attention to the more particular business of our designation ; and mine is the laborious undertaking of becoming master of the In- dian language. It is not, however, that which I dread. Strange as it may seem, never did I enter upon the Latin or Greek with more desire than I do upon this language ; and the thought of be- ing able to speak to them fluently in their own tongue, makes no sacrifice or privation appear great or difiicult, to compass such an object : and when this is gained, 1 am not certain but that a trans- lation of some part of the Scriptures, and readers sent out from the school, as soon as they should be prepared, would be a most 09 2^6 APPENDIX. valunble method of advancing the mass of the nation in knovvledgt and of improving their morals. Miss Comstock to her friend in Connecticut. " I have a little girl, twelve years old, given to me. She has only been with me six days ; and has learned all her letters, and will write them very well. She is, as far as I can judge, a very amiable girl. She is the daughter of a Chief; and, of course, quite distinguished among them. She was obtained by the instru- mentality of our interpreter, who gave her the name BaUariah. it is my prayer, and let it be yours, that she may prove a second Catharine Brown. We have the promise of several more of the children of the tribe, when they return from their winter's hunt. '* We receive visits from the natives almost daily. Sans Neuf Tvas present last Sabbath during our worship. He expressed much satisfaction, that he could see so many children with us. How frequently do I weep over their moral blindness, and pray that Christians may do much to remove it ; and by their prayers, strengthen our hands, and encourage our hearts. This is an ar- duous, self-denying work, but the most interesting in which I wa$ ever engaged." Extracts from the Journals of SupertntendaniSy and other Members of the Education Establishments, at Union and Harmony, des- cribing their present state , and the character and manners of In- dians. From Union, Dr. Palmer writes — March 18, 1820. '' The soil I find superior perhaps to any I have before seen. The place chosen is a fine prairie, containing eight hundred or one thousand acres of land, fringed around by woods. On one side flows Grand river, a rapid stream; and navigable part of the year. In this country are to be found, in considerable abundance, wild horses, buffaloes, elk, bears, wolves, deer, panthers, swans, geese, ducks, turkies, and honey. About a mile distant, is a salt- spring, which will be wrought this season. " Soon after we arrived, some of the Indians came, as the} said, to shake hands with us. We found them equal to our ex- APPENDIX. 227 knowledge- le. She has letters, and iidge, a very d, of course, ay the instru- ne DaUoriah. rove a second \ more of the winter's hunt. f. Sans Neuf He expressed Idren with us. less, and pray their prayers, 1 This is an ar- in which I was i other Memben Harmony, des- I manners of In 18, 1820. |s came, as thej , equal to our ex- pectations in every respect, a noble race of people. In this in- troduction, we agreed, at their request, to hold a council with them nt their town, within ten days. At the appointed time, I w»s one of the four, who tvent over to the council. In passing that distance, about twenty-five miles, we found the land a continued level, and rich prairie. When we came in sight of the town, we had one of the grandest prospects I ever beheld. To a great ex- tent around the town, the land appears perfectly level. On one side runs the Vermillion river. At two or three miles distance from the town, there are several natural mounds, rising directly from a perfect plain, to the height of about two hundred feet. All the mounds appear to rise just to the same height, and as level at the top as the adjacent plains. The one nearest the town has about three acres on the top, and is accessible only in one or two places. ''As we approached the town, the head Chief came out to meet us, and bid us welcome. In a short time we were surrounded by hundreds, apparently happy to see us. The Chief took us to his lodge. In walking through the town we were continually annoy- ed by a host of surly, snarling dogs, who were not accustomed to the dress and appearance of the whites. The dress of the Indians consists of buckskins dressed, made into leggins, reaching to the hips ; on their feet mockasins ; and a buifaloe robe or blanket about their shoulders. They shave off their hair close to their heads, except a line, about half an inch wide, running round the head. The hair thus lefl, is cut about an inch long ; within this line of hair, they fasten an ornament. Their ears are slit in sev- eral places, and filled with strings of beads. In addition to these, they have many other kinds of ornaments about their arms and " Their houses are made of poles, arched from fifteen to twenty feet, covered uy matting made of flaggs. At the sides they set up rived planks, lining the inside with neatly made flagg matting. They build several fires in the lodge, according to its size, or the number of wives the owner has. For a fire-place, they dig a hole about as big as a bushel-basket, leaving the smoke to ascend through a hole in the roof. Around the fire they spread their mats to At or eat. ' %1 22B APPENDIX. <' Having entered the lodge, and h.id our horues turned out, wo took a humble seat around the fire. Presently there was brought to us a wooden bowl, filled with food made of corn. In a short time we were invited to eat at another lodge, and before we had finished, at another, and another. In the same manner we were treated, during all the time we remained in the village. It is im- possible to give you any idea of their cooking. It was so strange, as well as new, and withal they were so filthy, that I believe, if I were to live with them, 1 should have a dangerous seasoning." From Rev. Mr. Vaill-^Union, Aug. 24, 1821. *• The Osages on the Arkansaw greatly need an Agent. They think they have been neglected, and we believe they have reason to think so. They are a numerous and powerful part of the Na- tion. No village is so large as this. By a late estimation, it con- tains more than twice the number of any other. We strongly hope that Congress will attend to their wants the next session." Mr. Redfield— Union, Sept. 26, 1821. " The Osages, during the most of the summer, have been ab- sent from their town, following the chase. Game about home being scarce, they hunt at a distance. They move from home in a body: men, women, and children, leaving none behind. Wanderers, indeed, upon the mountains, without a shepherd. They know no other way. They have never been taught. " I was awaked in the morning by the cries of the Osages, in every direction to the Great Spirit. I walked out, with my inter- preter, to see them and to know what they said. Their prayers appeared to be, that their enemies might be subdued, and that they might triumph over them. I was informed that they always pray for that which concerns them most at the time. In the midst of their prayers they black their faces, but wash again before they eat." From Harmony — Mr. Sprague. " It is painful to reflect on the condition of the Indians to whom we have come. The moon they call heaven, to which we are all APPENDIX. 529 going at death. The sun they call the Great Spirit, which gov< rns the moon and earth. When asked, " Where do the bad white men go?" they answer, "to the moon." "On the 14th of August we began to cut hay, which is produc- ed at about one and an half or two tons to the acre. On Monday, the 27th, brothers Chapman and Fuller arrived from the Union Mission, on the Arkansaw ; which is about one hundred and fifty miles from us." Mrs. Jones — Harmomy, Aug. H, 1821. " While I write this, five of my red brethren and sisters arc seated by my side. One woman, with a smiling countenance, sits viewing me, and says, she cannot write, but can speak some En- glish. On our first interview, about fifty men, women and chil- dren unexpectedly came on shore to see us. They appeared much pleased. We visited their wigwams. They gave us green corn and water-melons. " Some of the Indians have pleasant, intelligent countenances. They appear to have great confidence in us. They say our hearts appear good outside now, but they wish to try us three years, and in that time they can judge whether they are good inside.'''' " They appear fond of our children, often clasp them in their arms, and bring them presents of nuts. The Chiefs and the Big Warrior as- sure us, that they will protect us from injury from their nation, and that our smallest child shall experience no harm." Mr. Jones — Harmony. "From the time we left New- York to the time we reached our station, was something more than five months. The distance not far from two thousand two hundred miles. " When the Council assembled at Harmony, we found it a truly interesting season to all present. The Indians discovered to us minds as well stored with knowledge, as could be expected of the children of nature. They seemed to be happy that we had come, and ex- pressed much willingness to give up their children to be instruct- ed in the arts of civilization. They promised to give to us what- ever land we should mark out. Since that time they have fre- quently visited us, and seem to be happy in our society. They iI'm . J 230 APPENDIX. are in appearance as noble a race of people as I have ever seeu, Wc are hoping in the spring to be able to put our school into ope- ration, and then we shall be able to find what abilities they have to learn. " The men are largo and well-built — not many of them are less than six feet in height. I think we have great encouragement to believe, that it will not be long before their habits will be changed, and they become both civilized and christianized." From the Superintendant — Union, Dec. 26, 1821. " We are daily talking among ourselves about the way to obtain more of the Osage children. We can say to them, in the words of the Gospel — Come, for all things are now ready. Brother Woodruff made them a visit last week. He was much affected with a sight of their poverty. He rode over in company with the father of the children who are with us. On their arrival, the (n- ther told the Osages how well his children were fed and clothed, and how fast they learned to speak the American language. Cla- more, the principal chief, was exceedingly pleased with the ac- count, and said — " I wish that the war was over, that I might send my children there also." Supply of Mineral Coal — Thursday, Nov. 6th. " Brother Woodruff and two of our hired men have gone out to bring home a load of mineral coal. The place is fifteen miles dis- tant, on a creek, near the Verdigris. Brother Woodruff has brought home the second waggon load of coal. He has been gone but 36 hours. Should we not be able to find coal nearer, this mine will supply us. *' There is living near Union Mission a half-breed, whose father was a Frenchman, and his mother a Pawnee. He has been adop- ted, and was claimed by the Osages, as one of their own nation." . Dr. Beldier — Harmony, Dec. 21, 1821. " The season is cold. Snow, two or three inches deep, has lain upon the ground for more than two ^veeks. We find our APPENDIX. 231 flannels in this climate, not only acceptable, but very beneticial to health. In addition to a good kitchen, and warehouse, we have finished ten small, but comfortable log houses ; and as soon as the weather will permit, we shall erect a school-house. W^ hope soon to enter upon our Missionary labors. From present ap- pearances, we have no doubt of obtaining as many of the Osage children for the school, as we shall be able to accommodate. Several of the tribe have called on us, and ofiered their children, expressing a yfhh that they might be taught to read and to live like white people." Dwight, July 7, 1821. " John Jolly, the principal chief, and two other Cherokees, called upon us for the first time, to look at our place of building and progress, and to ascertain how soon we should open a school. He wished us to excuse him for not visiting us before. As he was now on his way to a council about convening, he could make but a short I'tay." Exemplary Devotedneas — Aug. 7, 1821. tC Meeting for business. Resolved; 1. That we hold ourselves consecrated to the work, on which we have entered, for life. " 2. That we neither expect nor receive any earthly emolu- ments whatever for our services, except what is necessarily ex- pended for our support while under the patronage of the Board. " 3. That we consider all the property committed to our care. as sacred to the Lord, and ourselves bound to use it as such. " 4. That we will endeavour, at all times, to consider ourselves as brethren, engaged in the same work, and to cultivate a spirit of union and peace among ourselves ; that we may not retard a growth of grace in our own hearts, nor the progress of the Gospel among those with whom we dwell." Darkness of Paganism — Aug. 9. "A half-breed Cherokee, brother to Catharine and David Brown, called to make "s a visit. He can speak English well j 232 APPENDIX. has had considerable acquaintance with the whites ; and is a youn*' man of some intelligence ; but stppeared notwithstanding, deplo- rably ignorant of all spiritual subjects. He said he had never been told, and never knew, but that men died like the beasts; — he knew not that man has a soul, which exalts him above them, and would ex- ist after death ; or that there was a beloved book, which inform- ed us of a future state. He said he rather thought in himself, that man did not die as beasts ; but that they lived somewhere after death, but how, or where, he knew not. While deyribing to him the two different places, where the righteous and the wicked will forever dwell in a future world, he appeared very solemn ; but when told of the way by which the wicked might become right- eous, escape from sin and misery, and finally go to the happy place, he appeared to be much interested and pleased : said he would come again, and hear more good talk. ♦' A small company of Delaware Indians, about twenty-five or thirty, came in as allies to the Cherokees in their war. They have taken their stand for the present, within about two miles ol Dwight. Three or four blacksmiths are employed in shoeing horses for the purpose of an expedition against the Osages. *' Waterminneey a chief and famous warrior, called upon u?. He said he was very glad we had got in so good a way, and wert soon to have a school for the instruction of the children of his peo pie ; but added, that he was going to war, and that it was not very likely that he should live to return, or ever be permitted to sec any thing we should do for his nation. He has been noted for his courage and success in war ; but in the present case appears much disheartened, acting under the impression, that he shall die in the contest with the Osages. *' The Cherokees were becoming very impatient to see the commencement of the school ; and the Missionaries felt bound not to postpone it much longer, though the preparations were not ful ly made. *' Mr. Washburn states, that " the school-house had been com- pleted, and the body of the dining hall and kitchen raised. The Lord still surrounds us with goodness," adds Mr. W. " and dispo- ses our hearts to be pleased with this great work. May he bless our labors, and save, for his mercies' sake, this benighted peo- ple." APPENDIX. 233 Mr. W. C. Requa—Feh. 3d, 1022. " I live at present among the Osages, at one of their villages about fifty miles from Union. This unhappy people live in low huts, tovered with long grass or flag, but so budly put together that they leak considerably in a storm of rain. Tiicy have very little furniture, merely a few pots or ketllcit in which they boil their provisions. The art of cooking their meat in any other way than boiling is unknown among them, except roasting it on a stick before the fire. They have very little variety in their food. Wild game, corn, dried pumpkins, antl beans, constitute about all on which they subsist. With this however, they are contented. They have wooden bowls, out of which they eat, drink, wash themselves, and clean the dirt and filth about them. Neatness and cleanliness are qualities of which they are totally destitute. Their meat, which they bring home from the chase, is generally covered with blood and dirt; yet I never knew them to wash it before it was cooked. Their pots and kettles they rarely if ever clean. This is merely a specimen of their defilement and un- cleanliness. The half has not been told, i could give you an account of their lewd and immodest conduct. Let it suffice to say, that chastity and modesty are not known, or very little regard- ed by them. They have little or no sense of shame. "All the laborious operations arc performed by the women. They build their houses, cut and carry the timber and fuel. They dress all the skins, and make mocasins for themselves, their husbands, and their children. Indeed all drudgery is imposed upon the female sex. " The moral darkness in which this people are involved, is greater than has yet been communicated to the christian world. It has been commonly reported that they worship God, and ac- knowledge him as the great first cause of all things. This, howev- er, will, I believe, be found to be a misrepresentation. From the best information I can obtain, it appears, that they are an idola- trous race, and that they worship the sun, the earth, the moon, the thunder, and the stars. They worship these creatures of God, as creators. If asked who made the sun, moon, earth, &c. they cannot tell. Hence it is evident that they have no knovvl- 30 234 Al'l'LiNDIX. I e«lgc of Him who made the heavens antl the earth, and all thiri"* that are therein. " Oh, how apt is the human mind to forsake and forget what i.s right, and to learn and remember what is wrong! How apt to for- g«»t the God who made and who governs all things, and to worship the creatures of God, or the workmanship of men's hands! The Osages will rise in the morning before the day dawns, black their faces with the earth, look towards the rising sun, and, with an affect- ed air, pray sometimes until the sun has risen. Buttheirgods are not able to change their hearts, or put right spirits within them. It is no uncommon thing to see them start, immediately after their morn- ing devotion, on some mischievous and atrocious expedition; per haps to murder some of a neighbouring tribe, or steal their sub- stance. I will mention the following as an instance of their readi- ly learning that which is sinful, and their proneness to do evil. Many of them are playing cards around me while 1 am writing, and are uttering, in broken English, the oaths which are so com- monly uttered at the card table. Both the card playing and the pro- fanity, they have doubtless learned from the traders, who piiSH much of their time in the village. " I will now mention some things which are laudable, and worthy of the imitation of all men. First — They are kind to each other. If at any time some are more prosperous in hunting than others, their doors are opened, and the desti tute are invited to enter and partake. They also frequently send provisions to the lodges of the wretched, the widow, and the fatherless. Secondly — They are very hospitable and kind to strangers, who are not their enemies. They are espe- < iidly hospitable to white people. The moment a white man enters their village, he is invited from one cabin to another, to partake of their simple fare. One of their principal Chiefs told me, that whenever I came to his village, his house was m}' home, and that I must consider myself at home; and added, that when he came to see me, he should make my house his home.'' The Super intenilunt — Harmony, Jlpril 2nd, 1822. '' Our f.imily now consii^t!= of eighty pcr^sons. In onr School, wo have sixteen Osage children, who are making pleasing progress in it') k APPENDIX. 231 their learning. Some of them ran spell remlily in words of two iiyllables. I have under my care three fine Utile girls, the oldest seven years of age, and the others about three. They begin to speak English a little, and can understand all that is said to them. We have also a Sabbath School; most of the hired men attend it, and appear quite engaged in their studies. " We have a garden of tour acres fenced and ploughed. A part of it is planted, and several kinds of seeds are up. The brethren are preparing to plant forty acres of corn. They are also engaged in erecting a grist-mill, and saw-mill, about a mile below us; and the latter they expect to put in operation in the month of June. Our labors are arduous, and our situation responsible. Pray for us, that we may be strengthened to a faithful discharge of our duty." Journal of the Mission^ for the month of December — Friday Dec. 28th. 1821. " Saw White Hair again to day. He says that the meddling tra- ders who are among them, will be a great hindrance to our success in obtaining their children, as they are scattering the people. It appears evident that there are some traders among them that con- trive every plan, and adopt every kind of artifice and intrigue, to lead or drive the Indians away from the trading houses established by government, in order to gain the trade themselves. White Hair says, he thinks we shall obtain some children; but until these things can be regulated by government, we cannot expect very great success." Of the other Tribes in Missouri and Arkansaw Territory. Beside the Cherokees of the Arkansaw, the Great and Little Osages of whom so large an account has been given, 1 proceed to other Tribes living in the district of country now under consid- eration. Shawanees. A part of this Tribe, not many years since, migrated from their ancient residence on the east of the Mississippi, and planted them- selves on^a branch of the Merrimack river, a tributary to the Missis- 23S AITENDiX. sippi in Missouri, nbont thirty niilos north west of the liCad Mine.-). Lecuis liogrrs, a very rosprrtahlo iin«l worthy ni.ui, is tht- Chief ot this section of the Shaw.mcosc. This rliiof is n warm acivoratc for Indian rivihzation. He said to the Kcv. Mr. P. who visited him at his own house in 1819 ; — " If a good Teacher come here and stay with Shawaneese, we have for him plenty of corn, and plenty of hogs." But a week before this interview, he had call- ed a meeting of the principal men, the result of which was, " four of the wealthiest families had agreed to pay a Teacher, could one be obtained, in cattle and skins, to instruct their children the way of the whites." When told that they must be taught to cultivate the earth, Rogers s.iid — " Shawaneese can work some too ; and will build him that comes, a great big house." — " Who will build the house ?" he was asked. — " All the town will build it," said Rogers. These Indians appear to be ripe for instruction. Their number has no *vhere, to my knowledge, been stated. Delawares. A number (I knor/ not how many, nor what is their state and character,) of the Delawares, emigrants from the east of the Mis- sissippi, are settled on the east side of White river, at the bend, in about Lat. 35° 40' N. Their hunting grounds are in their neighbourhood. Quapaws. A letter from Little Rock, on the Arkansaw, dated Feb. 1, 1822, states — " The condition of the Indians is wretched, though they hold vast quantities of land. The single tribe of Quapaws, not exceeding in number four hundred souls, own 3,000,000 acres of the first rate land." Upon this fact, the writer pertinently asks : " Would it not be good policy in the Government to purchase this land, and pay for it in agricultural implements ?"* We per- ceive in this tribe, as in almost every other Indian tribe in our country, the most abundant means, if vigorously and judiciously employed, for their civilization, comfort, and happiness, both here and hereafter. * N. Y. Statesman. AITENr)IX. 237 ;rtd Mme«. II' Chief ot 1 rtdvorat*' ifho vif«itc(l come hcic r corn, i\n(> le had call- was, " four :, could one rcn the way to cultivate ne too ; and lio will build uild it," said lieir state and st of the Mis- at the bend, 3 are in their b»'# Tho present country of thn (|ii?i[);»w^ is on the !«outh side of the Arkansiiw, htstwoen that liver, and the \V.ishit:\ ; o|)poHite the Ar- kat>><;iw Post, and Little Kork, and of the river betwt-en lh<'He phi- res. In 1018, they ceded to the U. .States, H0,r)fK),.^6() iirres of ex- cellent land between the Arkausaw and Ited rivers ; for which was c;ivt n to them ;j^lO()0 in ujoods and merrhandize, and an annui- ty, aNo in j^oods, of <^ 1 000! Knnzas. This tribe contains about one thousand seven hundred and fif- ty souls.* They live on the north west side of Kanzas river, at the mouth of. the Grand Saline river. They sustain a respectable character among their neighbors. Their hunting grounds arc on the upper branches of the river on which they reside. Their i^ame is becoming scarce, and their Chiefs, who were at Wash- ington last winter, manifest a willingness to have schools estub- iiiihed among them for the education of their children. Pawnees. This tribe, containing about ten thousand souls, are divided in- to three bands, viz. Grand PawneeSy Pawnee Republics^ and Paw- nee Loups; all residing on Platte river, and its branches. Of these tribes, and of some others — of their character, country, customs, &c. Capt. Bell, Secretary of the Expedition to the Rocky Mountains, under Maj. Long, has obligingly given me the fol- lowing interesting account. Grand Pawnees. " The village of these Indians is on the second bank of the Loup, or Wolf, Fork, of the Platte river, north side, on a high, level prairie, which extends nearly two miles from the river. At this distance the land becomes undulating ; the soil is rich ; the grass and pasturage abundant. Individual Indians here possess from * These numbers, and those of the following tribes, were given me by Maj. O'Fallon, tiie Indian Agent for these tribes, and Capt. Crooks. * Ji'i>' ii' m 238 APPENDIX. twenty to sixty horses ; these are the principal indications and representations of wealth. A man's standing in society, however, is not estimated by his wealth ; but by his success in hunting and war. " The Grand Pawnee village contains about one hundred and six- ty lodges. At ti disitance, the village has the appearance of a reg- ular square ; but on a nearer inspection, it has no regularity, as to streets, &c. The description which Clark and Lewis give of the Riccara lodges, answers to that of these Pawnee lodges. Long Hair, the Chief, is five feet, ten or eleven inches high, slender, well-formed, intelligent, of commanding countenance, dignified ; he seldom laughs. His. subjects fall on the ground when he ap- proaches." I Pawnee Republics. " Their village, is four miles above that of the Grand Pawnees. Fool-Robe is their Chief. He apologized to Maj. Long for not see- ing him at his village ; it was because no word had been sent him of his (Maj. L's.) approach ; and his wives were engaged in the field, hoeing their corn. Their village is on the margin of the Loup fork of the Platte, resembling that of the Grand Pawnees, above described. It has about forty lodges. Its site is not so handsome, nor so elevated, as that of the Grand Pawnees, to whom they are much inferior in dress and manners. Many of the young men of this band, have joined the Grand Pawnees, among whom they have better advantages for trade, and in other respects fare better. Pawnee Loups. "Three miles farther, on the margin of the same fork of the Platte, is the Pawnee Loup village. Old Knife is their Chief, a large fleshy man, of fine, open, pleasant countenance. He boast- ed that he had always been a friend to white men ; and that his people had never spilled their blood, and gave many assurances of his friendship. He had lost many of his braves in war with the Mountain Indians ; and requested Maj. Long to assure any of L APPENDIX. 239 ications and Ly, however, I hunting and idred and six- mce of a reg- regularity, as Lewis give of lodges. Long high, slender, ice, dignified; d when he ap- Irand Pawnees, ong for not see- ^ been sent him engaged in the margin of the rand Pawnees, Its site is not so ^nd Pawnees, to nevs. Many of rand Pawnees, Lde, and in other tame fork of the is their Chief, a jnce. He boast- tien ; and that his many assurances Iraves in war with L to assure any of |0 these tribes, whom he might meet, that he wished to bury the hatchet, and smoke with them the pipe of peace. " Their village is on a plain nearly a mile wide, bordering on hills and an undulating prairie. On one of the hills is their buri- al ground. Their lodges, like those of the other bands, 120 in number, are much neater, and better regulated, than those of the other two. The son of this Chief is the hero of the story told at the close of this article. He has two wives ; both reputed hand- some. The young men are addicted to gaming. " The Pawnees are generally tall and well formed ; not corpu- lent. The adult females are short in stature, not handsome, ow- ing to hard service, to which they are subjected. The young girls under fifteen, might vie in beauty with most females, of that ago, in polished life. " When they smoke, the first pufl' is upward, intended for the Great Spirit, as an act of homage to him ; the next is to their mother earth, whence they derive their corn and other suste- nance ; the third is horizontal, expressive of their good will to their fellow-men. " The men cut their hair close, except a tuft on the top, which they suffer to remain, and which they plait as a valued ornament, the removal of which is disgraceful. In seasons of mourning, however, they make the sacrifice, to express their grief. Over their shoulders is thrown a loose buffalo robe, dressed and worn with the hair inward. A girdlo, close tyed, an inch wide, encom- passes their body, to which is attached their breech clout. Their mocasins are made of elk or ci?er skins. They have also their war cr winter dresses. " Some of the females suffer their hair to grow long, which is [larted on the forehead, and gathered and tied at the back of the head. Others wear it loose, falling over their foreheads and 'houlders. They wear mocasins, like the men, and leggins of an- telope skins, reaching to the knee, over which is a long, loose (overing of dressed deer, or antelope skin, fastened over the shoulders by a siring, and falling down nearly to the ankles. It has 110 sleeves, except a few pieces of skin, hanging a short distance down the arm. Sometimes it is bound with a girdle round the waist, and occasionally a robe, such as the men wear, thrown over llic whole. The girls of all ages are clothed ; the boys mostly 240 APPENDIX. J." naked in summer. The wives and daughters of distinguisiied In- dians, and also women, who were supposed to be the wives and daughters of French traders, wear mocasins, leggins of red serge, a Stroud, which is a kind of short petticoat, ornamented round the bottom with red or jetted binding, and a shift of callico, fringed round the neck and bosom with the same. " The pohce of the village is appointed by the Chief, consisting of a certain number of warriors. Their duty is to preserve or- der and peace in the village by day, and to guard it at night. They remain in office a k\\ days, and are then succeeded by oth- ers. While in office, their persons are held sacred ; and when executing their functions, no resistance is suffered. •' The duties of women are to cultivate the ground ; to dress skins ; make wearing apparel for both sexes ; saddles, ropes, and halters, of buffalo hide ; and to preserve the dead game brought to them by the hunters. The men, when not engaged in war or hunting, amuse themselves by exercise on horseback. Adjacent to each lodge, in the village, is a large circular pen, in which they are placed for safety, during the night, from which th^ • aro re- leased in the morning, and guarded during the day. "' om- merce is chiefly with the traders, who exchange with t • ^ ^oods for their peltries and furs. They are fond of dress and show. Note — Miscellaneous information, collected from Capt. BelVs Journal. Buffalo herds. — Bulls herd together by themselves. The cows and calves also by themselves. They instinctively form into two separate bodies. Prairie dogs, are thus described by Maj. Pike in his Journal. " The Wish tonwish of the Indians, prairie dogs of some travellers ; or squirrels as I shouUI be inclined to denominate them ; reside on the prairies of Louisiana in towii« or villages, have an evident police established in their communities. The sites, of their towns are generally on the brow of a hill, near some creek or pond in order to be convenient to watw", and that the high ground which they inhabit, may not be subject to inundation. Their residence, being unJer ground, is burrowed out, and the earth which answers the double purpose oi keeping out the water, and affording an elevated place in wet seasons to re- pose on, and to give them a further and more distinct view of the country. Their holes descend in a spiral form, Iherefore I could never ascertain their depth ; but I once had one hundred and forty kettles of water poured into one of them in order to drive out the occupant, but without effect. In the circuit of the villages, they clear off all the grass, and leave the earth bare of vegeta- tion ; but whether it is from an instinct they po^ss inducing thera to kenp APPENDIX. 241 nguished In- le wives and of red serge, ed round the Uico, fringed lief, consisting , preserve or- A it at night. ;eeded by oth- id ; and when • lund ; to dress lies, ropes, and game brought E\o-ed in war or ack. Adjacent 1, in which they ch tb^.- arc re- L ''" om- /vith t '^ '■'■ ^^ood^ ,s and show. Bell" s Journal. \e cows and caU'c<. arate bodies. pnal. "TheWislv squirrels as I shoulu _,ouisiana in town? communities. The near some creek or jround which Ihey irnce, being under e double purpose oi ■wet seasons to re- iew of the country, levcr ascertain their ater poured into one .Sect. In the circuit earth bare of vcgeU- ttucin- them to keff These three bands of the Pawnees, with the O'Mahas, Ottos, Missouries, and Kanzas, seven bands of the Missouri tribes, sent u deputation of their principal men, sixteen in all, the last winter, to Washington, under the direction of Maj. O'Fallan, Indian Agent, for these and other tribes. The following extracts from their speech- es, delivered to the President of the United States, will shew what are their feelings, particularly on the subject of civilization. I should, however, consider these feelings, which are natural in their state of ignorance of the value and necessity of the blessings oiTered them, as forming no serious obstacle to a prudent commencement of an Education Establishment among them, under the protection of the Government, and their intelligent and efficient Ageni, at the Council Bluffs. the ground thus cleared, or whether they make use of the herbage, as /ood, I cannot pretend to determine. The latter opinion, 1 think, entitled to a prefer- ence, as their teeth designate them to be of the granivorous species ; and I know of no other substance which is produced in the vicinity of their positions on which they could subsist ; and they never extend their excursions more than half a mile from their burrows. They are of a dark brown color, except their bellies, which are white. Their tails are not' so long as thoseof our grey squirrels, but are shaped precisely like theirs ; their teeth, head, nails, and body, are the perfect squirrel, except that they are generally fatter than that animal. I'heir villages sometimes extend over two and three miles square, in which there must be imiumerable hosts of them, as there is generally h burrow every ten steps, in which there are two or more, and you see new ones partly excavated on all the borders of the town. We killed great numbers of them with our rifles, and found them excellent meat, after they were exposed a night or two to the frost, by which means the rankness, acquired by their sub- terraneous dwelling, is corrected. As you approach their towns, you are sa- luted on all sides by the cry of Wishionwish, from which they derive their uame with the Indians, uttered in a shrill and piercing voice. You then observe them all retreating to the entrance of their burrows, where they post themselves, and regard every, even the slightest, movement that you make. It requires a very nice shot with a rifle to kill them, as they must be killed 'lead, for as long as life exists, they continue to work intd their cells. It is extremely dangerous to pass through their towns, as they abound with rattle- snakes, both of the yellow and black species ; and, strange as it may appear, I have seen the VVishtonwish, the rattle snake, the hccn frog, of which the prairie abounds, (termed by the Spaniards the camelion, from their taking no visible sustenance) and a land tortoise, all take refuge in the same hole. I Jo not pretend to assert, that it was their common place of resort, but 1 have witnessed the above facts more than in one instance.' ' 31 242 APPENDIX. Speech of a Pawnee Chief to the President of the United States. ^^My Great Father. — I have travelled a great distance to see you. I have seen you, and my heart rejoices; I have heard your words; they have entered one ear, and shall not escape the other; and I will carry them to my people as pure, as they came from your mouth. "JWy Great Father. — I am going to speak the truth. The Gre.it Spirit looks down upon us, and I call Him to witness all that may pass between us on this occasion. If I am here now. L^iractfrom Capt. BeWs Journal, continued. " Cotton wood. — This is found all along the Missouri, and Platte rivers, to the Roc \y Mountains, in clusters every three or four miles. The prairies are generally undulating. " Rattle Snakes. — On a north branch of the Platte, called Cherry Creek, are abundance of rattle snakes. There are foxes, antelopes, falocs, prairie wolves, (the dogs possibly, of Maj. Pike) all herding together with the buffaloes. These wolves, or dogs, are about the size of the common dog, nearly of the color of the fox. They howl when hungry. Here, also, are large herds of wild horses. The river, three hundred yards wide. ^'^ Rocky Mountains — The first sight of them, (June 30, 1821) presented asub- lime appearance. A snow-capt peak, towering high above the general range, first struck the eye ; then the general range. The river now narrowed fast ; cotton wood was more abundant, but of smaller size. The soil of the prairies, gravel and sand, with little vegetation. Thermometer, at 10 o'clock A. M. 87.° Wild horses and deer were here in plenty ; buffaloes scarce; sand flies troublesome. Clouds hide the mountains which are now near. The river bends to the south, and meanders at their base. The vallies along the river are timbered; rivulets of various sizes come from the Mountains. The moun- tains now are on the right hand, and barren prairie on the left. Herds of elk are here. We pass Cannon Ball Creek from the Mountains named from stones in th^ Creek, which resemble cannon balls. It is a beautiful, limped stream, abounding with fish. The Platte here is one hundred ynrds wide. "On the 6th July we reached the foot of the mountains, distant from Engineer Cantonment, near Council Bluffs, by our actual rout, five hundred and sixty- eight miles. The nature of the ground, over which we travelled, preveutiuj a nearer rout. " The mountains appeared, on a near approach, to run in parallel range?, gradually rising one above the other, to the centre chain. The ranges pre- APPENDIX. 243 ited Statei. itance to see e heard your ipe the other; ey came from truth. The to witness all am here now, L [ Platte rivers, to 68. The prairies :hcrry Creek, arc es, prairie wolves, irith the buffaloes. dog, nearly of the are large herds of 1) presented a sub- the general range, low narrowed fast ; soil of the prairies, It 10 o'clock A. M. scarce; sand flies near. The river lies along the river itains. The moun- [Ihe left. Herds of intains named from beautiful, limped [red ynrds wide, stant from Engineer hundred and sixty- [avelled, preventiug in parallel ranges, The ranges pre- and have seen your people, your houses, your vessels on the big lake, and a great uiany wonderful things, far beyond my compre- hension, which appear to have been made by the Great Spirit, and placed in your hands, I am indebted to my father here, who invited me from home, under whose wings I have been pro- tected.* Yes, my Great Father, I have travelled with your chief. I have followed him, and trod in his tracks; but there is still anoth- er Great Father, to whom I am much indebted — it is the Father of us all. Him who made us and placed us on this earth. I feel grateful to the Great Spirit for strengthening my heart for such an undertaking, and for preserving the life which he gave me. The Great Spirit made us all — he made my skin red, and yours white. He placed us on this earth, and intended that we should live difler- ently from each other. He made the whites to cultivate the earth. sented a broken surface of rocks, with here and there a little clump of bush* es, aud without snow. In some places the prairie extends quite to the base of the mountains ; in others, even up its sides, for a short distance. The soil ^i>- peared better, as we approached the point where the river issues from the Mountains. '*Red, yellow, and black currents, grow on the sides of the Rocky Mountains, at the head of Platte river; the effects of eating a few of them was injurious." "Hiead Springs of the Arkansawriver. — This river issues from a perpendic- ular rock, near which are six remarkable springs, issuing from the earth yrithin the area of a rod square. Their waters are highly impregnated with different mineral substances. The surrounding soil, from the banks of the stream, a distance of about one hundred yards, produces grass af various spe- cies. Remarkable Springs. " At the base of what is called the Peak of the Rocky Mountains, are two I'etnarkable medicinal Springs, bubbling up into basins, through limestone rocks. One is a strong and pleasant soda, of the temperature of 62" with a di- ameter of about three feet ; the other impregnated with sulphur, has a diam- eter of thirty inches, and a temperature of 75°. Both are on the margin of a rivulet issuing from the mountain near to an Indian trace . When passing these springs, the wandering bands throw into them their o' naments of beads, shells, &c attended with a religious ceremony, intended f s an offering to the Great Spirit. The French Traders, it is said, are accu&^omed to obtain these ornaments from the springs, and to sell them again to the Indians. * Pointing to Majoi O' Fallon, 244 APPENDIX. > and feed on domestic animals; but he made us red skins, to rove through the uncultivated woods and plains, to feed on wild aiiimals, and to dress in their skins. He also intended that we should go to war to take scalps — steal horses, and triumph over our ene- mies — cultivate peace at home, and promote the happiness of each other. I believe there are no people, of any color, on this earth, who do not believe in the Great Spirit — in rewards and in punishments. We worship him, but we worship him not as you do. We differ from you in appearance and manners, as well as in our customs; and we differ from you in our religion. We have no large houses, as you have, to worship the Great Spirit in; if we had them to day, we iihould want others to morrow, for we have not, like you, a fixed habitation — we have no settled home, except our villages, where we remain but two moons in twelve; we, like animals, rove through the country, whilst you whites reside between us and heaven; but still my Great Father, we love the Great Spirit — we acknowledge his supreme power — our peace, our health, and our happiness depend upon him; and our lives belong to him — he made us, and he can destroy us. *' My Great Father — Some of your good chiefs, or, as they are call- ed. Missionaries, have proposed to send of their good people among us to change our habits, to make us work, and live like the white people. I will not tell a lie, I am going tell the truth. You love your country; you love your people; you love the manner in which they live, and you think your people brave. I am like you, my Great Father, I love my country; I love my people; J love the manner in which we live, and think myself and war- riors brave; spare me then, my Father, let me enjoy my countrj . and pursue the buffaloe, and the beaver, and the other wild ani- mals of our wilderness, and I will trade the skins with your peo- ple. 1 have grown up and lived thus long without work; I am in hopes you will suffer me to die without it. We have yet plent) of buffaloe, beaver, deer, and other wild animals; we have also an abundance of horses. We have every thing we want. We have plenty of land, if you will keep your people off of it. " My Father has apeice on which he lives (Council Bluffs) and we wish him to enjoy it. We have enough without it; but we wish him to live near us to give us good counsel; to keep our ear$ APPENDIX. 245 ivant. We have and eyes open, that we may continue to pursue the right road; the road to happiness. He settles all differences between us and the whites, and between the red skins themselves — He makes the whites do iustice to the red skins, and he makes the red skins do justice to i) e whites. He saves the effusion of human blood, and restores peace and happiness in the land. You have already sent us a father; it is enough, he knows us, and we know him. Wo have confidence in him. We keep our eye constantly upon him, and since we have heard your words, we will listen more atten- tively to his. " It is too soon, my Great Father, to send those good men among us. We are not starving yet. We wish you to permit us to enjoy the chase, until the game of our country is exhausted; until the wild animals become extinct. Let us exhaust our present resources, before you make us toil, and interrupt our happiness. Let me continue to live as I have done, and afler I have passed to the Good or Evil Spirit from the wilderness of my present life, the subsistence of my children may become so precarious, as to need and embrace the offered assistance of those good people. " There was a time when we did not know the whites. Our wants were then fewer than they are now. They were always within our control. We had then seen nothing which we could not get. But since our intercourse with the whites, who have caus- ed such a destruction of our game, our situation is changed. We could lie down to sleep, and when we awoke, we found the buffaloe feeding around our camp; but now we are killing them for theii skins, and feeding the wolves with their flesh, to make our chil- dren cry over their bones. " Here my Great Father, is a pipe which I present you, as I am accustomed to present pipes to all red skins in peace with us. It is filled with such tobacco as we were accustomed to smoke, before we knew the white people. I know that the robes, leggins, mocca- sins, bear's claws, &c. are of little value to you, but we wish you to have them deposited and preserved in some conspicuous part of your lodge, so that when we are gone, and the sod turned over our bones, if our children should visit this place, as we do now, they may see and recognize with pleasure the deposites of their fathers, and reflect on the times that are past." M8' APPENDIX. » OTTOE PARTISAN. '• My Great Fcthfr: I am brave, and if I had not been brave, I should nol Uuvo. followed my fa.her here. I have killed my ene- mies, I hiive lakon their horses, and will do any thing he tells me. 1 will not submit to an insult from any one. If my enemies, of any nation, should strike me, I will rise in the might of my strength, and avenge the spirit of my dead." o'maha chief. *^ My Great Father: Look at me — look at me, my father; my hands are unstained with your blood; my people have never struck the whites, and the whites have never struck them. It is not the case with other red skins. Mine is the only nation that has spared the long knives. I am a Chief, but not the only one in my nation; there are other Chiefs who raise their crests by my side. I have always been the friend of the long knives, and be- fore this Chief* (Maj. O'F.) came among us, I suffered much in support of the whites. I was often reproached for being a friend, but when my father came among us, he strengthened my arms, and 1 soon towered over the rest. " My Great Father — I have heard some of your Chiefs, who propose to send some good people amongst us, to learn us to live as you do; but I do not wish to tell a lie — I am only one man, and will not presume, at this distance from my people, to speak for them on a subject with which they are entirely unacquainted — I am afraid it is too soon for us to attempt to change habits. We have too much game in our country. We feed too plentifully on the buffaloe to bruise our hands with the instruments of agriculture. " The Great Spirit made my skin red, and he made us to live as we do now; and I believe that when the Great Spirit placed us upon thisearth, he consulted our happiness. We love our coun- try, we love our customs and habits. I wish that you would per- mit us to enjoy them as long as I live. When we become hungry» and naked; when the game of our country becomes exhausted, and misery encompasses our families, then, and not till then, q'> I want those good people among us. Then they may lend us a helping * Pointing to Major O' Fallon. APPKNDIX. 247 en brave, I ed my ene- he tells me. enemies, of ight of my r father; my have never them. It is f nation that the only one crests by my ives, and be- sred much in eing a friend, ny arms, and Chiefs, who irn us to live one man, and to speak for lacquainted— habits. We itifully on the gricuUure. us to live as rit placed us ive our coun- ,u would per- ;ome hungry* jthhusted, and ^en, d'> I want us a helping hand; then show us the wealth of the earth; thf advantages and sustenance to be derived from its culture." o'maiia p.vrtizan. " jl/^ Great Father. — My Father was a Chief, but he grew old, and became dry like grass, and passed away, leaving the root from which I sprung up, and have grown so large without one mark of distinction. I am still green, but am afraid to die without the fame of my father. I wish you would be so good as to give me a mark, to attract the attention of my people, that when 1 return home, I may bring to their recollection the deeds of my father, and my claims to distinction. Since I left home, I have been much afflicted; death sought me, but I clung to my father, and he kept it off. I have now grown fat, and am in hopes to return to my na- tion. There is my Chief, (pointing to the Big Elk,) who has no claims, no inheritance from his father. I am now following behind him, and tracking upon his heels, in hopes that you and my Fath- rrhere,* will take pity on me, and recollect who my father was.'" Anecdote of a Paztmee Brave. The facts in the following anecdote of a Pawnee Brave, son of Old Knife, one ofthe delegation who visited Washington, the last winter, highly creditable to his courage, his generosity, and his humani- ty, were taken, by permission, from a very interesting M. S. Journal ofCapt. Bell, of his expedition with Major Low «•, to the foot ofthe Rocky Mountains, in 1821, and are sanctioned by Major O'Fallon, Indian Agent, near the scene of the transaction here related, and also by the Interpreter, who witnessed this scene. This Brave, of fine size, figure, and countenance, is now about twenty-five years old. At the age of twenty -one, his heroic deeds had acquired for him in his nation, the rank of " the bravest of the braves."* The savage practice of torturing and burning to * The Bravesj are warriors who have distinguished themselves in battle, and .°tand hig^hest in the estimation of (he tribe. t Pointing to Major O'Fallon. 1 . * :l . , ♦, i 248 APri:M)ix. ' i death their prisoners existed in this nation. t An unfortunate fe- male, taken in war, of the Paduca nation, was destined to this lior- rid death. The fatal hour had arrived; the trcnd)rmg victim, far from her home and her friends, was fa<«tencd to the stake; the whole tribe was assembled on the surrounding plain, to witness the awful scene. Just when the funeral pile was to be kindled, and the whole multitude of spectators were on the tiptoe of ex- pectjition, this young warrior, having, unnoticed, prepared two fleet horses, with the necessary provisions, sprang from his seat, rushed through the crowd, liberated the victim, seized her in his arms, placed her on one of the horses, mounted the other himself, and made the utmost speed toward the nation and friends of the captive. The multitude, dumb, and nerveless with amazement at the daring deed, made no effort to rescue their victim from her de- liverer. They viewed it as the immediate act of the Great Spirit submitted to it without a murmur, and quietly retired to their village. The released captive was accompanied three days througl>the wil- derness, toward her home. He then gave her the horse on which she rode, with the necessary provisions for the remainder of her journey, and they parted. On his return to the village, such was his popularity, no inquiry was made into his conduct, no censure was passed on it. And since this transaction, no human sacrifice has been offered in this, or any other of the Pawnee tribes. The practice is abandoned. Of what influence is one bold act in a good cause I The publication of this anecdote, at Washington, led the young ladies of Miss White's Seminary in that «:**", in a manner highly creditable to their good sense, and gooa feeling, to present this brave, and humane Indian, with a handsome silver medal, with ap- propriate inscriptions, as a token of their sincere commendatioo of the noble act of rescuing one of their sex, an injiocent victim, from a cruel death. Their address, delivered on this occasion, is sensible and pertinent, closing as follows — " Brother — Accept this token of our esteem — always wear it for our sakes, and when again you have the power to save a poor ivoman from death and torture — think of this, and of us, and fly to her relief and her rescue." t Thi? cnstom docs not now exist in the surrounding tribes. APPENDIX. 249 rtunale te* to ll»i» hov- victim, far I stiike; l>i2 to witness be kindled, iptoe of ex- epared two otn his seat, sd her in his ther himself, riends of the imazement at from her de- Great Spirit ) their village. •ougl»the wil orse on which nainder of hei age, such was :t, no censure uman sacrifice tribes. The Id act in a good led the young [manner highly lo present this liedal, with ap- commendation jnocent victim, this occasion, Llways wear it 1 to save a poor Ifus, andflyto kg tribe*. THK PAWNKk's RKI'f.V. . " Brolhen and sisters — This*'^ will give me ease more than 1 ev- er had, and I will listen more than I ever did to white men. " I air. ^lad that my brothers and sisters have heard of the good act that I have done. My brothers and sisters think that I did it in ignorance, but I now know what I have done. " 1 (lid it in ignorance and did not know that 1 did good ; but by £riving me this medal I know it. Talk zvith several Chiefs of the Missouri delegation of Indians. ^ «* While I was at Washington the last winter, Big Elk, Chief of the O'Mahas ; Ish-ka-tap-pa, of the Republican Pawnees, with others of the delegation, called on me at my lodgings, with their interpreter, for the purpose of contmunicating to me some infor- mation, which I wished to obtain from them personally. On the subject of their civilization, and sending instructors among them for that purpose, they observed, that they had told their Great Father what they thought ; and I should hear it from him.t Quest. Who made the Red and the White people ? Ans. By Big Elk. " The same being who made the White people, made the Red people. But the White, are better than the Red, people." (^uest. From whence did your fathers come ? Ans. By the Otto Chief. " We have a tradition among us, that our ancestors came to this country across the Great water. We inherit our country from them." There is a tradition among these, and other Indians, that eight men were originally made by the Great Spirit, and that mankind of all nations and colors sprang from these. Qwesf. How have you been pleased with your visit to the white people ? > » Ans. By the Otto Chief. " I am glad I come. I have seen ma- ay things, which 1 wished to see." ■rf*- * Flis medal. t Sec their speech to the rresideut, p. 24i?. 32 •i 260 APl'ENDIX. .^i I . By a Pawner. •♦ I am gliul, iiiul I am norry too. I havf lived HO tvcll among the white people, that when I get hark tu im own country, I fear I shan't be so hapiiy as 1 was hcforc.'* Quest, When you die, whither will your spirit go ? Do you expect your bodies will rise, and live in another statu ? They appeared not to know what to answer ; and made no in- telligible, or distinct reply. Quest. What do you think of the Great Spirit. Where docs he live? Ans. *' We pray to the sun and moon, and think he mubt be near the sun." Quest. But did not the Great Spirit make the sun and moon, as he did the earth, and the men who inhabit it ? .Ins. (After a pause and hesitancy.) " We dont know what to say. What do you think .>"' My quefition appeared to have pre- sented a difficulty, which they had never before perceived. Thev felt that they were ignorant on this subject, and put their question to me with evident solicitude to receive an answer, which I endeav- ored to give them in plain and intelligible language, to which thoy listened with interest. By their question to me, in the manner stated, the thought was suggested, that in imparting instruction to Indians, it would be well, by a course of easy questions, to lead them, by imperceptible steps, to feel that they need instruction, and in such manner, as shall, at the same time, excite desire to receive it. Quest. Do you believe the Great Spirit is present, and that he sees and knows what you do ? .ins. " Yes, when we pray and deliberate in Council. It is not we that deliberate, but the Great Spirit. Therefore it is, that wo have great courage." Quest. Does the Great Spirit punish the bad, and reward [h^ good ? Who are good, and who bad ? Ans. " The good, are good warriors and hunters. The bad, are the idle, who do no good. Thore are two roads for the deail. Good people take the good road ; bad people the bad roafl."— But where either leads, they know not. They have some faint ideas, that they shall live in a future stale. This is evidently in- dicated by the manner in which they bury their dead, in thiit they make provision of food, and iuiplenients for hunting, kc. in APPENDIX. 251 too. I Imvi' it back lo my fore." go ? 1^0 yoii e? d mn«le no in- Vhere lioes he nk he must be n and moon, a» t know what to ed to have pre- prceived. They Iheir question to which 1 endcav- e, to which thov :, in the manner ng instruction to ucstions, to lead eed instruction, excite desire to Lent, and that he ouncil. It is not Ifore it is, that wc and reward l!^- iters. The h.vl. loads for the dead. jthebad road."— have some faint lis is evidently in- |hcir dead, in thai ^r hunting, &ic. i" the new worhl into which thoy enter immediately after death. But in regard to this new worhl, " shadows, clouds, and darkness rest upon it." I < Ottoes and JUissouries, , These tribes, about 1,600 souls, dwell together in one village, on the south east side of the Platte river, forty miles above its junction with the Missouri, near the n^outh of the Elkhorn. In their character and customs, they resemble their neighbors, the Pawnees. 0',1f.;/mn ■:^> The O'Mahas, in niimbfi vi.'iSO, not long aj?o, abandoned their old village on the poulh ntae of Von MidPouvi. and now dwell on the Elkhorn river, due ncaf ftom their ]d •tillage, eighty miles west north-west from Couacii. Blufts. Pa cao. This tribe live highov up the Ivltt^souri, tit thts nticufh of Quic' coane* river, a south western branch of the Missouri. Their number is 750. Choyene lndij,,.H, This tribe of 3,250 souls, dwell and hum n the river of their name, a western tribuf^ry of the Mis-ouri, a little above the Great Bend. Sioux of the Missouri. A land of this numerous and wide spread tribe, of 4,500 souls, h'ei\ in the vicinity of the two tribes last named. * Pronounced jKe-froi-nf, running river. 252 APPENDIX. Arricaras, or Riccaras. ' This tribe number 3,600 souls. Their old villages are on the Missouri, about half way between the Great Bend, and the Mandan villages. They have lately removed some distance west, toward Cannon Ball river. 'V Mandans. The Mandans, numbering 1,250 souls, live on the Missouri, a few miles on this side Mandan Fort. It has been suggested,* that these Indians are descendants of the Welsh colony, who are said to have early immigrated to this country. ■ Minetaries. '■ - These Indians, 3,260 in number, have their village on the south side of the Missouri, east of the Little Missouri, about half way between Mandan and Yellow stone. Jlbsorokas, or Crows. • • ■ ' -, - ■ - i - .,. ^'^'' These are a wilder class of Indians than those above named, estimated at 3,260 souls, dwelling higher up on the Missouri, quite to the Rocky Mountains. Blackfoot Indians. The^e, with the Crows abovementioned, and other roving tribes not already named, of whom we know but very little, who inhabit in the Indian manner, the head waters of the Missouri, within the extensive limits of the Missouri Territory, have been conjecturally estimated, exclusively of the Crows, at 20,000 souls. This probably is too low an estimate. The names of some of these tibes are scarcely known ; still less their numbers. * Seep. 145, of this App. APPENDIX. 253 Arrapahays. These Indians were visited by Capt. Bell. He states, " that they are generally well formed, slim and tall, with good counte- nances. They wear their hair long, collected on the forehead into a large roll, which serves as a protection to their eyes from the bright rays of the sun." Their number is estimated at 10,000. Their country extends from the head waters of the Kanzas, south, I to the Rio del Norte. They are a warlike people, and often ma- king predatorv and murderous excursions on their eastern and northern neighbors. Kamnavisch. These Indians having no abiding place, rove south west of the Pawnees, on the heads of the Yellow stone, toward the Rocky Mountains, about 2,000 souls. Staitans, or Kite Indiatis. These, 500 in number, rove between the head waters of the Pla.tte river, and the Rocky Mountains. Kiazvas, or Wetapahato Indians 1 'a Dwell, or rather rove, above those last mentioned. They are estimated at 1,000 souls. '' They wear their hair long, in three plaits, hanging down the iiack. The other two, from behind each ear, hanging front, decorated with beads and buttons." The Kaskayas, or Bad Hearts. The name of these Indians indicates their character. Their number is not known. They are estimated at 3,000. " They part their hair across the head from ear to ear. The front is again divided into two parts, brought a little back of the eyes, tied, ornamented and cut about eight or ten inches in length, tied be- hind with a piece of skin, to which feathers or some other orna- 254 APPENDIX. ments are attached. All wear a piece of leather, or cloth, about a foot wide, between their legs, with moccasins ; the rest of their bodies are naked, except when a buffalo robe is thrown over it. Some wear rich blue and scarlet cloth robes, highly ornamented with beads, &c. obtained from the neighboring Spaniards.*" J' '£s*'9lia wmfT Chicns, or Chayennes. " A small band of this tribe, (say 200) reside near the head of the Chien river. Sometime since they left their own nation, and attached themselves to the Arrapahuys. They are bad fellows, faithless, and fond of plunder." ^ther tribes along the eastern side of the Rocky Mountains, and head waters of the Missouri and its branches, and of the Co- lumbia river, are named in the Table ; which see. Further extracts of a Miscellaneous nature, from Capt. BeWs MS. Journal. On his return from the Rocky Mountains, down the Arkansavv, Capt. B. visited Fort Smitli's at Belle Point. *' Belle Point, is situated below the confluence of the Portean and Arkansavv rivers, about one hundred and thirty miles from the Osage village on the Verdigris river, one hundred miles above the Cherokee settlements on the Arkansaw, and seventy-five be- low the trading house at the mouth of Grand or Neozho rivers. Its site was selected in 1817, by Maj. Long, as a military station, being a commanding position in every direction, sixty feet above the level of the river. Next to the water, its figure is two sides of a square, on soil twenty feet deep, under which is rock about forty feet deep, whose base is washed by the united waters of the Portean and Arkansaw. The plan of the Fort, yet unfinished, is" a square of one hundred and thirty-two feet, with two block hou- ses at opposite angles, to be surrounded by a ditch. The sides * Capt. Bell's Journal. APPENDIX. 255 cloth, about rest of their Dwn over it. ornamented rds.*" • the head of n nation, and bad fellows, y Mountains, ad of the Co- next the land, and two block houses are completed. The sur- rounding country, for about one hundred miles, is very healthy, hilly, in many places broken. Liujestone is said to be found here. The diseases of the country are, fever and ague, bilious fever, .seldom fatal. Fruits and vegetables grow here in great abundance and perfection. " No settli:'^s are permitted to go above the Portean river of the Arkansavv, and the Cayamechee, of the Red River. " A negotiation was said to have commenced with the Osages forthe section of their country, between theirCherokee west boun- dary, and the rapids of the Verdigris river. This section is said to include some of the finest lands in the Arkansavv Territory. Cherokees of the Arkansaw. pt. BeWs MS. the Arkansaw, )fthe Portean jrty miles from led miles above 'venty-five be- eozho rivers, lilitary station, Ixty feet above -e is two sides is rock about |d waters of the ;t unfinished, i^ Itwo block bou- :h. The sides " The Cherokee country is on the north side of the Arkansaw, well adapted to cultivation, well timbered with oak, pine, and oth- er trees of this region. It contains plantations, in a good state of cultivation, bearing cotton, corn, sweet potatoes, beans, pump- kins, fee. They have decent log houses, like the whites. A body of light horse patrol the settlement, and are the instruments of preserving order, and preventing crimes. The Captain acts as judge, and sentences criminals to punishment. A white man among them convicted of crime, is delivered over to white peo- ple for punishment. These Indians, lately removed from the rest of their nation, in Tennessee and Alabama, are considerably ad- vanced in civilization." Captain Bell further states, that " on his way from the Arkansaw, to Cape Girardeau, September 1821, he met Captain Rogers, a half breed Cherokee, on his way to Belle Point, with a number of Osage prisoners, who were to be delivered up. Among them was an Osage woman, who was unwilling to return to' her own nation, having accustomed herself to the dress and manners of the white people, fmd to make her own clothes. To return to the savage manners and customs, was painful to her. her children \/ere well dressed, and appeared to have been well brought up ; had been at school, and spoke English. The Choi - okee Chiefs were divided on the subject of war with the Osagos.*' h^ n 256 APPENDIX. ml, mf Indian Phrases. In passing through this Indian Country, Capt. Bell became fa- miliar with certain phrases of its native inhabitants, which stri- kingly exhibit the liveliness of their imaginations, and the highly metaphorical and descriptive character of their language. When discussing the subject, Whether or not war shall be de- clared ; if no cause for war is found to exist, they say — " The hatchet is buried. The bones of my warriors are also buried. The blood of my women and children, which has been spilt, is covered." If there must be war, they say — "The tomahawk is raised. The blood of my women and children smokes from the ground. The bones of my warriors and old men lie uncovered, whitening the earth." When peace is to be preserved with another tribe, they say — " The. path between us must be kept clean. No weeds must be suffered to grow in it." When a good understanding is to be maintained between them and white people, the phrase is — " The chain which binds us together must be kept bright, and never bo permitted to rust." When differences arise — " A weed grows in the path." *' The chain is beginning to rust." When this is perceived, and the cause of the difference known — " The weed must be plucked from the path." " The rust must be rubbed from the chain ; else the path will soon be covered with weeds, or the chain with rust."* App. F. f. — Rep. p. 36. The following accoxmt of the Indians residirig be^n^cen Red, and Jii<> del Norte, rivers, zvas given at its date, to the Secretary of War. Washington Citv, 7th August, 1818. Sir, «« The enclosed estimate of the Indians residing on the waters of Red River, and the Rio del Norte, t is made from information *Tho reader will find a large collection of these metaphorical expressions ifl the excellent work of Rev. Mr. Heckewelder, p. \2'\ t See Table, into which this estimate is copied. APPENDIX. 257 I became fa- which stri- a the highly age. • shall be de- say— " The 5 also buried. been spilt, is wk is raised. 1 the ground, jd, whitening ibe, they say ro weeds must Tiding is to be ase is—" The and never bo weed grows in When this is ." The weed [ust be rubbed id with weeds. II Red, anfi ^'"' \etary of War. [ugust, 1818. on the waters l-om information leal expressions ift which I procured in 1017, while in command of the western sec- tion of the 8th Mihtary Department. " But few of those Indians reside in villages, or have permanent residences. Some of the tribes are nearly extinct, and others have become so blended, from association and intermarriages, that it would be difficult to draw between them the line of distinc- tion. The precise number of each tribe, cannot be accurately ascertained. " In making this estimate, I have placed the number considera- bly below that reported by hunters and Indian Traders. Some of the tribes inhabiting that country, have not been included, be- cause no certain information respecting them could be obtained. " My information was received from Americans, Frenchmen, and Spaniards, who pronounce Indian names very differently. The orthography, therefore, which I have adopted, may not, in every case, represent the proper Indian sound, and it is probable that the proper Indian name of the tribe or nation, has not always been preserved. "The small tribes of Indians, which reside on the WasKita, and on Red River, below the obstructions, subsist principally on vegetables and domestic animals. Game has become so scarce in those parts of the country, that there is now but little inducement to pursue the chase. " When the French established themselves on Red River in 1717, the Caddos formed the most numerous and warlike nation inhabiting that country, which they claimed to the sources of Rttd River. This nation suffered greatly from the small pox, and from their wars with the Osages, Towcash, and Camauches; by whom they were driven from the sources of the Red river. They now reside on the waters of Lake Ceodo, about ninety miles north- west from Natchitoches, and they claim the country of Red River from Bayon Pierre and Lake Bistianeau, to the Cross timber; a remarkable tract of wood land, which crosses Red River more than a thousand miles above its mouth. "The Coshattas, Delawares, and Cherokees, obtained permis- sion from the Caddos, to settle on Red River. They do not claim part of the country. The Coshattas migrated from Flori- da, and are believed to be a tribe of the Muscogees. S3 258 APPENDIX. " The Delawares migrated from the Mississippi, near Cape Gi- iMrdeau; and the Gherokees came, within the last few years, from the Arkansaw. The Choctaws migrated from the state of Missis- sippi, and are scattered over the country from Red river to the Trinity. They have no government, nor fixed habitation, but wan- der over the country in small parties. '' The game has almost disappeared from the Lower Red Riv- nr, and is not found in any considerable number, until you ascend as high as Blue River, where is entered the immense tract of Prairie, which extends from the Arkansaw to the sources of the Trinity, and the Brassos. Those extensive plains are covered with the BufTaloe, Elk, Deer, Wild Cows, Hogs, and Horses. On the rivers are found the Black Bear. *' The Indians, who reside on Red River, Sabine, Nechez^ Trinity and Brassos, hunt on these Prairies. The white people are encroaching on that delightful hunting ground, and in the most wanton manner, are destroying the game. *\ To restrain the white people, and prevent the indefinite ex- tefbsion of their settlements, to protect the Indians, and to give se- curity to that important section of the frontier, it would be impor< tant, to establish a military post on Red River,* and to draw a line, beyond which the white people should not be permitted to pass. The line should commence on the Arkansaw at the mouth of the Canadian; ascend the river till it interlocks with Blue river, and descend the Blue river to its junction with Red River. Thence it might run a south-east, or south, course to the Sabine, or some river which falls into the Gulf of Mexico. This line, it is believ- ed, woulo divide a country possessing many agricultural advanta- ges, from one which abounds in game, and which offers few advan- tages to the agrioulturalist. West of this line the country is com- paratively poor, and nearly destitute of timber; but is most high- ly valued by the Indians, on account of the plenty of its game. " The valley of Red River, from the mouth of Blue river to the mouth of Kosek river, a distance, by water, of three hundred and eighty miles, is one of the most fertile, tracts on the Southern waters. * A small and feeble post has been since established ; but in order to be effi- cient to attain its object, must be strengthened. APPENDIX. 259 t in order to be effi- "There is a settlement of twelve fumilies, at Nanatscho, or Pecan Point ; and one of twenty fiimilies at the mouth of Kia- misha. At the lower settlement there are five, and at the upper settlement three, traders, who in consequence of their contiguity to the fine hunting ground, have taken the Indian trade of that country from Natchitoches. " This country, in a few years, would supply a garrison on much better terms, than the troops are now supplied at Natcni- toches. " The Indians near the Gulf of Mexico, subsist chiefly on Fish, Alligators, and the proceeds of the chase. The Towacano, or Panih nation, live in villages, cultivate the soil, and pursue the chase. " The Comauch Indians are the largest and most warlike na- tion in this country. They have always been at war with the Spaniards, upon whom they commit the most horrible depreda- tions. The whole nation moves with the Bufialoe, from south to north, in the Spring; and from north to south in Autumn. During the winter, they occupy the country on the sources of the Brassos, and Colerado. They spend their summers on the sources of the Arkansaw and Missouri, among the eastern spurs, of the Rocky mountains. They carry on, with traders from Red River, an ex- tensive traffic, in horses and mules, which they catch in the plains, or capture from the Spaniards. "Before any measure is executed in relation to the estab- lishment of a military post, or Indian boundary, it would be proper to hold a treaty with the Indians of that country, and to obtain a cession from the Caddos, of such parts of the country, as may be thought necessary for those purposes. " The Caddos are considered as the mother nation of the coun- try, and have a general superintendence over all the tribes in their vicinity, except the Choctaws; between whom and the Caddos there is great jealousy. " It would perhaps be practicable to effect a peace between the Comauches and Spaniards. Such a measure would harmonize with the general policy of the government. " The small pox has made dreadful ravages among the Indians of that country. The Comauches compute the loss which they sustained in 1816, from this horrible disease, at four thousand 260 APPENDIX; souls. The vaccine innoculation might be introduced among them at a trifling expense; such a course is dictated by humanity. With sentiments of very great respect, &c. (Signed) W. A. TRIMBLE, 8th Reg't. U. S. Army." Hon. J. C. Calhoun, Scc'y. of War ^ Washington. Story of Totapia^ and Hocktanluhhee, Choctaws, known to their White neighbors by the names of Jenny and her son Tom. m The following affecting and authentic story, related to me by a ludy of respectability and piety, who was an eye witness to a part of what she relates, strikingly illustrates the Indian character and customs, and shews the high importance of giving, to these natives of our wide wilderness, the benefits of our laws and religion. ** Jenny was the wife of a Choctaw, who murdered an Indian of his own tribe, about twenty years ago ; fled over the Mississippi into Louisiana, where he was overtaken and put to death by his pursuers. Jenny, with four or five small children, of whom Tom was the eldest, afterwards settled in the neighborhood of St. Francisville, Louisiana, where lived a lady, a widow, of much be- nevolence and wealth, who had compassion on Jenny, and acted toward her the part of a friend. "About six years ago, Tom, then of the age of about twenty-five, murdered an old Indian ; for which act, according to an unaltera- ble law of the nation, his life was demanded, and he was senten- ced to die. The day of his execution was fixed, and had arrived, and the relatives and friends, both of the murdered, and the mur- derer, with others, a mingled throng, were assembled, after their usual manner, and all things were ready for inflicting on the crim- inal the sentence of the law. At this moment of strong and min- gled feeling, Jenny, the mother, pressed through the crowd, to the spot where her son stood, by the instruments prepared to take from him his life. She then addressed the Chiefs and the com- pany, demanding the life of her child, offering in its stead her own. Her plea was this. " Tom is young. He has a wife, children, brothers, sisters, all looking to him for counsel and support. I am APPENDIX. 261 iced among ty humanity. ;,&c. J. Army." own to their ed to mc by a Lness to a part character and I these natives religion, jd an Indian of the Mississippi death by his of whom Tom orhood of St. V, of much be- my, and acted ,ut twenty-five, to an unaltera- le was senten- id had arrived, a, and the mur- )led, after their tig on the crim- itrong and min- le crowd, to the epared to take fs and the com- , stead her own. wife, children, support. 1 ana old. I have only a few days at most, find can do but little more for my family. Nor is it strictly just ; rather is it a shame to take (1 new shirt for an old one.^^* "The magnanimous offer of Jenny was accepted, and a few hours allowed her to prepare for her death. In this interval, she re- paired to the house of her kind and liberal friend, and protector, Mrs. T. whose place of residence was in the near vicinity of this awful scene, for the purpose of giving her her last look, and fare- well. Mrs. T. was all this time in ignorance of what had passed in the camp near her, and of Jenny's oilar, and determination : nor did Jenny divulge them to Mrs. T. She had come, she said, to beg a coffin, and winding sheet, for her son ; adding, " When the sun has reached its height, (pointing upwards,) Tom dies." Not suspecting the arrangement Jenny had made to preserve her son, Mrs. T. with comforting words, gave her all she requested. When asked what should be the length of the coffin, and the grave clothes,, Jenny repUed — " Make them to suit my size, and they will answer for my son." •'Soon after Jenny had left Mrs. T.'s for the camp, where all things were ready for her execution, a messenger, in haste, arriv- ed, and informed Mrs. T. what was passing in the camp, and that Jenny was immediately to die. Mrs. T. hastened to the scene, with the intention of rescuing her friend ; but Jenny, the moment she saw her carriage coming, at a distance, imagining, doubtless, what was her object, standing by her grave, caught the muzzle of the gun, the prepared instrument of her death, and pointing it to her heart, entreated the executioner immediately to do his duty. He obeyed, and she fell dead. "During five years after this, Tom was treated with sneers and contempt by the friends of the old man, whom he had murdered. They said to him : " You coward; let your mother die for you. You afraid to die, coward." Tom could not endure all this. A year ago, Tom met a son of the old man whom he had murdered, on the bank of the Mississippi, ten niies from his home, and for some cause unknown, (probably he had been his principal tor- mentor,) plunged his knife into him, giving him a mortal wound. •Alluding to the circumstance, that the Indian murdered by her son wrs o'i, and he young. i 262 Ari'KNlJlX. ^i|i;lily ro«i|'i'rt Stockbridge Indiani tJoliii N. Chicks, Pau-poon'-haut, \ tr"ter Augustine, Ta-kon-o-las Oneida. ♦Aaron Johnson, Thau-r6-weeths, Tuscarora. r-ter Jacob Tarbel, Peter Gray, > Caughnewagas. Thomas Zealand. New-Zealand. Since the above date, the number of scholars has increased l* thirty-two; one of those added, is from the Sandwich Islands, a pious youth, who has been baptized by the name of John Eliot Phelps ; another is a youth of the Narraghanset tribe. [fM«|l^: f 1mmm PI Baron de Campagne. This Seminary has attracted the attention, and received the lib- erality of the honorable and benevolent Bahon de Campagne, of Basle, Switzerland. In a letter to the Rev. Principal of the School, he writes, under the date of June 6, 1820, thus: — " What I have read of the Foreign Mission School at Cornwall has given me great pleasure ; especially as human powers cannot of them- selves produce the desired effect ; but they produce it only as in- struments in the hands of Him, who is the source of all good — of love and pure charity ; and it is thus only, that the mind is capa- ble of being fully enlightened. I beg you to use the accompany- ing sum of 100 ducats, I according to your best judgment, as an ex- ternal mean, which by divine grace, may impart those spiritual blessings, inseparable from the attainnient of supreme love. This little offering is accompanied by the very sincere prayers, not on- ly of the humble individual, who sends you these lines, but like- wise of hisi friends in Jesus Christ, that grace may enliven the hearts of the heathen youths under your direction, and may so fill theni with the pure love of Jesus Christ, as that they may De able by the same grace, to kindle a similar happy flame in the hearts of their countrymen, who are still as blind men, in the darkness of sinful Adam." Were all our titled and honorable citizens, of like sentiments and feelings with this noble foreigner, what encouragement would * Professors of religion. t Hopefully pious. :f The net proceeds of the bill were 212 dollars. APPENDIX. 267 nlry. I ladiani. agas. I. IS increased t* vicb Islands, a of John Eliot »e. jceived the lib- E Campagne, of rincipal of the , thus:—" What nwall has given cannot of them- ice it only as in- ; of all good— of le mind is capa- the accompany- ment, as an ex- those spiritual me love. This irayers, not on- lines, but like- ;ay enliven the , and may so fill ley may i)e able rne in the hearts in the darkness like sentiments Iragement would pious. Lrs. they give to those who are engaged for the benefit of the heathen! What glorious effects would their combined exertions and influ- ence produce ! It is our comfort to know, that the hearts of all men are in the hands of the Lord ; and he turneth them, as the rivers of water are turned, whithersoever he will. This letter of the Baron was answered, as it should be, by the Principal of the School ; and presuming that it would gratify this generous foreigner to rece-ve a specimen of the improvements of the youth under his instruction, he directed that the following let- ters should accompany his own ; which, with the others subjoin- ed, are here exhibited to the public, as fair and conclusive evi- dence of the capacities of Indians for improvement. A part of these letters, it will be perceived, were intended, by the Princi- pal of the School, to be exhibited to the President of the United States, as specimens of the attainments of his pupils. Letter of Elias Boudinot, to Baron de Champagne. Foreign Mission School, Corrmall, [Con.) Jan. 8, 1821.* •'Honored and Respected Sir, "Having been requested by my beloved teacher, Mr. Daggett, I have the pleasure of writing to you; and in the name of my fel- low students, to thank you for your benevolent donation of 100 ducats. We feel thankful to the Giver of every good and perfect gift, that we are not destitute of Christian friends, who are willing to give their property for our sustenance, while receiving an ed- ucation in this charitable institution. We are hero, far fiom our native countries, brought here by the kind providence of God; and blessed be his name, that he has given us friends to support *It will be proper, before reading these letters, that the reader should know that they are in truth the compositions of the youth whose names are subscribed to them. Of this their Instructor assures the Baron, in his letter. "On the following pages" he says, "are a few lines addressed to you, by two of my present pupils, of the Cherokee nation of Indians, about seventeen years of age, who appear to be the devoted followers of the Lord Jesus Christ. Those let- ters were composed and written by these Indian youths, without any assistance, excepting the correction of a very few words. The catalogue of the school was transcribed by Thomas Bassel, another Cherokee youtli.'' If 268 ArPF.NDIX. M In m us, nnd fo instruct us in liiimnn knoulpdi^', hnf rHi»oriijlly in tlial srionco, which (ir;i(s iiltnnl (he iinn>(irl;il soul, nml (ho orjiy way to rvorl.isliiiji; f( wv nrc Idokiii':; with i:;iiil<'fnl hcurls to (he (^hrisliini pooplp of tiio Huiloil Slalos, no arc gnililitMl to think, (hnl wc havo a kind hrnt'f'actor in Switzerland. " My h(tnor«'d Sir-, wr l)av(* n()lhin;f in this world with whidi wo ran reward yon, tor your act oC Ix in'v«d('nc«\ Only wr re- turn yon onr i<;rati'•'• iirant you prosperous, peai-elul, and nsel'nl days of your rentainiuii; lite, and a ei'own of ,i;lory in the lile to roine. Alay your prayers l»e answered lor this sciiool ; that nunihers Ihtp niav l»e trained up, who shidl jj;o into the vineyard oT the lionl, niul l»e tuitiitul lahorers in hrin^inm many unto Chiist, who arc now sitting; in darkness. Our school promises extensive ^(hhI. Here are nundters, wo hope, who are willing to he employed in the work of the Lord. " We need tlio prayers of all christian people, and we are trnlv encouraged to think, that wc are rememhcred hy the christians of Europe, as well as of America. ^ On will likely, Sir, wish to know tVoin what nation I came. I am a Cherokee, lV«)m a nation ol" In- dians livinj; in the southern part of (lie United States. There arc eight of US hero trom that nation. Six out of eight profess to l»c the followers of the nteek and lowly .lesus. I canto to this school more than two years ago; and, if it is liu^ will ot'CJod, I expect to leave it in ahont one or two years. 1 feel sometimes an ardent desire to return to my countrymen and to teach them the way ol' salvatMUi. Pray for me, that my faith fail not, and that I m:!v not finally prove insincere, "^riiat we niay meet in tli'* kingdom wliicli is eternal in the heavens, is the wish of yonr unworthy and un- known young iViend." /•V«i;i Daviii fh-nrcn In ihr same I'-r m ;.(• t . » j». "^m ' "f" (1' w. -> if Jiiiiitiirii G, lu'JI. " Hon. am» Dr.AU SiPv, " Hv the request of my worthy preceptor, I ihiiilv mysell'hisili- ly privileged to have this opportunity in addri'-sing you, from this AI'PKNDIX. 2G9 ♦lisliinl liirul. It is s« matter ot^rrjit joy to uh, who ;iro ho!itlnMiH, ((» roiit(.'in|»lntc IIk! jjoodncsx of (jod, in rnusir)}; his rhildrcti to hiivr coinpiiHHion on tin* poor hcni^litod hoathen iiationH, who are yd <;;roaniiis; uixhu' the l»ondat!;r of Satan, the dorriver of man- kind. Onr hearts on.<^ht truly to }f|ow willi praise ;uid gratitude to GUI' lleavt'rdy Talhcr, in your takino; such drcp interest for this institntion, and for the \velfar<' of heathens nniversally. Ouv huid was onee rovt'red with darkrn'ss, jnid we heard not the joy- fid sound of the (jospel proclaimed in o\ir ears. Wv, knew notli- iiij^ of .lesus Christ, who has died for sinful men. Hut now, Ides- soes. Hut, dear Sir, many of my brethren have not heard of .Jesus (.'hrist, which is very painful to me. 'IMie late exertions amon<5 (Chris- tians in America !iave, in some ;es, nations, and people, the Gospel of our liord and Savior .lesus Christ. " I came here last .fune, and I trust the Lord will prepare me for usefulness amonu; my dear brethren th<^ Cherokees. Pray for me, respect(Ml Sir ; and while the Atlantic rolls between us, may wc be near in spirit ; hoping; soon to meet and join with all the lil()od-bona;lil millions, in singing the redeeming love of (iod through an endless eternity. " May the CJod of peace ever be with you, and reward you for your kind benevolence to ns. This is the wisli and sincere' f)ray- or of your heathen friend, in the Lord .Fesus." m David Uroxrn to J. Evarls, Esq. After tenderly cxpressirtg his obligations to the l)o;ird, he pro- ceeds as follows : — " But why do 1 talk thns, while the idea of some people is, that an Indian cannot be civilized ? Ih; has no capacity for religion. lie cannot learn. He has no faculties ; therefore let him go, and again traverse the regions of his native woods, ami turn to his sav- age state, which is wretchedness and woe. Hut the (iod of heav- en lias spoken, and who can recal his blessed words, when he said, iio ye into all the ■world, and prcarli (In; (Jospel to ercrij crra- 270 APPENDIX. turc. I presume these persons who are so eager to help in the destruction of Indians, rather than to aid in reclaiming them from their degradation, are generally those, who are unfriendly to reli- gion and good society, and who are themselves going swiit to de- struction." Having intimated his desire of being useful among his country- men, he adds : — " Indeed, to tell the truth, I am ashamed to see the dear spot, Brainerd, without having at least some qualifications for useful- ness. " Oh, how great would be the blessing, could we see many young Cherokees, as heralds of salvation to their dear benighted countrymen, and who would hail the little flock of Christ in the Cherokee nation, and overthrow the dominions of darkness there, and make the banks of Chickamauga'^ tremble; and then fly on the wings of heavenly love, over the lofty Lookout,* and visit ■ ie slumbering inha'.)itants there ; and then reach the plains of Creek Path, and turn the path toward heaven, that it may be travelled by Cherokees also; a'^d so on, until spring laloney, Tas-tu-ga, and all the people would acknowledge God as their Savior." II. Letter from Catharine Brown, to her brother, Da-'nd Brorvn, at ihr. For.AIis. School at Cornwall, dated Creek Path, Feb. 21. " Mv Dear Brother, " I received your kind letter some time since, and it gave me great satisfaction to hear from you. I should have written to you before this time, but did not know how to send to Brainerd. I am truly happy to hear that you foel so well contented with your sit- uation in school, and that you are well pleased with your dear in- structor. Our dear parents are in jj;ood health. They have re- moved from the place where they lived before, and are now liv- ing with brother John. I think they have truly passed froiu death unio life ; they seem to be growing in grace and in the knowledge of Him who has redeemed their souls from hell. In- deed, you cannot iuragiue how ditlerontly they seem from whai *The name of a majestic iiiountaiu, the base of which i? 'ashed by tiif Tennessee. APPENDIX. 271 elp in the them from dly to reli- wiit to de- lis country- e dear spot, for useful- re see many ar benighted Christ in the [•kness there, d then fly on and visit '■ ie ains of Creek be travelled jy, Tas-tu-ga, Savior." Brown, at thr. Feb. 21. Ind it gave me Iwritten to you rainerd. 1 am with your sit- your dear in- rhcy have re- id are now liv- passed froru \ce and in the rom hell. In- eni from wlui' they did when you left us. All they desire now is to do Ihe will of our dear Savior. This work is the Lord's, and no doubt he will keep them and carry Ihcni safe through this sinful world, un- til he receives them to his heavenly kingdom. O, dear brother, truly the Lord has heard our prayers for the souls of our parents. We !:>ave great reason to rejoice. May we not say, not unto us, but to thy name be all the praise. You have doubtless heard that Brother J. has joined the church. Dear Brother D. my heart is full while I am writing. How shall 1 express my grati- tude to God for bringing him to a knowledge of the Savior. lie <^ays sometimes he feels happy in praying to God, and feels wil- ling that he should do with him as seemeth good in his sight. " My brother David, when we look back and see what the Lord ha3 done for our family in the course of a few years, O let us call upon our souls, and all that is within us, to praise our God for his great blessings to us. " 1 sometimes long to see your face once more in this world, to converse and pray with you before i.ar Savior. 1 often think of the happy hours which we spent when we were at Brainerd, when we first tasted the sweetness of religion, and when we used to take each other's hand to walk and sing our favourite hymn, " Come we that love the Lord." We then knew the happiness of saints, and felt that religion never was designed to make our pleasures less. But now our heavenly Father has separated us for a time in this world ; I hope for his glory, and for the good of perishing souls around us. We have much to do for our Savior. As we hope we are children of the most high God, let us be good soldiers, and not be weary in well doing, for in due season we shall reap if we faint not. " Father and mother send love to you, and to the scholars in Cornwall. I hope you will write to ".3 soon, and let us know how you do. " Adieu, dear brother, till we meet again." 1/ v? ■■¥' \b '^shcdby tUr 272 APPENDIX. I ,.;•/: if The followinj; letter is from the mother of A.Vu/s Bondinot, who is a member of the CornwiUI School, dictated by her to the writer of it, in Jan. 1821. ''Dkar Son, "When you shall have finished your education, I shall rejoice, just as if I had |i;ot tiie education. I hope the Lord will have mer- cy on me, that I may fuul the j^ood way. As you have found the Savior before me, I will take your advice, and listen to your ta)!<. I am in hopes that the Lord, in his mercy, will turn my heart; and that I may lind the dear Savior. I will not get discouraged. I will still try." SUSANNAH." The reading of this letter forcibly reminds us of the declara- tion of the blessed Savior, (Mattli. xxii. 31,) "Verily I say unto you, that the publicans and harlots [the heathen,] go into the kingdom of Ciod before you." Letter from Rev. Mr. Daggett. "Hnv. ANO Df.ar Sir, "At your request I present you with a few specimens of the im- provement of some of my pupils, in the F. M. S. They are all in the hand-writing of those whose names are undersigned. The letters of David Brown ana ^srael Folsom, are their own composi- tion, with such trifling corrections as are usually given to the com- positions of youths in school, and the suggestion of three sentences in one of the letters, and one in the other. The letter of .lolin liidge is without any correction, in consequence of which, some of the pointing is erroneous, and two or three words are mis-spelt. The calculation of the ^•>na^ eclipse, was made understandingly, by Eli as Boudinot, (Kul-le-ga-nah,) seventeen years of age, under my superintendence; and the projection was made by him, with o»it any assistance except the directions of the book. It may bo, that we shall discover some error in the calculation, on a review, as it has been gone through rather hastily. John Ridge and Elias Boudijiot have studied Geography extensively, Rhetoric, Survey- ing, Ecclesiastical and Common History, three books in the ^fEneiil.. 'Si APFENDIX. 273 11(1 1 not, who o the writer ti\v.\\\ rojoice, -lU have mor- iivc found the , to your talk, lu-n n»y honrt; t lUscouraged. SANNAll." of the (Icclara- jrily ^ ^'^y ""^^ 1,1 go ^"^° ^^^^ linicns of the im- i. They are all [lersigncd. 'I'lie lir own eomposi- |riven to the com- . three sentences »e letter of John jf which, some of Las are mis-f'pe^t. understandingly, ars of age, under fde by him, wilb ,ook. It may be, :ion, on a review, in Ridge and Elias rhetoric, Survey- ,oks in the iEneia. two Orations of Cicero, and nrv. attending to Natural Philosophy. The conduct of my pupils is, with ver;, few exceptions, remarka- bly good, anil their (lispositions an.iahlc. It is a pleasant task to guide thorn in paths of science and religion, in the hope, especial- ly, that some of them are destined to hecome extensively useful in proujoting the temporal and spiritual good of their respective trihes and nations. "It is with concern we perceive our climate to be unfriendly to the health of the Islanders, three of whom, as you know, have al- ready fallen a sacrifice to it. On this account, it is probable, that Divine Provi Excellency .Jamks Monroe, President of the United States of America. "Sir, "As Dr. Morse is about to proceed to the seat of government, on business relative to the Indian Tribes in this country, I take the liberty, by permission of my instructor, to address a few lines to you. I congratulate you, sir, upon your re-election to the high «ffice which you sustain, i thank you for the paternal regard 35 il;'!^ 274 APPENDIX. -^'f- winch you have manifested towanls my countrymen, and other Indian Tribes. Divine Providence has brought me from the western wiUlerness, to this your happy land. I now dwell, jis it were, under your roof, and worthy patronage, and enjoy the means of learning many things, which are calculated to make me nsoful among my dear countrymen. "The nation, to which I am connected, was once large and pow- erful, and could behold a great portion of land as their possession. But now they have decreased to a very small number. They have become a weak and dependent nation. But thanks be to Him, who has all power in heaven and on earth, for causing you, and the pnoj>le over which you rule, to make efforts for bringin 37. and §209. 6. 2. p. 96. Montequieu, b. 18. c. 12. Smith's Wealth ofM'ations. b. 6. c. 1. It is a right not to be transferred, but extinguished. It is a right regulated by treaties, not by deeds of conveyance. It depends upon the law of nations, not upon mu- nicipal right." Fletcher v. Peck Cranch. Vol. 6. p. 121. Decision of the S. Court of the United States, on the subject of Indian Titles. " The majority of the Court is of opinion, that the nature of the Indian Title, which is certainly to be respected by all courts, until 284 APPEI»^Dl5t. it be legitimately extinguished, is not such as to be absolutely ic. pugnant to seisin in fee on the pnrt of the State." ibid. 143. See also the opinions on this subject, of the Commissioners at the Treaty of Ghent.— Amer. State Papers— 1812to 1815. Vol. 9. p. 389 to 425. " The recognition of a boundary," say the American Commis- sioners, "gives up to the nation in whose behalf it was made, all the Indian tribes and countries within that boundary. It was on this principle that the undersigned have confidently relied on the Treaty of 1783, which fixed and recognizes the boundaries of the United States, without making any reservation respecting the In dian tribes." — ibid. p. 424. App. K. k. — Rep. p. 76. Constitution and Officers of a Society for promoting the general Viel ■ fare of the Indian Tribes in the United States, PREAMBLE. '* Whereas the public attention has been recently awakened, and turned with peculiar interest, to the civilization of the Indian Tribes within the United States, and it has hence become neces- sary to investigate the history, character, and actual condition of these tribes : And whereas the ^bor of a full, extensive and accu- rate survey of this wide-spread and interesting field, is too great for individual effort : Therefore, for the purpose of combining the wisdom, the talents, and active energies of men of information, qualified and inclined to engage in this benevolent work, and di- recting them to the aid and support of those, whose office requires that they take the lead in accomplishing it, a Society has been formed and organized under the following CONSTITUTION. 1. The name of this Association shall be, "The American So- ciety FOR PROMOTING THE CIVILIZATION AND GENERAL IMPROVE- MENT OF THE Indian Tribes within the United States." API'KNPIX. 285 olutely rc« . 143. )ner» at the . Vol. 9. p. m Commis- as made, all It was on elied on the daries of the cling the In e general v^el • tes. iwakened, and lof the Indian lecome neces- |al condition of live and accu- Id, is too great combining the if information, work, and di- loffice requires liETY has been American So- iral improve- States." II. The special objects of this Society shall be, to secure for these tribes instruction in all branches of knowledge, suited to their capacities and condition; and for this purpose, to ascoiiuiu the character and strength of their nionil and intellectual powers, nnd their dispositions to receive instruction : to examine into their origin, history, memorials, antiquities, traditions, governments, customs, manners, laws, languages, and religions ; into theii dis- eases, remedies, and manner of applying them ; — also, into the efforts which have been already made for meliorating their coudi- tion, and the results of those efforts, and where they have f.iih^d, the causes of failure: to ascertain the number and names of the tribes, their places of residence, the extent, soil, and climate, of their respective territories, the stations where education families may be most advantageously located, and to suggest whatever means may be employed for their improvement. Other objects of the Society shall be, to obtain a knowledge of the geography, mineralogy, geology, natural history, &,c. of the Indian country ; to collect specimens in all these branches of sci- ence, for the purpose of forming a Cabinet for the use of the Government of the United States : Also, to select suitable spots in the Indian country, for making experimental farms in the im- mediate view of Indians, on which to cultivate the different kinds of grains, grasses, trees, plants, roots, and other garden veg- etables, adapted to the various soils and climates of the aforesaid country ; to introduce the best breeds of domestic animals, and feathered fowls : And generally, to do all other '.hivigs, which such a Society can do, to accomplish its grand object the civiliza- tion OF THE Indians. III. Two rooms in this city shall be procured and uppropriated to the use of the Society ; one for its Cabinet, the other for its Library, and the use of the Secretaries. IV. The Officers of this Society shall be such number of Pat- rons, as it may see fit to appoint, a President, Vice Presidents, a Corresponding Secretary, with two Assistants, a Recording Sec- retary, with an Assistant, a Treasurer, an Auditor, a Board of Directors, a Committee of Ways and Means, a Cabinet-Keeper, a Librarian, and a select body of Special Correspondents. V. The successive Presidents of the United States, who shall have retired from office, shall be, ex-officio, Patrons of this n perfluDus and improper to place it here. APPENDIX. Mcv. Jeilldiah Morse, I), f). (\)rro< 3 (D o 3 n re re re C/l = 3- 3 no f ^ re I '» o re 3 3 re •-► » 3 o 3 "^ a «- 2L >2 «» 3 c« g" re ~. ^ 2 re 1 S) re 3 b--. .=^3" "2 re ^ I •i "-1 re re • £.< w ^ ^ o' 95 o ** B w 2 re 3 '- re 3" re re = - 3 » S3 ?re en re M 2. s n re 're 3 CO re re 3 r* D- D ores; re ^ en p" "^ 2. re re <-► re _, 3'.'* ' re "« 2,' - 2 re ** 1 o 3- S" <-► re 3 "^ -. cr 3 « o g "*> a- ►- re o "9* 'f. a 6 CW »o cr 5". 2 re *^ >p K;re 2; c Wo " « p -- ^ ' SD re ^ St 2 2 «> «. » a, o o 3- o .0 i> o- o < re 3 re 3 I 2 i-» i-»- NM ^4 ^M 3 3 3 ^^ 1"^ «^ 2 =>" =^ 3" 3" 3* ^!1 no re jp re re 5^ -1 3 3 § i n ^ re < 2. 3 ?. 3--' gores 3- 3-3- re re ctaw natio rokee nati Indians in 3 re C". ? O) s- 3 3 S 3 - tn ?■ 29 B^ <-* 3 " «• as n c 2. C/iW » •« ST. DO B 3 - P re 3. ° &. as -■• 3 -T* 3" . fW 3 ' 3 1 1 "^ "^ X i-j S* ' O. 3 re 1 1 1 re August, in 1801. (-1 » »: „0, MO" 1?* < 3 C 3 S 3- re 3 1— t - t IX ~' g * SB en re 2 (#1 ^ re •" • te (-^ (-► >-t S. \'^ n'< w re C/3 3 Ign Mil loard, of uni s, comi Boarfl MO M 3 2. J §*:< ^ Si !?i3 5- ^ '■> 2 sr ogre.-, n 2 a. ' <=- re 3 ns, Brethr ily calle Foreigr *< 1 i? re en ST 2; a. re S ' ^ 3" 3* re 09:^ 3 ?r 3 < 3" , . re /' w r- re ' ' 1 en i «3 ■t 0' •t re 3 c •m ^ p ^ I-' NA re S. »« JO 00 bS C/9 00 00 Cn Cr< 5 0" 00 00 50 <"? 52. »• -, a <* a ' ^ § !:^ =^ ?■ ^ ^ a '* s ~. 1 Ciq 8 s-« O a a„ SI. o «• a »- ""• ^ S' o- ^ a a 2 s o o ? S-e >^ *■* 55, «« **- »- O a- O t* CO 2 I a«^ **■ fb pi w fb «« a. 1 ,:> ,. •'. I'M 294 At'l'KNUlX. Ap|>. M. m. Rep. p. til. Air. Ho(fgson''s visit to Brainerd and Kliot, and liis reflections oaiuf state and prospects of the Indians. In the summer of 102O, Adam Hodgson Esq. nn English gen- tleman of intelligence and philanthropy, made a tour through the Choctatv and Cherokee nations, visiting on his way Eliot and Brainerd. His visits gave great pleasure to the missionaries at these stations; and his liberality to the mission, delicately bestow- ed, is mentioned with gratitude. On his return to England, Mr. Hodgson published an interest- ing account of his tour in the Church Missionary Register, from which I quote, as peculiarly iippropriate to the design of this Re- port, his concluding remarks. Mr. Hodgson^ Reflections. " What animation would an occasional glance at Eliot, and Brainerd infuse into our Missionary Committees ! and how cheer- ing to many a pious collector of one shilling per week, would be the sight of her Indian sisters, rescued from their degraded condi- tion, and instructed in the school of Christ! What, though we are but hewers of wood or drawers of water for our more honored and enterprising brethren; our humble labors, feeble and desulto- ry as they are, and ever attended by imperfections, by which their efficiency is much impaired, arc still a link in the chain of human agency, by which God is pleased to accomplish His purposes ol mercy to a fallen world. " With respect to the degree, in which the efforts of the mission- aries have already been successful in reference to the spiritual interests of their heathen brethren, they do not expect the harvest when only beginning to break up the soil. They are atvare, also, that, in a subject in which their hopes and fears are so sensibly alive, they are in danger of being misled by very equivocal symptoms ; and even where they believe that they discern the fairest promise, they shrink from the idea of blazoning forth to the \vorld, as deci- sive evidence of con version, every favorable indication of a change lections on thr APPENDIX. 295 of heart. Still, however, even in thi^ respect, and at this early stage of their exertions, they liave the gratification of believing that their labor has not been in vain. "Soon after leaving Rrainertl, 1 crossed the river Tennessee, which here forms tho boundary of the Cherokee nation. Reflections on the State and Prospects of the Indians. " I now bade a last adieu to Indian territory; and, as I pursued my solitary ride through the woods, I insensibly fell into a train of melancholy reflections, on the eventful history of this injured race. "Sovereigns, from time immemorial, of the interminable forests which overshadowed this vast continent, they have gradually been driven, by the white usurpers of their soil, within the limits of their present precarious possessions. One after another of their fa- vorite rivers has been reluctantly abandoned, until the range of the hunter is bounded by lines prescribed by his invader, and tlie independence of the warrior is no more. Even their present ter- ritory is partitioned out in reversion ; and intersected with the prospective boundaries of surrounding states, which appear in the maps, as if Indian titles were actually extinguished, and these an- cient warriors were already driven from the land of their fathers. "Of the innumerable tribes, which, a few centuries since, roamed, fearless and independent, in their native forests, how ma- ny have been swept into oblivion, and are with the generations be- fore the flood! Of others, not a trace remains but in tradition, or in the person of some solitary wanderer, the last of his tribe, who hovers like a ghost among the sepulchres of his Withers — a spark still faintly glimmering in the ashes of an extinguished race. "From this gloomy review of the past history of these injured tribes, it was refreshing to turn to their future prospects; and to contemplate those missionary labors, which, under the blessing of God, are arresting the progress of that silent waste, by which they were fading rapidly from the map of nations. Partial success, in- deed, had followed the occasional eff^orts of the American govern- ment for the civilization of the Indians, but it was reserved for the perseverance of disinterested christian love, to prove, to tlie world at large, the practicability of an undertaking which had often been abandoned in despair, 296 APPENDIX. Mi I Moral obstacles, which had bid defiance to worldly policy or in- terested enterprize, are yielding to a simple confidence in the promises of God, and a faithful compliance with the divine com- mands — Go ye into all the world, and preach, the Gospel to every creature. Christians, of different denominations, are sending la- borers to the task, and it is animating, indeed, to contemplate the United States — in the name, as it were, and as the representative of the various nations who have participated in the wrongs inflict- ed on this injured race — preparing to offer the noblest compensa- tion in their power, and to difluse the Gospel throughout the ab- origines of this western world. " And, surely, if any arguments were necessary in support ot missions, in addition to those derived from the force of divine commands, and the suggestions of diffusive charity, we should find them in the history of the early intercourse of Christian Europe, with Asia, Africa, and America. Or, if viewing the wide range and growing energies of British missions, a deep sense of our de- fective eflbrts should at any time be insuflicient to repress every feeling of selfcomidacence, we have but to recollect how large a portion of the past labours of our missionaries has been consumed, in eradicating the vicious habits which we have introduced into some heathen nations, or in dispelling the prejudices which out inconsistent conduct has diffused through others. " It is not in our naval, our miUtary, or our commercial char- acter, that we have as yet appeared generally as a blessing to benighted nations. It is not when we press into the wars of chris- tians, the tomahawk or scalping-knife of the Indians — it is not when, deluging his country with spirituous liquors in the prosecu- tion of an unequal traffic, we send forth a moral pestilence, before which the frail virtues of the savage fall, like the dry leaves of his forests in the blasts of autumn — it is not when thus engaged, that we either conciliate his aiTections, or elevate his moral tone. The men who fertilize the moial wilderness and evangelize the hea- then world, are animated by a higher spirit than the desire of con- quest, or the lure of gain — by the spirit of our Marsdens, our Ca- reys, our Buchanans, and our Henry Martyns. These are the men, who, at once the benefactors of their species, and the repre- sentatives of Christian Britain, secure for their native country the veneration of far distant tribes, while preaching on their mouri- AFI'CNDIX. 291 tains the glad tidings of salvation, or filling their vnllios uilh hynnis of prjjise. "The time, I hope, wiV/ come, when not our missionaries only, but our naval and military commanders, our soldiers, our sailors, •and our merchants, will all carry with them to every country where they hoist the British flag;, unequivocal demonstrations that they come from a Christian land; and it is animating, indoed, to regard our colonial estiiblishments, our extended commerce, and ♦)ur vast marine, as instruments, in the hands of Providence, to prepare paths for our .Tiissionaries, and to subserve that sacrevc now to tell you, that all these difliculties, threat as they appeared, have vanished into air. "The government of India acts, as far as is prudent, entirely with us; and, in a variety of ways, they are assisting us, and assist- ir>g us in the most powerful manner. They have established gov- ernment-schools, for th«^ instruction of the natives; and the name of the present governor-general of India, will live in their recol- lect-on to the latest posterity. It would be unjust in me not to mention the name of the mareliioness of Ifastings, who is doinjj every thing in her power for the benefit of the female natives ol that country. In our own country, every flicility has been kind- ly aiTorded to us, and the missionaries can go without opposition tu every corner of India. Such a door is open there, as never was before; every voice cheers the missionaries as they enter. 01 our own countrymen, 1 scarcely know one individual who opposes us; on the contrar}', they now have a Calcutta bible-society, (•hielly supported by the Anglo-Indians, which has circulated ex- toticive editions of the scriptures, in the various languages of In- dia. There is a Calcutta school-book society, and there is a Hin- doo college. Natives themselves, are taught and educated, for the very purpose of becoming preachers of the everlasting gospel; and thus the distance of fifteen thousand miles is subdued and su- perseded, by God's raising up natives themselves, to become mis- sionaries to their countrymen, who are inured to the climate, and t'amiliar with its manners. The languages of India are now sub- dued; and the holy scriptures, or part of them at least, with a number of tracts, have already been translated and circulated, in twenty-five languages of the country. The prejudices of the na- tives have been overcome. As one proof of this, I can state, that, when I left Serampore, a deputation had come from a village at some distance, in which they were attempting to establish a school, to request one of our school-masters to vi^jit them, and afford them some instruction as to the manner of conducting their school. There cannot be a stronger proof of their prejudices being subdu- ed, than for the natives to jgolicit a visit from a man, whose appear- APPFNIMX. 301 nnce in their school wouM have once been thought a cntiie; these schools are now so common in India, that there is scarcely n town, or even a vilhu^e, that has not one. The ignorance otthe natives has l)een overcome; we have found a conscience at last; and sev- eral thousand Hindoos have turned from the worship of idols, to serve the living and the true Cod; have renounced their supersti- tion, and embraced the faith of Christianity. Public opinion, which had been almost universally against us, is now almost universally for us. The foundation is laid, and we have only to go forward in the work which has been so successfully begun. " I have been thus minute in the statements of the situation of the work of God in that extensive empire, in order that I, as an eye- witness, might excite the thankfulness of this society for what God has done there; and that, when 1 am gone into those distant re- gions again, to aid by my feeble efforts this great cause, your prayers may be excited and encouraged by the prospect of ulti- mate success. "The missionaries of this society depend especially on divine INFLUENCE. On that influence their eyes are always fixed; and, feeling that they are but weak instruments in the hand of God, they go forward in their simple career, looking to Him."* ^ More directly to our purpose is a late communication of Rev. VVm. Goodell, to the United Foreign Missionary Society in New- York, containing a very interesting account of the present state of improvements among the Choctaws and Cherokees. " The American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Mission.? have three schools among the Choctaws, and three also among the Cherokees, and are now making preparations for a fourth school in each of those tribes. The children connected with those schools, not only receive the ordinary instructions of a schpol, but Ihey are taught all the arts of civilized life. Ijideed, to instruct them in all the arts of civilized life is deemed a very important part of their education. In both these tribes, much more good has been already accomplished by the Missionaries, and much greater advances have been made by the natives towards civiUza- tion, than we should naturally suppose from reading the public journals. The Missionaries have been exceedingly careful not *Mis9. Her. Sep. 1821, p. 297. 302 Al'PENUIX. to state things too favorably. Many of the Cherokces nnd some of the Choctaws cultivate thoir lands with much regularity and in- dustry ; and, in roa;.»rd to their dress, their manner of cooking food, their 8t)'le of buildinji;, the furniture of their houses, kc. &:c. they have adopted our customs throughout. Twenty Cherokces have united with the churches under the direction of the Ameri- can Board, and about twenty have united with the Moravian and Baptist churches ; making forty in the whole, besides some white men, who have Cherokee families, and besides, also, some people of color, who live in the nation. 1 was told that, among these for- ty Cherokee converts, there had not been a single instance of in- temperance, immorality, or any thing which required discipline or reproof A large proportion of them are adults. Some of them are supposed to be more than seventy years of ago. Two of them are Cherokee chiefs, one of whom signalized himself at the battle of the Horse Shoe, and for his bravery received from Congress a rifle with a very handsome inscription on it ; and the other is a man of great authority in his tribe. I spent a night with him. In the evening he called his family together, brought forward his family bible, read a chapter himself in Eng- lish, sang a hymn, in which we all joined, and oflered the prayer himself; and in the morning called upon one of the brethren pres- ent to lead in the devotions of the family. Those of the profes- sors of religion who can read, and many who are not professors, take some religious publication, and appear to know more about the religious state of our world — about our Sabbath Schools, our revivals of religion, our Bible, Missionary, Education and Tract Societies, than multitudes in our land, who have been connected with our churches for twenty years. .. • " I spent several nights with a Choctaw chief He has learnt to read. He takes the Boston Recorder, the Missionary Herald, the Religious Intelligencer, and several political papers. He in- quired, with a lively interest, how I had succeeded in my agency, what states I had visited, how the people of K. felt towards civili- zing the Indians ; and when I had told him, he said he was glad the people of K. were becoming more civilized ; and, indeed, the Choctaws and Cherokees generally appear to rejoice as much that we are coming to a better mind towards them, as we rejoice that they are coming to a better mind. The joy is mutual. This APPENDIX. 303 chief made many in(|iiirics rospcrtiiij? Chrislian oxperience, what faith ill Chrint wax, how ii ChriAliuii Ah towards the Savior, how a Christian felt when h»' had an o|i|iortiiiiity uf making a jsood bar- gain, by iising a little deceil or ecinivoratioii, and many other in- qiiirie8 of the like natuff . T«ii m the evenini;, he brought for- ward, without any proposition iVom n»;^r«€!lf, hiii very elegant fam- ily Hible, and several Kymn books, (« have family worship, and the same again in the niorniiig. lie joined in ringing, and his lit- tle girls, that were eight anti ten years of age also joiiu'd, and 1 was told, that on the Sabbath he would appoint lossons from the Bible and from Sabbath-School flymns for his little girls to loarn, ami towards the close of the Sabbath he would hear them recite. " I spent a Sabbath at Huntsville, a very considerable town in the State of Alabama, where I found a large nourishing Sabbath School in operation. In this Sabbath School I saw a Cherokee youth about 18 years of age, who had formerly attended school at one of the Missions in his nation, but is now living at Huntsville with a pious family, learning a trade. He was one of the teachers in this Sabbath-School. He had under his care a class of white boys, and, when I was in the scliool, he was hearing them say their prayers, their hymns, and their bible lessons, and was ten- derly and faithfully endeavoring to instil into their minds the prin- ciples of virtue, morality and religion. He gave me a dollar for the Palestine Mission — the first dollar, perhaps, he ever had in his life. . " At Creek Path, I saw Catharine Brown, the converted Cher- okee, whose name is so familiar to all the American churches. She greatly exceeded my expectations. No person, not even a Cherokee, who should enter the Mission family as a stranger, would in the least suspect but that she was one of the .Mission Sis- ters from the North. She is not darker than half of our young ladies, and possesses prudence, discretion, and apparent piety, to a degree rarely to be met with. Not five years ago, she went to Brainerd, a vain, proud, ignorant heathen girl, and used to sit on a seat with the little Cherokee girls, and try to spell " Baker," and to learn " Our Father, who art in Heaven." Now she is a Chris- tian of no ordinary attainments and usefulness ; and has been the means of the conversion of her parents, two of her brothers, and (bree others of her near kindred. One of her brothers has since p. 304 APPENDIX. 1' died — died in the triumphis of fiiith ; the other brother is studyin<» with a view to the ministry, and promises to be exceedingly useful to his nation. O, Sirs, a holy joy is now lighted up in the counte- nances of that family, uhich wiU j^row brighter and brighter through the countless rounds of infinite duration. Catharine gave me three dollars for the Palestine Mission, and her ear-rings, which she used to wear when a heathen, which cost twelve dol- lars. She, with good Mrs. Potter, has been instrumental in for- ming amonjij the Cherokee ladies, in her neighbourhood, a Female Cent Society. They were at a loss how to dispose of their funds. Catharine was for aiding the Mission among the Osages, with whom her own nation was then at war. Others, feeling their obligations to our churches for sending our sons and d.aughters to instruct them, were desirous of aiding us in the education of more pious young men for the work of the Gos])el Ministry; and they accor- dingly paid over their funds to the Education Society, in the state of Tennessee — a tact which ought to put to the blush the many thousands in our country, who have as yet contributed nothing, ei- ther for the education of our own pious young men, or for the conversion of any heathen tribe or nation on the face of the earth. •' The children of those schools make much greater progress than is common in our schools ; and this for two reasons : 1st. More attention is paid to them ; and 2d. They go to school on purpose to learn, and not as a matter of course. To these rea- sons, I may also add the fact, that many children apply for admis- sion into the schools, and repeat the application with the most pressing and affecting importunity, but are rejected, because the Missionaries are not furnished with the means of supporting them; of course, the children at school feel the importance of improv- ing their privileges, lest they should be dismissed to make room for those who will improve them better. I heard a class of little girls, at Braincrd, recite in grammar, and I have never heard a class of boys or girls, in any school, recite better, or seem to un- (Jcrstand the subject better, t^an those little girls, considering the time devoted to it. I saw also, at Brainerd, six little girls under the direction of one of the Mission Sisters, engaged, when out of school, in sewing; and I have never seen any ladies, of any age, in any part of our country, whatever might be their character for industry, who wowld sit and sew more steadily, than those little APPENDIX. 305 is stutlyinuf ngly useful the counte- id brighter harine gave r ear-rings, twelve dol- ,ental in for- )d, a Female ' their funds. ?, with whom lir obligations rs to instruct f more pious d they accor- ^, in the state iush the many 2d nothing, ei- en, or for the e of the earth, eater progress reasons : 1st. ) to school on To these rea- )ply for admis- with the most d, because the pporting them; ncc of improv- J to make room a class of lUUe never heard a or seem to un- considering the little girls under ed, when out of ies, of any age, sir character for than those little girls. They were dressed very neatly and cleanly, and made a very interesting appearjincc. " All the Missionaries declare, that the children of their schools are more modest and aft'ectionate, and are more easily managed, than is common in our schools. One of the teachers said, that when any mischief was done in school through the inattention or carelessness of the boys, and he inquired who did it, he never knew them to rise and say, "I didn't do it, 1 didn't do it, .John did it ;" but one would rise in one part of the house, and say very modestly, " Sir, I did it ;" another would rise in another part and say, " Sir, I helped him ;" and then tell all how it was done, with as much sincerity, and honesty, and penitence, as you could de- sire. There is much of this sort of frankness among them. " I went into the school at Eliot, and said to the boys : — " Many of the children at the North are saving their money to establish schools, and procure books for e country. And our refugee slaves aim for their settlements, with » view of ciicaping to the neighboring Islands." A Pf'ENDlX. :jo9 JVumOer, Charocter, Dress, Kmplojiment and present state of the Seminole fudiuns. The pure Seminole Indians, Capt. Bell, verbally stated to me, are about twelve hundred in number. They live in houses of wood, constructed like those of the white people. The dress of the men is a cotton shirt, fringed down below the knee, with a belt. The poor use a deer skin, in place of the cotton. The women wear a petticoat and short gown, like the white women. The cotton of which they are made, is manufactured by the whites; but they are their own tailoresses. They have none of the Indian fondness for ornaments and finery. They are honest, speak the truth, and are attached to the British and Americans. The wars, however, of Mackintosh, and the late desolating war with the United States, and the depredations of frontier white set- tlers, on their settlements, have destroyed their confidence in the Americans. By kind, just and liberal treatment, in their present afflicted state, which they will now receive, it may soon be re- gained. They raise corn with the hoe, having no plpughs in the coun- try. They hunt from November to March. Their hunting grounds, are south of 28" north latitude. Their principal game is (leer, whose meat serves them for food, during their hunting sea- son, and the'r sUns are exchanged for manufactured cotton and blankets. These Indians have negro slaves, who live in sepa- rate families; of from five to ten in a family. They raise corn for their subsistence; if they have a surplus, it goes to the families of their masters. It is with these Indians as with others, the women perform the labor. One exception, Capt. Bell relates, of an In- dian called Friday, who is an industrious man, cultivates and fen- ces his lands, splits rails, &:c. but is laughed at and discarded by his neighbors, because he " works like a negro." When they sec this man at his work, they exclaim, " Are we rediiced to this de- graded state ?" Their game has become scarce, and they are of- ten constrained to feed on nuts. Their cattle, on which they for- merly subsisted, have been wantonly destroyed. Cattle and hor- ses are individual property, but not their lands. When a beef is killed it becomes common property, and is taken and eaten by any one who chooses lo partake of it. '1 m II, m R^' f.'i 1 310 APPENDIX. These Indians in their persons, are tall, strait, slender, fine hnihod. with good countenances, intelhgent, docile, brave, but not ferocious. Those of them who have mingled with the white people, are intem- perate; but while intoxicated are not quarrelsome. In this state they would sooner, than when sober, resent an injury; but would not ofter one. They feel themselves to be in a feeble, dependent state, and willingly yield to any reasonable measures proposed by the government for their good. They are unwilling to leave their country, but make no objection to quitting their present scattered villages, and dwelling together in one body, in some suitable part of Florida, there to do whatever their Great Father shall advise them to do. The negroes, who dwell among these people, as their slaves, are intelligent, speak the English language, having been purchased of the English, and are much pleased with the proposal of having their children taught to read; because, as they believe, it will in- crease their influence and their comforts. The foregoing facts, received from a source so respectable and authentic, from the gentleman who now fills the office of Indian Agent among this very people, and who has acquired great influ- ence over them, shew that there is a station well prepared and ready for the immediate establishment of an Education Family. I close this article with Mr. Peniere's observations, in a letter t0 Gen. Jackson, (July 1821.) Population. "It appears to a certainty, that the Floridas have never been thickly settled; some abandoned plantations are found, and some small destroyed villages; but, from the information I have been able to obtain, this country has never had a population of white people exceeding ten thousand souls; and, according to the same information, it appears demonstrated to me, that the actual number of inhabitants now, does not amount to five thousand — viz: The Isles of Amelia, Fernandina and Talbot, - 400 Nassau river, and St. Mary's river, south, - 220 St. Augustine, 2,600 St. John's river or bay, .... 260 Between the St. John's and the sea, - - 250 APPENDIX. 311 .Southernmost point of the Floridas, 5 famiUes, Pensacola and environs, .... 30 800 4,560 "The Indian tribesknownunder the denomination of the Creeks^ are divided into bands, designated to me as follows: the Mekasous- ky, Souhiine, Moskoky, Santa-Fe, Red-stick and Echitos. I have been assured that those bands had raised, during the late war, more than twelve hundred warriors, which may lead to suppose a population of more than three thousand individuals. "The nation known under the denomination ofSeminoles, is com- posed of seven bands, viz: the Latchivue, Oklevuaha, Chocke- chiatte, Pyaklekaha, Talehouyana and Topk^lake. Besides these are some remnants of ancient tribes, as the Houtchis, Chaas, Cana- acke, &c.; but of these there are only a few straggling families. "On the borders of Georgia is another tribe, called Cahouita. This tribe, under the orders of Mc'Intosh, raised from one hundred to one hundred and fifty warriors; who, under this chief, about seven years ago, waged a civil war on the whites and Seminoles, who hold them in the utmost detestation. "To this census, which would carry the Indian population to more than five thousand individuals, of both sexes, must be added five or six hundred maroon negroes, or mulattos, who live wild in the woods, or in a state of half slavery among the Indians. These negroes appear to me to possess more intelligence than those who are in a state of complete slavery, and they have a great influence over the weak minds of the Indians." App. O. o. — Rep. p. 91. Openings for Education Families amorig the Pota-dcattamies. Otto- "was and Miamies. In the treaty held in August, 1021, with the Potawattamies and Ottawas, living round the south and eastern parts of Lake Michi- gan, (when four million acres of their lands were purchased by the United States,) the former of these ti -£s stipulated, that the .*• ' I '■ 11; ■ . \i- .- 1. 'i. 1' : ..'M i 312 APPENDIX. ssovernmont shotild furnish them with a teacher and a blarksmith, and allow them for their support, one tliousand dollars a year, for fd'teen years. A tract of land, one mile square, to be selected l>y the I'residenl, is reserved, on which to locate this teacher and Jdacksmith. The Ottawas in the same treaty stipulated, that the f Government of the United States should furnish them \vith a tea( her, farmer and blacksmith, and allow them one thousand five hundred dollars for ten years, for their support; and also furnish the nation with a number of cattle. These are new stipulations in Indian treaties, and indicate tendencies in the minds of these In- dians, to civilization. Tjje government are to select these teach- ers, blacksmiths and fanners, and to locate them in stations, where they may discharge their duties to the best advantage. The Bap- tist Missionary Board have their attention already directed to thesf. stations, with a view to supply them, should the government see fit to appoint the applicants. 1 add under this head, that the yVestcr^i Missionary Society, un der the direction of the synod of Pittsburgh, contemplate estab- lishing an Education Family among the Ottawas, on one of their two reservations, one of which is near Fort Meigs, the other on the Miami river near Sandusky Bay. A survey of thes« stations has lately been made. App. P. p. Hep. p. 9J. The 7Lezc purchase of the Siockbri(Iu;e Indians on Fox river, rccoiu mended as a commanding site for establishing an Educaliou Family. In the summer of 1821, the "Six Nations," St. Regis, Stockbridge and Munsee Nations," Ity permission of the government of the United States, purchased of their brethren, the Menominee and Winnebago nations of Indians, lands comprehended within, and described by, the following boundaries, viz. "Beginning at the foot of the rapids on the Fox river, usually called the Grand Kockalaw; thence up tlie said river, to the rapids at the Winne- bago lake, from thence extending back, in this width on each side, to the north we?( and the south-east, equidistant with the lands API'KNDIX. 313 'jlarksinitli , a year, for ielected hy cache r and d, thai the em with a 9usand tivc dso furnish stipuhitions of these lu- hcse teach- ions, where The Bap- :tod to thcsf. unment seo Society, un iplate estab- one of their the other on hese stations •iver, rc.com n Education Stockbrid^e nment of th*- snoniinee and within, and inning at the. d the Granti at the Winno- on each side, vith the land? claimed by the said ^Fonominre and VVinnebaijo nations of Inchans/' Another ne':;oriation, with leave of the e;overnment, is jjoinj; for- ward, by the same parties, for the extension of this jiurchase to the east, down Fox river, to within four or five mih^s of fort How- ard. In this last purchase, it is proposed to include the White settlers at (treen Hay, who have Indian wives, and their children of mixed blood. The expectation is, thai a ^re:it part of the Stockbridi;e Indians, with numbers of the St. Re2;i-i tribe, of the Six Nations, of the Munsees, Nanlicokes, Delawares and of other tribes, in the course of the next season, will mia:rate and plant themselves on tins purchase. Should this take place, a colony will be formed at once, .ind a current to it created; and should its foundations be laid broad, and with wisdom, there is little doubt of its nj'adual increase. Should the plan be popular with the Indians, and the prospect is, that it will he, a lar^re colony, enough perhaps, to form a Territorij or even a State,^ may be ulti- mately collected here, e(hicated together, and received into the Union, and to the enjoyment of the priviliges of citizens. In the treaty with the Choclows of October, 1820, it is stipula- ted that "the boundaries" of the territory of this nation shall "re- main without alteration, until the period at which said nation ♦The idea of an Indian Stale, thougti suggested to the President in n.y Re- jicrt, as new, (it was so at tlie time,) haJ been suggested, it seems, many years ago, in a treaty witii the Delaware Indians, as follows : Art. 6. "Whereas the enemies of tlie United States have endeavored, by pvery artifice in their power, to possess the Indians in general, with an opin- ion, that it is the design of the states aforesaid, to hall abide by, and hold fast the chain of friend.'.hip, now ciitcrcd into. And it is further agreed on between the contracting parlies, (should it, for the fu- ture, be found conducive for the mutual intercut of both parties,) to invite any other tribes who have been friends to the interest of the Unitod States, to Join the present confederation, and to form a State, wljereof the IJehuvare nation shall be the head, and have arepresetilalioiiinCongrtss: provided nothing contained in this article to be considered contkisive, until it meets the appro- bation of Congress.t tExtracl from a treaty with the Delaware Indians, Sept. I7th, 177S. — Lam nf United States, Duane''s edit. vol. /. p. 304. 40 III 314 APPENDIX. sliiill hpcornc so civilizctl and enli^htenpd, as to be made citizenie of the L'nited States, and Congress shall lay off a limited parcel of \,\m\ for the benefit of each family, or individual in the nation." Also, That "out of the lands ceded !)y the Choctaw nation to the Uni- ted States, /?/};/-/'o»r sections he reserved, of one square mile each," of jjood land, (o be selected by the I'resiflent of the United States, "and sold for the |>iiri)Ose of raising a fund, to be applied expressly and exclusively to the su[)port of the Choctaw schools." Further, "All tliose wl>o have separate settlemenis, and fall within the limits of the lands ceded by tVic Choctaw nation to the United States, and who desire to remain where they now are, shall be secured in a tract one mile square, to include their improve- ments." And lastly, That, "in order to promote industry and sobriety among all classes of the Red peoj)Ie, in this nation, particular 1 7 the poor, if is further provide«l by the parties, that the agent apj>ointed to re- side here shall be, and he is hereby vested with full power to seize and confiscate all the whiskey, which may be introduced into said nation," except for necessary purposes, and by speciiil permission.* Let similar regulations be made relative to the proposed colony, with such variations and additions as b«liall suit their peculiar cir- cumstances; one particularly, which shall prohibit the introduc- tion of white settlers within the limits of the territory assigned for the proposed colony; i. e. within the limits bounded south by Illi- nois, east by lake Michigan, north by lake Superior, and west by the Mississippi: Let this territory be reserved, exclusively for Indians, in which to make the proposed experiment of gathering into one body, as many of the sciittered and other Indians, a« choose to settle here, to be educated, become citizens, and, in due time, to be admitted to all the privileges common to other territo- ries and States, in the Union. Such a course would probably save the Indians. With special reference to the purpose above stated, a full de- scription of this Territory has been given in the foregoing Report, p. 50 to 60, and in the Appendix, p. 26 to 60, from which its pe- culiar adaptedness to the object proposed will be perceived. With *See Laws of United States, vol. VI. p. 766 to 768. APrENDIX. ai6 in Its limits, are more tluui twenty thousand souN, ex' ^n^'\^<9 of t^i*; new colony to be plunted on the late purchase. II;!!, ot' these a e Menoniinces and Winnebagoes; the rest, Chippawas, Sioux, 8tuik^ and Foxes. If the whole of these tribes last mentione*! be reckon- ed, as helongina; to the Territory, (though a great part of them are now west of the Mississippi,) the whole number would exceed sixty thousand; enough, when educated, to form a separate Terri- tory, and to have a representative in Congress. In respect to the dispositions of the Indians, in this Territory, to become civilized, it will be perceived what they are from a pe- rusal of the parts of this work above referred to; but particularly from a letter to the Secretary of War, addressed to hiuj February last, by Solomon M. Ilendrick, one of the Stockbridge Chiefs, and the principal negociator in niaking the late purchase. He says, "with regard to the Menominees and Winnebagoes," (of whom the purchase was made,) "they manifest great desire that we ihould come and reside among them, in order to learn them the arts of civilized life." These emigrants, going among these igno- rant, but well disposed Indians, with all the improvements they have made, liberally patronized by government, directed and aid- ed by a respectable Education Family, protected by the Military establishments in this region, with the advantages to be derived from the settlements of people of mixed blood, already on the ground, would have the most encouraging prospects of success in their enterprize : and this success again, would prove a strong in- ducement to other Indians, to join the colony. To this point, then, and to the things connected with it, I would earnestly request the particular and immediate attention of the government. Should the expectations raised in regard to this project, be real- ized in any good degree, I should think this the place for the ulti- mate establishment of the Indian College, which might in time, be furnished with Indian officers and instructors, as well as students, and have their own Trustees to manage its concerns. The funds belonging to Moor's Indian School, which is connected at present with Dartmouth College, deposited with the other funds, consecra- ted to the benefit of American Indians, in the Treasury of the So- ciety in Scotland for propagating Christian Knowledge ; together with funds in the Treasury of Harvard College, and of the Society for propagating the gospel among the Indians and others in North I il i| i : '■• 310 AITKNUIX. W''^ America, hIioiiM IIio rolonizntion plnn snrroed, mia;lit l»p appio. priitk'd, in whole, or in piirt, to this Inslitiilion. And if our hrelh- vvu in (^injiila sh;ill be (h.«po<)(Ml to unite with us in {Win ureal and desirahle object, and make the Institution common for the henetit of ln(li:mH on l)oth slides of the line which separates u?*, an one College might be s'lllicient for both, larnc fiimis, as I am in- fornjcd by a letter received, while 1 am writins; thi« article, v\- ist in England, designed expressly for an object of this kind. This letter is from a respectable clerj^yman in Nantucket, Kev. Abnui Morse, dated July 26, 1822, in which he any s, " Vou are no doiihi acquainted with all that was formerly done in Great Britian foi, the Indians of North America. A gentleman who was born upon this Island, but who has resided in England the last thirty years, and become extensively acquainted among the nobility, has lately been here upon a visit, and informs me, that the annual interest of the fund granted in the reign of George II, ' for civilizing and christianizing the hidiuns in Kew- England^'' amounts to txeo hun- dred thousand dollars ; and that the Trustees make no appropria- tions," &.C. probably for want of information, how to make them to advantage. '* Perhaps you may, among other measures for the good of the Aborigines, efl'ect the establishment of a College under the patronage, either in the United States or Upper Canada,wherc thousands of natives may be trained up to preach the gospel from Labrador to California." I throw out these ideas, and this information, merely by way of suggestion for the consideration of those concerned, leaving it, of course, for them to do what their wisdom shall dictate. App. Q. q. Rep. p. 91. — Prairie Du Cliien. Tj)is is a Military Post, near the confluence of the Ouisconsin with the Mississippi, an old French settlement, where are three or four hundred inhabitants, principally of mixed blood. The Sauks, Foxes, loways, &lc, dwell around this station, an important and prepared one for an Education Family. AITF.NDIX. ni7 App. R. I. Ki'p. p. Ol.St. Pettr'i. riiH Military Stfilion, on th»' .Mis>i-Mppi, at the moiitli oCSt. IV- ter's river, near St. Anthony's I'mII.-*, antl not very (!i«>tant fVoni LonI Selkirk's setth^nient (Cah-donia) on th»' Ke«l lliver of Lake Winnipt c. is reconuneniled as very suitahh- Tor the eslal^li^hment of an Hd") ition Family. The chmate is in'iihhl'ul, and the land around it tVuitful in corn, and other iirains, potatot.'s, fruit"*, garden vegetahles &,c. It is in the country of the Sioux, who are aujonj; the most numerous and powerful of the Indian nations. A station here would have within the sphere of its iidluence dilferent hand^ of the above nation, to the amount of more than tlxir thousand souls, beside some portion of Yonctons, C'hippawas and other tribes. To the scattered villages of these IncUans, there is access by three great channels, the .Mississippi, St. Croix, and St. Peter's rivers. The river last named, passiua; through the Sioux country, is navigable several hundred miles in a direction towards Council Blufls, with which might be opened, a safe, easy, and advantageous communication for trade and other purposes, in time of peace or war. App. S. s. — Rep. p. 91. — Council BIiiJJ's. This [ilace, on the Missouri, six hundred miles from its mouth. IS one of our interior military stations, the farthest to the west. Messrs. Clark and Lewis speak of it thus, "Its situation is exceed- ingly favorable for a fort and trading factory. The soil is well calculated for bricks; and there is abundance of wood in the neighborhood. The air is pure and healthy. It is central, and the chief place of resort for the Indians; one day's journey to the Ottoes; one and a half to the Grand Pawnees; two day's from the Mahas; two and a quarter from the Pawnee Loups' village. It is ;dso convenient to the hunting grounds of the Sioux; and twcnty- tive days journey to Santa Fe." Within a sphere around this station, in every part of which il would be easy to cause the influence of an Education Family to bo felt, there are more than thirty thousand Int'.ians of difleroni 318 APPEiNDIX. ^IMl mi '• m tribes, who will iill soon become objects of special attention. Two years ago, a plan somewhat new was originated, and progress made in its execution, by the Rev. Joseph Badger of Ohio, for the purpose of evangelizing sonje of the Western Indian tribes; and Council Bluffs was to be tlie seat of it. In a communication on this subject for Mr. Whiting's Religious Intelligencer, of July 1820, Mr. Badger states: — " That the number of families wanted will soon be engaged. Seven ftmilies have offered themselves for this service; two Pas- tors, two Physicians, one Clothier, (one of the Physicians and the Clothier, are single men,) and four family farmers. The greatest difficulty that now appears in our way, is that of disposing of land- ed property. Many more than would be necessary for one mis- sionary station would be ready to go, if their property was at com- mand. Perliaps there are some pious flmiilies in the East, who are in circumstances to enter any missionary field on this plan, that are ready to offer themselves. " We calculate as soon as the ice leaves the waters of the Ohio next spring, to commence our voyage from Warren or Hartford, in Ohio, in as many boats as we shall find necessary and con- venient to carry our families, and provisions for one year: and if possible, to be at the place of our destination, as early in the sea- son, as to plant gardens and raise a summer crop. If the Lord makes our way prosperous, there will be no Lion in the way. The word of God, and prayer, are the only weapons of warfare to be carried out with us, for our defence. May the Lord Jehovah make us skilful in handling these weapons, and his word a light to poor benighted heathen. " Some duties are binding on Christians at all times. From the moment our Lord looked on the desolate multitudes of Judea, and gave that injunction to his disciples — " Pray ye the Lord of the harvest that he would send forth laborers into the harvest" — from that moment, prayer for this object, has never ceased to be the ^uty of every Christian. From the moment when he left that last command — " Go ye into all the world and preach the gospel to ev- ery creature" — from that moment every possible effort has been the duty of every Christian in every age. The command of the Redeemer we should humbly try to obey; and meet the dy- APPENDIX. 319 tion. Two I progress lio, for the tribes; and nicalion on July 1820, )e engaged, e; two Pas- ians and the r he greatest sing of land- for one niis- ' was at corn- tie East, who this plan, that •s of the Ohio I or Hartford, iary and con- E year: and if rly in the sea- If the Lord n in the way. s of warfare to Lord Jehovah word a light to times. From tudes of Judea, the Lord of the larvest"— from ;ascd to be the he left that last le gospel to ev- . effort has been 18 command of nd meet the dy- lii" wants of thousands in the regions of the west. The work si hopefully begun. Who will go with, ms, to the help of the Lord ? " To carry into effect the establishment of a Missionary Church in some place west of the Mississippi, suitable for the purpose of introducing civil and religious improvement among the Indians, and collecting their children for school instruction; the following articles are proposed for general rules and regulations for the gov- ernment of said Church. " Article 1 . The families constituting this community shall be styled the Missionary Church, being regularly constituted, and provided with two ordained Pastors, whose duty it shall be to la- bor with the Church, and with the Indian people, as Providence shall open the door. "Art. 2. This community shall form into a body politic, for the purpose of managing secular business. And in order to pre- serve unity and safety, there shall be chosen by the male mem- bers, three or five Trustees, annually, on the month and day, when the Church shall actually commence missionary operations; whose business and duty it shall be to direct and superintend the secular concerns of the body politic. "Art. 3. This community shall possess one common interest, in all business relating to the Mission, and prosecute the same with all fidelity as a community, and as individuals, under the di- rection of the Trustees, whose duty it shall be to promote indus- try by their own example. Art. 4. The property put into common stock by each individ- ual, shall be correctly entered in a book in which all the proceed- ings of the Society in their secular capacity shall be recorded, by a clerk chosen by the society at their annual meetings. The church records shall be kept by the Pastors. The Society, as soon as the patronage of the President of the United States can be obtained, shall send out a committee to locate a place, or proceed in any other way, that shall be agreed upon as prudent and economical ; to some place convenient for cultivation, and water machinery; and for collecting Indian children, for the purpose of teaching them civilization. The Society shall settle as compactly as may be, and each family have a garden. A convenient house shall be erected in the centre for public worship ; and a school house. 320 APPENDIX. Sinailc persons, young men and women, may join in this Society, who are pious and wish to become active in the missionary cause; each uniting with particular families, and to be provided for as the other members. " Art. 5. There shall be a baker and brewer, who shall bake the bread and brew the beer for the Society. The beer shall be good wholesome table beer ; to be made with niialt and hops as soon as they can be provided. "Art. G. In the formation of the Missionary Church or Society, there shall be no family admitted, unless both the husband and the wife do profess, and appear, understandingly to give up them- selves to God in this service; nor any young person arrived at the age of eighteen or twenty-one years, unless he or she shall give hopeful evidence of piety, and be a member of the Christian Church. " As it is the object of this Society to introduce Christian knowl- edge and the civil aris, among the Indian people, it will be neces- sary there should be two well informed and pious physicians; one or more blacksmiths; two or three carpenters, one of which shall be a mill-right; one wheel-right; one of the carpenters to un derstand mnking and rigging of looms, and the women be well in- formed in the art of spinning and making cloth. It will be neces- sary there should be one clothier; a tanner and shoemaker, and several persons who understand the cutting and making of clothes. It is hereby provided, that physicians and mechanics labor with the other members, under the direction of the Trustees. " Art. 7. It shall be the first object relating to the secular bu- siness of this Society, Avhen arrived at the place selected and agreed upon, to build comfortable houses for the accommodation of each family; and to cultivate the land for raising such crops as will afford support to the Society; also, flax, hemp, and cotton, av the climate will afford: it will be their object also, to raise cattle, sheep, hogs, and poultry. In all this, the Society will keep their eye on the great object; and as soon as provisions can be had suf ficient to justify the proceeding, they will prepare accommodation^ for receiving and instructing Indian children in comTion religious education; the boys in farming, and the girls in sewing, knittir» ers to speak to them in their own tongue. *' I am not acquainted with the number or circumstances, of the Canada Indians, except with those of the Six Nations settled on the Bay of Quinte, and the Grand River, west of York. The former part amounts to about 250 souls, while those on the Grand River are nearly 2,000 souls. I expect that John Brandt, the son of the late Joseph Brandt, who is probably by this time returned from England, will reside on the Grand River, and that he will be very useful to the Six Nations in contributing to their welfare; for I have a good opinion of his abilities and disposition. •'The Six Nations are Protestants; for most of them profess Christianity. The Indians in Lower Canada, in general, are Ro- man Catholics. There are nearly two hundred of the Misisaugas, who are settling on the river Credit, near York, 1 undei stand, un- der the auspices of Government. The Western Tribes have been used to frequent, in some thousands, annually, I believe, the post at Drummond'' s Island,* and also, in as large a body, the post at Amherstburg; but I cannot speak accurately as to their num- bers; and nothing has been done, I fear, in the way of civilizing them. " I am sorry that I cannot give you more extensive and use- ful inform ttion. If it be in my power to do so at a future period, it will give me pleasure to communicate with you on the interest- ing subject in which you are so laudably engaged. *The Commissioners for running the Northern line of the United States , have lately decided that this island, contrary to expectation, is within the Uni- ted States. 328 APPENDIX. Sandwich, July 13. P. S. I propone to go to Detroit, to «Iay, to wait on the Gov- ernor of the Michigan Territory. I shall suggest to his excellen- cy the propriety of every thing being done, that can be done, to prevent the sale of spirituous liquors to the Indians. Unless the Government, on both sides of the river Detroit, co- operate in this measure, little good can be accomplished among the Indians. I understand that Governor Cass is desirous of doing all that is in his power to ameliorate the state of the Indians. C. STEWART. Hxtractt from a Journal of Voyages and Travels in the interior of North- America, betzveen the 41th and 58//i deg. JV. Lat, during o residence of nineteen years; by Daniel W. Harmon, Esq. Mr. Harmon left Montreal, in April 1800, and proceeded west into the Indian country, as a clerk to the North-Wcst Company. Credulity of Indians. — Mr. H. on his way, passed a place called Lost Child, so named from the circumstance, that a body of Indians encamped here, a few years ago, and lost a child, for whom they made a fruitless search. They imagined they heard its cries in the bowels ofthe earth, and accordingly dug, but in vain, to find it. The cause of their disappointment, they conceived was, that the Bad Spirit carried the child continually from one place to another, to elude their search. The holes dug by the Indians on this occa- sion, were shewn to Mr. H. Alexandria on Assiniboin, or Upper Red River. Character and conduct of Traders among Indians. Sunday, JVov. 16. "The Indians, who come to this establish- ment, are Crees and Assiniboins. The principal part of the for- mer, generally remain in the woody part ofthe country, and hunt the moose, elk, beaver, &c.; and the latter remain in the large prairies, and hunt buffaloes, wolves, &c. Last Wednesday, twelve families of Creea and Assiniboins came from the large prairies, ArPFN'DIX. 320 July 13. on the Gov- his excellcn n be done, to r Detroit, co- jlished among 3 desirous of of the Indians. TEW ART. i the ivterior of \ Lat. during c ioN, Esq. proceeded west f^t Company. ;d a place called body of Indians for whom they [•d its cries in the 1, to find it. The as, that the Bad ce to another, to ans on this occ:\- l River. Indians. to this establisb- al part of the for- country, and hunt emain in the large Vednesday, twelve the large prairies, and lot us have furs and provisions. Hoth the men and women hnvc bcHMi drinkinn;, over since, and their noi^c is very «lis:io;reea- ble; for they talk, sinu; and cry, at the same time. Our men play at cards on the sabbntli, the same as on any other day. For such improper conduct, I once rcprovod tlieui; but their reply wiis, there is no sabbath in this country; and, they added, no Ood nor devil; niid their behavior but too plninly shows, that they spoke as they think. It is a lanietit ible f.ct. that those who have boon lor any considerable time in this savage coinitry, lay aside the j;reat- cr part of the rcij;ulations of civilized and christian pc(>pli\ and bo- have little better than tlie savages. It is true, we have it not at all times in our power to observe the sabbath as we ou!;ht, as the natives come to our establishments as often on that day, as any other; and when they do come, they must be attended to, and their wants must be supplied. We are, also, frequently under the necessity of travelling on the sabbath. But it is likewise true, that, if we were ri_j;fii!y disposed, our minds might, on this day, be almost wholly occupied with divine things. I must, therefore, acknowledge, that we have no reasonable excuse, for violating the sabbath, as we all do." An Indian drunken scene described. "Yesterday, eight families of Crecs came in. While driiiking, one of their women, w ho had a sharp pointed knife about her, fell down, and drove it nearly two inches into her side; but the wound is not thought to be mortal. To see a house full of drunken In- dians, consisting of men, women and children, is a most unpleasant sight; for, in that condition, they often wrangle, pull each other by the hair, and tight. Sometimes, ten or twelve, of both sex- es, may be seen fighting each other promiscuously, until at last, they all fall on the floor, one upon another, some spilling rtun out of a small kettle or dish, which they hold in their hands, while others are throwing up what they have just drunk. To add to this uproar, a number of children, some on their mother's shoul- ders, and others running about and taking hold of their clothes, are constantly crying; the older ones, through fear that their pa- rents may be stabbed, or that some other misfortune may heful 42 330 AI'PKNDIX. tluMii, ill tlw* ii'iiv. 'I'hrne shrieks oi' the rliihlicn, (orni a very iiiiplciisiint chorus to tlii> brutal tioise kopt np by thuir druiikun parents, who arc engaged in the scjiiabble." luiHan mode oftitkiiifr a sri'cat. I llfwi *'Thc women make a kind of hut, of bonded willows, which in nearly circular, and it for one or too persons only, not more than Jirtoen feet in ciir.nnd'erence, an skins, a shirt or frock of the mnw nml«!ri;»lH, and a lihinket or rfresscd huJTiiloc skin, which they wrap round their hodies, and tic ahoiit their waists. To the altove they will often add a ciip or honnet, of the wolfskin, and shoes for their feet." Indian lionpitulUy, Wrdncsday, Frhniarij, 11, 1801. "On the 1st inst. accompanied by eij;ht of our people, and one of the natives as a guide, I set ofl", with a small assortment of goods, to go and trade with about fifty families ofCrecs and Assiniboins. "When we had approached within about a mile of the camp of the natives, ten or twelve of their Chiefs, or most respectable men among them, came on horseback, to meet, and conduct us to their dwellings. We arrived at them, through a crowd of people, who hailed us with a shout of joy. Immediately after our arrival, the principal Chief of the village sent his son, to invite me and my interpreter to his tent. As soon as we had entered it, and were seated, the respectable old Chief caused meat and berries, and the best of every thing which he had, to be set before us. Before we had eaten much, we were sent for to another tent, where we re* ceived a similar treatment; and from this, we were invited to an- other; and so on, till we had been to more than half a dozen tents. At all these, we ate a little, and smoked our pipes; for, my interpre- ter informed me, they would be greatly affronted, and think that we despised them, if we refused to taste of every thing which was set before us. Hospitality to strangers, is among the Indian vir- tues. During several days that we remained with these people, we were treated with more real politeness, than is commonly shown to strangers in the civiHzed part of the world." Indian crime. Friday^ 20. "During the last night, we sat up to deal out spirit!^ to the Indians. One of them has his own daughter for a wife, and 33^ APPENDIX. her mother at the same time ! Incest, houever, is a crime, of which the Indians in this quarter are not often guilty. When one of them does commit it, he is regarded by the rest of his tribe, as void of sense." Rapid Indians; or, as they call themselves, Paw-is-tnck I-e-ne-rvuck. "This is a small, but brave tribe, who remain a considerable dis- tance out in the large prairies, and toward the upper part of the Missouri river." Indian worship. Wednesday, April 21. "All our Indians, who for several day< encamped near the fort, have now departed, to hunt the beaver. While they were here they made a feast, at which they danced, cried, sung and howled, and in a word, made a terrible, savage noise. Such feists, the Crees are accustomed to make, at the return of every spring ; and sometimes at other seasons of the year. By so doing, they say, they appease the anger of the evil spirit or devil; and thus prevent him from doing them harm, to which they consider him as ever inclined. They have, also, certain pljjces, where they deposit a part of their property, such as guns, kettles, bows, arrows, &c. as a sacrifice to the same spirit. To the Supreme Being, however, the creator and gov- ernor of the universe, whom they call Kich-e-mon-e-too, that i?. Great Spirit, they address their prayers; yet they say there is no necessity of paying him any sacrifice, since he is a good spirit, and is not disposed to do them injury; whereas the evil spirit is mali- cious, and therefore it is proper they should strive to ap- pease his anger. The abov^e mentioned feast was made by the Chief of the band, whose name is KA-she-we-ske-wate, who, for the long space of forty-eight hours previous to the entertainment, neither ate nor drank any thing, x^t the commencement of the feast, every person put on a grave countenance; and the Chiei went through a number of ceremonies, with the utmost solemnity. After the entertainment was over, every Indian made a voluntary APPENDIX. 333 siicnfice of a par| of his property to the ut v il, or, as they call him, Much-c-mon-e-too. " Grasshoppers. Friday, 23. "There are at present in tliis vicinity, grass-liop- pers in such prodigious numbers, as I never before saw in any place. In fair weather, between eight and ten o'clock, A. M. which is the only part of the day when many of them leave the ground, they are flying in such numbers, that they obscure the sun, like a light cloud passing over it. They also devour every thing before them, leaving scarcely a leaf on the trees, or a blade of grass on the prairies; and our potatoe tops escape not their ravages. Indian inhumanity. "Yesterday, six families of Crecs came to the fort, who have been drinking ever since. Aa Indian had a few wrangling words with a squaw, belonging to anothe. band, to whom he gave :> slight beating. At that time, the Chief, who was the friend of the Indian, was passing by; and he was so enraged at the abusive language given by the woman to his friend, that he commenced beating her on the head with a club, and soon terminated her life. This morning, the Indian women buried her corpse; and no more notice is taken of her death, than if a dog had been killed; for her relations are at a considerable distance, in another part of the rountry. An Indian is not much regarded or feared by h's fel- lows, unless he has a number of relations to take part with him in his contests while in life, or to avenge his death, in case he should ])e murdered. This is true among all the Indian tribes, with nhich I have been acquainted." n Indian customs. Wednesday, Jug. 11. "On the ninth inst. a Chief among the Crees, came to the fort, accompanied by a number of his relations, who appeared very desirous that I should take one of his daugh- i i I 334 APPE.NDIX. ters to remain with me. 1 put him off by telHn^iiim, that 1 could not then accept of a woman, but probably might in the fall. He pressed me, however, to allow her to remain with me at once, and added, "I am fond of you, and my wi?h is to have my daugh- ter with the white people; for she will be treated better by them, than by her own relations." In fact, he almost persuaded me to keep her; for I was sure that, while I had the daughter, I should not only have the father's furs, but those of all his band. This would be for the interest of the company, and would, therefore, turn to my own advantage, in some measure; so that a regard to in- terest, well nigh made me consent to an act, which would have been unwise and improper. But, happily for me, I escaped the snare. Rainy Lake. Friday, July 5. "On the margin of the waters which connect this lake with the Great Winipick Lake, the wild rice is found. This useful grain is produced in no other part of the north-west country. This grain is gathered in such quantities, in this region, that, in ordinary seasons, the North- West Company purchase, an- nually, from twelve to fifteen hundred bushels of it, from the na- tives; and it constitutes a principal article of food, at the posts in this vicinity." Sicaunies. "The Sicaun'es, on the Rocky Mountains, are a quiet, innoffen- sive people, v/nose situation exposes them to peculiar difficulties and distresse-i. When they proceed to the west side of the moun- tain, the natives of that region, who are Tacullies and Atenas, at- tack a'id kill many of them; and when they are on this side, the Beaver Indians and Crees, are continually making war upon them. Being thus surrounded by enemies, against whom they are too fee- ble successfully to contend, they frequently suffer much for want of food; for when on the west side, they dare not, at all times, visit those places where fish are in plenty, and when on the east side, they are frequently afraid to visit those parts where animrils tibound. They are compelled, therefore, oftentimes to subsist APPENDIX. 335 upon the .roots, which they find in the mountains, and which ena- uble them to barely sustain life. Their emaciated bodies frequent- ly bear witness to the scantiness of their fare. •'We here begin to see lofty mountains at a distance. This place is in the 66° of north latitude, and 121° of west longitude." Mondayy 22. "It has snowed and rained during the whole of this day. We are now in the heart of the Rocky Mountains, the lofty summits of which, on each side of the river, tower majestic- ally toward the heavens, and are perpetually whitened by snows, that are never dissolved, by solar heat. They are by far the highest mountains that I have ever seen. The timber which grows upon them, is chiefly spruce fir, birch and poplar. It is a curious fact in the geography of North-America, that so many of the lakes and rivers, on the west side of this lofty range of moun- tains, discharge their waters through one narrow passage, in this great barrier, and eventually enter the North Sea." Wednesday, 22. "This afternoon, just as we got through the mountain, we passed Finlay's, or the North Branch, which appears to be of abo" ''be same magnitude as the South Branch, which we are follow These two branches take their rise in very differ- ent directions. The source of the South Branch is in the Rocky Mountain, at the distance of nearly two hundred miles from the place where we now are. The North Branch runs out of a very large lake, called by the natives Musk-qua-Sa-ky-e-gun, or Bear's Lake. This lake, which is so large that the Indians never at- tempt to cross it in their canoes, and which, those who reside at the east end of it affirm, extends \p the Western ocean, is situated nearly west from the place where the two branches form a junc- tion, at the distance, as is thought, of about one hundred and fif'y miles. Both branches, before their junction, run along the foot of the mountain, as if in search of a passage through. Tlmrsday, JVov. 1. McLeod's Lake Fort. "This place is situa- ted in 55° north latitude, and 124° west longitude. The country lying between this place and Finlay's Branch, is thickly covered with timber, on both aides of the river; and, on the right, in com- ing up, the land is low and level. Mountains appear at a consid- erable distance. We have not seen a large animal, nor even the il ' 1 I .1 1 iMl 3;w APri'.NDIX. hi', ': ■I • , k mi h ii si i I Inirk of mu'. Miner we \vi\ (ho IJocky Moiniliiiii I'oit!ifj;r. AImmiI Iwnily mil''" frnu\ litis j»lnro, wr IcO INmicp rivor, nnd hiivc ((»»)♦» iiji 11 siniill rivor, ol'fivo «»r ^ix roils in hroiidth, wliirh, ii liftlo ho- low this, pMssoH thronirh a sin^ll lako. Iloro no lo;ivo our ranocs, iind t.iko our i;oo«^, by liiiul, to Iho osl«l»!islimout iil Stuart's liako, nliicli place is NifTialo)! noarlv ono luiiidrod iiiiloK (o Iho wost iVorii (his "Mrliood's \,;\kv is sixty or sovonty milos in oirnirnroronro. "'J\io Siraunio Indiatis (Vo(]Mont (his cstaitlishmont. 'IMieirdia- lor( ditVors litth' trorn that ot'tho Moavcr Indians. Thoro aro hut Tow larpio atiimals in this |»art of tho roiintry; and whrn tho snow is llvo or six frot ». Tho Sirnutiies bury, while the Tricullies burn, their dead. MonJaij, 2(». "Tho corpse of a woman of this pi ico, who died on the 'JOlh inst. was burned tills afternoon. Whilf the ceremo- ny was pcrtormiiisj;. the natives nuide a terrible savaue noi'sot b\ howlinsr. crung. an»l a kind of siu;;inj:j. APFKNniX. tS7 Sattirdiiy, l)e.c. 20. Frazer's Lake. "In coming to this pl;ice, 1 pnsHiMl throii^li a country, which i^ very rouKh, an«l thirkly cover- ed witli tirnhiT, conHistitif^ of Hprnci*, fir, pophir, -nspin, birch, cy- proHri, &c. We croHM*'^ one conHidcrahlc moijutain, and several suiidl Iak(!s. '*Tlie estal>iishm»Mit x* at the ca»9wlg. 22. "One of the natives has caught a salmon, which is joyful intelligence to us all; for we hope and expect, that in a few days, we shall have them in abundance. These fish vis- it, to a greater or less extent, all the rivers in this region, and form the principal dependence of the inhabitants, as the means of subsistence. Monday^ Sept. 2. "We now have the common ssdmon in abun- dance. They weigh from five to seven potrnd;?. There are, also, a few of a larger kind, v.'hich will weigh sixty or seventy pounds. Both of them are very good, v»hen just taken out of the water. But, when dried, as they are by the Indians here, by the heat of the sun, or in the smoke of a fire, they are not very pala- table. When salted, they are excellent. "As soon as the salmon come into this lake, they go in search of the rivers and brooks that llul into it; and these streams' they as- cend, so far as there is water to enable them to swim; and when they can proceed no farther up, they remain there and die. None were ever seen to descend these streams. They are found dead in such numbers, in some places, as to infect the atmosphere with a terrible stench, for a considerable distance round. But, even when they are in a putrid state, the natives frequently gather them up and eat them, apparently with as great a relish, as if they were fresh. Tuesday^ 17. "Between nine and ten o'clock this forenoon, the sun was eclipsed, for nearly half an hour, which event alarmed the natives greatly; for they considered it as foreboding some great calamity, about to fall upon them. They therefore cried and howled, making a savage noise. Their priests or magicians took their hands full of swan's down, and blew it through their hands towards the sun, imploring that great luminary to accept of the offering thus made to him, to be put on the head of his sons, when engaged in dancing, and to spare the Indians. They sup- j/Ose that the Sun has children, who, like those of the Carriers, are fond of putting swan's down on their heads, when they dance. APPENDIX. 339 I explained to them the cause of the darkness; at which they ap- pearcil both pleased and astonished, and acknowledged that my ac- count of the subject was rational, but wondered how I could ob- tain a knowledge of such hidden and mysterious things. Wednesday,. fan. 1, 1812. "This being th^i first day of the year, Mr. McDougall and I dined with all our peop'3, irPthe hall. Ailer our repast was ended, 1 invited several of the Sicauny and Car- rier Chiefi, and most respectable men, to partake of the provisions which we had left; and I was surprised to see them behave with much decency, and even propriety, while eating, and while drink- ing a tlugon or two of s^pirits. "After they had finished their repast, they smoked their pipes, and conversed rationally, on the great diflerence which exists, between the maimers and customs of civilized people, and those of the savages. They readily conceded that ours are superior to theirs. Monday, 13. "On the 9th inst. a Sicauny died at this place ; and the following circumstances attended his incineration, to-day. The corpse was placed on a pile of dry wood, witb the face upwards, which was painted and bare. The body was covered with a robe, made of beaver skins, and shoes were on the feet. In short, the « deceased was clothed in the same manner as when alive, only a little more gaily. His gun and powder-horn, together with every trinket which he had possessed, were placed by his side. As they were about to set fire to the wood, on which the deceased lay, one of his brothers asked him if he would ever come among them again; for they suppose that the soul of a person, after the death of the body, can revisit the earth, in another body. They must, there- fore, believe in the immortality, though they connect witl it the transmigration, of the soul. "The deceased had two wives, who were placed, the one at tlu head, and the other at the foot of the corpse; and there they lay until the hair of their heads was nearly consumed by the flames, and they were almost suffocated by the smoke. When almost senseless, they rolled on the ground, to a little distance from the fire. As soon as they had recovered a little strength, they stood up, and began to strike the burning corpse with both their hands alternately; and this disgusting, savage ceremony was continued, until the body was nearly consumed. This operation was inter- 340 AITKNDIX, ruptcd by their frcMiueiit. tuiiis of fuinlmg, aiisiii<2; from the intensi- ty of the heat. If they did not soon recover trom these turns, and commence the operation of strikinji; the corpse, the men would s^ize them by the little remaining hair on their heads, and push them into the flames, in order to compel them to do it. This vio- lence WHS especiWly used towards one of the wives of the deceas- ed, who had frequently run away from him while he was living. "When the body was nearly burned to ashes, the wives of the de- ceased gathered up these ashes, and the remaining pieces of bones, which they put into bags. These bags they will be compelled to carry upon their backs, and to lay by their sides, when they lie down at night, for about two years. The relations of the deceased will then make a feast, and enclose these bones and ashes in a box, and deposit them under a shed, erected for that purpose, in the centre of the village. Until this time, the widows are kept in a kind of slavery, and are reqtiired to daub their faces over witb some black substance, and to appear clothed with rags, and fre- quently to go without any clothing, except round their waists. But, at the time of this feast, they are set at liberty from these disagreeable restraints. Thursday, 30. "On the 17th inst. accompanied by Mr. McDou- gall, twelve of my men and two Carriers, I set out on a journey to the territory of the Nate-ote-tains, a tribe of Indians, who have never had any intercourse with while people, and few of whom have ever seen them. After travelling, with all possible expedi- tion, (luring seven days, generally on lakes, we arrived at their first village. "They treated us with much respect, and with great hospitality. "The day following, we proceeded on our route; and, during our progress, we saw four more of their villages. The five villa- {Ses, which we visited, contain about two thousand inhabitants, who are well made and robust. They subsist principally on salmon, and other small fish. The salmon here have small scales, while those at Stuart's Lake have none. Tiie clothing of these people, is much like that of the Carriers, i procured from them vessels, curiously wrought, of the smaller roots of the spruce fir, in differ- ent shapes. Some of them are open, like a kettle, and will hold water. They also let me have a blanket or rug, which was man- ufactured by the Atenas, of the wool of a kind of sheep or goat. AlTEMilX. 341 \ the intensi- se turns, ami ; men would (la, and pusU t. This vio- •f the doccas- ; was Uving. ves ofthede- ices of bones, compelled to vhen they lie f the deceased ■ ishes in a box, irpose, in the rs are kept in \ces over witb rags, and fre- I their waists, rty from these y Mr. McDou- m a journey to ans, who have few of whom ossible expedi- \rrived at their reat hospitality, te; and, during The five villa- nhabitants, who ally on salmon, ill scales, while »f these people, m them vessels, ice fir, in differ- e, and will hold which was man- f sheep or goat. "These animal^^ are said to be numerous, on the mountains in their country. They told us, that we had seen but a small part of the Nate-ote-tains, who, they say, are a numerous tribe. They npeak a language peculiar to themselves, though the greater part of them understand thats» ken by the Carriers. ♦♦The country which we travelled over in this route, is generally level. Few mountains are to be seen. A heavy growth of timber evinces that the soil is good. We saw no large animals, except- ing the cariboo; but we were informed, that black bears, and other kinds of the larger animals, exist in considerable numbers, in that region. Monday, April 6. ♦'Six Indians have arrived from Frazer's Lake, who delivered to me a letter, written by Mr. David Thorap- 8on, which is dated August 28th, 1811, at llk-koy-ope Falls, on the Columbia river. It informs me, that this gentleman, accom- panied by seven Canadians, descended the Columbia River, to the place where it enters the Pacific Ocean, where they arrived on the 16th of July. There they found a number of people, employed in building a fort for a company of Americans, who denominated them- selves the Pacific Fur Company." Mr. Harmon resided more than eight years west of the Rocky Mountains, and gives the following account of the Indians dwelling there: — ♦♦That part of the country, west of the Rocky Mountains, with which I am acquainted, ever since the North-VVest Company first made an establishment there, which was in 1806, has gone by the name of New-Caledonia; and extends from north to south, about five hundred miles, and east to west, three hundred and fifty or four hundred. The post at Stuart's Lake, is nearly in the centre of it, and lies, as already mentioned, in 54° 30' north latitude, and in 125° west longitude from Greenwich. In this large extent of country, there are not more than five thousand Indians, including men, women and children. ♦♦New-Caledonia is considerably mountainous. Between its ele- vated parts, however, there are pretty extensive vallies, along which pass innumerable small rivers and brooks. It contains a great number of small lakes, two of which are consider.ibly large. ThesQ a^e Stuart's Lake, which is about four hundred miles ia J42 APIKNUIX. u circumference, niid Natc-ote-t»iii Lake, which is nearly twice ai hir>?e. About one sixth part of Ne\v-Calcdoni« is covered with water. There are two hirge rivers*. One of these 1 denominate Frazer's river, which may be sixty or seventy rods wide. It ri- ses in the Rocky Mountains, within a short distance of the source of Peace river; and is the river which Sir Alexander McKenzie followed a considerable distance, when he went to the Pacific Ocean, in 1793, and which he took to be the Columbia river; but it is now known to be several miles north of that noble stream. The other large river of New-Caledonia, rises near Great Bear's Lake; and after passing through several considerable lakes, it en- ters the Pacific Ocean, several hundred miles north of Frazer's river. •'The mountains of New-Caledonia, in point of elevation, arc not to bo compared with those which we pass in coming up that part of Peace river, which lies between the Rocky Mountain por- tage and Finlay's branch. There are some, however, which are pretty lofty; and on the summits of one in particular, which we see from Stuart's Lake, the snow lies during the whole of the year, "The weather is not severely cold, except for a few days in the winter, when the mercury is sometimes as low as 32° below zero, in Fahrenheit's thermometer. The remainder of the season is much milder than it is on the other side of the mountain, in the same latitude. The summer is never very warm, in the day time; and the nights are generally cool. In every month in the year, there are frosts. Snow generally falls al»out the fifteenth of No- vember, and is all dissolved by about the fifteenth of May. "There are a few moose; and the natives occasionally kill a black bear. Cariboo are also found at some seasons. Some smaller animals are found, though they are not numerous. They consist of beavers, otters, lynxes or cats, fishers, martins, minks, wolverines, foxes of difterent kinds, badgers, polecats, hares, and a few wolves. The fowls are swans, bustards, geese, cranes, ducks of several kinds, partridges, &c. All the lakes and rivers are well furnished with excellent fish. They are the sturgeon, white fish, trout, sucker, and many of a smaller kind. Salmon, also, visit ^he streams, in very considerable numbers, in Autumn. A small share of industry, therefore, would enable the natives, at API'ENDIX. 343 twice III red with nominate e. It ri- he source VlrKenzie [18 Pacific river; but »le stream, •eat Bear's ikes, it en- )f Frazer's 'vation, arc ling up that juntain por- ■, which are ', which we ?hole of the V (lays in the below zero, he season is ntain, in the the day time; in the year, eenth of No- May. iionally kill a sons. Some erous. They lartins, minks, its, hares, and cranes, ducks and rivers are turgeon, white Salmon, also, in Autumn. A the natives, 5* all times, to provide for thenirttlvos a siifficiont supply of a8;reea- ble, wlioioHuinu and nutritious food. The natives of New-Calodonia, we dcnominalo Carriers; hut they call themselves Ta-cul-iies,, a penphi wh.t c;n upon "water. This name orimiiiated from tho fact, th;it t'ley generally jro from one village to another, in canoes. Th(»y ire of tfie middle stat- ure, and the men are well-proportioned, but the women are gen- erally short r.nd thick, and their lower limbs are disproportionally large. Both sexes are indolent and slovenly, in their persons, and filthy in their cookery. Their dispositions are lively and qui- et; and they appear contented in their wretched situation. They are not in the habit of stealing articles of great value; but they are the slyest pilferers, perhaps, upon the face of the earth. They are remarkably fond of the white people. They seldom begin a quarrel with any of us, though they are naturally brave. When any of our people, however, treat them ill, they defend themselves with courage, and with considerable dexterity; and some of them will fight a tolerable Canadian battle. "Their language is very similar to that of the Chipewyans, and has a great affinity to that of the Beaver Indians, and the ^icau- nies. In all the different villages of the Carriers, there is a difler- ent dialect. "Their clothing consists of a covering made of the skins of the beaver, badger, muskrat. cat or hare. "Both sexes perforate their noses; and from them the men often suspend an ornament, consisting of a piece of an oyster-shell, or a small piece of brass or copper. The women, particularly those who are young, run a wooden pin through their noses, upon each end of which they fix a kind of shell bead, which is about an inch and an half long, and nearly the size of the stem of a common clay pipe. These beads they obtain from their neighbors, the At-e- nas, who purchase them from another tribe, that is said to take them on the sea-shore, where they are reported to be found in plenty. "The Carriers are not so ingenious as their neighbors, the Nate- ote-tains and At-e-nas. The men, however, make canoes, which are clumsily wrought, of the aspin tree, as well as of the bark of the spruce fir. The former will carry from half a ton to a ton and an half burthen, while the latter will carry from one to four 344 APPKNDIX. 'iS f'i grown pCMOMs. Tho womrn iniik«» exrollont n»>t«, of the innei bark of the willow trrc, iirtii ofni'ltloH, wliirli iiuMwrr lu'ltcr lorta- kinj: jmall fish, than any which we obtain from Cariiida, mmUi of twine or thread. "The Carrier*" are remarkably foiul of their wives, and n feu of tbcm ha VI' three or four; but polvirarny i« not general ainoo:: them. The men ilo the mo!»t of the ilrudirery abotit the house, such as cutting and drawirii; tire-wood, atid bringing water. "The C'ai'riers have little that ran be denoniinate.•;)-, '.viil possess the soul of the deceased person. "When the Carriers are severely sick, they often think th.".l Ihey shall not recover, unless they divulge to a priest ric niapic.;£,ii!, tve cry crime which they may have committed, which has hitheto been kept secret. In such a case, they will make a full cobles- sion, and then they expect that their lives will be gpiifeti, tor ? time longer. But should they keep back a single crime, they i)f) fully believe, that they shall sutler almost instant deal h. •'Murder is not considered by the Carriers as a criinr; of i^real magnitude; and therefore it makes no part of their ackiiovviedg- ments, in their confessions to the priests or magicians. "The Carriers give the following account of the tradition, which they believe respecting the formation of the earth, and th^? general destruction of mankind, in an early peri( i^. of the world. "Water at first overspread the face of the world, which t^ \ jhin surface. At the top of the water, a muskrat w;>: » viaming pbout, in different directions. At length he copriuded to dive to the bottom, to see what he could find on which to subsist; but he found nothing but mud, a liti'e of wiiich he brought in his mouth, and placed it on the surface of the water, where it remained. He then went for more mud, and placed it with that already brought up; and thus he continued his operations, until he had formed a 44 ~J . § 34G APPENDIX. consideiablo liillock. This land increased by degrees, until it overspread a large part of the world, which assumed at length its present form. The earth, in process of time, became peopled in every part, and remained in this condition for many years. After- wards a fire run over it all, and destroyed every human being, except one man and one woman. They saved themselves by going into a deep cave, in a large mountain, where they remained for several days, until the fire was extinguished. They then came forth from their hiding-place; and from these two persons, the whole enrth has been peopled. "These Indians erect buildings, in which they deposit the ashes and bones of their dead. "Among the Indians who inhabit New-Caledonia, are the Sicau- nies. They are a small part of a tribe, who, but a few years since, came from the east side of the Rocky Mountains. They now bring the produce of their hunts to McLeod's Lake. The winter months, however, a greater part of them pass among their relations, on the east side of the mountain, where they subsist on buffaloe, moose and red deer. "The people who are now called Sicaunies, I suspect, at no distant period, belonged to the tribe, called Beaver Indians, who inhabit the lower part of Peace river; for they differ but little from them in dialect, manners, customs, &c. The Sicaunies are a wretched people; for they suffer greatly for the want of food, during nearly one fourth part of the year, when they barely sup- port life, by means of a few unpalatable roots. "There is a tribe of Indians not far from the Columbia river, who are called Flat-Heads. By fixing boards upon the heads of their children, they compress them in such a manner, as to cause them to assume the form of a wedge. Another tribe in New-Cal- edonia, denominated Nate-ote-tains, pierce a hole through the un- der lips of their daughters, into which they insert a piece of wood, in the shape of the wheel of a pulley; and as the girls grow up, this wheel is enlarged, so that a woman of thirty years of age, will have one nearly as large as a dollar. This, they consider, add? much to their beauty." APPENDIX. 347 Indians east of the Rocky Mountains, and north of the Missouria. sit the ashes ;r, as to cause "I have been acquainted with fifteen different tribes of Indians, which are the Sauteux, Crees, Assiniboins, Rapid Indians, Black- Feet Indians, Blood Indians, Sursees, Cautonies, Muskagoes, Chippawas, Beaver Indians, Sicaunies, Ta-cullies, Ate-nas and Nate-ote-tains."* "The tribes that are the most enlightened, and that have ad- vanced the farthest towards a state of civilization, are the Sauteux or Chippawas, the Muskagoes, and the Crees, or Knisteneux, as they have sometimes been denominated. These tribes have a greater knowledge, than the other Indians, of the medicinal quali- ties of the bark of trees, and of herbs, roots, &c. and their medi- cal skill, enables them heavily to tax the other tribes. "The white people have been among the above mentioned tribes, for about one hundred and fifty years. To this circum- stance it is probably to be attributed, that the knowledge of these Indians is more extensive, than that of the other tribes. But 1 very much question whether they have improved in their charac- ter or condition, by their acquaintance with civilized people. In their savage state, they were contented with the mere npcessaries of life, which they could procure, with considerable ease; but now they have many artificial wants, created by the luxuries which we have introduced among them; and ?»s they find it difficult to obtain these luxuries, they have become, to a degree, discontented with their condition, and practice fraud in their dealings. A half-civil- ized Indian is more savage, than one in his original state. The latter has some sense of honor, while the former has none. I have always experienced the greatest hospitality and kindness among those Indians, who have had the least intercourse with white people. They readily discover and adopt our evil prac- tices; but they are not as quick to discern, and as ready to follow, the few good examples, which we set before them. "The Indians in general, are subject to few diseases. The venereal complaint is common to all the tribes of the north; many die of a consumption. For relief, in nearly all their diseases, they resort to their grand remedy, sweating. ♦The parts of the country, which they severally inhabit, are noticed in the table. f I N. 348 APPENDIX. "There is no materipJ difference in the size, features and com- plexion of the different tribes, with whom I have been acquainted. The Sauteux, Crees and Assiniboins, together with the other In- dians who inhabit the prairies, are, however, the fairest, and most cleanly. The Assiniboins, of both 'sexes, are the best made, and walk the most erect of any tribe that I have ever seen. Fools and disfigured persons, are seldom to be met with among the In- dians; the reason of which, I believe to be, that their mothers put them to death as soon as they discover their unhappy condi- tion. Mode of Cooking. - 'j:^: ?t;i Tr '- "Those Indians who hjive onlj bark kettles, generally roast their meat. This they do, by fixing one end of a stick, that is sharpened at both ends, into the ground, at a little distance from the fire, with its top, on which the meat is fixed, inclining towards the fire. On this stick, the meat is occasionally turned, when one part becomes sufficiently roasted. "On the Columbia river, there is a people who subsist, during the greater part of the summer, on nothing but roots, and a kind of bread, if it may be so called, made of the mossy stuff, which grows on the spruce fir tree, and which resembles the cobwebs, spun by spiders. This substance contains a little nourishment. They gather it from the trees, and lay it in a heap, on which they sprin- kle a little water, and then leave it, for some time, to ferment. After that, they roll it up into balls, as large as a man's head, and bake them in ovens, well heated, which are constructed in the earth. After having been baked about an hour, they are taken out for use. This substance is not very palatable; and it contains but little nourishment. It will, however, barely support life, for a considerable time. "The Sauteux, who remain about the Lake of the Woods, now begin to plant Indian corn and potatoes, which grow well. The Mandans, also, along the Missouri river, cultivate the soil, and produce Indian corn, beans, pumpkins, tobacco, &c. As they do not understand curing their tobacco, it is of little use to them. The Sauteux, who live back from Mackana, raise large quantities of Indian corn, beans, kc; and also make much sugar, from the APPENDIX. 349 js and com- acquaintcd. le other In- st, and most t made, and een. Fools (long the In- leir mothers lappy condi- nerally roast stick, that is listance from ining towards ed, when one ubsist, during and a kind of which grows rebs, spun by nent. They ch they sprin- , to ferment. in's head, and Iructed in the hey are taken and it contains ipport Ufe, for e Woods, now iw well. The I the soil, and As they do use to them, arge quantities ugar, from the ■maple tree, which they dispose of to the North-West Company, for cloth and other articles. As soon as the animals become scarce, that are hunted for their tirs, the natives must till the ground for subsistence, or live upon fish. This state of things al- ready exists, in many places; and must, in all probability, be ex- tended. "The Indians, throughout the whole country that I have visit- ed, have no other animals domesticated, thsa the horse and the dog. All Indians are very fond of their huntins dogs. The peo- ple on the west side of the Rocky Mountains, appear to have the same affection for them, that they have for their children; and they will discourse with them, as if they were rational beings. They will frequently call them their sons or daughters; and when describing an Indian, they will speak of him as father of a particu- lar dog which belongs to him. "The Assiniboins, Rapid Indians, Black-Feet and Mandans, to- gether with all the other Indians who inhabit a plain countrv, al- ways perform their journies on horse-back. Indeed they seldom go even a short distance from their tents in any other manner. They have some excellent horses, which will cany them a great distance in a day. They sometimes go seventy miles in twelve hours; but forty or fifty miles is a common day's ride. They do not often use bridles, but guide their horses with halters, made of ropes, which are manufactured from the hair of the buffaloe, which are very strong and durable. "Few of the Indians live in a state of celibacy. They general- ly marry*when they are between eighteen and twenty-five years of age. Polygamy is allowed among all the tribes; but only a few persons among them, have more than one wife each. I knew, however, a chief among the Beaver Indians, who had eleven wives, and more than forty children. "It is not often that an Indian chastises his children; and, in- deed, it is not necessary: for they appear, in general, to have much affection and respect for their parents, and are therefore ready to obey them. A father never interferes in the bringing up of his daughter; but leaves her wholly to the care of her mother. When a son becomes of a suitable age, his ^ather t;)kes him with him in hunting, and learns him the different modes of taking ani- mals. A son, until he is married, considers himself as under his 350 APPENDIX, PM father's control; {»nd even after that, he will generally listen to any advice, which his father may give to him. The aged are com- monly treated with ihuch respect, which they consider themselves as entitled to claim. Should a young man behave disrespectfully towards an old man, the aged will refer him to his hoary head, and demi'.nd of him, if he be not ashamed to insult his grey heirs. In short, the aged of both sexes are generally treated with kindness; and are not suffered to want any thing which they need, and which it is in the power of their relations to procure for them. "All the Indians on the east side of the Rocky Mountains burjf their dead. •'The Indians generally appear to be more afflicted with the loss of an infimt, helpless child, than of a pers^on that has arrived to ma- ture age; for the latter, they say, can provide for himself, in the country whither he has gone, while the former is too young to de- pend upon himself. "^ *'The men appear to be ashamed to manifest their grief at the loss of any one, however dear he might have been to them; but the women give full vent to the feelings of nature. The fond mother, whe:. she looses a young child, will pull out all the hair of her head; cut her face, arms, and legs, in a shocking manner; burn all her clothes, excepting a few rags, which she has upon her; and, to render herself as wretched, as she expresses it, as lier child, when the weather is stormy, she will stand, for hours at a time, in the open air, and pitifully moan, in such language as this: "How wretched are you, my child, to be torn from your friends while so young and helpless; and to be sent al(Aie, into a strange country ! Who will now give you bread when you are hungry, and water when you are thirsty, and make a covering for you to lie under when it rains or snows ? O that I could once more press you, my dear child, to my troubled breast ! Of what use to me are all my medicines, since they could not save your life, and keep you a little longer with us ?" Then, in a rage of passion and of grief, she will rush into her tent, and seize her medicine-bag, and throw it into the fire. "All the Indian tribes are frequently at war with each other; and at some times, two tribes will league together, against one or more of the other tribes. APPENDIX. 351 sten to any I are com- themselvea espectfully ^ head, and heirs. In h kindness; , and which n. intains 6ury vith the loss rived to ma- mself, in the young to de- r grief at the to them; but J. The fond t all the hail- king manner; she has upon presses it, as [id, for hours h language as •n from your aldhe, into a vhen you are a covering for 1 could once iast ! Of what not save your 1, in a rage of md seize her th each other; r, against one Religion. **A11 the different tribes of Indians, on the east side of the Rocky Mountains, believe in the existence of one Supreme Being — the creator and governor of the world, whom they call Kitch-e-mon- €-too, or the Great Spirit ; and to him they ascribe every perfec- tion. They consider him as the author of all good, and as too benevolent to inflict any evil upon his creatures. They render him little worship; but occasionally supplicate of him success in vheir important undertakings, and very rarely, render him some sacrifices, consisting of some part of their property. "They also believe in the existence of a Bad Spirit, whom they call Mtich-e-mon-e-too, to whom they ascribe great power, and who, they believe, is the author of all the evils, which afflict mankind. To him, therefore, in order to obtain deUverance from evils which they either experience or fear, they offer many, and sometimes expensive sacrifices. They consider him as ever employed, in plotting against their peace and safety; and they hope, by such means, to appease his anger. "They also believe that there are good and bad spirits, of an inferior order, who are superior to men in the scale of existence, and who have allotted spheres of action, in which they are con- tributing to the happiness or misery of mankind. These beings they suppose preside over all the extraordinary production of na- ture; such as large lakes, rivers and mountains, and spacious caverns, &c. and likewise over the beasts, birds, fishes, vegeta- bles and stones, that exceed the rest of their species in size, or in any other remarkable quality. On this account, they pay to all these objects some kind of adoration. They also believe in a future state of existence. Those who, while in the present world, have, according to their ideas of right and wrong, led a good life, will, at death, immediately enter on another and a better state of existence, where they will meet their departed relatives and friends, who will welcome them in the most a£fectionate manner, to their happy abode. In the future world, they believe that they shall possess bodies more beautiful, and healthy, and vigorous, than those which they animated on earth; and that they shall be much more happy, than they were 352 APPENDIX. '■:*'■ fl- m m i i V;J' ir'^-^fl; -,Vi in the present life, since the country in which they will reside, abounds with all kinds of game, which they will be able to take, with little or no trouble, and supplies every gratification, in which they now delight, in perfection, and without end. *'But those who lead wicked lives on earth, they suppose will, at death, be conveyed into the middle of an extensive swamp or marsh, where they will, for a considerable length of time, be doomed to wander about alone, in search of their deceased friends. After having suffered greatly, from hunger and cold, they suppose that they will, at length, arrive at the pleasant habitation of their departed relatives, and participate with them in all their delights, forever. *'Among the Indians there are poets, who are also musicians. The person who composes a song, does it by singing it over alone, in the air which he designs shall accompany it; and he repeats this exercise till he has it in his memory. After that he frequently teaches it to others. Songs are frequently composed for particu- lar occasions, such as feasts, &c. Among the Carriers, there are often several competitors for this honor; and he who composes the best song, is rewarded, while the unsuccessful poets are treat- ed with derision. The subjects of their songs are generally love and war, though they have some which are ludicrous and obscene. They have a great variety of songs; and I have known an Indian who could sing at least two hundred, and each song had its pecul- iar air. Female poets are not common among them. Some of the women, however, are excellent singers. No two of the fifteen tribes of Indians with whom I have been acquainted, speak precisely the same language ; but the languages of nine of them only, seem to be radically different. There is on- ly a variation of dialect among the Crees, Sauteux and Muskagoes. The same is true of the Chipewyans, Beaver Indians, Sicaunietj, Tacullies and Nateotetains. The language spoken by the Sau- teux, Crees and Muskagoes, is by far the most copious and manly; but that used by the Assiniboins, is the most harmonious and ele- gant." "Every tribe has its particular tract of country; and this is di- vided again, among the several families which compose the tribe. Rivers, lakes and mountains, serve them as boundaries; and the limits of the territory which belongs to each family are as well APPENDIX. 353 ill reside* e to take, , in which ipose will, swamp or ' time, be deceased I cold, they ; habitation in all their musicians, over alone, he repeats ; frequently for particu- 8, there are 10 composes its are treat- nerally love md obscene, vn an Indian ad its pecul- n. Some of I have been he languages There is on- Muskagoes. IS, Sicaunies, by the Sau- is and manly; lious and elc- and this is di- lose the tribe, aries; and the ly are as well known by the tribe, as the lines which separate farms are, by the farmers in the civilized world. The Indians who reside in the large plains, make no sub-divisions of their territory; for the wealth of their country consists of buffuloes and wolves, which ex- ist in plenty every where among them. But the case is other* wise with the inhabitants of the woody countries. General Remarks. •'That part of the country which lies betwen the 44th and the 52d degree of north latitude, is a plain or prairie country, almost wholly destitute of timber of any kind. It is in general suthcient- ly dry for any kind of cultivation, and is covered with grass, which commonly grows to the height of from six inches to a foot, though in some marshy places it is much higher. Tiiis grass furnishes food for innumeri\ble herds of buffaloes, which are constantly rov- ing about from place to place, followed by thousands of wolves, and many grey and black bears, that are always on the watch for favorable opportunities to fall upon and devour thom. The grey bear, on account of his strength and ferocity, may well be denom- inated the monarch of the forest; and should he at any time find an hundred wolves or more, feeding on the carcase of the buffuloe, the sight of him would cause them all to retire, with all the humil- ity and submission of conscious weakness, and he would be per- mitted to make his meal, at his leisure, and in quietness. "The country lying between the 52d and the 70th degree of north latitude, may be denominated mountainous. Between its elevated parts, however, there are vallics and plains, of consider- able extent; and which are covered with timber of a small growth, more than one fourth part of which is the spruce fir. The other kinds of timber are aspin, poplar, birch, hemlock, spruce, cedar, willow, and a little pine. Much of this country, in its less elevated parts, is covered with large rocks and stones, with so thin a coal of earth upon them, that it could not be cultivated. I am of opin- ion, however, that one fourth, if not one third part of the whole of this great extent of country, might be cultivated to advantage. The soil, in general, is tolerably good; and in many places is not exceeded in richness, by any part of North-America. 1 think it 45 354 APPENDIX. probable, that as much as one sixth part of the whole of this coun- try, is covered with water. The great number of large lakes which are scattered over it, and of noble streams which pass through it, afford a water communication in almost every direc- tion. "As this country is so extensive, it is natural to suppose that the climate is various. In all parts it is considerably cold. In latitude 54° or 55° the mercury, for several successive days in the month of January, is as low as 30 or 32 degrees below zero. There are not, however, more than ten or twelve days during a winter, that are so severely cold. The summers are sufficiently warm and long, to bring most kinds of grain and vegetables to per- fection. Indian corn will never ripen farther north than about latitude 53°. "In the summer of 1816 there was found, on the margin of a small stream that falls into Peace river, in about the 56th degree of north latitude, and in the 1 18th of west longitude, a part of the thigh bone of a mammoth, which was about eighteen inches in length, and which weighed twenty-eight pounds." The reader of the foregoing extracts will require of me no apol- ogy for presenting him with a body of facts so interesting, relating to a part of North- America, hitherto but very imperfectly known. To Mr. Harmon I would tender my thanks for his valuable work; and as the foregoing extracts comprise but a small part of his voK ume, it may reasonably be expected, that what is here given will excite a desire to see the whole. Blowing Snake, of Lake Erie. The existence of a snake of this kind has been doubted. Col Peter P. Ferry, Collector of the District of Sandusky, told me, that on the 1st July 1815, when in his garden picking some leaves for a medical purpose, he heard, near him, a singular noise, like the hissing of a gander. Looking around to ascertain whence it came, he espied, within six inches of his head, a monstrous black snake, with a remarkably flat head, four inches broad, a little ele- vated, with a wide mouth, in the act of violent blowings making the APPENDIX. 355 ' this couii" arge lakes which pass very direc- appose that y cold. In 5 days in the jelow zero. lys during a > sufficiently ables to per- 1 than about ; margin of a 56th degree a part of the ;en inches in )f me no apol- sting, relating •fectly known, aluable work; art of his vol- ere given will loubted. Col usky, told me, nw some leaves liar noise, like irtain whence it nonstrous black )ad, a little ele- mg, making the noise which was heard. The next day Col. F. began to feel the eflfects of the breath of this serpent, first in his eyes, which in- creased till the 4th day, when he became totally blind. The eyes were very painfully inflamed, emitting a hot fluid running down the cheeks, making a black streak and taking ofl" the akin. These effects continued more than a fortnight. Col. F. saw but about twenty inches of the body of this snake. ]le judged it was four or five inches in circumference. The head was in a state of expansion, while in the act of blowing. When in a quiet state it contracts to a size somewhat less than the body. The bite of this snake is not poisonous; its breath does the injury. This snake was found on an island in Sandusky bay; and snakes of the same kind are found, as Col. F. stated to me, not in great num- bers, in the western country. Tuscaroras. Two years ago, Longbeard, a celebrated Pagan Chief of this tribe, led away seventy of their number into Canada. He, with his family, and two other families, have voluntarily returned with feelings and dispositions friendly to the Missionaries, and ready to * receive their instructions. Sentiments of a Choctaw Chief on the subject of Civilization. "In January 1821, Tush-eaini-ubbee,?{n old and venerable Choc- taw Chief brought his son of sixteen, to enter the school at Eliot. He said his people could not lead that wandering kind of life, which they had heretofore led ; and therefore it was necessary for the children to obtain an education, and to acquire habits of in- dustry to fit them for civiUzedlife." — Journal of Missionaries . Fort Smith. — Appendix, p. 254, 255. In April 1822, two hundred and thirty soldiers were in this Fort, which was established to protect frontier settlers, and Edu- ill i tiii 356 Al'PENDlX. 5^?:' 'f^- -■■•'' «?.,„, catinn ramilit's,an(l to preserve pence nmon/, the Indiana. There 18 no seUlornent of white people aliove this fort, except the trading houstiH, seventy miU^s ahove, at the confluence of the Neozho or Gram! river, anH the Arkansaw. The situation is commanding, and heallliy. An excellent farm of eighty acres, easily defended, and cultivated by the soldiers belonging to the Fort, yields a great vari- ety and abundance of vegetables, and one thousand bushels of corn, the last year, more than was consumed at the Fort. At the time above mentioned theyhad one hundred head of neat cattle, and four hundred hogs. Several Indian tribes are in this neighborhood. It is an advantageous site for an Education Family. Indian Languages, To treat this copious subject, as it ought to be treated, would swell this Volume, already much larger than was expected, to an an iu idmissible size. The materials we have collected, with some others necessarily omitted, may hereafter fill a sepa- rate tract. It may be sufficient for all the immediate purposes of the Government, simply to refer to the able and useful treatises on this subject, of Messrs. Duponceau, Golden, Heck- ewelder, Pickering and Jarvis, and to the Collections of the Massachusetts and New-York Historical, and the American An- tiquarian, Societies. The authors and compilers of these pub- lications have nearly exhausted this subject. I have some new materials, perhaps, to add to the mass they have collected, which will in some proper way be put into a state for preservation and future use. I shall, therefore, dismiss this topic, after a few gen- era I remarks. It is matter of surprise that the Indians, situated as they have been for so many successive ages and generations, without books, or knowledge of letters, or of the art of reading or writing, should have preserved their various languages in the manner they have done. Many of them are copious, capable of regular grammatical analysis, possess great strength, gracefulness and beauty of expres- sion. They are highly metaphorical in their character, and in this and other respects, resemble the Hebrew. This resem- blance in langusige, and the similarity of many of their religious AriTNDIX. 357 (. There he trailing [cozho or intUng, and ended, and great vari- 'Is of corn, \i the time cattle, and uhborhood. ;ated, would lected, to an lected, with nil a sepa- kte purposes and useful olden, Heck- jtions of the American An- f these pub- ive some new lected, which iservation and ler a few gen- us they have irithout books, rriting, should ner they have \T grammatical luty of expres- iracter, and in This resem- their religiouB ccreinonios, ruHtoms, kc. to thoso of tlie Jons, certainly f:ivo pl.iusiliility to llic iiigenioiis Theory of Dr. liotKlitiot, exhibited ill his interuHlin;; work, tMititled " The Star in the IVtst.'^ Before lliis theory will bo fseujirally admitted, however, more evidence lliiin has been exhibited, or probably can be, will ho. required. The labor which this excellent and useful man has itcHlowed on this work, will not be lost to the world. At a future period the facts he has collected, will be turned to some good account. A faithful and thorough examination of the various languages of our Indian tribes, would probably shevir, that there are very few of them that are, throughout, radically different. A great part of them are so mixed, as that the different tribes, with more or leas difficulty, can understand each other in conversation. With a knowledge of a very few of the radical languages, and of the In- dian language of signs, one mii;ht, without great difficulty, travel through all the tribes in our country. The differences in these languages, arc mostly differences of mere dialect. This is a fact favorable to the accomplishment of the object of the Government, as it shews the ease with which extensive intercourse among these tribes can be maintained, and information circulated. But after a few generations, it is hoped, the English language will take the place of them all. I should not think it desirable to employ means to preserve any of these Indian languages among the living languages. Correct specimens of them, doubtless, should be preserved in the archives of our literary societies. As fiist as possible let Indians forget their own languages, in which nothing is written, and nothing of course can be preserved, and learn ours, which will at once open to them the whole field of every kind of useful knowledge. I am, therefore, opposed to the idea of making any very laborious or expensive translations of the Bible, or of any other books, into any of the Indian languages, for reasons which I have Jilready giv- en in a charge delivered to the missionaries first sent to the Sand- wich Islands, and to others destined to our Indians, and which 1 take the liberty here to introduce as containing my present senti- ments on this subject. " Some of you are to be Missionaries to Indian tribes in oui own country. These heathen are in different circumstances from the foreign heathen, have another character, and your duties of :)5B AI'I'KNDIX. roiii'so will l»f' (lifTcrrrit. Our IndiiirH livr ;i WiiiMli'iinu liJl', wliicli ^riU'i'iiti'H hitluts |HM'iiliiii'ly iitii'ivniMltlc (o tlu; spirit iiiid institu- tioiiH ofllit' );-(>n|)i>l. Till* lic;it!i^iii of our AintM'icati liidiiiiiH in k'ss inrnnneil, imd noitli»-r so uross, nor so ui( kctl, as thai of tin* Indians of tlu' Kast. T\u\ Asialirs ran thnnixfrlvt's n>a(i the Mrrip- tiires, when (ranslalrortant truths of the liihie. This must necessarily be the case, as the Bible is a revelation of new truths, (ireviously unknown to man- kind, the knowle(la;e of which can be tlcrived from no other source than the Bilde itself. To express these truths, new words must be invented ; and hence a translation of the scriptures into the Indian lani;uai;es, would be a Herculean labor ; and after it were tinished, it couhl not be read by those who speak the language, till they were taught, as our children are taught, to read it. But there is another objection more formidable still. The number of dialects spoken among the different tribes of American Indians is immense. It probably amounts to several hundred. The indi- viduals, therefore, composing these continually diminishing tribes, who could be benefite<»« lity yon to Hnl the In- r unwritten »t iinportiinl :a9e, as the iwn to m!»n- )ther source words must res into the nfter it were he languase, read it. B'lt he number of an Indians is The indi- ishing tribes, ould be few ; dialects, the multiplied an cnt, that the ould be small. It is indeed a ipostle of the been an indi- my brethren. Lures, nor, to I the barbarous J to be engaged ((their children Ige you are to civilized life, jet the Indians of our country be taught to rend and Hpeak the English language, ami it will effert more towards civili/ing and rhristiaiii/ing them, ♦ban all human means besides. To this olijert thru you must di- rect your primary (?lTorls. At tlie same time you are not to neji. h»rt other means of romiuuniratiiig usefid knowledge; and by rv ,►. ry method in your power, both ny precept and example, \ ou are to impress their minds with the supreme excellence of Chris- tianity."* The correctness of the preceding remarks may be tested by the following — Translatian of the ]9th Psalm into the Muh-he-i > , and to the |)agri< of this work, point ing to the places of residence of each tribe, vn the one, and to the paj^cs in the other, where they are described. I^DIAN TRIBES EAST OF THK AIISSISSIIMM. P. in rep. ami a])]>. wliore tiu'h tri. is (loscM. u 'Si at Ntimps of the Tribes, c o Places of Resilience and ilcmark- w I ' /- ^ i «J s ^1 2 ^ 3 i . 1 3 4 v> 5 « ■{ s ' « e ^ 1% ^ L i -^ i J oi \ ■^ g 9 ^ i w S IC o •- .11 Stjohns Indian- Passama •juoddie Penobscots ■4 o I o w < h •J} Marslipee Herring Pond ■"^•Martha's Vineyard Troy iVarrait limits «,>f the Oneida Territory 46 % - . * 111 I 1 ii'- ■M '5 ^'l/. Mr. Pffil 3G2 TABLE No. I. CONTlNtJKD. CI. a I V of Names of the tribes. O ii ■"-c . s ■>-' *J o u Hi . C <>. u'- a o , Q c ll'^ ^, o en O H W Q •22 22 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 2.5 26 27 27 27 28 28 29 30 31 32 3j Munseps, Dela- waies,3oj)ooueos VVyandots do. do. do. Sliawnces do. do. Sonecas do. Delaware^ Mohawks Ottowaa do. do, do. Total in Ohio Wyandots Pottawattamies Chippawas Ottawas I tChippawas Cliippawiis aud Ottawas VIenomineee IWiiinebagoes O 134 § L Total in Mich, and N.W.Ter, 364 4-1 37 97 559 72 169 348 203 80 57 107 G4 5 150 27l(F 37 166 5,669 *2,873 91—94 do. do. do. 92 do. do. 93 do 90 93 do. do. do. 16 19 23! 8,335 28—461 1,600 30 3,900 47 -58 5,800 48—59 28,380 Places of Residence and Remarks. '"30 yrars ago, there were of theic tribes, in this State, about 1300 soiih. Of the number now re- maininj[,of their condition, and of the places of their uboile, no information has been received. ^ Upper Sandusky, on S» ndusky t. \ 44 S. of Sandusky Bay. i Zanes, Mad r. on the head wa- ( tersofthe Great Miami of Ohio. i Fort Finley, waters of the Au- ( fflaise, on Hull's road. i Solomon's town, on the Great ( Miami of Ohio. Wapaghkonetta, 27 m. N. of Pequa. ( Hog Creek, 10 m. N. of Wa- ( paghkonetta Lewiston, 35 m. N. E. of Piqua. ^ Seneca town, Sandusky r. bet. ( Upper and Lower Sandusky. Lewiston, 35 m. N. E. Piqna. Upper Sandusky, Sandusky r. ^ Honey Creek, near Upper San- ( dusky, Sandusky r. \ Auglaize r. 45 m. N. Wapagh- f konetta 12 m. W. Fort Defiance. ^ Rock dc Boauef, near the rapids of } Miami of Lake Erie. 5 Not Stationary, about Miami ( Bay, on S. shore L. Eric. ^ On Huron r. 30 m. from Detroit. l Mich. T. Ou Huron r. Mich. T. On Saganau Bay, river and vicinity. { Along the E. shore of Lake Mich- ( igan, on the rv's. in 11 village?. i From Mackinaw, W. along the \ shore of L. Superior to the f Mississipv)i 19 settlements. In villages scattered from the S. side of L. Superior along the W, side of Green Bay, and IMichigan Lake, to Chicago. In a number of villages, on Win- ebago Lake, Fox river, (Jrceii Buy and Menominee river. In the River country, on Winne- bago L. and S. W. of it to the Mississippi, *A part ofthis number are a mixture of Ottawa?; ChippawasandWinebagoes. tCol. Dickson, long a resident,amongthe'Chippa was, states their number resid- ing about the Great Lake, at 10,000. Others make the whole number of the tribe, 30,000. ^Major O'Fallon states the number of Winnebagocs at about 4,000. TABLE No. I. CONTINUED. 3G3 and Remarks. Fwere oftheiC ite, about 1300 umber now re- rt'ouJitioi),ariil Lheir aboile, no bern received, on i~ -idusky i . ky Bay. a the heatl wa- : Miami ot'Oliio. ters of the Au- 's roail. on the Great 'm.N.ofl'equa. m. N. of Wa- rn, from Detroit. .T, ■iver and vicinity. >reofLakeMich- v's. in 11 village?. IV, W. along the Superior to the [) settlement?, tered from the S^. iperior along the Green Bay, and ke, to Chicago, village?, on Win- Fox river, (Jreeii iominee river, mtry, on ^Vinnc- S. W. of it to the sandWinebagoeJ. heir number resid- ile number of the sc Names of the tribes rj'l 4-1 r( a> 1 i 20,000 11,000 25,000 3,62 50,Ij2:) 5,497 32 32 3:5 14fi ^Western part of Georgia, and ( eastern jiart of Alfibama. iX. W. conifer of Georo:ia, N. E. corner of Alibama, and S. E. corner of Tennessee. ( Western part of Mississippi, ani ( E. part of Alibama. In the north part of Mississippi. 152 to 1H2 l«2t<) 200 200 *J\'nte. — Tlie Pa/arhes, Eamuses, and Ka- loosus, were the autient possessors of Flori- G5.i-?2..!u,i;!le;.tii)<;t. TABLE No. I. CONTINUED. 36L md Remark?. o. S. E. part . side of Not- • these Indians »ted in Capt. [uoted in Ap- below Ocheese Okalokina, 15 key path, from Y of la.i<-ls. 15 miles above ahoochee, tw"" wa3. g—dishoTiest. to Micasukey. Mark's river, brk of MakuUey t far from Che- allewheanas. of Georgia, and of Alabama. f Georgia, i\. E. bama, and S. E. innessee. f Mississippi, an(J libama. of Mississippi. o PC Sioux of the Darorta, or Mississipfn and Si. Pele/s rii- ers,^ o O a o < o (I? 3 O o EX V ai o <«^ a a: a, o OS Places of residence and remarks. 1 1 Leaf Tribe 1 2 Red Wing's band 1 3 Little Raven's band 1 4 Pincshow's band 1 6 Band of the Six 1|7 Others 1 \ii Leaf bands 600 100 300 I.jO 300 2.50 1,000 1,200 1,000 1 9 Other villages 1 10 Great village of i Yonktons, branch > of the Sioux ) Sioux of the Missouri 11 Tetons of the > burnt woods ^ 12 Teton Okandan-- da or Chu". nne Indians 13 Tetons Minake- nozz 3 14 Tetons Saone 4 15 Yonktons of the Plains, or Big Devils Sistasoone ( Kristineux, cal- g j led for the sake f ofbrevity,Crees 7 Assiuiboins B Algonquins 9 Mandans -.Q S Rapid Indians, " } App. 349 1 1 Blood Indians 12 Sarsees 13 Coutouns 14 Paunch Indians 15 Gros Ventres of the , Prairie i (Total in this section |33,150l 1,500 2,250 1,500 2,500 15,000 2,500 2,000 251 S On the Mississippi, above Prairie } du Chien. On Lake Pepin. 15 ii;:ies below St. Peter's. 15 miles up the St. Peter's. 30 miles up the St. Peter's. At Little Rapids and St. Peter's. White Rock. { On both sides of the Mississippi, ( above St. Anthony's Falls. i This band of the Sioux rove ou < both sides of the Missouri, White ( and I'eton rivers. ( On both sides of the Missouri. < above and below Chayeiuie ( river. ^ On both sides of the Missouri, be- ( low the Warrenconne river. ^ Rove on the heads of the Sioux, I Jaques and Red rivers. ^ Ou the head waters of St. Peter's f river. 'Tliese tribes, says Mr. Harmon, (who resided among them six vrs from lauO n, \um.) dwell in a pUun or prairiecoimtry, between the Mississi)!pi, Missouri, Red and Se-se-SHtch-wine rivers, ex- tending VV. to the Rocky Moun- tains, spreading from lit. 44" to 51" N. The climate is similar to tliatof LowerCanada. Goneral- ly,Un-oughoiitthis tract of coun- try, the soil is good; it lias veiv lit- tle timber. Some ofthe j^rairies I arc lOOmile^^ in length, on which (_ not even a shrub is to be seen. *The Sioux inhabiting the Mississippi and St. Peter's ■.,,. less than 5,000 aouls.—.Vfl/or O' Fal/vn . ''lamuses^ and Ka- ssessors of Flori- 366 TABLE No. I. CONTINUED. a. ^i Name of Uie tribes, cn .* a. 9 u a. >-H •(i; ^- o <-m u: V (U ic as fid Plane of Residence and Remarks. (Si O o Oh SB Q Q 2 o Ji^ a 16 Shiiwaneese 17 Delawares I'i I'corias 19 Pinnkii«haws SOjKanzas iJl Great Osages, Do. of the Ar- kan«aw Little Oj^ages Grand Pawnees 21 i;2 23 24 25 2G 27 2R 29 30 31 32 Pawnee Repub- licans Pawnee Loups Ottoes, Mis^nu- ries & loways O'Mahas Pancas Arrapahays Kauinavisch Do. Staitans, or Kite Indians Wcttaphato, or Kiawa Indians or ) ans \ 32|Castahana 32JCataka 32 Dotami 33 34 Chaycnnos, or Chiens Do Do. Kaskayas,or Bad Hearts 1,383 1,C00 07 207 1,830* 4,200t 1,000 6,000 1,500 2,750 1,800 3,000 1,250 10,000 2,000 5,000 500 1,000 1,500 200 3,260 200 3,000 235 236 203 203 204 237 238 do 251, 204, Do. Do. 253 Do. Do, Do. 256i C Cape Girardean, and Merrimac; ( River, near St. Louis. ^ On Current river, E. of the bend f of White river. On Current river. On St. Francis river. On Kanzas river. On Osage river. On Neozho, or Grand river. { On Grand or Neozho river, of ( the Arkansaw. On the Wolf Fork of Platte river. SFour miles above the Grand Pawnees. Three miles above the Pawnee Republicans. On Platte river, 40 miles from its mouth. { On Elkhorn river, 80 m. W. N. I W. of Council Bluffs. At the mouth of Quickoanc river. ! Their Territory extends from thie head waters of the Kanza.' r. N. to the Rio del Norte. !West of the Pawnees, on the head waters of the Yellow Stone river, ( On the heads of Yellow Stont- ( river. ( Between the heads of Platte riv- ( er and Rocky Mountains. Rove above the last mentioned, ■ Supposed to be remnants of ''^e Great Padouca nation, nc mt under that name, extinct, who occupied the country between the upper parts of the Platte and Kanzas river. On Chayeune river, above Great Bend. 254 Head of the above river. i In the neighbourhood of the } above tribes bordering ''i the 51,y7i'' } Rockv Mountains. =*= Tliis is Major O'Fallon's esfiniate. i Mr. Sibley's estimate is 1,600 soul.-. «t f* TAIJLK No. I. CONTINUKD. 367 ind Remarks. nd Mernmac jouis. -:. of the benil and river, oiiho river, of f Platte river, re the Grand ro the Pawnee 40 miles from , 80 m. W. N. Bluffs. lickoane river, extends from 3 of the Kanza- o del Norte, iwnees, on the of the Yellow : Yellow Stone ids of Platte riv- Mountains. st mentioned. remnants of ' oe ca nation, n^f name, extinct, d the country upper parts ot d Kanzas river, k'er, above Great \ river. ourhood of the bordering "i the itains. it Names of the tribes, — : — i~.- Si \^ o o o if. -3 3 O si OS o u ir, w CQ i . .i-fflicarasjor Arri- I ciiraa 36iManJans 37 Minetarics jJi! Roving Bands. :,qVVate-panatoe?, > I and Ryawas ^ 40jPadoucas 41 Pastanownas 42 43 46 47 Ayutans, or Ca- marsches Blue Mud and ) Lonp^ Haired ^ Indians ) Cherokees Quapaws Total betwneni Missouri and Arkansaw riv- ers, & between the Mississip- pi and Rocky Mountains I 3,500 1,230 3,250 20,000 900 1,000 1,500 8,000 3,000 6,000 700 49,100 51,972 101,072 o 0? Place of Residence and Remarks. Do, Do Do 'M9 247 On the Missouri, half wav be- 252 < tween Great Bend and Man- dan. On the Missouri near Mandan Fort. Hnlf v-ay lotwcen Maudun and J YHlow Stone liver on Little On tlie Missouri, near and on the E. side of the Kooky Vloim- tains, jnchiding bands of the Black feet, Assiniboins,C' rows &c. within the presoiil boun- daries of Missouri Territory. On the Padoucas Fork. On the Padoucas river. Between the Padoucas Fork and the Platte. S. W. of the Alishouri river, near the Rocky Mountains. ^ Between the heads of the Mis- ( souri and of the Columbia. ( On N. side of Arkansaw river, ( 400 miles from its mouth. !On the S. side of the Arkansaw opposite the Post and Little Rock. 255 23G \imai ii IfUK I : '' 'Iv v. 1308 TABLE No. I. — CONTINUED. < ir, o fed u o w B o w 00 -f, Q i\iinir.«<»( the tribes. a. ^ Whole a. < No. of o *.* souls. •^ <^ V lU 'i' ei Places of Resilience. Chinnook Indians Cliil-op Chihe^leesh Callimix Cathlamat Waakicums Hell wits (part of the tribe) Cowlitsick (in 3 villages) ' 9 Cathlakamaps Cathlapootle 1 Cathlanameua- mcn:<. .VTathlanobs (er- ) roncously rail- > ed Alultnoniahs ) 3|Cathlapooyas 4lCathlatlilas I i 5 Shosliones GiCathliilvahikits ) 7 Cathktlilas \ 8 9 20 Cliippanchick- clii(;ks Cathlaskos Ithkyemamits 1,T00| l,300i 1,400| l,200i goo! 400 1,200 2,400 700 1,100 400 •''00 1,800 500 20,000 900 900 600 900 COOi I ^ l-ini.lioin the mouth ol (Jolum- \ bia river, N. aide. '2 do. do. do. S. do. '40 do. \. of Columbia river. 540 do. H. of do. along the roast r(f the I'aoifio OccHn. J 30 do. from the mouth of Colum- bia river. Ojtposite th« Cathlamats. 39 m. from the mouth of Colum- bia river, S. side. On CoUimbia river 62 m. from its mouth; they dwell in 3 villages on a N, oroek of it, called the Cowlitsick, 200 yards wide, rapid, boatablc 190 mile«. {JOm.from the mouth of Colum- bia rivor, at the mouth of the Wallaumut, (called incor- rectly, Multnomah) S. branch of Columbia river. C Opposite the Cathlakamaps, on \ Columbia river. On the island in the mouth of the Wallaumut, once very powerful under the famous chief Totekham. ^At the upper end of the island above named, in the mouth of the ^Vallauraut. The main channel of the Wallaamut is here 500 yards wide. 50 m. from the mouth of the Wallaumut W. side. 60 m. from the mouth of the Wallaumut, on the E. skIc. 'All above No. 14 on the Wal- laumut are of this name. They inhabit the banks of this fine crooked river, boatable above five hundred miles. At the rapids of Columbia river, the former on the N. the lat- ter on the S. side, 160 milee from its mouth. N. side of Columbia river in the long narrows, a little be- low the falls, 220 miles from its mouth. On Columbia rivi- opposite the above. ( On Columbia river N. side near I the above. 1 Table No. i. — continued. 3C9 lot Colurn- lakamaps, on Limbia river in )w=, a little be- 220 miles from Vi- jj^posits the vpr N. si'Je nc^'" ^3 I 1 7-. ;?; o > o Pi w o W Names oi'the tribes. a a. Whole ^ a •< No. of o souls. Cj -.-i a: b! Places of Residence. 21 22 Hellwits (part of tlie tribe,) WoUawttUa 23 Shoshonecs 24 itj 26 •^< 28 29 30 31 Ootlashoot Chopunnish Pelloatpallah, band of Cho- punnish ' Kimmooenim, do. YelQtpoo, do. VVillcwah do. Soyeunom, do. Chopuunish 32 1,200 60,000 400 2,000 1,600 800 250 §f.knlk 400 2'300 I 2,400 ! 1 At llic falls of Columbia river. Thoy occupy all the couutry between the southern branch- es of Lewis's river, extend injjj from the Umatullum, to the E. side of tlie Stony iMoun- tains, on the southern parts of VVallaumut river, from about 40° to 47° N. Lat. A branch of this tribe of 4 or 5,000 reside, in the spring and summer, on the W. fork of Lewis river, a branch of the Columbia, and in winter and fall, on the Missouri. Reside in spring and summer in the Rocky Mountains on Clarke's river, winter and fall on the Missouri and its waters. Residing on the Kooskooskee river, below the forks, and on Cotter's creek, and who sometimes pass over to the , Missouri. Reside on the Kooskooskee riv- er above the forks, and on the small streams which fall into that river, W. of the Rocky Mountains and Chopunnish river, and sometimes pasii over to the Missouri. Reside on Lewis river, above the entrance of the Kooskoos- kee, as high up as the forks. Reside under the S. W. moun< Uiins, on a small river called Weancum, which falls into Lewis river above the en- trance of the Kooskooskee. Reside on the VVillewah river which falls into Lewis river on the S. W. side, below th^ forks. rOn the N. side of the E. fork of J Lewis's river from its junc- I lion to (he Rocky Mountains (_ and on Smattar Creek. On Lewis' river, below the en- trance of the Kooskooskee, on both sides of that river, to its junction with the Columbia. On the Columbia river above the entrance of Lewis's river, as hij;h up as the entrance (^f Columbia river. 370 TABLK No. I.— coxTiMF.i 11' I M, '. .'I r r 'A ^ p. 3 0.' &. 9 < 3 o *^ 4-« <^ u; o K Q i^. cc: QC Numes of U»o tribes. .1 s o Flaccs of Ilcsklcncc uiid ilcinarks *3 03 3 a a o 1. < H (>< O (.,0 M W « S 33 34 35 Chimnahpum Wollaollii Pisquitpahs 36 Wahowpum 3' Eneshure 38 Eskeloot 39 Chilluckittequaw 40 Smockshop 41 Shahala (Nution) 42 Tribes Yehah Clahclollah AVahclellaii 43 44 45 1,860 1,600 2,600 700 1,200 1,000 1,400 800 -r^ecrchokioon Wappatoo (Nation) Nechacoke Shoto Xemalquinncr 2,800 1,000 100 460 200 On tlieN. W. side of Col. rivtT. both above ami below the f ii- traiico of Lewis's r. and on tlio Taptiil r. which falls inl'j the Col. river, 15 miles 'ibovo Lewis's river. On both sides of (^ol. r. as low as the Muscleshrll rapid, and in Avinter pass over to the Tap- tul river. On the Mupclesfion rapid, and on the N. side of the Colum- bia, to the commencement of the high country; this nation winter on the waters of the Taptul river. On the N. branch of the Colum- bia, in diflerent bands from the Pishquitpahs ; as low as the river Lapagc; the different bands of this nation winter on the waters of Taptul and Cat- aract rivers. At the upper part of the Great < narrows of the Columbia, on f both sides. Are stationary. ( At the upper part of the Great 3 narrows of the Columbia, on J the N. side, is the great mart { for all the country. ""Next below the narrows, and ex- tending doAvn on the N. side ot the Columbia, to the river Labiche. On the Colnmbia, on both side: of the entrance of the Labiche to the neighborhood of the great rapids of that river. At the grand rapids of the Co- lumbia, extending down in different villages as low as the Wallaumut river. /Vbove the rapids. Below the rapids. Below all the rapid-i. !100 lodges on the S. side, a few miles below, above the Wal- laumut river. !0n the S. side of the Columbi;^, near Quicksand river, and op- posite the Diamond Island. On the W. side of the Columbia, back of a pond, and nearly op- posite the entrance of the Wallaumut river. On the N. E. side of the Wal- laumut river, 3 miles above its mo'ith. Table no. i. — continled. 3-1 rt I caiidUcmaika icol' Col. riv*'» tlu' ;> miles Mbo\e Col.r. ns low as rll rupiiliund in )vcr to the Tap- 'helT rapid, ami e of the Coliira- immenccment ol ntry; this nation ic waters of the iart of the Great he Columbia, on Lre stationary. )art of the Great ^le Columbia, on is the great mart )untry. narrows, and ox- n An the N. side of , to the river bia, on both side: icc of the Labichc hborhood of the of that river, rapids of the Co- ending down in lagesaslow astlir river. loftheColumbi!^, land river, and op- )iamond Island. of the Columbia, nd, and nearly op- entrance of the river. , side of the Wnl- er, 3 miles above Names of the tribe. 'It 3 a. *! a. O < z o S ** <^ u « /; <^ a; I'liircs of IlcKidcnoc and Rcni'.irk:' a o < o O o w s O H < 4fJ Cathlunaquiahs 47,Clockstar 4()|Clanimalas •WCathlacumups 50 Clannarmiunamuns 51 Skilloot Killamucks Lucktons , Kahuncles Lukawia ' Rapid Indians, or Paiv-is-tuc-I-c- nc-inuclc 53^Sicaunie3 54'Carrier3 Facullies ^Vtcnas Na-te-o-to-tains Flatheads Youicone Neekeetoos Ulseahr Youitts Sheastuklcs Killawats Cookkoo-oose Shallalah Luckkarso Hannakallal Killaxthocles Chiltz Clamoctomichs Potoashs Pailsh Quiniilts Quieetsos Chillates Calasthocle Quinne'hart 2,500 1,000 100 2,000 1,000 Oa tho S. VV. side of Wappatoo Isl. ( On a small river, whij:li di^- } ihari^os itself on the S. K. sido ( of the Wappatoo blaml. ()r» the S. W. side of \Va|)patoo I^l. R souls. ^ 9> •s ei tf Places of Residence. "2 a 1 Clarkamees Skaddals Squanuaroos Shallattoos Shanwapponcs Cutsahnim Lahanna Coopspellsr Wheelpo Hihighenimmo Lartielo Sk6fetsdmish iMieksucksealton 1 tribe of the > Tushshepah j Hohilpos, a trims of do. Tushshepahs & Ootlashoots Total No. W Rocky iM V.of) ts. \ 1,800 200 120 100 400 1,200 2,000 1,600 2,300 1,900 doo e,ooo 300 300 5,600 171,200 On a large river of the same name, which heads in Mount Jefferson, and discharges itselt into the Wallaumut, 40 miles up that river on its N. W. side ; this nation has several villngcet on both sides of the river. On Cataract river, 23 miles N. of the Big narrows. On Cataract river, below tlie Skaddals. On do. do. above the Skaddals. On the heads of Cataract and Taptul rivers. On both sides of the Columbia, above the Sokulks, and ou the northern branches of the Taptul river, and also on the Wahnaachce river. On bothcides of the Columbia, above the entrance of Clark^s river. On a river which falls into the Columbia, N. of Clark's riv- &r. On both sides of darkens river, from the entrance of Lastaw, to tlie great falls of Clarke's river. From the entrance of the Las- taw into Clarke's river, on both sides of the Lastaw, as high as the forks. At the falls of the Lastaw river, below the great Wayton Lake on both sides of the river. On u small river of the same name, which falls into the Lastaw, below the falls, around the Wayton Lake, and on two islands in it. On Clarke's river, above the great falls, in the Rocky Moun- tains. On Clarke's river, above the Micksucksealtons,inthe Rocky Mountains. ''On a N. fork of Clarke's river in spring and summer, and in t>he fall and winter on the Missouri. The Ootlashoots is a band of this nation. JJoTK.— For an account of all the Indians W. of the Roclcy Mountains, see Report, p. 37 to 44, and Appendix from p. 328 to 344. ^v. TABLE No. I. — CONTINUED. ?73 lesidence. fer of the game heads in Mount I dTScharges itself laumut, 40 miles on its N.W. side; IS several villages of the river. iver, 25 miles N. irrows. river, below the do. above the of Cataract and •s. of the Columbia, Sokulks, and ou 1 branches of the •r, and also on the e river. of the Columbia, ntrance of Clark's lich falls into the N. of Clark's riv- of Clarke's river, itrance of Lastaw, falls of Clarke's 'ance of the Las- arke's river, on of the Lastaw, as brks. the Lastaw river, reat Wayton Lake of the river. river of the same ch falls into the 9W the falls, around Lake, and on two river, above the ithellockyMoun- river, above the Itons, in the Rocky of Clarke's river id summer, and in id winter on the The Ootlashoots is lis nation. cy Mountains, see C-i a c Q O Q < X > 5 fi1 u PS t^ u: a m U n E- < 5 1^, Places of Ilciiilencc. Mohjhuii, I'unicu Do. Biloxi Do. Do. Alabama Apalachc Pascagoula Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Choctaw Do. Do. Qua paw Chickasaw Do. Cherokee Delaware Chattcau Muscoga, Coshatta Do. do. Do. do. Caddo Caddo Do. Do. Do. Natchitochy Do. Adayes Do. Tetassee Do. Nadaco Do. Nabidacho Cadodache, Nacog- dochet Do. Aise Do. Texas Do. Hini Beedi, Becdi Do. Keechi Attacapas, Coco Towacanno Towcash, Tahuacanu or Tahuaya Hi ICO JOillcd lliver,yo 1)1 lies above the iimntli. 201 Do. Do. Diloxi Bayou, 15 miles alio c it« jtmction with the river Nocln'Z. C Alaliama B. 10 miles above it? ( junction with the Nechoz. 150 Red Rivcr,16Qmilesabovethc!iiouUi. J{0' Do. Do. GO Red Kivor,l>20mile« above the mouth. jqqI { Biloxi Bayou 15 miles above it« I ; juuctiou with the Ncchez. 1,2(X) vVaters of Pabinc and Nccho/. rivcrj. 14o' J '*^*'^' River near rs'anatsoho or IV- i ( can Point. 250:WatersofWaihila. 100; Do. r.Q| { Nacogdodies wnters of Augilina or I ( branch after .\ech"/. Red River, left side,G 12 miles abovf the mouth. Do. two miles below the Cherokee village. Sabine river, 50 miles above t!>c mouth. Red River, above Lake Bodeau and 510 miles above the mouth. 50 Neehcz, 40 miles above the nioiitli. 240' \ Trinity river, 40 or 50 miles above ( the mouth— two villages. 450 Waters of Lake Ceodo of Red River. Red River, right bank near Nanat- soho. Adayes Bayou which enters the Spanish Lake. Bayou Pierre of Red River. 120 30' I 210' i 350i 100 20 30 Panis Waco Tow o ) 'cash ) 40 180 400 60 20 230 200 120 260 150 1,200 fiOO 400 Sabine wateisleft side of the river. Do. Do. River Nechez. I Au^ilina, 100 miles above its juno- ' tion with tlie Nechez. Do. intermixed with tlie Xa- eogdochet. Nechez, at the junction of the Bay. on St. Pedro. Augilina river. ' Trinity river, right side, 05 miles above the mouth. Do. leftside 125 miles above the mouth. Trinity river. Brassos river, 180 miles above the mouth. ^Brasses river, 24 miles above tlie 1 mouth. )Red River, 1.200 miles above the V mouth. o74 'J'ABLK No. I. CONTINtBO. Names of tlic tribes. ><4 2: 5 a* Tonkuwa, 'I^onkiiwa — Coroiikawa Arrenamusca Carocs Apaches, Lapannc iComauoh Jclun Yampcrack Places of Residence. 700 350 120' 2,600 3,500 30,000 45,370! ratic on the Bay of St. Bernardo. Erratic on the St. Jacinto river lx>- tween the Trinity and Bra<>sos. Antonio river near the mouth. On the coast between tlic .\iiaces and the Rio del Norte. Erratic between tlic Rio del Norto and the sources of the \iiaccs. Erratic from the sources of the Brassos and Colorado to the sour* ccH of Red River, Arkaiisaw auJ Misouri. I 1 RECAPITULATION. ,1 Ut iHilians ill Ncw-Enplaiid, ..... 2.247 New- York, - - - - - - 5,1S-1 Ohio, 2,407 Miohipan and .\. \V. Territories, - 2.'{,:JitO Illinois uiul IiKliitna. .... 17,00G In St)Utlierii States E. of the Misisisfiippi, 6.">,12'J West of Mississippi and N. of .Miv^duri, - 3;J,1;>0 Botweoi .Mifsoiiri and Red llivcr, - 101,070 West of the RcMky .Mountains, - - 171,200 Between Red River and Rio del Norte, 4JUi70 Ranarkt. The avcrajjo proportion of Warriors to the whole niiniher of sovils, is ahonl 1 to '}. In some tribes it is more, in others less. In the tribes dwelling anioni; white jx;ople, the projjortion is about I tti3. The number of men and wonii-ii in the Cherokee nation ' iioarly equal. In the Menominee and Winiiela';" Iribr-s, tiie women are a third more than the men. The niiml>er of children i- much greater in proportion to the whole number of souls, in the two tribes last named, than in tribes mingled with white peojjle. In Indian countries where iish constitute an article offood, tiie nund)cr in each family is about six; in other tribes, where tliis article is wanting the a'. - erage number in a family is about five. In eight years tiio Winnebagoes increased, according to the account given by respectable Tradjers among tliem, from 3,500 to 5,li00. EstimaU of the proportion belurcn men anduomcn, (from rcspeotublc authority.! Men. Cherokees, - . - Winnebagoes, - - 900 Menominecii, ... COO iromin. Equal. 1.300 9U0 Proportion of Warriors to the whole Tiumber. Warriors. IndiamS. of Red River. - - 13,229 WMnnebagocs, ... 900 Menominees, ... 600 Indians in Ohio, ... 7;>3 Missouri, .... 7,560 On the W. side of the Rocky Mountains, Whole JS'o. 4G,370 5,J{00 3,900 2,-.-57 30,000 Pritpijrtiui ub ^^ S S 8 CO >» >> S S3 S ee P 3 S5 2: > > S5 Z, s V Q> « V (1, a< Ph ph «o 48 U3 _co a O •; ••s fe P >J \l 0> .S ?? s •4>> ,0) '•-• '*' § ^0 § S S<^ i: § o o o lo ' 8 lO 5 o s. -^ (N M US 4) "S -s ?♦.« ij o o o o _2QQQQ si a 43 o o QQ "S. 379 ) ^1 > n' » Sj " 1 "^^ 1 ? 1 2?' ^ ■>A ?1 i ii •I-» '5 S ^ 1 Oi c^ 1-* "^ o I5 fl »'■ ^^ A) A 2 5- S cj rt €9 'AW «^ * S JS ft' (Jtl >> 3 u ?5 ■Sl2 ■"* • - 3 2 ■^ a o a -s a. o 4j n 3 o M t- Oil- '- ?♦ -^ en o ■-■5 C 'O 3^5 :3 3 to rs 8 «9 rt 5 O 3 -C -3 a)>i ro t- 05 T — •NT* OS £4 c a 3 eS tS 3 lO Q> •-«4 tm et^ »^ ;5.S ??S§SS M -o to o 2 3* o o 3 "3 o Ifj (n ?3 ^ ^ J S3 P E: S S 8L^ .^^ -v u u u 4* « ^^ s. CO ii; ^ I |i^ ^- r- s cc 0000 8 § *fl « 2 2... ft 5 3 o o S- . • • Q* o o o •r o o o « 1 V, I .Si i a, I cu 380 a .0 o 3M -5 a.t 3 = 3 O tti li 1.1 I? — ■ - &* $ ?; 'cS $ «o ^ 00 "" "" CO 03 8 S CO CO ??3 — <0 O CO « ^ ©♦ ^ p-» 'S i?iii -«i rai Mn .« CO I CO ' -.og £ 03 U T Is. "3-3 1 t/3 00000 0-3 -^ -O -^ 0-0 3 O O O O g TS -O T3 -3 I*- 5 a. J g5 ^ ^cJS^'* ^5;g«^ g -e'4'C *^ji . e G »o •- B 3 6'.= a .«> o a t^ (N ^ 0-- s S3 2 « 01 4) S V q a c a eS ^ a e) s o (u « V V § a s Hig§i gggi « « « 0) V ;s OhCU^ViCLiU* P^QhCUQnPUi e.-a 3 3 T-t (H s US vO gS8! ifl ©> f- ( T^ so .-* "o .3 0000 o o aOQQQ SQQQQ a£ II i^ F- G« s ^ ^ 33 8 <-■ « 0< "^ u cS • •sE .s-s S F^ 1-4 4) d iQ :l'i i<< u 381 i M'l u U I I g'a.. a »' — a * B a « • a-S 2 " E-S. 2i.S , i i'Hf < 2 3^ >.«• o a bb' >>>; a V '3 S o 2 bcC -i s a «0. I 2 « icn. a-.a ■as 2«> a « o « ' :§ 18^ ! 00 00 ^ft, M)«. 03 U c4 V '0 CO r 03 ej CO a J # ill ■s X •y u .10. J I i '^ '^ «^ ) il 384 u I- CO CO CO CO 00 CO CO t' (N ■3 « Oj.S :^ 00 CS) CO CO CO c^ 8 CO CO CO CO kO .^s^^ /"^^s^v V 1 cc "3 § ■s y 1 i . • 1 a ft -5 V V ■ Pottawa mies, & o -1 « o 2-a ■ 1 1 5 Deiawares Piankeshaw ce O mies, M River, an a S Deiawares, mies, Mia o Pi o 5 & a a ./^ ^V*-N /^•S^N /^.-S^N ^^'^*^ /-WN^N o o ^0 o CO -a CO uO Oi D »■.» r^ O o o CO ■* A CO CO o Vi^ B 3 ugust do. OD • to O -r C " C ^ "^ ■" ■»-• ^ .!£ ■s ^ fcfi « o « V > V bfi ■3 £ . o CJ.S I- CO CO C3 CO (>♦ O Ol O lO -*" crJ' •* o 2 CO CO -G rt CO V o C3 I CJ v O) 0) t/3 c CO OJ CB O U 0) u 00 >^ fc- .!S »-^ Qj rt 3 CO uo 5 o-C* '-^ en CO CD CD CO o ^ C/3 lis o CO CO o 00 -co *: e - .-a c - ■H Q ee o T5 c (U -a ^ .J3 ;s j^ .£ ^ ^ H ^ 49 I 386 P3 5 « c; -5 *" S S U 5 rt tn O U ?5 •-3 /^•v^^ • O X bf)<0 c f* 03 'O v^ ee u • H O ^ O rt ,£3 •*-» Cj c rj« o 04 .fl O bo 9> 387 a a 2 To U 41 o ^ 3 4) «2 3-5 >^43 Br a. ^ b) .2 fc.2 S a > i* w aj S ■_? 4* . a >«« «J « 3 O j-p eS t», « cd k, « i« 4< Ji '•-" .3 o 3 5^ be .-S 2 O ^—1 'f^ CJ IT 3S CQ '-' !— * *^ b5 3 -5, o -J .*; 2 ■^ — e • J2 4) "3.2 so > S? =?l5^-9 ■^ 4* « O '-^ JS '^ M Cd = a o 4) S.2 >."" a 4^ -^ C3 CO "-I (N «o f^ O O S Cu 4> X 4) ^ •_2 «i O •§ *■' * '^ -^ a i2 ^ r3 ° !» ^ ca — c< « ?? i? CO CO >o (O 03 -2 2 a'^ cd o .!». PL, ^ 4, K) 4) ^ Orf 5? s: 03 CO 1-1 C3 O." CO 03 a"-" ^•piJa, "Tajfli _ti -i-< bn4« o 4> 03 CO C3 4> V ^ 5 >^!/3 >» y ■e^-eS S3 bO 03 03 CO pS • ^ > 4> G« CO n*; CO CO CO i^ O) o .a <-i ■»-» C O) CO rj _ «r a> _4' r- rA .^ ^ ^ -g g^ — 41 ^ t-' !? ^'~ o-C J-. "3 o « /jE « oj a> 7~ .£= ^ •,"7 -"^ 'fi ft wj 53 u f' Su bp C5 CO —' -I* 10 10 a> lO Oi CO - Ol CO t5 ?. 13 .S -■^ S IS CO CO CO CM C5 CO Ci CO >0" CO CO 10 u 6/) CO ec «0 i2 /4 o O) a v (U a; 03 00 bO 2 c Ci 00 -r ^ s <» CO o't- CO G «03 0.22 c^ *; S *i o .*> .2^ .2c^OO|f„fe •e* K C5 -S 0» « Jid t-s cc (» - Q> 1— I CO CfJ O) 4d T3 CO 4) > • O '^S •«i •* G» rt G'^ *m • rocIie 1820. 03 C^^ H » ^" C I-' - ^ o go Qj3 -<-• 4) HJ I ■** ^ -C s — 3 c »-< S3 ©3 .:S *3 Q 1} > -5 00 a .'301 y 3 £ 2 rt &i -5^ - *« « fl t/> n a; 4^ o c ss •-< ^•u. a a a> %- ^ •^ o u H o r- t- CO ;r- c ,t^ ;> - P 'co o ;Ci a ,Ci u a P |05 i •-3 •? ©< bC CO S 1-H U a ^ ■4-> CO c ^-* i2 c-'S C ^O £ >.U 4; - -3 £ 3 eta C d 3 3 4) .a ^ IX C «J i-^ S '>^ 1 3 o J«! '"::? -^'^ 9 c i= be >> 4/ X ES c/-^ a x: -3 cd •« a> I— ) E o •- - ss £-§£ ■Q 4) « 3 2-= "^ O m * £-S t. a* o 3 ^ .a JS CO (U <»» CD S ^^ t*i4 ^^ to o . 5^ s *-* ^ fie. cd rt 1 o o o ■w f) a c n 1^ n •*-> r ^ ^ Ch ci ti a e 7 c O '. CS .a H Sh 4-1 H 4^ >. 1 5 .1 J2 s "T CI ! ^ lo l" "k .- iC •o ?2X* «- '■» -» ""%. r^ *"• Cl 1 « c« g? - Sfi *5 ?. ' • S^ «•* c» oi C3 c; CD ec CO I ^ ^-s _C< o o o o o o -£; -^ r3 -O "3 'a "3 o o o o o o ■3 TS TJ "3 -3 ta CC QJ a -^ o o c o o iQOl i~\ a) 4- .a U E _•» o ^ j- Irt ;► ^ 2 — : C'ji s J 'S t i" « si i? ca c- Ji ^^ — « .i 5 - ^ ■q £ m 'c Sc P c ■ -f ^ K ♦- — O * _C /, 5 >i X ^^ o S^ -^ -s k- - * — (^ a *• I, 0) c - r s- 0-2 g-3 £ ■" ?: ~. •" %' J2 -^ 4. .2 3 ^* T (^ -2 >. . -- J ?♦ i.-\ o t* ■= -r; ""* ■.-s f^ e:, a -3 41 >-''=•« "5 4J K >:'!=- 41 "' J3 eg*'* C .t a ts ■ i; ci i" i" -' " =< b C-i; 3 a 01 ^ -5 .s !; > "= a ►5 4-C2 »i« ■SJ2 ^ >^ 03 303 ? i5 & VA 4>J 3 ca • >. . fl a> ti •tj ^ >x r1 J2 ^ y. t.^ 4^ e fc a> • ^4 (- ^ d o u T •J o Q 60 O bo I 1 ^ *^ S2 .S J. > % - ' c C -K C S •5 r/, ^ "^ ^3 a a 3 o i. -. Uj3 ? c« is, i bf) ^2 En s on • -■ 1' a-a £■=•5 ta t P &.r.5 r* _z. ^"^ a »- a •" -J7 u _. --J^-S^, I ^«i 1"'— r^s T" C -;,,'«■= t £ t: o * if (uc« «>• I s. tfj o 5 « 3 9 1 2^ *rf • I • " t c »: X a C5< *; 4< ^ X Bo >• r^ "2 be 2 »- * I i q •* iS OS I 3-9 H"- CQ . §>: 5s^ s?: fe o t 2 t- c/5 =-— o iCfl .5^ ^•^ o _: g 8 E S S| a 2 ;^ I' CO "5 « ■►J ^ if 5 ' • O o 8 CO 1—1 I 55 X p C bP C9 A «3 ro cr I?; I 3 Sen IpS.J 4f g? 3 0Q = = ed b; ^ Vi "TJ i 3 rfj 60 .194 bl «j > »' t) o «' ^ 0) CD *1'« o_SL ;i ^ 2 tf a o o " a) ? 8 S3 II kn c©. m in en 05 CO OD- V^ lO ^ m o> So 03 ■^ Ifl o . * e fc a a> ca 4 O wj O O .2 w 32 S| W.lQQ Ml '■^ s 5 c « '" PO o^ CQ o o a? S^QQ T! "" ^ • — n §1 CO 00 03 »^ »-< o 00 00"H S:d 00 •2^ c« ^ bo U3 ^ bpH .a ^-2 ca p-u o o o ^3 395 ^ x: 5 ^, ^ hft c to- '^ la '*/ '/I p4 i s Sf, 01 k ^ Si 0) _J t-«- ^ S S u 3 ^ O Q. o fc 2 >■ :^ S B « 8 BO .5 -Sec ■ts »> t»^ • •— .M ^ .-< o 3 n Q V.«'V-WV.*-,/-W 1 6 1820. 1821. a c Id "^ 33 1 L. o a . ^£ o a S3 a ed &> •.ioe r 1) o , CS~ ^£ 0) U 1^ o c S 8 5 I 3 3 <- ,i s §§ 9» I O 4> • o ^ •3^ 5 ^ q o S 5 Si s ^ >5 ^ a 15 -^ JS -^ m 2'aJ BQ S B V- a. M ^ 5 « i* ■ Its 5 2 5 o fl 3 > o « n S 5 ^ .1 "* „, " '* -3 ^ a a s ^1§ -j: fl S '■^! .a tp.s iv4 >-^ " W ».* (1) C 5 0) .5 S ja I. -So. ^ •-• Oi o JS .2 TJ S ^ -a 9 * tfj * t; a 307 4 '^.iM ^r' %^U-4 my' k i 398 Moor''s Indian School. This School commenced at the close of the year 1754, at Lebanon, in Connecticut. In its infancy, Mr. Joshua Moor, a re- spectable farmer in Mansfield, (Con.) made the first donation to it, of a school house and two acres of land ; for this donation his name was given to the institution. In 1763, the funds of the school had increased, so as to give support to tv/elve Indian youths, of the Mohawk, Delaware, Mohegan and Naraganset tribes. In 1767, Rev. Nathaniel Whitaker, of Norwich (Con.) visited Scotland, in behalf of this school ; and under the sanction of the Society in Scotland for propagating Christian Knowledge, he col- lected for its funds, .£2,266.15.6 Sterling. Beside this, ^7,363 sterling had been collected in England, and paid to Dr. Wheelock, previous to his death, and by him expended in the erection of buildings for the school, and for other purposes relating to its in- terests. The monies collected in Scotland, were deposited in the Treas- ury of the above named Society, in trust, where the principal has ever since remained, under their own direction, with a pledge *' to take the most efi'cctual methods to secure the application of the income of this fund, to the great and godlike design of spreading the gospel among the benighted heathen in North America.^'' In 1770, the School was removed from Lebanon to Hanover ; and, though a separate institution, was destined to grow up under its wing. In 1787, the Society, for the purpose of a more conven- ient management of the afi'airs of the School, appointed a cor- responding Board in Boston, to act as their Agents. Through this Board the income of the Moor's School Fund has been, with sev- eral interruptions, transmitted to the President of the School, and expended by him in the support of Indian youth, who have suc- cessively been brought froni their respective Tribes, and educa- ted here. The number educated has been considerable, and many of them have made a good use of their privileges. — For several years, the operations of this School have been suspended. -^ 399 A letter from John lioss, Esq. Post-Master, a Cherokee Chief, tu David Brown, a Cherokee youth at Cornwall School. Rossville, Cherokee jXation, July \3th, 1822. Mr. D. Brown, Dear Sir, — Yours of the lOlh of June last, came to hand a few clays since. It gives me pleiisure to hear that you enjoy good health, as well as those of your Cherokee friends there ; but 1 feel sorry to hear that Mr. Jno. Ridge has not recovered from the disease with w hich he has been so long afflicted — but as it cannot be efficacious for man to say unto him, " Take up thy bed and walk ;" therefore his situation can only be confided to Him, who hath the healing power. The pamphlet, containing the letter of Mr. Lewis to a member of Congress, on Indian civilization, which the Rev. Mr. West- brook had the goodness to send me, has been received, — for which you will please to return him my sincere thanks. To reflect se- riously on the condition of the Indian Tribes inhabiting the conti- nent of America, and to review the miserable fate which has be- fallen and swept into wretchedness and oblivion the numerous Tribes that once inhabited the country bordering on the Atlantic, is enough to make the remnant of those Tribes, who are now en- compassed by the white population, shudder. Yet I cannot be- lieve, that the Indians are doomed to perish in wretchedness, from generation to generation, as they are approached by the white population, until they shall be annihilated from the face of the earth. Surely there are motives and feelings daily engender- ing, in the minds and hearts of the citizens of the U. States, which have never been heretofore pursued, or even felt, by them towards the Aborigines of this vast continent. The small experiment made by the exertions of benevolent societies, through their faith- ful missionaries, has awakened the American people to a sense of what might be done to better the condition of the lndi;vn race. Under such circumstances, when the Indians are themselves seen to manifest a thirst to reach after the blessings and happiness de- rivable from civilized life, I cannot believe that the United States Government will still continue to pursue the luke-warm system of policy, in her relations with the Indians, as has hitherto been adop- ted, to eflect the purpose of removing nation after nation of them from the lands of their fathers into the remote wilderness, where .:. I t 1 * ..PI 400 C'^ their encroachments on the hunting grounds of other Tribes hnn been :ittended with the unhappy consequences of qu.irrels, wars, and bloodshed. — Has not this been the result of the removal of part bfour own nation to the Arkansaw ? Yes! the uplifted tomahawk is now wielding, and the scalping knife is unsheathed, between the Arkansaws, Cherokees and the Osages, for the horrid destruction of each other. Let the American people look to the prominent causes which have led to these unhappy consequences, and they will not fnil to see it in the system of policy pursued by their government towards those wretched and oppressed people, in removing them from the lands of thtir inheritance, where the bones of their an- cestors have mouldered into dust for ages. I repeat, when all these circumstances are combined, and taken into serious consid- eration, I hope and trust that the Gener.il Government will aban- don that policy, and adopt a system of amelioration, under which those remnants of Tribes may flourish, and become happy. As respects our own nation here, I could willingly say, that in case the United States deem it inexpedient to apply a part of her treasure towards promoting our civilization, &c. and would but let us re- main in the peaceable and quiet possession of our country, that our own exertions, together with those of our benevolent miss-ion- aries and friends, would, in time, testify to the world, that Indians are endowed with mental capacity fully adequate to receive the highest branches of temporal and spiritual improvements, under the influences of civilized life. The subject embraces too exten- sive afield for reflection, to be discussed in a hasty letter; you will excuse me for wandering therein, as far as I have done. I have no news of moment to communicate. — I was at your fa- ther's house when your brother's funeral sermon was preached by Rev. Mr. Potter. — Tender my best respects to our Cherokee friends at Cornwall. Yours affectionately, Jno. Ross. The above is a genuine, unaltered letter from the subscriber of it, written in a superior style of penmanship. The sentiments it contains are deserving the most serious consideration. THE END. No. of pages in Report Do. do. Appendix 96 400— —496 Totalf i% ,%, s of other Tribes liHsi of quarrels, wars, and f the removal of part |the uplifted tomahawk sheathed, between the lie horrid destruction of o the prominent causeti |nces, and they will not d by their government pie, in removing them the bones of their jin- ;s. I repeat, when all ten into serious consid- Government will aban- ilioration, under which id become happy. As igly say, that in case the a part of her treasure nd would but let us re- n of our country, that our benevolent miss*ion- 3 the world, that Indians jdequate to receive the d improvements, under ect embraces too exten- I a hasty letter; you will IS I have done, ate. — I was at your fa- sermon was preached by pects to our Cherokee tely, Jno. Ross. r from the subscriber of hip. The sentiments it •nsideration. 1 i i Totarf iHtltmmm^f^firtaHtmmmmmtmmiMnimmm i. •\ i 1 i 1 i # ^' ■ w pwui . I ,1 .'*